ML12291A763: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
Line 18: Line 18:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:From:WILLIAMSON, DANNY H To:Wang, Alan
{{#Wiki_filter:From:             WILLIAMSON, DANNY H To:               Wang, Alan


==Subject:==
==Subject:==
RBS DV/LOP calculations Date:Tuesday, October 16, 2012 5:18:50 PM Attachments:G13.18.6.2-ENS_007_EC40339.pdfG13.18.3.1-005_ EC40339.pdfG13.18.6.2-ENS_002_EC40339.pdfG13.18.6.2-ENS_004_EC40339.pdfG13.18.6.2-ENS_006_EC40339.pdfG13.18.3.1-004_EC40339.pdfRBS methodology.pdf Alan Attached are the revised calculations we discussed on September 24 regarding the RAI on LAR 2011-
RBS DV/LOP calculations Date:             Tuesday, October 16, 2012 5:18:50 PM Attachments:     G13.18.6.2-ENS_007_EC40339.pdf G13.18.3.1-005_ EC40339.pdf G13.18.6.2-ENS_002_EC40339.pdf G13.18.6.2-ENS_004_EC40339.pdf G13.18.6.2-ENS_006_EC40339.pdf G13.18.3.1-004_EC40339.pdf RBS methodology.pdf Alan Attached are the revised calculations we discussed on September 24 regarding the RAI on LAR 2011-
: 05. These calculations contain no proprietary information.
: 05. These calculations contain no proprietary information.
Also attached is a "white paper" which discusses the methodology used in this revision.
Also attached is a "white paper" which discusses the methodology used in this revision.
Please call if you have any questions.
Please call if you have any questions.
Danny ANO-1  ANO-2  GGNS  IP-2  IP-3  PLP  JAF PNPS  RBS  VY  W3  NP-GGNS-3 NP-RBS-3 CALCULATION COVER PAGE (1)  EC #  40339 (2)  Page 1 of 32 (3) Design Basis Calc.
Danny
YES      NO (4)
CALCULATION EC Markup (5)  Calculation No:  G13.18.6.2
-ENS*002 (6)  Revision:  00 3 (7)  Title: Instrument Loop Uncertainty/Setpoint Determination for the ABB Model 27H Undervoltage Relay (8)  Editorial YES      NO (9)  System(s):
302 (10)  Review Org (Department
):  NSBE3 (I&C Design)
(11)  Safety Class:
Safety / Quality Related Augmented Quality Program Non-Safety Related (12)  Component/Equipment/Structure Type/Number:
ENS-SWG1A-27-1A, 1B, 1C ENS-SWG1B-27-1A, 1B, 1C ENS-SWG1A-PT-BUS ENS-SWG1B-PT-BUS      (13)  Document Type:
F43.02 (14) Keywords (Description/Topical Codes):  relay, uncertainty, undervoltage REVIE WS    (15)  Name/Signature/Date Mary Coffaro / See AS Responsible Engineer (16)  Name/Signature/Date Robin Smith / See AS (17)  Name/Signature/Date Paul Matzke
/ See AS    Supervisor/Approval Design Verifier Reviewer    Comments Attached Comments Attached


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
ANO-1                ANO-2              GGNS                IP-2            IP-3                  PLP JAF                  PNPS                RBS                  VY              W3 NP-GGNS-3            NP-RBS-3 CALCULATION            (1)                                                  (2)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
EC #        40339                                    Page 1 of    32 COVER PAGE (3)                                                    (4)
-ENS*00 2, Rev. 00 3 PAGE 2 OF 32 CALCULATION REFERENCE SHEET CALCULATION NO:
Design Basis Calc.      YES        NO                      CALCULATION                EC Markup (5)                                                                                        (6)
G.13.18.6.2
Calculation No: G13.18.6.2-ENS*002                                                        Revision: 003 (7)                                                                                        (8)
-ENS*002 REVISION:
Title:    Instrument Loop Uncertainty/Setpoint Determination for the ABB Model            Editorial 27H Undervoltage Relay                                                            YES      NO (9)                                              (10)
00 3  I. EC Markups Incorporated (N/A to NP calculations): None II. Relationships: Sht Rev Input Doc Output Doc Impact Y/N Tracking No.
System(s): 302                                    Review Org (Department): NSBE3 (I&C Design)
: 1. EN-DC-126 -- 00 4   N 2. EN-IC-S-007-R 0 000   N 3. 7224.300-000-001B 0 300   N 4. 201.130-186 0 000   N 5. 215.150 0 006   N 6. B455-0139 0 000   N 7. 3242.521-102-001A 0 300   N 8. F1 37-0100 0 000   N 9. 0242.521-102-133 0 300   N 10. EE-001K 0 019   N 11. EE-001L 0 015   N 12. ESK-08ENS01 001 008   N 13. ESK-08EGS09 001 013   N 14. ESK-08EGS10 001 012   N 15. ESK-08EGS13 001 011   N 16. ESK-08EGS14 001 010   N 17. ESK-08EGS15 001 0 10   N 18. ESK-08EGS16 001 007   N 19. STP-302-1600 -- 0 20   Y A/R 00154225
(11)                                              (12)
: 20. STP-302-1601 -- 0 20   Y A/R 00154227
Safety Class:                                    Component/Equipment/Structure Type/Number:
: 21. G13.18.6.3
Safety / Quality Related                  ENS-SWG1A-27-1A, 1B, 1C      ENS-SWG1B-27-1A, 1B, 1C Augmented Quality Program Non-Safety Related ENS-SWG1A-PT-BUS              ENS-SWG1B-PT-BUS (13)
-006 0 000   N 22. LSK-24-09.05A 001 015   N 23. EDP-AN-02 -- 30 1   N 24. STP-302-0102 -- 01 7   N 25. G13.18.3.1
Document Type: F43.02 (14)
-004 0 000   Y EC 40339 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
Keywords (Description/Topical Codes):
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
relay, uncertainty, undervoltage REVIEWS (15)                                  (16)                                (17)
-ENS*00 2, Rev. 00 3 PAGE 3 OF 32 III. CROSS REFERENCES
Name/Signature/Date                  Name/Signature/Date                  Name/Signature/Date Mary Coffaro / See AS                Robin Smith / See AS                Paul Matzke / See AS Responsible Engineer                                                      Supervisor/Approval Design Verifier Reviewer                              Comments Attached Comments Attached
: 1. Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB) 2. Technical Specifications Section B3.3.8.1
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION                 CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                G13.18.6.2-ENS*002, Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                  PAGE 2 OF 32 CALCULATION REFERENCE         CALCULATION NO:           G.13.18.6.2-ENS*002 SHEET                          REVISION:       003 I. EC Markups Incorporated (N/A to NP calculations): None II. Relationships:               Sht   Rev       Input     Output      Impact  Tracking No.
Doc       Doc         Y/N
: 1. EN-DC-126                     --  004                              N
: 2. EN-IC-S-007-R                 0   000                             N
: 3. 7224.300-000-001B             0   300                             N
: 4. 201.130-186                   0   000                             N
: 5. 215.150                       0   006                             N
: 6. B455-0139                     0   000                             N
: 7. 3242.521-102-001A             0   300                             N
: 8. F137-0100                     0   000                             N
: 9. 0242.521-102-133               0   300                             N
: 10. EE-001K                       0   019                             N
: 11. EE-001L                       0   015                             N
: 12. ESK-08ENS01                 001   008                             N
: 13. ESK-08EGS09                 001   013                             N
: 14. ESK-08EGS10                 001   012                             N
: 15. ESK-08EGS13                 001   011                             N
: 16. ESK-08EGS14                 001   010                             N
: 17. ESK-08EGS15                 001  010                              N
: 18. ESK-08EGS16                 001   007                             N
: 19. STP-302-1600                 --  020                              Y     A/R 00154225
: 20. STP-302-1601                 --  020                              Y     A/R 00154227
: 21. G13.18.6.3-006               0   000                             N
: 22. LSK-24-09.05A               001   015                             N
: 23. EDP-AN-02                     --  301                              N
: 24. STP-302-0102                 --  017                              N
: 25. G13.18.3.1-004               0   000                             Y       EC40339
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION             CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT              G13.18.6.2-ENS*002, Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION            PAGE 3 OF 32 III.     CROSS  
 
==REFERENCES:==
: 1. Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB)
: 2. Technical Specifications Section B3.3.8.1
: 3. ANSI Standards C57.13 (1993)
: 3. ANSI Standards C57.13 (1993)
: 4. Multi-Amp Instruction Book EPOCH
: 4. Multi-Amp Instruction Book EPOCH-10
-10 5. USAR Figures 3.11
: 5. USAR Figures 3.11-1 through 5 IV.       SOFTWARE USED:
-1 through 5 IV. SOFTWARE USED
N/A Title:                                   Version/Release:       Disk/CD No.
: N/A Title:     Version/Release:
V.       DISK/CDS INCLUDED:
Disk/CD No.
N/A Title:                                   Version/Release       Disk/CD No.
V. DISK/CDS INCLUDED
VI.       OTHER CHANGES:
: N/A Title:     Version/Release Disk/CD No.
References removed from the calculation: G13.18.3.1*001
VI. OTHER CHANGES
:      References removed from the calculation: G13.18.3.1*001


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                       CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                        Page 4 of 32 Revision                                     Record of Revision Initial issue to support determination of undervoltage rely setpoints by Electrical 000    Engineering.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Deleted Degraded Voltage Relay setpoints. With relay change per ER-RB-2001-0360-00, the 001    degraded voltage relay setpoints are moved to G13.18.3.6.2-ENS-005 Rev. 0. Revised procedural as-left band.
-ENS*002 Rev.
002    Incorporated new drift value and extended calibration period to 30 months per EC 11753.
00 3 Page 4 of 32 Revision Record of Revision 00 0 Initial issue to support determination of undervoltage rely setpoints by Electrical Engineering.
EC 40339: Incorporated new setpoints as determined in calculation G13.18.3.1-004 into this 003    calculation and added computation of ALT and AFT.
00 1 Deleted Degraded Voltage Relay setpoints. With relay change per ER
-RB-2001-0360-00, the degraded voltage relay setpoints are moved to G13.18.3.6.2
-ENS-005 Rev. 0. Revised procedural as
-left band.
00 2 Incorporated new drift value and extended calibration period to 30 months per EC 11753. 003 EC 40339: Incorporated new setpoints as determined in calculation G13.18.3.1
-004 into this calculation and added computation of ALT and AFT.


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                                   CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                                    G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                                  Page 5 of 32 TABLE OF CONTENTS COVER SHEET CALCULATION REFERENCES RECORD OF REVISION SECTION                                                                                                             PAGE 1.0 Purpose and Description                                                                                                6 2.0 Results/Conclusions                                                                                                   8 3.0 References                                                                                                             9 4.0 Design Inputs                                                                                                         11 5.0 Nomenclature                                                                                                         15 6.0 Calculation Methodology                                                                                               16 7.0 Assumptions                                                                                                           17 8.0 Calculation                                                                                                           20 9.0 Simplified Block Diagram                                                                                             28 Attachments:
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
1   Design Verification Form and Comments .......................................................................... 5 pages
-ENS*002 Rev.
 
00 3 Page 5 of 32 TABLE OF CONTENTS COVER SHEET CALCULATION REFERENCES RECORD OF REVISION SECTION PAGE 1.0 Purpose and Descripti on 6 2.0 Results/Conclusions 8 3.0 References 9 4.0 Design Inputs 11 5.0 Nomenclature 15 6.0 Calculation Methodology 16 7.0 Assumptions 17 8.0 Calculation 20 9.0 Simplified Block Diagram 2 8 Attachments:
SETPOINT CALCULATION                         CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                          Page 6 of 32 1.0     Purpose and Description 1.1. Purpose The purpose of this calculation is to determine the uncertainty associated with the existing Safety-Related 4.16 kV Loss of Voltage relays for Divisions I & II. Nominal trip Set points and Allowable values will be determined by the Electrical Engineering group in calculation G13.18.3.1-004.
1 Design Verification Form and Comments
1.2. Loop Descriptions Each 4.16 kV emergency bus has its own independent Loss of Power (LOP) instrumentation and associated trip logic. The voltage for the Division I and II buses is monitored at two levels, which can be considered as two different undervoltage functions; loss of voltage and sustained degraded voltage.
................................
Each 4.16 kV bus monitored by three undervoltage relays whose outputs are arranged in a two-out-of-three logic configuration (Reference 3.12). The channels include electronic equipment (e.g., trip units) that compares measured input signals with pre-established setpoints. When the setpoint is exceeded, the channel output relay actuates, which then outputs a LOP trip signal to the trip logic.
................................
1.3. Design Bases Event Per Technical Specification Bases B 3.3.8.1 (Reference 3.7.3), successful operation of the required safety functions of the Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS) is dependent upon the availability of adequate power sources for energizing the various components such as pump motors, motor operated valves, and the associated control components. The LOP instrumentation monitors the 4.16 kV emergency buses. Offsite power is the preferred source of power for the 4.16 kV emergency buses. If the monitors determine that insufficient power is available, the buses are disconnected from the offsite power sources and connected to the onsite diesel generator (DG) power sources.
..........
1.4. Degree of Accuracy/Limits of Applicability The results of this calculation are based on the statistical methods of at least 95%
5 page s SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
probability of occurrence for a one sided probability distribution in accordance with General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology, (Reference 3.3) and EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations (Reference 3.2). One sided probability is used since the Loss of Voltage relay performs its safety function in the decreasing direction only.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*002 Rev.
00 3 Page 6 of 32 1.0 Purpose and Description 1.1. Purpose The purpose of this calculation is to determine the uncertainty associated with the existing Safety
-Related 4.16 kV Loss of Voltage relays for Divisions I & II. Nominal trip Set points and Allowable values will be determined by the Electrical Engineering group in calculation G13.18.3.1
-00 4. 1.2. Loop Descriptions Each 4.16 kV emergency bus has its own independent Loss of Power (LOP) instrumentation and associated trip logic. The voltage for the Division I and II buses is monitored at two levels, which can be considered as two different undervoltage functions; loss of voltage and sustained degraded voltage.
Each 4.16 kV bus monitored by three undervoltage relays whose outputs are arranged in a two-out-of-three logic configuration (Reference 3.12). The channels include electronic equipment (e.g., trip units) that compares measured input signals with pre
-established setpoints. When the setpoint is exceeded, the channel output relay actuates, which then outputs a LOP trip signal to the trip logic.
1.3. Design Bases Event Per Technical Specification Bases B 3.3.8.1 (Reference 3
.7.3), "successful operation of the required safety functions of the Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS) is dependent upon the availability of adequate power sources for energizing the various components such as pump motors, motor operated valves, and the associated control components. The LOP instrumentation monitors the 4.16 kV emergency buses. Offsite power is the preferred source of power for the 4.16 kV emergency buses. If the monitors determine that insufficient power is available, the buses are disconnected from the offsite power sources and connected to the onsite diesel generator (DG) power sources." 1.4. Degree of Accuracy/Limits of Applicability The results of this calculation are based on the statistical methods of at least 95% probability of occurrence for a one sided probability distribution in accordance with "General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology," (Reference 3.3) and EN-IC-S-007-R, "Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations" (Reference 3.2). One sided probability is used since the Loss of Voltage relay performs its safety function in the decreasing direction only.
The results of this calculation are valid under the Assumptions stated in Section 7.0 of this calculation.
The results of this calculation are valid under the Assumptions stated in Section 7.0 of this calculation.
The appropriate use of this calculation to support design or station activities, other than those specified in Section 1.1 of this calculation, is the responsibility of the user.
The appropriate use of this calculation to support design or station activities, other than those specified in Section 1.1 of this calculation, is the responsibility of the user.


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                         CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                        Page 7 of 32 1.5. Applicability A data analysis has been performed in order to determine which, if any, redundant instrument loops are bounded by the results of this calculation. This calculation is applicable to the Loops associated with the primary elements stated in Section 9.0. The results of this calculation are bounding for the applicable instrument loops, based on such factors as instrument manufacturer and model number, instrument location/environmental parameters, actual installation and use of the instrument in process measurements.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*002 Rev.
00 3 Page 7 of 32 1.5. Applicability A data analysis has been performed in order to determine which, if any, redundant instrument loops are bounded by the results of this calculation. This calculation is applicable to the Loops associated with the primary elements stated in Section 9.0. The results of this calculation are bounding for the applicable instrument loops, based on such factors as instrument manufacturer and model number, instrument location/environmental parameters, actual installation and use of the instrument in process measurements.


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                         CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                        Page 8 of 32 2.0     Results/Conclusions 2.1. Results The Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty for the Loss of Voltage relays were calculated in Section 8.0. These values and other associated values such as loop drift are presented in Table 2.1-1.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Table 2.1-1 Loss of Voltage Relay Maximum Loop                          Total Loop    M&TE Loop Channel Drift                                        Loop Loop          Uncertainty                      Uncertainty    Accuracy System(s)                                           (DL)                                      Setting Tol.
-ENS*002 Rev.
Identification       (LU)                             (TLU)     Requirements VAC                                           (ALTL)
00 3 Page 8 of 32 2.0 Results/Conclusions 2.1. Results The Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty for the Loss of Voltage relays were calculated in Section 8.0. These values and other associated values such as loop drift are presented in Table 2.1-1. Table 2.1-1 Loss of Voltage Relay System(s) Loop Identification Loop Uncertainty (LU) VAC Channel Drift (D L) VAC Total Loop Uncertainty (TL U) VAC M&TE Loop Accuracy Requirements VAC Maximum Loop Setting Tol.
VAC                               VAC          VAC VAC See           +/- 0.9067                           +/- 1.07 302                                          +/- 0.392                        +/- 0.161          +/- 0.21 Section 9.0      +/- 54.97*                          +/- 64.87*
(ALT L) VAC 302 See Section 9.0
+/- 0.9067 +/- 54.97* +/- 0.3 92 +/- 1.07 +/- 64.87* +/- 0.1 61 +/- 0.21
* Uncertainty indexed to the primary (bus) voltage of the potential transformers.
* Uncertainty indexed to the primary (bus) voltage of the potential transformers.
2.2. Conclusions The calculated Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty presented in Table 2.1-1 are bounding for the relays and circuits listed in Section 9.0.
2.2. Conclusions The calculated Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty presented in Table 2.1-1 are bounding for the relays and circuits listed in Section 9.0.


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                       CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                      Page 9 of 32 3.0   References 3.1   EN-DC-126, Engineering Calculation Process 3.2   EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty and Setpoint Calculations 3.3   7224.300-000-001B, NEDC-31336P-A, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology 3.4   Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB) 3.5   201.130-186, Peak Spreading of ARS Curves for the Control Building 3.6   Environmental Design Criteria, Spec 215.150, including USAR figures 3.11-1 through 5 as outlined in EDP-AN-02 section 6.3.1 3.7   RBS Operating License 3.7.1   Not used 3.7.2   Not used 3.7.3 Technical Specifications Bases Sections B3.3.8.1 3.7.4   Not used 3.8   RBS USAR None 3.9   Vendor Manuals 3.9.1   B455-0139, Single-Phase Voltage Relays 3.9.2   3242.521-102-001A, Instruction Manual-STNBY 4.16 kV Switchgear 3.9.3   F137-0100, Fluke Dual Display Multimeter Users Manual 3.9.4   Multi-Amp Instruction Book for the EPOCH-10, Microprocessor-Enhanced Protective Relay Test Set, (maintained by the Standards Laboratory) 3.9.5   0242.521-102-133, Bill of Material 1ENS-SWG1A & 1B 3.10 Electrical Schematics 3.10.1 EE-001K, 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A 3.10.2 EE-001L, 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*002 Rev.
00 3 Page 9 of 32 3.0 References 3.1 EN-DC-126 , "Engineering Calculation Process" 3.2 EN-IC-S-007-R , "Instrument Loop Uncertainty and Setpoint Calculations
" 3.3 7224.300-000-001B, NEDC
-31336P-A, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology 3.4 Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB) 3.5 201.130-186 , "Peak Spreading of ARS Curves for the Control Building
" 3.6 Environmental Design Criteria, Spec 215.150, including USAR figures 3.11
-1 through 5 as outlined in EDP
-AN-02 section 6.3.1 3.7 RBS Operating License 3.7.1 Not used 3.7.2 Not used 3.7.3 Technical Specifications Bases Sections B3.3.8.1 3.7.4 Not used 3.8 RBS USAR None 3.9 Vendor Manuals 3.9.1 B455-0139, Singl e-Phase Voltage Relays 3.9.2 3242.521-102-001A, Instruction Manual
-STNBY 4.16 kV Switchgear 3.9.3 F137-0100, Fluke Dual Display Multimeter Users Manual 3.9.4 Multi-Amp Instruction Book for the EPOCH
-10, Microprocessor
-Enhanced Protective Relay Test Set, (maintained by the Standards Laboratory) 3.9.5 0242.521-102-133 , Bill of Material 1ENS-SWG1A & 1B 3.10 Electrical Schematics 3.10.1 EE-001K, 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A 3.10.2 EE-001L, 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                   CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                    G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                    Page 10 of 32 3.10.3 ESK-08ENS01, AC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1A & 1B Protection & Metering 3.10.4 ESK-08EGS09, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A Under Voltage Protection 3.10.5 ESK-08EGS10, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B Under Voltage Protection 3.10.6 ESK-08EGS13, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A Under Voltage Protection 3.10.7 ESK-08EGS14, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B Under Voltage Protection 3.10.8 ESK-08EGS15, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A Under Voltage Protection & Load Sequence 3.10.9 ESK-08EGS16, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B Under Voltage Protection & Load Sequence 3.11 Surveillance Test Procedures:
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
3.11.1 Not used 3.11.2 Not used 3.11.3 Not used 3.11.4 Not used 3.11.5 STP-302-0102, Power Distribution System Operability Check 3.12 LSK-24-09.05A, Standby Diesel Generator Load Sequence, Logic Diagram 3.13 Standards 3.13.1 ANSI Standard C57.13, Requirements for Instrument Transformers 3.13.2 Not used 3.14 G13.18.6.3-006, ABB Model ITE-27H Relay Drift Analysis 3.15 G13.18.3.1-004, Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for ENS-SWG01A and ENS-SWG01B
-ENS*002 Rev.
00 3 Page 10 of 32   3.10.3 ESK-08ENS01, AC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1A & 1B Protection & Metering 3.10.4 ESK-08EGS09 , DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A Under Voltage   Protection 3.10.5 ESK-08EGS10, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B Under Voltage     Protection 3.10.6 ESK-08EGS13, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A Under Voltage Protection 3.10.7 ESK-08EGS14, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B Under Voltage Protection 3.10.8 ESK-08EGS15, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A Under Voltage Protection & Load Sequence 3.10.9 ESK-08EGS16, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B Under Voltage Protection & Load Sequence 3.11 Surveillance Test Procedures:
3.11.1 Not used 3.11.2 Not used 3.11.3 Not used 3.11.4 Not used 3.11.5 STP-302-0102, Power Distribution System Operability Check 3.12 LSK-24-09.05A, Standby Diesel Generator Load Sequence, Logic Diagram 3.13 Standards 3.13.1 ANSI Standard C57.13, Requirements for Instrument Transformer s 3.13.2 Not used 3.14 G13.18.6.3
-006, ABB Model ITE
-27H Relay Drift Analysis 3.15 G13.18.3.1
-004, Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for ENS
-SWG01A and ENS
-SWG01B SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*002 Rev.
00 3 Page 11 of  32  4.0 Design Input The following are the design inputs used to determine uncertainty for the DIV I and II Lo ss of Voltage relays.
4.1 Loop Input 4.1.1 Loop Data:
Form 1: Loop/Process Data Sheet Description Data Reference Loop Sensor(s)
ENS-SWG1A-PT ENS-SWG1B-PT 3.10 Location ENS-SWG1A ENS-SWG1B 3.4 Output Range 0-120 VAC 3.10 Input Range 0-4200 VAC 3.10  4.1.2 Special Considerations:
4.1.2.1 Calibration shall be performed using the following instruments:
Multi-Amp EPOCH-10 relay tester set to Oscillator Mode (Reference 3.9.4)
Fluke Model 45 Digital Multimeter set to Medium Resolution (Reference 3.9.3) 4.1.2.2 A minimum of 1 hour warm up time at the calibration location shall be allowed for the Fluke Model 45 Multimeter.


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                       CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                      Page 11 of 32 4.0    Design Input The following are the design inputs used to determine uncertainty for the DIV I and II Loss of Voltage relays.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
4.1  Loop Input 4.1.1  Loop Data:
-ENS*002 Rev.
Form 1: Loop/Process Data Sheet Description                       Data                       Reference ENS-SWG1A-PT Loop Sensor(s)                                                     3.10 ENS-SWG1B-PT ENS-SWG1A Location                                                      3.4 ENS-SWG1B Output Range                   0-120 VAC                       3.10 Input Range                   0-4200 VAC                       3.10 4.1.2  Special Considerations:
00 3 Page 12 of 32 4.2 Loop Instrumentation Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 Description Data Reference Component Number(s
4.1.2.1     Calibration shall be performed using the following instruments:
) ENS-SWG1A-PT-BUS ENS-SWG1B-PT-BUS 3.4 Manufacturer Westinghouse 3.9.5 Model(s) VIY-60 3.9.5 Location(s)
* Multi-Amp EPOCH-10 relay tester set to Oscillator Mode (Reference 3.9.4)
CB 98'E1. /ENS
* Fluke Model 45 Digital Multimeter set to Medium Resolution (Reference 3.9.3) 4.1.2.2     A minimum of 1 hour warm up time at the calibration location shall be allowed for the Fluke Model 45 Multimeter.
-SWG1A CB 98'E1. /ENS
-SWG1B 3.4 Service Description Transformer 3.4 Instrument Range 0 - 4200 VAC 3.9.5 Output Range 0 - 120 VAC 3.9.5 Calibration Interval Evaluated N/A Note Device Setting Tolerance N/A Note Note: Potential transformers for instrument service cannot be calibrated or adjusted, therefore there is no device setting tolerance or calibration interval
. Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 2 Descripti on Data Reference Component Number(s
) See Section 9.0 3.4 , 3.10 Manufacturer Asea Brown Boveri 3.9.5, 3.9.1 Model 27H 3.9.5 , 3.9.1 Location(s)
CB 98'EL/ENS-SWG1A CB 98'EL/ENS-SWG1B 3.4 Service Description Relay 3.9.1, 3.10 Input Range 0 - 120 VAC 3.9.2 Output Contact Action 3.10, 3.12 Calibration Interval Evaluated 30 Mo. (24 Mo. + 25%)
3.2 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*002 Rev.
00 3 Page 13 of  32  4.3 Loop Device Data Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 Westinghouse VIY-60 Description Data Reference Reference Accuracy (RA T) 0.3% of setting  3.9.2 7.1.2 Seismic Effects (SE T) N/A 7.1.4 Temperature Effects (TE T) N/A 7.1.12 Insulation Resistance Effects (IR T) N/A 7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TD T) N/A 7.1.13 Drift (DR T) N/A 7.1.14   Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Sheet Calc. Device Number 2 Asea Brown Boveri 27H Description Data Reference Reference Accuracy (RA R) +/-0.25% of setting 3.9.1 7.1.2 7.1.15 Seismic Effects (SE R) 0 7.1.4 Temperature Effects (TE R) 0.5 VAC/(68 o F - 104 o F)  7.1.12 7.1.2 Insulation Resistance Effects (IR R) N/A 7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TD R) N/A 7.1.13 Drift (DR R) +/-0.3 92 VAC  3.14 7.1.2 Reset 3% of Setting
+/-1.5% 3.9.1 3.9.5 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*002 Rev.
00 3 Page 14 of  32  4.4 Environmental Information Form 4: Environmental Conditions Data Sheet Zone: CB-98-1 Description Data Reference Location  Building/Elevation CB-98 3.4 Room/Area Switchgear Room 3.4 Normal  Temperature Range, o F 40 - 104 3.6 Humidity Range, %RH 20 - 90 3.6 Radiation 40 Year Total Integrated Dose, Rads 800 3.6 Pressure Range Atmos 3.6 Accident (Loss of Offsite Power)
Temperature Range, o F Same as Normal 3.6 Humidity Range, %RH Same as Normal 3.6 Radiation, Total Integrated Dose, Rads Same as Normal 3.6 Pressure Range Same as Normal 3.6 Seismic  Accelerations, g
< 3 3.5 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*002 Rev.
00 3 Page 15 of 32  5.0 Nomenclature The terms and abbreviations that are not defined in this section are defined in Reference 3.3, Reference 3.2 or within the text of this calculation.


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                         CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                          Page 12 of 32 4.2  Loop Instrumentation Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 Description                            Data                          Reference Component Number(s)                  ENS-SWG1A-PT-BUS 3.4 ENS-SWG1B-PT-BUS Manufacturer                              Westinghouse                            3.9.5 Model(s)                                      VIY-60                              3.9.5 Location(s)                         CB 98E1. /ENS-SWG1A 3.4 CB 98E1. /ENS-SWG1B Service Description                        Transformer                              3.4 Instrument Range                          0 - 4200 VAC                            3.9.5 Output Range                              0 - 120 VAC                            3.9.5 Calibration Interval Evaluated                  N/A                                Note Device Setting Tolerance                        N/A                                Note Note: Potential transformers for instrument service cannot be calibrated or adjusted, therefore there is no device setting tolerance or calibration interval.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 2 Description                              Data                          Reference Component Number(s)                          See Section 9.0                      3.4, 3.10 Manufacturer                                Asea Brown Boveri                    3.9.5, 3.9.1 Model                                                27H                          3.9.5, 3.9.1 Location(s)                             CB 98EL/ENS-SWG1A 3.4 CB 98EL/ENS-SWG1B Service Description                                Relay                        3.9.1, 3.10 Input Range                                    0 - 120 VAC                          3.9.2 Output                                        Contact Action                      3.10, 3.12 30 Mo.
-ENS*002 Rev.
Calibration Interval Evaluated                                                        3.2 (24 Mo. + 25%)
00 3 Page 16 of 32 6.0 Calculation Methodology This calculation is prepared in accordance with EN-IC-S-007-R , "Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations" (Reference 3.2), EN-DC-126, "Engineering Calculation Process" (Reference 3.1) and 7224.300
-000-001B, "General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology" (Reference 3.3).


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                     CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                     G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                     Page 13 of 32 4.3 Loop Device Data Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 Westinghouse VIY-60 Description                        Data                    Reference 0.3% of setting                3.9.2 Reference Accuracy (RAT) 2                        7.1.2 Seismic Effects (SET)                          N/A                        7.1.4 Temperature Effects (TET)                      N/A                      7.1.12 Insulation Resistance Effects (IRT)            N/A                      7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TDT)                  N/A                      7.1.13 Drift (DRT)                                    N/A                      7.1.14 Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Sheet Calc. Device Number 2 Asea Brown Boveri 27H Description                        Data                    Reference 3.9.1
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
                                              +/-0.25% of setting Reference Accuracy (RAR)                                                  7.1.2 2
-ENS*002 Rev.
7.1.15 Seismic Effects (SER)                            0                        7.1.4 0.5 VAC/(68oF - 104oF)            7.1.12 Temperature Effects (TER) 2                        7.1.2 Insulation Resistance Effects (IRR)            N/A                      7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TDR)                  N/A                      7.1.13
00 3 Page 17 of 32 7.0 Assumptions 7.1 Assumptions that do not require confirmation 7.1.1 Miscellaneous Allowance (ML)
                                                +/-0.392 VAC                    3.14 Drift (DRR) 2                        7.1.2 3% of Setting                  3.9.1 Reset
A miscellaneous allowance has not been applied to uncertainty of the device evaluated by this calculation.
                                                  +/-1.5%                      3.9.5
Brounding of values in the conservative direction, sufficient conservatism has been introduced.
 
7.1.2 For conservatism, all uncertainties given in vendor data specifications are assumed to be 7.1.3 Zero Effect (ZE)
SETPOINT CALCULATION                  CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                Page 14 of 32 4.4  Environmental Information Form 4: Environmental Conditions Data Sheet Zone: CB-98-1 Description                      Data                    Reference Location Building/Elevation                            CB-98                      3.4 Room/Area                                Switchgear Room                  3.4 Normal Temperature Range, oF                        40 - 104                    3.6 Humidity Range, %RH                          20 - 90                    3.6 Radiation 40 Year Total Integrated 800                      3.6 Dose, Rads Pressure Range                                Atmos                      3.6 Accident (Loss of Offsite Power)
Temperature Range, oF                    Same as Normal                  3.6 Humidity Range, %RH                      Same as Normal                  3.6 Radiation, Total Integrated Dose, Same as Normal                  3.6 Rads Pressure Range                            Same as Normal                  3.6 Seismic Accelerations, g                                <3                        3.5
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION                        CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                        Page 15 of 32 5.0 Nomenclature The terms and abbreviations that are not defined in this section are defined in Reference 3.3, Reference 3.2 or within the text of this calculation.
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION                      CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                      G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                      Page 16 of 32 6.0 Calculation Methodology This calculation is prepared in accordance with EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty &
Setpoint Calculations (Reference 3.2), EN-DC-126, Engineering Calculation Process (Reference 3.1) and 7224.300-000-001B, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology (Reference 3.3).
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION                          CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                          Page 17 of 32 7.0     Assumptions 7.1   Assumptions that do not require confirmation 7.1.1 Miscellaneous Allowance (ML)
A miscellaneous allowance has not been applied to uncertainty of the device evaluated by this calculation. By assuming all vendor supplied data is a 2 value and with intermediate rounding of values in the conservative direction, sufficient conservatism has been introduced.
7.1.2 Vendor 2 Data For conservatism, all uncertainties given in vendor data specifications are assumed to be 2 unless otherwise specified.
7.1.3 Zero Effect (ZE)
Not applicable 7.1.4 Seismic Effects (SE)
Not applicable 7.1.4 Seismic Effects (SE)
Reference 3.9.1 states that the undervoltage relays have been tested to 6 g ZPA "without damage or malfunction
Reference 3.9.1 states that the undervoltage relays have been tested to 6 g ZPA without damage or malfunction. Reference 3.5 defines the expected level of seismic activity for the 98 ft elevation of the control building as less than 3g. Therefore, seismic effects are assumed to be 0.
." Reference 3.5 defines the expected level of seismic activity for the 98 ft elevation of the control building as less than 3g. Therefore, seismic effects are assumed to be 0. Seismic effects are not applicable to potential transformers.
Seismic effects are not applicable to potential transformers.
7.1.5 Radiation Effects (RE) & Radiation Drift Effect (RD)
7.1.5 Radiation Effects (RE) & Radiation Drift Effect (RD)
Radiation effects and radiation drift effects are not applicable to the relays and transformers evaluated by this calculation, as they are located in a mild environment (Reference 3.6).
Radiation effects and radiation drift effects are not applicable to the relays and transformers evaluated by this calculation, as they are located in a mild environment (Reference 3.6).
Line 190: Line 154:
Not Applicable
Not Applicable


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                           CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                          Page 18 of 32 7.1.8 Static Pressure Effects (SP)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Not Applicable 7.1.9 Humidity Effects (HE)
-ENS*002 Rev.
The relays were specified by the switchgear manufacturer and are assumed to be designed to withstand the environmental effects in the mounting location without introduction of additional uncertainty. Per Reference 3.6, the humidity range for environmental zone CB-98 is 20 to 90% RH. Therefore, it is assumed that Humidity effects are negligible.
00 3 Page 18 of 32 7.1.8 Static Pressure Effects (SP)
Humidity effects are not applicable to potential transformers.
Not Applicable 7.1.9 Humidity Effects (HE)
The relays were specified by the switchgear manufacturer and are assumed to be designed to withstand the environmental effects in the mounting location without introduction of additional uncertainty. Per Reference 3.6, the humidity range for environmental zone CB
-98 is 20 to 90% RH. Therefore, it is assumed that Humidity effects are negligible. Humidity effects are not applicable to potential transformers.
7.1.10 Insulation Resistance Effects (IR)
7.1.10 Insulation Resistance Effects (IR)
(IR) effects, which may result in degradation of circuit insulation, are not applicable to the devices and circuits addressed by this calculation.
(IR) effects, which may result in degradation of circuit insulation, are not applicable to the devices and circuits addressed by this calculation.
7.1.11 Voltage Drop Voltage drop due to long wiring lengths between source and load are assumed to be negligible as the potential transformers and the undervoltage relays evaluated by this calculation are located in the same switch gear compartment.
7.1.11 Voltage Drop Voltage drop due to long wiring lengths between source and load are assumed to be negligible as the potential transformers and the undervoltage relays evaluated by this calculation are located in the same switch gear compartment.
7.1.12 Temperature Effects (TE) Per Reference 3.9.1, the temperature effect is 0.5 VAC over a span of 68 o - 104 oF (20 o C - 40 oC). Reference 3.6 states that the normal temperature range for this area is 40 o - 104 oF and that 1% of the calendar year (30 hours) the temperature could be 5 oF higher. The temperature change 1% of the calendar year is considered negligible.
7.1.12 Temperature Effects (TE)
The 0.5 VAC value will be used to determine relay temperature effects. See section 8.1.3 Temperature effects are not applicable to transformers. Temperatures above the rate d value would tend to produce total failure of the transformer, rather than an error in output. 7.1.13 Temperature Drift Effects (TD)
Per Reference 3.9.1, the temperature effect is 0.5 VAC over a span of 68o - 104oF (20oC
The drift analysis performed in Reference 3.14 is assumed to encompass all components of drift and drift effects except for temperature drift effects which are assumed to be included in the Reference Accuracy of the device
      - 40oC). Reference 3.6 states that the normal temperature range for this area is 40o -
. Temperature drift effects are not applicable to transformers.
104oF and that 1% of the calendar year (30 hours) the temperature could be 5oF higher.
The temperature change 1% of the calendar year is considered negligible. The 0.5 VAC value will be used to determine relay temperature effects. See section 8.1.3 Temperature effects are not applicable to transformers. Temperatures above the rated value would tend to produce total failure of the transformer, rather than an error in output.
7.1.13 Temperature Drift Effects (TD)
The drift analysis performed in Reference 3.14 is assumed to encompass all components of drift and drift effects except for temperature drift effects which are assumed to be included in the Reference Accuracy of the device.
Temperature drift effects are not applicable to transformers.
7.1.14 Instrument Drift (DR)
7.1.14 Instrument Drift (DR)
The drift analysis can be found in Reference 3.14.
The drift analysis can be found in Reference 3.14.
Drift is not applicable to transformers.
Drift is not applicable to transformers.


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                       CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                      Page 19 of 32 7.1.15 Relay Reference Accuracy (RAR)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
The accuracy rating for the ABB model 27 undervoltage relay is dependent on M&TE accuracy and calibration methodology when following the calibration instruction in Reference 3.9.1. Per Reference 3.9.3, the reference accuracy for a Fluke Model 45 digital multimeter is 0.2% of setting + 10 mV (conservatively approximated as 0.01% of setting). This yields an approximate accuracy of 0.21%. For conservatism, a value of 0.25% of setting will be used for this calculation.
-ENS*002 Rev.
7.2   Assumptions that require confirmation None
00 3 Page 19 of 32 7.1.15 Relay Reference Accuracy (RA R) The accuracy rating for the ABB model 27 undervoltage relay is dependent on M&TE accuracy and calibration methodology when following the calibration instruction in Reference 3.9.1. Per Reference 3.9.3, the reference accuracy for a Fluke Model 45 digital multimeter is 0.2% of setting + 10 mV (conservatively approximated as 0.01% of setting). This yields an approximate accuracy of 0.21%. For conservatism, a value of 0.25% of setting will be used for this calculati on. 7.2 Assumptions that require confirmation None SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
 
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
SETPOINT CALCULATION                         CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                        Page 20 of 32 8.0   Calculation This section includes the following subsections used in performance of this calculation:
-ENS*002 Rev.
8.1) Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.2) Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) 8.3) Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties 8.4) Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL) 8.5) Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 8.6) Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU) 8.7) Calculation of Loop Drift (DL) 8.8) Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) 8.9) Calculation of Reset Differential 8.10) As Left Tolerance (ALT) 8.11) As Found Tolerance (AFT) 8.12) Loop Tolerances 8.1 Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.1.1   Calculation of Transformer Burden and Determination of Reference Accuracy Per References 3.9.2 and 3.13.1, the Reference Accuracy for instrument class potential transformers is +/- 0.3% W, X, and Y, and +/- 1.2% Z. This relates to the burden placed upon the transformer by its connected loads. A load less than 75 VA will yield an accuracy of +/- 0.3% where a load greater than 75 VA will produce a transformer accuracy of +/- 1.2%.
00 3 Page 20 of 32 8.0 Calculation This section includes the following subsections used in performance of this calculation:
8.1) Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.2) Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) 8.3) Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties 8.4) Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL) 8.5) Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 8.6) Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU) 8.7) Calculation of Loop Drift (D L) 8.8) Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) 8.9) Calculation of Reset Differential 8.10) As Left Tolerance (ALT) 8.11) As Found Tolerance (AFT) 8.12) Loop Tolerances 8.1 Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.1.1 Calculation of Transformer Burden and Determination of Reference Accuracy Per References 3.9.2 and 3.13.1, the Reference Accuracy for instrument class potential transformers is +/- 0.3% W, X, and Y, and +/- 1.2% Z. This relates to the burden placed upon the transformer by its connected loads. A load less than 75 VA will yield an accuracy of +/- 0.3% where a load greater than 75 VA will produce a transformer accuracy of +/- 1.2%.
The loads for the metering transformer are:
The loads for the metering transformer are:
6 Undervoltage Relays @ 1.2 VA each
6 Undervoltage Relays @ 1.2 VA each                     =   7.2 1 Synchronizing relay transformer @ 3 VA                 =   3.0 1 Model 60 Voltage Balance Relay @ 0.7 VA each           =   0.7 2 Model 32 voltage Balance Relays @ 0.3 VA each         =   0.6 1 Volt Meter, GE 180 @ 3.0 VA burden each               =   3.0 1 Volt Transducer @ 3.0 VA burden                       =   3.0 Control Relays/Meters not listed, Assumed Value         =   10.0 27.5 Therefore Transformer Accuracy = 0.3% of setting
= 7.2 1 Synchronizing relay transformer @ 3 VA
= 3.0 1 Model 60 Voltage Balance Relay @ 0.7 VA each
= 0.7 2 Model 32 voltage Balance Relays @ 0.3 VA each
= 0.6 1 Volt Meter, GE 180 @ 3.0 VA burden each
= 3.0 1 Volt Transducer @ 3.0 VA burden
= 3.0 Control Relays/Meters not listed, Assumed Value
= 10.0 27.5 Therefore Transformer Accuracy = 0.3% of setting


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                       CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                      Page 21 of 32 8.1.2   Calculation of Under Voltage Relay Power Supply Effects (PSR)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
PSR = +/- 0.2 VAC per 10 VDC control power variation
-ENS*002 Rev.
                  = +/- 0.02 VAC x 15 VDC
00 3 Page 21 of 32   8.1.2 Calculation of Under Voltage Relay Power Supply Effects (PS R) PS R = +/- 0.2 VAC per 10 VDC control power variation
                  = +/- 0.3 VAC                                                           (2 Value)
= +/- 0.02 VAC x 15 VDC
Assumed control power voltage variation is 15 VDC per Assumption 7.1.6.
= +/- 0.3 VAC Assumed control power voltage variation is 15 VDC per Assumption 7.1.6.
8.1.3   Calculation of Relay Temperature Effects (TER)
8.1.3 Calculation of Relay Temperature Effects (TE R) Per Assumption 7.1.12 and Reference 3.9.1, the relay may experience a temperature effect of +/- 0.5 VAC over a temperature range of 68 o F - 104 oF. Assuming linearity, this yields an effect of 0.014 VAC/
Per Assumption 7.1.12 and Reference 3.9.1, the relay may experience a temperature effect of +/- 0.5 VAC over a temperature range of 68oF - 104oF. Assuming linearity, this yields an effect of 0.014 VAC/oF. The relays are housed inside the DIV I and II switchgear which are assumed to maintain an internal temperature of 104oF to prevent condensation. However, the relay is calibrated in the electrical or relay shop which is assumed to be maintained at 70oF. Therefore:
oF. The relays are housed inside the DIV I and II switchgear which are assumed to maintain an internal temperature of 10 4 o F to prevent condensation.
TER = +/- (104oF - 70oF) x 0.014 VAC/oF
However, the relay is calibrated in the electrical or relay shop which is assumed to be maintained at 70 oF. Therefore:
                  = +/- 0.476 VAC                                                         (2 Value) 8.2 Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) 8.2.1   Transformer Reference Accuracy (RAT):
TE R = +/- (10 4 o F - 70 oF) x 0.014 VAC/
8.2.1.1   Transformer Reference Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (RATLV)
o F = +/- 0.4 76 VAC 8.2 Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) 8.2.1 Transformer Reference Accuracy (RA T): 8.2.1.1 Transformer Reference Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (RATLV) Note: Relay setpoint is determined in Reference 3.15.
Note: Relay setpoint is determined in Reference 3.15.
RATLV = +/- 0.3% of Setpoint
RATLV = +/- 0.3% of Setpoint
= +/- 0.003
                          = +/- 0.003
* 51.23 VAC = +/- 0.1537 VAC 8.2.2 Undervoltage Relay Reference Accuracy (RA R): 8.2.2.1 Undervoltage Relay Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (RARLV) RARLV = +/- 0.25% of Setting
* 51.23 VAC
= +/- 0.0025
                          = +/- 0.1537 VAC                                               (2 Value) 8.2.2   Undervoltage Relay Reference Accuracy (RAR):
* 51.23 VAC = +/- 0.12 81 VAC 8.2.3 Calculation of Loop Reference Accuracy (RA L) 8.2.3.1 Loop Reference Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (RALLV) RALLV = +/- [(RATLV)2 + (RARLV)2]1/2 = +/- [(0.1537)2 + (0.1281)2]1/2 = +/-0.2001 VAC SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
8.2.2.1   Undervoltage Relay Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (RARLV)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
RARLV = +/- 0.25% of Setting
-ENS*002 Rev.
                          = +/- 0.0025
00 3 Page 22 of 32 8.3 Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties (Reference 3.2, Section 8.2 and Section 8.1) 8.3.1 Transformer Uncertainty (A T) 8.3.1.1 Transformer Uncertainty Loss of Voltage (ATLV) ATLV = +/- [(RATLV)2]1/2 = +/- 0.1537 VAC 8.3.2 Undervoltage Relay Device Uncertainty (A R) 8.3.2.1 Undervoltage Relay Device Uncertainty for Loss of Voltage (ARLV) ARLV = +/- [(RARLV)2 + (PS R)2 + (TE R)2]1/2 = +/- [(0.12 81)2 + (0.3)2 + (0.476)2]1/2 = +/- 0.577 1 VAC 8.4 Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL)
* 51.23 VAC
C L = +/- [(MTE L)2 + (CT L)2]1/2 8.4.1 Calculating measuring and test equipment effects. (MTE L) Measurement & Test Equipment (MTE L) effects are defined from Reference 3.2 as:
                          = +/- 0.1281 VAC                                               (2 Value) 8.2.3   Calculation of Loop Reference Accuracy (RAL) 8.2.3.1   Loop Reference Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (RALLV)
MTE LV = [(MTE RA)2 + (MTE RI)2 + (MTE T E)2 + (MTE CS)2]1/2 Where: MTE RA = Reference accuracy of the Fluke Model 45 Digital Multimeter (DMM) after a one hour stabilization period at the calibration location = 0.2% of setting + 10 mV. MTERALV = 0.1 1 3 VAC. MTETE = Effects of temperature changes on the Fluke Model 45 DMM between the calibration laboratory and the area where the M&TE is used. Assumed equal to the Reference Accuracy of the M&TE used. For the Loss of Voltage, setting MTETELV = 0.1 1 3 VAC. MTE R I = Readability of the M&TE used, assumed to be 0 as all M&TE used are digital with at least 2 digital with at least 2 digits of resolution. (Reference 3.2)
RALLV = +/- [(RATLV)2 + (RARLV)2]1/2
MTE CS = The accuracy of the calibration standard used to calibrate the M&TE, assumed equal to 1/4 the Reference accuracy of the DMM. For the Loss of Voltage, setting MTECSLV = 0.02 9 VAC. 8.4.1.1 Calculation of loop M&TE Effects for Loss of Voltage (MTELLV) MTELLV = +/- [(MTERALV)2 + (MTE RI)2 + (MTETELV)2 + (MTECSLV)2]1/2 = +/- [(0.1 1 3)2 + (0.0)2 + (0.1 1 3)2 + (0.02 9)2 +]1/2 = +/- 0.1 6 3 VAC SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
                          = +/- [(0.1537)2 + (0.1281)2]1/2
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
                          = +/-0.2001 VAC                                                 (2 Value)
-ENS*002 Rev.
 
00 3 Page 23 of 32 8.4.2 Calculation of Calibration Effects (CT L) Calibration Effects (CT L) are defined from Reference 3.2 as:
SETPOINT CALCULATION                           CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                            G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                          Page 22 of 32 8.3   Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties (Reference 3.2, Section 8.2 and Section 8.1) 8.3.1   Transformer Uncertainty (AT) 8.3.1.1   Transformer Uncertainty Loss of Voltage (ATLV)
CT L = Square Root Sum of the Squares (SRSS) of procedural inaccuracies such as procedural as left band and calibration procedural errors.
ATLV = +/- [(RATLV)2]1/2
8.4.2.1 Calculation of Calibration Effects for Loss of Voltage (CTLLV) CTLLV = +/- 0.2 1 VAC  The ALT L value is 0.2 1 VAC from Section 8.12. 8.4.3 Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (CLLV) CLLV= +/- [(MTELLV)2 + (CTLLV)2]1/2 = +/- [(0.16 3)2 + (0.2 1)2]1/2 = 0.26 6 VAC 8.5 Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 0 per Assumption 7.1.10 8.6 Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU
                        = +/- 0.1537 VAC                                                       (2 Value) 8.3.2   Undervoltage Relay Device Uncertainty (AR) 8.3.2.1   Undervoltage Relay Device Uncertainty for Loss of Voltage (ARLV)
) Reference 3.2 defines loop uncertainty as:
ARLV = +/- [(RARLV)2 + (PSR)2 + (TER)2]1/2
LU = +/- (m/n)[(A T)2 + (A R)2 + (C L)2]1/2   Where: m = The number of standard deviations required to encompass 95% of the area under the curve for a normal distribution either one or two sided. 1.645 corresponds t o a one sided confidence while 2.00 corresponds to a two sided confidence.
                        = +/- [(0.1281)2 + (0.3)2 + (0.476)2]1/2
                        = +/- 0.5771 VAC                                                       (2 Value) 8.4   Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL)
CL = +/- [(MTEL)2 + (CTL)2]1/2 8.4.1   Calculating measuring and test equipment effects. (MTEL)
Measurement & Test Equipment (MTEL) effects are defined from Reference 3.2 as:
MTELV = [(MTERA)2 + (MTERI)2 + (MTETE)2 + (MTECS)2]1/2 Where:   MTERA = Reference accuracy of the Fluke Model 45 Digital Multimeter (DMM) after a one hour stabilization period at the calibration location = 0.2% of setting + 10 mV. MTERALV = 0.113 VAC.
MTETE = Effects of temperature changes on the Fluke Model 45 DMM between the calibration laboratory and the area where the M&TE is used. Assumed equal to the Reference Accuracy of the M&TE used. For the Loss of Voltage, setting MTETELV = 0.113 VAC.
MTERI = Readability of the M&TE used, assumed to be 0 as all M&TE used are digital with at least 2 digital with at least 2 digits of resolution.
(Reference 3.2)
MTECS = The accuracy of the calibration standard used to calibrate the M&TE, assumed equal to 1/4 the Reference accuracy of the DMM.
For the Loss of Voltage, setting MTECSLV = 0.029 VAC.
8.4.1.1   Calculation of loop M&TE Effects for Loss of Voltage (MTELLV)
MTELLV = +/- [(MTERALV)2 + (MTERI)2 + (MTETELV)2 + (MTECSLV)2]1/2
                            = +/- [(0.113)2 + (0.0)2 + (0.113)2 + (0.029)2 +]1/2
                            = +/- 0.163 VAC                                                   (2 Value)
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION                         CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                        Page 23 of 32 8.4.2   Calculation of Calibration Effects (CTL)
Calibration Effects (CTL) are defined from Reference 3.2 as:
CTL = Square Root Sum of the Squares (SRSS) of procedural inaccuracies such as procedural as left band and calibration procedural errors.
8.4.2.1   Calculation of Calibration Effects for Loss of Voltage (CTLLV)
CTLLV = +/- 0.21 VAC                                                    (2 value)
The ALTL value is 0.21 VAC from Section 8.12.
8.4.3         Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (CLLV)
CLLV= +/- [(MTELLV)2 + (CTLLV)2]1/2
                  = +/- [(0.163)2 + (0.21)2]1/2
                  = 0.266 VAC                                                           (2 Value) 8.5   Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 0 per Assumption 7.1.10 8.6   Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU)
Reference 3.2 defines loop uncertainty as:
LU = +/- (m/n)[(AT)2 + (AR)2 + (CL)2]1/2 Where: m = The number of standard deviations required to encompass 95% of the area under the curve for a normal distribution either one or two sided. 1.645 corresponds to a one sided confidence while 2.00 corresponds to a two sided confidence.
n = The number of standard deviations used in specifying the individual components of uncertainty.
n = The number of standard deviations used in specifying the individual components of uncertainty.
8.6.1 Loop Uncertainty for Loss of Voltage (LU LV) LU LV = +/- (m/n)[(ATLV)2 + (ARLV)2 + (C LLV)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)
8.6.1   Loop Uncertainty for Loss of Voltage (LULV)
= +/- (1.645/2)[( 0.1537)2 + (0.577 1)2 + (0.26 6)2]1/2 +/- 0.36 89 = +/- 0.9067 VAC When applied to the PT primary voltage (LUPLV) LUPLV = +/- LU LV x PT Ratio * (3)1/2 (Primary voltage/Secondary voltage)
LULV    = +/- (m/n)[(ATLV)2 + (ARLV)2 + (CLLV)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)
= +/- 0.9067 x 35 x 1.732 05 = +/- 54.97 VAC 8.7 Calculation of Loop Drift (D L) 8.7.1 Transformer Temperature Drift Effects (TD T)  0 per Assumption 7.1.13
                    = +/- (1.645/2)[( 0.1537)2 + (0.5771)2 + (0.266)2]1/2 +/- 0.3689
                    = +/- 0.9067 VAC When applied to the PT primary voltage (LUPLV)
LUPLV = +/- LULV x PT Ratio * (3)1/2 (Primary voltage/Secondary voltage)
                    = +/- 0.9067 x 35 x 1.73205
                    = +/- 54.97 VAC 8.7   Calculation of Loop Drift (DL) 8.7.1   Transformer Temperature Drift Effects (TDT) 0 per Assumption 7.1.13
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION                        CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                        Page 24 of 32 8.7.2 Relay Temperature Drift Effects (TDR) 0 per assumption 7.1.13 8.7.3  Relay Drift (DRR):
DRR = +/- 0.392 VAC per Reference 3.14                                          (2 Value)
As there are no other components of drift to be considered, DL = DRR Indexed to the PT primary voltage
                = DRR x 35 x (3)1/2
                = +/- 0.392 VAC x 35 x (3)1/2
                = +/- 23.77 VAC 8.8  Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU)
Reference 3.2 defines loop uncertainty as:
TLU = +/- (m/n)[(AT)2 + (AR)2 + (CL)2 + (DL)2]1/2 8.8.1  Total Loop Uncertainty - Loss of Voltage (TLULV)
TLULV = +/- (m/n)[(ATLV)2 + (ARLV)2 + (CLLV)2 + (DL)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)
                    = +/- (1.645/2)[( 0.1537)2 + (0.5771)2 + (0. 266)2 + (0.392)2]1/2 +/- 0.4430
                    = +/- 1.07 VAC When applied to the PT primary voltage (TLUPLV)
TLUPLV = +/- TLULV x PT Ratio x (3)1/2 (Primary voltage/Secondary voltage)
                    = +/- 1.07 x 35 x 1.73205
                    = +/-64.87 VAC 8.9  Calculation of Reset Differential 8.9.1  Reset Differential for Loss of Voltage (RDLV)
(Reference 3.9.1 and 3.15)
RDLV    = + (3.0% of Setting) nominal
                    = + 0.03 x 51.23
                    = + 1.54 VAC nominal Indexed to the PT primary voltage
                = RDLV x 35 x (3)1/2
                = 93.36 VAC nominal RDLV    = + (3.0% + 1.5% of Setting) max
                    = + 0.045 x 51.23
                    = + 2.305 VAC max Indexed to the PT primary voltage
                    = RDLV x 35 x (3)1/2
                    = 139.73 VAC Max Calculated uncertainties (LU and TLU) are applicable to reset.


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                   CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                  G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                  Page 25 of 32 Summary of Calculation Transformer                      Undervoltage Relay Terms Device 1                            Device 2 Values            Ref.          Values                  Ref.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Input Range                      0 - 4200        -  3.9.5          0 - 120        -        3.9.2 Process Units                      VAC          -  3.9.5          VAC            -        3.9.2 7.1.15 Reference Accuracy (RA)       +/-0.3% of Setting    2  3.9.2     +/-0.25% of Setting    2 7.1.12 Temperature Effect (TE)               0          -  7.1.12          +/-0.476          2 8.1.3 Seismic Effects (SE)               N/A          -   7.1.4            0            -        7.1.4 Radiation Effect (RE)               N/A          -   7.1.5            N/A          -       7.1.5 Instrument Drift (DR)               N/A          - 7.1.14          +/-0.392          2   3.14, 7.1.14 Temperature Drift (TD)             N/A          -  7.1.13            N/A          -      7.1.13 Radiation Drift Effect N/A          -   7.1.5            N/A          -       7.1.5 (RD)
-ENS*002 Rev.
Power Supply Effect (PS)           N/A          -  7.1.6          +/- 0.3         2    7.1.6, 8.1.2 Static Pressure Effects (SP)       N/A          -   7.1.8            N/A          -        7.1.8 Humidity Effects (HE)              N/A          -   7.1.9           N/A          -        7.1.9 Process Measurement N/A          -  7.1.7            N/A          -        7.1.7 Effect (PM)
00 3 Page 24 of 32 8.7.2 Relay Temperature Drift Effects (TD R) 0 per assumption 7.1.13 8.7.3 Relay Drift (DR R): DR R = +/- 0.3 92 VAC per Reference 3.14 As there are no other components of drift to be considered, D L = DR R Indexed to the PT primary voltage
Insulation Resistance N/A          - 7.1.10            N/A          -      7.1.10 Effect (IR)
= DR R x 35 x (3)1/2 = +/- 0.3 92 VAC x 35 x (3) 1/2  = +/- 23.77 VAC 8.8 Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU)
Zero Effect (ZE)                   N/A          -  7.1.3           N/A          -        7.1.3
Reference 3.2 defines loop uncertainty as: TLU = +/- (m/n)[(A T)2 + (A R)2 + (C L)2 + (D L)2]1/2 8.8.1 Total Loop Uncertainty
- Loss of Voltage (TLU LV) TLU LV = +/- (m/n)[(ATLV)2 + (ARLV)2 + (CLLV)2 + (D L)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin) = +/- (1.645/2)[( 0.1537)2 + (0.5771)2 + (0. 26 6)2 + (0.3 92)2]1/2 +/- 0.4430 = +/- 1.0 7 VAC When applied to the PT primary voltage (TLUPLV) TLUPLV = +/- TLU LV x PT Ratio x (3)1/2 (Primary voltage/Secondary voltage)
= +/- 1.0 7 x 35 x 1.73205
= +/-64.87 VAC 8.9 Calculation of Reset Differential 8.9.1 Reset Differential for Loss of Voltage (RD LV) (Reference 3.9.1 and 3.1 5) RD LV = + (3.0% of Setting) nominal
  = + 0.03 x 51.23 = + 1.54 VAC nominal Indexed to the PT primary voltage
= RD LV x 35 x (3)1/2 = 93.36 VAC nominal RD LV = + (3.0% + 1.5% of Setting) max
= + 0.045 x 51.23 = + 2.3 05 VAC max Indexed to the PT primary voltage
= RD LV x 35 x (3)1/2 = 139.73 VAC Max Calculated uncertainties (LU and TLU) are applicable to reset.


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                       CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                       Page 26 of 32 8.10 As-Left Tolerance (ALT)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Note: For the purposes of calculating ALT, the actual MTE value, MTE LLV is used.
-ENS*002 Rev.
ALTR - Relay Calculation MTELLV       =   0.163 VAC                     Section 8.4.1.1 ALTR          =   +/- SRSS (RARLV, MTELLV)
00 3 Page 25 of  32  Summary of Calculation Terms Transformer Device 1 Undervoltage Relay Device 2  Values  Ref. Values  Ref. Input Range 0 - 4200 - 3.9.5 0 - 120 - 3.9.2 Process Units VAC - 3.9.5 VAC - 3.9.2 Reference Accuracy (RA)
                                =   +/- SRSS (0.1281, 0.163) VAC
+/-0.3% of Setting 2 3.9.2 +/-0.25% of Setting 2 7.1.15  Temperature Effect (TE) 0 - 7.1.12 +/-0.476 2 7.1.12 8.1.3 Seismic Effects (SE) N/A - 7.1.4 0 - 7.1.4 Radiation Effect (RE)
                                =   +/- 0.21 VAC 8.11 As-Found Tolerance (AFT)
N/A - 7.1.5 N/A - 7.1.5 Instrument Drift (DR)
AFTR- Relay Calculation Since drift (DRR) was determined using plant specific as-found/as-left calibration data:
N/A - 7.1.14 +/-0.3 92 2 3.14, 7.1.14 Temperature Drift (TD)
AFTR            DRR
N/A - 7.1.13  N/A - 7.1.13 Radiation Drift Effect (RD) N/A - 7.1.5 N/A - 7.1.5 Power Supply Effect (PS) N/A - 7.1.6 +/- 0.3 2 7.1.6, 8.1.2 Static Pressure Effects (SP)
                                  =   +/-0.392 VAC 8.12 Loop Tolerances ALTL - As-Left Loop Tolerance ALTL            =   +/- SRSS (ALTR)
N/A - 7.1.8 N/A - 7.1.8 Humidity Effects (HE)
                                  =   +/- SRSS (0.21) VAC
N/A - 7.1.9 N/A - 7.1.9 Process Measurement Effect (PM)
                                  =   +/- 0.21 VAC AFTL - As-Found Loop Tolerance AFTL            =   +/-SRSS (AFTR)
N/A - 7.1.7 N/A - 7.1.7 Insulation Resistance Effect (IR)
                                  =   +/-SRSS (0.392) VAC
N/A - 7.1.10 N/A - 7.1.10 Zero Effect (ZE)
                                  =   +/- 0.392 VAC Summary of Calibration Tolerances Relay As-Left Tolerance (ALTR)                                                   +/- 0.21 VAC Relay As-Found Tolerance (AFTR)                                                   +/- 0.392 VAC As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALTL)                                                     +/- 0.21 VAC As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFTL)                                                   +/- 0.392 VAC
N/A - 7.1.3 N/A - 7.1.3 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*002 Rev.
00 3 Page 26 of 32 8.10 As-Left Tolerance (ALT) Note:   For the purposes of calculating ALT, the actual MTE value, MTE LLV is used. ALT R - Relay Calculation MTELLV = 0.16 3 VAC Section 8.4.1.1 ALT R   = +/- SRSS (RARLV, MTELLV)     = +/- SRSS (0.1281 , 0.16 3) VAC     = +/- 0.2 1 VAC 8.11 As-Found Tolerance (AFT)
AFT R- Relay Calculation Since drift (DR R) was determined using plant specific as
-found/as-left calibration data
: AFT R = DR R   = +/-0.39 2 VAC 8.12 Loop Tolerances ALT L - As-Left Loop Tolerance ALT L = +/- SRSS (ALT R) = +/- SRSS (0.2 1) VAC = +/- 0.2 1 VAC AFT L - As-Found Loop Tolerance AFT L = +/-SRSS (AFT R) = +/-SRSS (0.39 2) VAC = +/- 0.39 2 VAC Summary of Calibration Tolerances Relay As-Left Tolerance (ALT R) +/- 0.2 1 VAC Relay As-Found Tolerance (A FT R) +/- 0.39 2 VAC As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALT L) +/- 0.2 1 VAC As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFT L) +/- 0.39 2 VAC SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*002 Rev.
00 3 Page 27 of  32  9.0 Simplified Block Diagram Relay Mark Numbers Div. I Div II ENS-SWG1A-27-1A SWG1B-27-1A Loss of Voltage ENS-SWG1A-27-1B SWG1B-27-1B Loss of Voltage ENS-SWG1A-27-1C SWG1B-27-1C Loss of Voltage Transformer Mark Number ENS-SWG1A-PT-BUS ENS-SWG1B-PT-BUS  Potential Transformer Undervoltage Relay Westinghouse Model  VIY
-60 4200/120 VAC ABB Model 27H


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION               CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT              G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION              Page 27 of 32 9.0    Simplified Block Diagram Potential Transformer                      Undervoltage Relay Westinghouse                        ABB Model 27H Model VIY-60 4200/120 VAC Relay Mark Numbers Div. I                    Div II ENS-SWG1A-27-1A          SWG1B-27-1A  Loss of Voltage ENS-SWG1A-27-1B          SWG1B-27-1B  Loss of Voltage ENS-SWG1A-27-1C          SWG1B-27-1C  Loss of Voltage Transformer Mark Number ENS-SWG1A-PT-BUS          ENS-SWG1B-PT-BUS
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*002 Rev.
00 3 Page 28 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.1  DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE Sheet 1 of 1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE ANO-1  ANO-2  IP-2  IP-3  JAF  PLP  PNPS  VY  GGNS  RBS  W3  NP Document No.
G13.18.6.2
-ENS*002 Revision No.
00 3 Page 1 of 4 Title: Instrument Loop Uncertainty/Setpoint Determination for the ABB Model 27H Undervoltage Relay Quality Related Augmented Quality Related DV Method:
Design Review Alternate Calculation Qualification Testing


VERIFICATION REQUIRED DISCIPLINE VERIFICATION COMPLETE AND COMMENTS RESOLVED (DV print, sign, and date)
SETPOINT CALCULATION                            CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                              G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                            Page 28 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.1                                                              DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE Sheet 1 of 1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE ANO-1            ANO-2                IP-2                IP-3                JAF                    PLP PNPS            VY                  GGNS                RBS                  W3                    NP Revision No.
Electrical Robin Smith
Document No. G13.18.6.2-ENS*002                                                            Page 1 of 4 003 Title:  Instrument Loop Uncertainty/Setpoint Determination for the ABB Model 27H Undervoltage Relay Quality Related            Augmented Quality Related DV Method:              Design Review              Alternate Calculation                Qualification Testing VERIFICATION REQUIRED                   DISCIPLINE                 VERIFICATION COMPLETE AND COMMENTS RESOLVED (DV print, sign, and date)
/ See AS for signature & date Mechanical Instrument and Control Civil/Structural Nuclear       Originator:
Electrical         Robin Smith / See AS for signature & date Mechanical Instrument and Control Civil/Structural Nuclear Originator:
Mary Coffaro
Mary Coffaro / See AS for signature & date Print/Sign/Date After Comments Have Been Resolved
/ See AS for signature & date Print/Sign/Date After Comments Have Been Resolved


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                           CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                            G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                          Page 29 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6                                                                   DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 1 of 3 IDENTIFICATION:                                                                                 DISCIPLINE:
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Document Title:   Instrument Loop Uncertainty/Setpoint Determination for the ABB Model         Civil/Structural 27H Undervoltage Relay Electrical Doc. No.:                 G13.18.6.2-ENS*002                   Rev. 003 QA Cat.
-ENS*002 Rev.
I&C Robin Smith / See AS for signature & date Verifier:                        Print                     Sign                   Date           Mechanical Nuclear Manager authorization Other for supervisor performing Verification.
00 3 Page 29 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 1 of 3 IDENTIFICATION:
N/A Print                 Sign               Date METHOD OF VERIFICATION:
DISCIPLINE:
Design Review                                 Alternate Calculations                   Qualification Test The following basic questions are addressed as applicable, during the performance of any design verification. These questions are based on the requirements of ANSI N45.2.11 - 1974.
Civil/Structural Electrical I & C Mechanical Nuclear Other Document Title: Instrument Loop Uncertainty/Setpoint Determination for the ABB Model 27H Undervoltage Relay Doc. No.: G13.18.6.2
NOTE         The reviewer can use the Comments/Continuation sheet at the end for entering any comment/resolution along with the appropriate question number. Additional items with new question numbers can also be entered.
-ENS*002 Rev. 00 3 QA Cat. Verifier:    Robin Smith
: 1.       Design Inputs - Were the inputs correctly selected and incorporated into the design?
  / See AS for signature & date Print Sign Date Manager authorization for supervisor performing Verification.
(Design inputs include design bases, plant operational conditions, performance requirements, regulatory requirements and commitments, codes, standards, field data, etc. All information used as design inputs should have been reviewed and approved by the responsible design organization, as applicable.
N/A           Print Sign Date METHOD OF VERIFICATION:
All inputs need to be retrievable or excerpts of documents used should be attached.
Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Test The following basic questions are addressed as applicable, during the performance of any design verification. These questions are based on the requirements of ANSI N45.2.11  
- 1974. NOTE The reviewer can use the "Comments/Continuation sheet" at the end for entering any comment/resolution along with the appropriate question number. Additional items with new question numbers can also be entered.
: 1. Design Inputs - Were the inputs correctly selected and incorporated into the design?
(Design inputs include design bases, plant operational conditions, performance requirements, regulatory requirements and commitments, codes, standards, field data, etc. All information used as design inputs should have been reviewed and approved by the responsible design organization, as applicable
. All inputs need to be retrievable or excerpts of documents used should be attached.
See site specific design input procedures for guidance in identifying inputs.)
See site specific design input procedures for guidance in identifying inputs.)
Yes No N/A   2. Assumptions  
Yes                 No               N/A
- Are assumptions necessary to perform the design activity adequately described and reasonable? Where necessary, are assumptions identified for subsequent re
: 2.       Assumptions - Are assumptions necessary to perform the design activity adequately described and reasonable? Where necessary, are assumptions identified for subsequent re-verification when the detailed activities are completed? Are the latest applicable revisions of design documents utilized?
-verification when the detailed activities are completed? Are the latest applicable revisions of design documents utilized?
Yes                 No               N/A
Yes No N/A   3. Quality Assurance  
: 3.       Quality Assurance - Are the appropriate quality and quality assurance requirements specified?
- Are the appropriate quality and quality assurance requirements specified?
Yes                 No               N/A
Yes No  N/A SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*002 Rev.
00 3 Page 30 of  32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6  DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 2 of 3  4. Codes, Standards and Regulatory Requirements
- Are the applicable codes, standards and regulatory requirements, including issue and addenda properly identified and are their requirements for design met?
Yes  No  N/A    5. Construction and Operating Experience
- Have applicable construction and operating experience been considered?
Yes  No  N/A    6. Interfaces
- Have the design interface requirements been satisfied and documented?
Yes  No  N/A    7. Methods - Was an appropriate design or analytical (for calculations) method used?
Yes  No  N/A    8. Design Outputs
- Is the output reasonable compared to the inputs?
Yes  No  N/A    9. Parts, Equipment and Processes
- Are the specified parts, equipment, and processes suitable for the required application?
Yes  No  N/A    10. Materials Compatibility
- Are the specified materials compatible with each other and the design environmental conditions to which the material will be exposed?
Yes  No  N/A    11. Maintenance requirements
- Have adequate maintenance features and requirements been specified?
Yes  No  N/A    12. Accessibility for Maintenance
- Are accessibility and other design provisions adequate for performance of needed maintenance and repair?
Yes  No  N/A    13. Accessibility for In
-service Inspection
- Has adequate accessibility been provided to perform the in
-service inspection expected to be required during the plant life?
Yes  No  N/A    14. Radiation Exposure
- Has the design properly considered radiation exposure to the public and plant personnel?
Yes  No  N/A    15. Acceptance Criteria
- Are the acceptance criteria incorporated in the design documents sufficient to allow verification that design requirements have been satisfactorily accomplished?
Yes  No  N/A SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*002 Rev.
00 3 Page 31 of  32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6  DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 3 of 3 16. Test Requirements
- Have adequate pre
-operational and subsequent periodic test requirements been appropriately specified? Yes  No  N/A    17. Handling, Storage, Cleaning and Shipping
- Are adequate handling, storage, cleaning and shipping requirements specified?
Yes  No  N/A    18. Identification Requirements
- Are adequate identification requirements specified?
Yes  No  N/A    19. Records and Documentation
- Are requirements for record preparation, review, approval, retention, etc., adequately specified?
Are all documents prepared in a clear legible manner suitable for microfilming and/or other documentation storage method?  Have all impacted documents been identified for update as necessary?
Yes  No  N/A    20. Software Quality Assurance
- ENN sites: For a calculation that utilized software applications (e.g., GOTHIC, SYMCORD), was it properly verified and validated in accordance with EN
- IT-104 or previous site SQA Program?
ENS sites: This is an EN
-IT-104 task. However, per ENS
-DC-126, for exempt software, was it verified in the calculation?
Yes  No  N/A    21. Has adverse impact on peripheral components and systems, outside the boundary of the document being verified, been considered?
Yes  No N/A        


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                           CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                            G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                          Page 30 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6                                                        DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 2 of 3
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
: 4.      Codes, Standards and Regulatory Requirements - Are the applicable codes, standards and regulatory requirements, including issue and addenda properly identified and are their requirements for design met?
-ENS*002 Rev.
Yes                No                N/A
00 3 Page 32 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.DESIGN VERIFICATION COMMENT SHEET Sheet 1 of 1  Comments / Continuation Sheet Question 
: 5.       Construction and Operating Experience - Have applicable construction and operating experience been considered?
# Comments  Resolution Initial/Date 1 Comments provided by markup.
Yes                No                N/A
Comments incorporated.
: 6.       Interfaces - Have the design interface requirements been satisfied and documented?
RS  10-11-12 ANO-1  ANO-2  GGNS  IP-2  IP-3  PLP  JAF PNPS  RBS  VY  W3  NP-GGNS-3 NP-RBS-3 CALCULATION COVER PAGE (1)  EC #  40339 (2)  Page 1 of 30 (3) Design Basis Calc.
Yes                No                N/A
YES      NO (4)
: 7.      Methods - Was an appropriate design or analytical (for calculations) method used?
CALCULATION EC Markup (5)  Calculation No: G13.18.6.2
Yes                No                N/A
-ENS*004 (6)   Revision:
: 8.      Design Outputs - Is the output reasonable compared to the inputs?
002 (7)  Title: Loop Uncertainty Determination for DIV III Loss of Voltage Relays
Yes                No                N/A
- GE Model NGV Undervoltage Relay (8)  Editorial YES      NO (9)  System(s):
: 9.      Parts, Equipment and Processes - Are the specified parts, equipment, and processes suitable for the required application?
302 (10)  Review Org (Department):   NSBE3 (I&C Design)
Yes                No                N/A
(11)  Safety Class:
: 10.      Materials Compatibility - Are the specified materials compatible with each other and the design environmental conditions to which the material will be exposed?
Safety / Quality Related Augmented Quality Program Non-Safety Related (12)  Component/Equipment/Structure Type/Number:
Yes                No                N/A
E22-S004-27N1 E22-S004-27N2    (13)  Document Type:
: 11.      Maintenance requirements - Have adequate maintenance features and requirements been specified?
F43.02  (14)  Keywords (Description/Topical Codes): uncertainty, calculation REVIEWS    (15)  Name/Signature/Date Mary Coffaro / See AS Responsible Engineer (16)  Name/Signature/Date Robin Smith / See AS (17)  Name/Signature/Date Paul Matzke
Yes                No                N/A
/ See AS    Supervisor/Approval Design Verifier Reviewer    Comments Attached Comments Attached
: 12.      Accessibility for Maintenance - Are accessibility and other design provisions adequate for performance of needed maintenance and repair?
Yes                No                N/A
: 13.      Accessibility for In-service Inspection - Has adequate accessibility been provided to perform the in-service inspection expected to be required during the plant life?
Yes                No                N/A
: 14.      Radiation Exposure - Has the design properly considered radiation exposure to the public and plant personnel?
Yes                No                N/A
: 15.      Acceptance Criteria - Are the acceptance criteria incorporated in the design documents sufficient to allow verification that design requirements have been satisfactorily accomplished?
Yes                No                N/A


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                                 CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                                 G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                               Page 31 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6                                                            DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 3 of 3
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
: 16.      Test Requirements - Have adequate pre-operational and subsequent periodic test requirements been appropriately specified?
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 2 OF 30 CALCULATION REFERENCE SHEET CALCULATION NO:
Yes                No              N/A
G.13.18.6.2
: 17.      Handling, Storage, Cleaning and Shipping - Are adequate handling, storage, cleaning and shipping requirements specified?
-ENS*004 REVISION:
Yes                No              N/A
00 2  I. EC Markups Incorporated (N/A to NP calculations)
: 18.      Identification Requirements - Are adequate identification requirements specified?
None II. Relationships
Yes                No              N/A
: Sht Rev Input Doc Output Doc Impact Y/N Tracking No. 1. EN-DC-126 -- 00 4  N 2. EN-IC-S-007-R 0 000   N 3. 7224.300-000-001B 0 300   N 4. 201.130-186 0 000   N 5. 215.150 0 006   N 6. G080-1344 0 000   N 7. 6221.418-000-001A 0 300   N 8. F137-0100 0 000   N 9. 0221.418-000-008 0 300   N 10. EE-0 01M 0 009   N 11. GE-828E537AA 003 028   N 12. GE-828E537AA 007 030   N 13. GE-828E537AA 008 028   N 14. GE-828E537AA 011 0 30  N 15. STP-302-1604 -- 0 21  Y A/R 00154228
: 19.      Records and Documentation - Are requirements for record preparation, review, approval, retention, etc.,
: 16. GE-152D8167 005 004   N 17. G13.18.6.3
adequately specified? Are all documents prepared in a clear legible manner suitable for microfilming and/or other documentation storage method? Have all impacted documents been identified for update as necessary?
-012 0 000   N 18. EDP-AN-02 -- 30 1  N 19. GE-152D8167 003 006   N 20. GE-152D8167 003A 006   N 21. GE-152D8167 004 007   N 22. BE-230D 0 01 1  N 23. 0221.418-000-049 0 300   N 25. G13.18.3.1
Yes                No              N/A
-005 0 000   Y EC 40339 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
: 20.      Software Quality Assurance- ENN sites: For a calculation that utilized software applications (e.g.,
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
GOTHIC, SYMCORD), was it properly verified and validated in accordance with EN- IT-104 or previous site SQA Program?
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 3 OF 30 III. CROSS REFERENCES
ENS sites: This is an EN-IT-104 task. However, per ENS-DC-126, for exempt software, was it verified in the calculation?
: 1. Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB) 2. Technical Specifications section B3.3.8.1
Yes                No              N/A
: 21.      Has adverse impact on peripheral components and systems, outside the boundary of the document being verified, been considered?
Yes                No              N/A
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION                  CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                  G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                  Page 32 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.7                                                      DESIGN VERIFICATION COMMENT SHEET Sheet 1 of 1 Comments / Continuation Sheet Question              Comments                          Resolution                  Initial/Date
    #
1        Comments provided by markup.      Comments incorporated.              RS 10-11-12
 
ANO-1                ANO-2              GGNS                  IP-2          IP-3                  PLP JAF                  PNPS              RBS                    VY            W3 NP-GGNS-3            NP-RBS-3 CALCULATION            (1)                                                  (2)
EC #        40339                                    Page 1 of    30 COVER PAGE (3)                                                  (4)
Design Basis Calc.      YES      NO                        CALCULATION              EC Markup (5)                                                                                      (6)
Calculation No: G13.18.6.2-ENS*004                                                        Revision: 002 (7)                                                                                      (8)
Title:    Loop Uncertainty Determination for DIV III Loss of Voltage Relays -            Editorial GE Model NGV Undervoltage Relay                                                  YES      NO (9)                                              (10)
System(s): 302                                    Review Org (Department): NSBE3 (I&C Design)
(11)                                            (12)
Safety Class:                                    Component/Equipment/Structure Type/Number:
Safety / Quality Related                          E22-S004-27N1                E22-S004-27N2 Augmented Quality Program Non-Safety Related (13)
Document Type: F43.02 (14)
Keywords (Description/Topical Codes): uncertainty, calculation REVIEWS (15)                                (16)                                (17)
Name/Signature/Date                  Name/Signature/Date                  Name/Signature/Date Mary Coffaro / See AS                Robin Smith / See AS                Paul Matzke / See AS Responsible Engineer                                                    Supervisor/Approval Design Verifier Reviewer                              Comments Attached Comments Attached
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION                CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                PAGE 2 OF 30 CALCULATION REFERENCE         CALCULATION NO:           G.13.18.6.2-ENS*004 SHEET                          REVISION:       002 I. EC Markups Incorporated (N/A to NP calculations) None II. Relationships:               Sht   Rev       Input   Output      Impact  Tracking No.
Doc     Doc         Y/N
: 1. EN-DC-126                   --     004                            N
: 2. EN-IC-S-007-R               0       000                           N
: 3. 7224.300-000-001B           0       300                           N
: 4. 201.130-186                 0       000                           N
: 5. 215.150                     0       006                           N
: 6. G080-1344                   0       000                           N
: 7. 6221.418-000-001A           0       300                           N
: 8. F137-0100                   0       000                           N
: 9. 0221.418-000-008             0       300                           N
: 10. EE-001M                    0       009                           N
: 11. GE-828E537AA               003     028                           N
: 12. GE-828E537AA               007     030                           N
: 13. GE-828E537AA               008     028                           N
: 14. GE-828E537AA               011     030                            N
: 15. STP-302-1604               --     021                            Y     A/R 00154228
: 16. GE-152D8167                 005     004                           N
: 17. G13.18.6.3-012             0       000                           N
: 18. EDP-AN-02                   --     301                            N
: 19. GE-152D8167                 003     006                           N
: 20. GE-152D8167                 003A   006                           N
: 21. GE-152D8167                 004     007                           N
: 22. BE-230D                     0       011                            N
: 23. 0221.418-000-049           0       300                           N
: 25. G13.18.3.1-005             0       000                           Y     EC40339
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION             CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT              G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION              PAGE 3 OF 30 III.     CROSS  
 
==REFERENCES:==
: 1. Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB)
: 2. Technical Specifications section B3.3.8.1
: 3. ANSI Standards C57.13 (1993), C37.90 (1989)
: 3. ANSI Standards C57.13 (1993), C37.90 (1989)
: 4. Multi-Amp Instruction Book EPOCH
: 4. Multi-Amp Instruction Book EPOCH-10
-10 5. USAR Figures 3.11
: 5. USAR Figures 3.11-1 through 5 IV.       SOFTWARE USED:         N/A Title:                                   Version/Release:       Disk/CD No.
-1 through 5 IV. SOFTWARE USED:   N/A Title:     Version/Release:
V.       DISK/CDS INCLUDED:         N/A Title:                                   Version/Release         Disk/CD No.
Disk/CD No.
VI.       OTHER CHANGES:
V. DISK/CDS INCLUDED
References removed from calculation: G13.18.3.1*002
:     N/A Title:     Version/Release Disk/CD No.
 
VI. OTHER CHANGES
SETPOINT CALCULATION                      CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                      G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                      PAGE 4 OF 30 Revision                                      Record of Revision Initial issue to support determination of loss of voltage relay setpoints by Electrical 0
References removed from calculation: G13.18.3.1*002
Engineering 1    Incorporated new drift value and extended calibration period to 30 months per EC 11753.
EC 40339: Incorporated new setpoints as determined in calculation G13.18.3.1-005 into this 2
calculation and added computation of ALT and AFT.
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION                                                CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                                                  G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                                              PAGE 5 OF 30 TABLE OF CONTENTS COVER SHEET CALCULATION REFERENCES RECORD OF REVISION SECTION                                                                                                                                    PAGE 1.0  Purpose and Description.................................................................................................................. 6 2.0  Results/Conclusion .......................................................................................................................... 7 3.0  References ....................................................................................................................................... 8 4.0  Design Input .................................................................................................................................. 10 5.0  Nomenclature ................................................................................................................................ 14 6.0  Calculation Methodology .............................................................................................................. 15 7.0  Assumptions .................................................................................................................................. 16 8.0  Calculation .................................................................................................................................... 18 9.0  Simplified Block Diagram ............................................................................................................ 24 Attachments:
1    E-mail message from General Electric Power Management to George Boles..................... 1 page 2    Design Verification Form and Comments ..........................................................................5 pages


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                         CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                         G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                         PAGE 6 OF 30 1.0     Purpose and Description 1.1. Purpose The purpose of this calculation is to determine the uncertainty associated with the existing Division III, Safety-Related, 4.16 kV Loss of Voltage relays E22-27N1 and 27N2. Nominal trip Setpoints and Allowable values will be determined by the Electrical Engineering group in calculation G13.18.3.1*002 and G13.18.3.1-005.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
1.2. Loop Descriptions The DIV. III incoming Normal Supply power is monitored by two undervoltage relays (27N1 and 27N2) whose outputs are arranged in a one-out-of-two logic configuration (Reference 3.10.3). The channels include electronic equipment (e.g., trip units) that compare measured input signals with pre-established setpoints. When the setpoint is exceeded, the channel output relay actuates, opens the DIV III Normal Supply source breaker.
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 4 OF  30  Revision Record of Revision 0 Initial issue to support determination of loss of voltage relay setpoints by Electrical Engineering 1 Incorporated new drift value and extended calibration period to 30 months per EC 11753. 2 EC 40339: Incorporated new setpoints as determined in calculation G13.18.3.1
The Division III 4.16 kV emergency bus has its own independent Loss of Voltage instrumentation and associated trip logic. The DIV III emergency bus is monitored by undervoltage relays 27S1 through 27S4) whose outputs are arranged in a one-out-of-two, twice logic configuration (Reference 3.10.3).
-00 5 into this calculation and added computation of ALT and AFT.
1.3. Design Bases/Design Bases Event Per Bases B 3.3.8.1, Reference 3.7.3, successful operation of the required safety functions of the Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS) is dependent upon the availability of adequate power sources for energizing the various components such as pump motors, motor operated valves, and the associated control components. The LOP instrumentation monitors the 4.16 kV emergency buses. Offsite power is the preferred source of power for the 4.16 kV emergency buses. If the monitors determine that insufficient power is available, the buses are disconnected from the offsite power sources and connected to the onsite diesel generator (DG) power sources.
SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
1.4. Degree of Accuracy/Limits of Applicability The results of this calculation are based on the statistical methods of at least 95% probability of occurrence for a one sided probability of distribution in accordance with General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology, (Reference 3.3) and EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations, (Reference 3.2).
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 5 OF  30  TABLE OF CONTENTS COVER SHEET CALCULATION REFERENCES RECORD OF REVISION SECTION PAGE 1.0 Purpose and Description
................................
................................
................................
..................
6 2.0 Results/Conclusion
................................
................................
................................
..........................
7 3.0 References
................................
................................
................................
................................
....... 8 4.0 Design Input
................................
................................
................................
................................
.. 10 5.0 Nomenclature
................................
................................
................................
................................
14 6.0 Calculation Methodology
................................
................................
................................
..............
15 7.0 Assumptions
................................
................................
................................
................................
.. 16 8.0 Calculation
................................
................................
................................
................................
.... 18 9.0 Simplified Block Diagram
................................
................................
................................
............
24 Attachments:
1 E-mail message from General Electric Power Management to George Boles
.....................
1 page 2 Design Verification Form and Comments
................................
................................
..........
5 pages SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 6 OF 30 1.0 Purpose and Description 1.1. Purpose The purpose of this calculation is to determine the uncertainty associated with the existing Division III, Safety
-Related, 4.16 kV Loss of Voltage relays E22
-27N1 and 27N2. Nominal trip Setpoints and Allowable values will be determined by the Electrical Engineering group in calculation G13.18.3.1*002 and G13.18.3.1
-005. 1.2. Loop Descriptions The DIV. III incoming Normal Supply power is monitored by two undervoltage relays (27N1 and 27N2) whose outputs are arranged in a one
-out-of-two logic configuration (Reference 3.10.3). The channels include electronic equipment (e.g., trip units) that compare measured input signals with pre
-established setpoints. When the setpoint is exceeded, the channel output relay actuates, opens the DIV III Normal Supply source breaker.
The Division III 4.16 kV emergency bus has its own independent Loss of Voltage instrumentation and associated trip logic. The DIV III emergency bus is monitored by undervoltage relays 27S1 through 27S4) whose outputs are arranged in a one
-out-of-two, twice logic configuration (Reference 3.10.3).
1.3. Design Bases/Design Bases Event Per Bases B 3.3.8.1, Reference 3.7.3
, "successful operation of the required safety functions of the Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS) is dependent upon the availability of adequate power sources for energizing the various components such as pump motors, motor operated valves, and the associated control components. The LOP instrumentation monitors the 4.16 kV emergency buses. Offsite power is the preferred source of power for the 4.16 kV emergency buses. If the monitors determine that insufficient power is available, the buses are disconnected from the offsite power sources and connected to the onsite diesel generator (DG) power sources." 1.4. Degree of Accuracy/Limits of Applicability The results of this calculation are based on the statistical methods of at least 95% probability of occurrence for a one sided probability of distribution in accordance with "General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology," (Reference 3.3) and EN-IC-S-007-R, "Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations", (Reference 3.2).
The results of this calculation are valid under the Assumptions stated in Section 7.0 of this calculation. The appropriate use of this calculation to support design or station activities, other than those specified in Section 1.1 of this calculation, is the responsibility of the user.
The results of this calculation are valid under the Assumptions stated in Section 7.0 of this calculation. The appropriate use of this calculation to support design or station activities, other than those specified in Section 1.1 of this calculation, is the responsibility of the user.
1.5. Applicability A data analysis has been performed in order to determine which, if any, redundant instrument loops are bounded by the results of this calculation. This calculation is applicable to the Loops associated with the primary elements stated in Section 2.1. The results of this calculation are bounding for the applicable instrument loops, based on such factors as instrument manufacturer and model number, instrument location/environmental parameters, actual installation and use of the instrument in process measurements.
1.5. Applicability A data analysis has been performed in order to determine which, if any, redundant instrument loops are bounded by the results of this calculation. This calculation is applicable to the Loops associated with the primary elements stated in Section 2.1. The results of this calculation are bounding for the applicable instrument loops, based on such factors as instrument manufacturer and model number, instrument location/environmental parameters, actual installation and use of the instrument in process measurements.


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                       CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                      PAGE 7 OF 30 2.0     Results/Conclusion 2.1. Results The Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty for the Loss of Voltage and Loss of Voltage relays were calculated in Section 8.0. These values and other associated values such as loop drift are presented in table 2.1-1.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Table 2.1-1 Model NGV Loss of Voltage Relay - Voltage Trip Maximum Loop        Channel    Total Loop    M&TE Loop Loop Setting Uncertainty      Drift    Uncertainty    Accuracy Loop                                                                          Tol.
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 7 OF 30 2.0 Results/Conclusion 2.1. Results The Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty for the Loss of Voltage and Loss of Voltage relays were calculated in Section 8.0. These values and other associated values such as loop drift are presented in table 2.1
System(s)                             (LU)         (DL)         (TLU)     Requirements Identification                                                                  (ALTL)
-1. Table 2.1-1 Model NGV Loss of Voltage Relay  
(MTEL)
- Voltage Trip System(s) Loop Identification Loop Uncertainty (LU) VAC Channel Drift (D L) VAC Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) VAC M&TE Loop Accuracy Requirements (MTE L) VAC Maximum Loop Setting Tol.  (ALT L) VAC 302 E22-S004-27 N1 E22-S004-27N2 +/- 2.37 *+/- 82.95 +/- 5.823 +/- 5. 51 *+/- 192.85 +/- 0. 390 +/- 0.99
VAC          VAC            VAC          VAC VAC E22-S004-27N1          +/- 2.37                     +/- 5. 51 302                                            +/- 5.823                     +/- 0. 390          +/- 0.99 E22-S004-27N2          *+/- 82.95                  *+/- 192.85
* Value adjusted to reflect uncertainty applied to the primary of the potential transformer.
* Value adjusted to reflect uncertainty applied to the primary of the potential transformer.
2.2. Conclusions The calculated Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty presented in Table 2.1-1 are bounding for the relays and circuits listed in Section 2.1.
2.2. Conclusions The calculated Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty presented in Table 2.1-1 are bounding for the relays and circuits listed in Section 2.1.


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                   CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                    G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                    PAGE 8 OF 30 3.0     References 3.1. EN-DC-126, Engineering Calculation Process 3.2. EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations 3.3. 7224.300-000-001B, NEDC-31336P-A, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology 3.4. Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB) 3.5. 201.130-186, Peak Spreading of ARS Curves for the Control Building 3.6. Environmental Design Criteria, Spec 215.150, Rev. 006, including USAR figures 3.11-1 through 5 as outlined in EDP-AN-02 section 6.3.1 3.7. RBS Operating License 3.7.1. Not used 3.7.2. Not used 3.7.3. Technical Specifications Bases Sections B3.3.8.1 3.8. RBS USAR None 3.9. Vendor Manuals/Documents 3.9.1. G080-1344, General Electric Instructions Undervoltage Relays 3.9.2. F137-0100, Fluke 45 Dual Display Multimeter Users Manual 3.9.3. Multi-Amp Instructions for the EPOCH-10, Microprocessor-Enhanced Protective Relay Test Set, (maintained by the Standards Laboratory) 3.9.4. 6221.418-000-001A, High Pressure Core Spray System Power Supply Unit, NEDO-10905 3.9.5. 0221.418-000-008, Purchase Specification Data Sheet 21A9300AU, High Pressure Core Spray System 3.10. Electrical Schematics 3.10.1. EE-001M, 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus E22-S004 3.10.2. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 003, Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System 3.10.3. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 007, Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System 3.10.4. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 008, Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
 
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 8 OF 30 3.0 References 3.1. EN-DC-126, "Engineering Calculation Process
SETPOINT CALCULATION                  CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                  G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                  PAGE 9 OF 30 3.10.5. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 011, Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System 3.11. Surveillance Test Procedures:
" 3.2. EN-IC-S-007-R, "Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations
3.11.1. Not used 3.11.2. Not used 3.12. Logic Diagrams 3.12.1. GE-152D8167, Sheet 003, Functional Control Diagram, High Pressure Core Spray Power Supply 3.12.2. GE-152D8167, Sheet 003A, Functional Control Diagram, High Pressure Core Spray Power Supply 3.12.3. GE-152D8167, Sheet 004, Functional Control Diagram, High Pressure Core Spray Power Supply 3.12.4. GE-152D8167, Sheet 005, Functional Control Diagram, High Pressure Core Spray Power Supply 3.13. Standards 3.13.1. ANSI Standard C57.13, Requirements for Instrument Transformers 3.13.2. ANSI Standard C37.90, Relays and Relay Systems Associated with Electric Power Apparatus 3.14. E-mail message from General Electric Power Management to George Boles, Attachment 1 3.15. G13.18.6.3-012, General Electric Model NGV13B Relay Drift Analysis 3.16. BE-230D, 4.16kV Bus 1E22*S004 Relay Settings 3.17. 0221.418-000-049, 1E22-S004 Equipment Summary 3.18. G13.18.3.1-005, Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for E22-S004
" 3.3. 7224.300-000-001B, NEDC
-313 36P-A , "General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology
" 3.4. Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB) 3.5. 201.130-186, "Peak Spreading of ARS Curves for the Control Building" 3.6. Environmental Design Criteria, Spec 215.150 , Rev. 006 , including USAR figures 3.11
-1 through 5 as outlined in EDP
-AN-02 section 6.3.1 3.7. RBS Operating License 3.7.1. Not used 3.7.2. Not used 3.7.3. Technical Specifications Bases Sections B3.3.8.1 3.8. RBS USAR None 3.9. Vendor Manuals/Documents 3.9.1. G080-1344, General Electric Instructions Undervoltage Relays 3.9.2. F137-0100, Fluke 45 Dual Display Multimeter Users Manual 3.9.3. Multi-Amp Instructions for the EPOCH
-10, Microprocessor
-Enhanced Protective Relay Test Set, (maintained by the Standards Laboratory) 3.9.4. 6221.418-000-001A, High Pressure Core Spray System Power Supply Unit, NEDO
-10905 3.9.5. 02 21.418-000-008, Purchase Specification Data Sheet 21A9300AU, High Pressure Core Spray System 3.10. Electrical Schematics 3.10.1. EE-001M, 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus E22
-S004 3.10.2. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 003, Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System 3.10.3. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 007 , Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System 3.10.4. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 008 , Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                       CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                      G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                     PAGE 10 OF 30 4.0     Design Input 4.1. Loop Input 4.1.1. Loop Data:
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Form 1: Loop/Process Data Sheet Description                           Data                        Reference Loop Sensor(s)                   E22-S004 PT-Line                       3.10.4 Location                           E22-S004                           3.10.4 Output Range                         0 - 120 VAC                         3.10.4 Input Range                       0 - 4200 VAC                         3.10.4 4.1.2. Special Considerations:
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 9 OF  30 3.10.5. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 011, Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System 3.11. Surveillance Test Procedures:
3.11.1. Not used 3.11.2. Not used  3.12. Logic Diagrams 3.12.1. GE-152D8167, Sheet 003, Functional Control Diagram, High Pressure Core Spray Power Supply  3.12.2. GE-152D8167, Sheet 003A, Functional Control Diagram, High Pressure Core Spray Power Supply 3.12.3. GE-152D8167, Sheet 004, Functional Control Diagram, High Pressure Core Spray Power Supply 3.12.4. GE-152D8167, Sheet 005, Functional Control Diagram, High Pressure Core Spray Power Supply 3.13. Standards 3.13.1. ANSI Standard C57.13, Requirements for Instrument Transformers 3.13.2. ANSI Standard C37.90, Relays and Relay Systems Associated with Electric Power Apparatus 3.14. E-mail message from General Electric Power Management to George Boles, Attachment 1 3.15. G13.18.6.3
-0 12 , General Electric Model NGV13B Relay Drift Analysis 3.16. BE-230D, 4.16kV Bus 1E22
*S004 Relay Settings 3.17. 0221.418-000-049, 1E22-S004 Equipment Summary 3.18. G13.18.3.1
-005,  Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for E22-S004 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 10 OF 30 4.0 Design Input 4.1. Loop Input 4.1.1. Loop Data:
Form 1: Loop/Process Data Sheet Description Da ta Reference Loop Sensor(s)
E22-S004 PT-Line 3.10.4 Location E22-S004 3.10.4 Output Range 0 - 120 VAC 3.10.4 Input Range 0 - 4200 VAC 3.10.4 4.1.2. Special Considerations:
4.1.2.1. Calibration shall be performed using the following instruments:
4.1.2.1. Calibration shall be performed using the following instruments:
Multi-Amp EPOCH-10 relay tester set to Oscillator mode (Reference 3.9.3)
* Multi-Amp EPOCH-10 relay tester set to Oscillator mode (Reference 3.9.3)
Fluke Model 45 Digital Multimeter set to medium resolution (Reference 3.9.2) 4.1.2.2. A minimum of 1 hour warm up time at the location where the M&TE will be used shall be allowed for the Fluke Model 45 Multimeter
* Fluke Model 45 Digital Multimeter set to medium resolution (Reference 3.9.2) 4.1.2.2. A minimum of 1 hour warm up time at the location where the M&TE will be used shall be allowed for the Fluke Model 45 Multimeter.
.
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                       CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                      PAGE 11 OF 30 4.2. Loop Instrumentation Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 Description                           Data                           Reference Component Number(s)                     E22-S004-PT-Bus                           3.4 Manufacturer                                   GE                               3.17 Model(s)                                       JVM                               3.17 Location(s)                         CB. 116EL/E22-S004                         3.4 Service Description                       Transformer                           3.4 Instrument Range                         0 - 4200 VAC                         3.10.4 Instrument Span                             120 VAC                           3.10.4 Output Range                               0 - 120 VAC                         3.10.4 Calibration Interval Evaluated                 N/A                             Note Device Setting Tolerance                       N/A                             Note Note:   Potential transformers for instrument service cannot be calibrated or adjusted.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Therefore there is no device setting tolerance or calibration interval.
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 11 OF 30 4.2. Loop Instrumentation Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 Description Data Reference Component Number(s)
Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 2 Description                           Data                           Reference E22-S004-27N1 Component Number(s)                                                               3.4 E22-S004-27N2 Manufacturer                             General Electric                       3.16 Model                                         12NGV                              3.16 Location(s)                         CB. 116EL/E22-S004                         3.4 Service Description                           Relay                             3.4 Input Range                               0 - 120 VAC                           3.9.1 Output                                   Contact Action                     3.10, 3.12 30 Mo.
E22-S004-PT-Bus 3.4 Manufacturer GE 3.17 Model(s) JVM 3.17 Location(s)
Calibration Interval Evaluated                                                   3.2 (24 Mo. + 25%)
CB. 116'EL/E22
 
-S004 3.4 Service Description Transformer 3.4 Instrument Range 0 - 4200 VAC 3.10.4 Instrument Span 120 VAC 3.10.4 Output Range 0 - 120 VAC 3.10.4 Calibration Interval Evaluated N/A Note Device Setting Tolerance N/A Note Note: Potential transformers for instrument service cannot be calibrated or adjusted. Therefore there is no device setting tolerance or calibration interval
SETPOINT CALCULATION                   CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                  G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                  PAGE 12 OF 30 4.3. Loop Device Data Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 General Electric JVM Description                         Data                     Reference 0.3% of setting               3.9.4, 8.2.1 Reference Accuracy (RAT) 2                          7.1.2 Seismic Effects (SET)                             N/A                         7.1.4 Temperature Effects (TET)                         N/A                       7.1.12 Insulation Resistance Effects (IRT)               N/A                       7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TDT)                   N/A                       7.1.13 Drift (DRT)                                       N/A                       7.1.14 Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 2 General Electric NGV Description                         Data                     Reference
. Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 2 Description Data Reference Component Number(s)
                                            +/- 1% of setting           3.14, Attachment 1 Reference Accuracy (RAR) 2                          7.1.2 Seismic Effects (SER)                             0                           7.1.4 2% of setting Temperature Effects (TER)                                                     7.1.12 (68oF - 104oF)
E22-S004-27N1 E22-S004-27N2 3.4 Manufacturer General Electric 3.16 Model 12 NGV 3.16 Location(s)
Insulation Resistance Effects (IRR)               N/A                         7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TDR)                   N/A                         7.1.13
CB. 116'EL/E22
                                              +/- 5.823 VAC Drift (DRR)                                                                    3.15 2
-S004 3.4 Service Description Relay 3.4 Input Range 0 - 120 VAC 3.9.1 Output Contact Action 3.10, 3.12 Calibration Interval Evaluated 30 Mo. (24 Mo. + 25%)
Power Supply Effect (PSR)                         N/A                         7.1.6 10% of Setting                     3.9.1 Reset Differential 2                          7.1.2
3.2 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
 
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
SETPOINT CALCULATION                 CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                  G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                PAGE 13 OF 30 4.4. Environmental Information Form 4: Environmental Conditions Data Sheet Zone: CB-116-2 Description                           Data                   Reference Location Building/Elevation                                   CB-116                       3.4 Room/Area                                       Switchgear Room                 3.4 Normal Temperature Range, oF                                40 - 104                 3.6, 7.1.12 Humidity Range, %RH                                   20 - 90                 3.6, 7.1.9 Radiation 40 Year Total Integrated Dose,               800                       3.6 Rads Pressure Range                                       Atmos                       3.6 Accident (Loss of Offsite Power)
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 12 OF 30 4.3. Loop Device Data Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 General Electric JVM Description Data Reference Reference Accuracy (RA T) 0.3% of setting 3.9.4, 8.2.1 7.1.2 Seismic Effects (SE T) N/A 7.1.4 Temperature Effects (TE T) N/A 7.1.12 Insulation Resistance Effects (IR T) N/A 7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TD T) N/A 7.1.13 Drift (DR T) N/A 7.1.14   Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 2 General Electric NGV Description Data Reference Reference Accuracy (RA R) +/- 1% of setting 3.14, Attachment 1 7.1.2 Seismic Effects (SE R) 0 7.1.4 Temperature Effects (TE R) 2% of setting (68 o F - 104 o F) 7.1.12 Insulation Resistance Effects (IR R) N/A 7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TD R) N/A 7.1.13 Drift (DR R) +/- 5.823 VAC 3.15 Power Supply Effect (PS R) N/A 7.1.6 Reset Differential 10% of Setting 3.9.1 7.1.2 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
Temperature Range, oF                            Same as Normal                 3.6 Humidity Range, %RH                               Same as Normal                 3.6 Radiation, Total Integrated Dose, Rads           Same as Normal                 3.6 Pressure Range                                   Same as Normal                 3.6 Seismic Accelerations, g                                       <3                       3.5
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
 
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 13 OF 30 4.4. Environmental Information Form 4: Environmental Conditions Data Sheet Zone: CB-116-2 Description Data Reference Location   Building/Elevation CB-116 3.4 Room/Area Switchgear Room 3.4 Normal   Temperature Range, o F 40 - 104 3.6 , 7.1.12 Humidity Range, %RH 20 - 90 3.6 , 7.1.9 Radiation 40 Year Total Integrated Dose, Rads 800 3.6 Pressure Range Atmos 3.6 Accident (Loss of Offsite Power)
SETPOINT CALCULATION                         CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                        PAGE 14 OF 30 5.0 Nomenclature The terms and abbreviations that are not defined in this section are defined in Reference 3.3, Reference 3.2 or within the text of this calculation.
Temperature Range, o F Same as Normal 3.6 Humidity Range, %RH Same as Normal 3.6 Radiation, Total Integrated Dose, Rads Same as Normal 3.6 Pressure Range Same as Normal 3.6 Seismic   Accelerations, g
< 3 3.5 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 14 OF 30 5.0 Nomenclature The terms and abbreviations that are not defined in this section are defined in Reference 3.3, Reference 3.2 or within the text of this calculation.


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                     CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                      G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                    PAGE 15 OF 30 6.0 Calculation Methodology This calculation is prepared in accordance with the EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations (Reference 3.2), EN-DC-126, Engineering Calculation Process (Reference 3.1) and 7224.300-000-001B, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology (Reference 3.3).
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 15 OF 30 6.0 Calculation Methodology This calculation is prepared in accordance with the EN-IC-S-007-R, "Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations" (Reference 3.2), EN-DC-126, "Engineering Calculation Process" (Reference 3.1) and 7224.300
-000-001B, "General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology" (Reference 3.3).


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                         CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                        PAGE 16 OF 30 7.0     Assumptions 7.1. Assumptions that do not require confirmation 7.1.1. Miscellaneous Allowance (ML)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
A miscellaneous allowance has not been applied to the uncertainty of the devices evaluated by this calculation. By assuming all vendor supplied data is a 2 value and with intermediate rounding of values, sufficient conservatism has been introduced.
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 16 OF 30 7.0 Assumptions 7.1. Assumptions that do not require confirmation 7.1.1. Miscellaneous Allowance (ML)
7.1.2. Vendor 2 Data For conservatism, all uncertainties given in vendor data specifications are assumed to be 2 unless otherwise specified.
A miscellaneous allowance has not been applied to the uncertainty of the devices intermediate rounding of values, sufficient conservatism has been introduced.
7.1.3. Zero Effect Not applicable 7.1.4. Seismic Effects (SE)
7.1.2. For conservatism, all uncertainties given in vendor data specifications are assumed to be 7.1.3. Zero Effect Not applicable 7.1.4. Seismic Effects (SE)
Seismic effects are assumed to be negligible for the NGV relay, per Reference 3.9.5.
Seismic effects are assumed to be negligible for the NGV relay, per Reference 3.9.5.
Seismic effects are not applicable to potential transformers.
Seismic effects are not applicable to potential transformers.
7.1.5. Radiation Effects (RE) & Radiation Drift Effect (RD)
7.1.5. Radiation Effects (RE) & Radiation Drift Effect (RD)
Radiation effects and radiation drift effects are not applicable to the relays and transformers evaluated by this calculation, as they are located in a mild environmen t (Reference 3.6).
Radiation effects and radiation drift effects are not applicable to the relays and transformers evaluated by this calculation, as they are located in a mild environment (Reference 3.6).
7.1.6. Power Supply Effects (PS)
7.1.6. Power Supply Effects (PS)
Power supply effects are not applicable to type NGV relays as the relay does not utilize a control power source separate from the sensed voltage.
Power supply effects are not applicable to type NGV relays as the relay does not utilize a control power source separate from the sensed voltage.
Power supply effects are not applicable to transformers.
Power supply effects are not applicable to transformers.
7.1.7. Process Measurement Uncertainty (PM) Not Applicable 7.1.8. Static Pressure Effects (SP)
7.1.7. Process Measurement Uncertainty (PM)
Not Applicable 7.1.8. Static Pressure Effects (SP)
Not Applicable 7.1.9. Humidity Effects (HE)
Not Applicable 7.1.9. Humidity Effects (HE)
The relays were specified by the HPCS manufacturer and are assumed to be designed to with stand the environmental effects in the mounting location. The HPCS Design Specification, Section 4.6.1 (reference 3.9.5) states that the design conditions for the switchgear and its sub
The relays were specified by the HPCS manufacturer and are assumed to be designed to with stand the environmental effects in the mounting location. The HPCS Design Specification, Section 4.6.1 (reference 3.9.5) states that the design conditions for the switchgear and its sub-components are 20-90% Relative Humidity. Per Reference 3.6, the humidity range for environmental zone CB-116-2 is 20 to 90% RH. Reference 3.6 also
-components are 20
 
-90% Relative Humidity. Per Reference 3.6, the humidity range for environmental zone CB
SETPOINT CALCULATION                         CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                        PAGE 17 OF 30 identifies that 1% of the calendar year (30 hours) the humidity could be 5 % higher. This is considered negligible. Therefore, it is assumed that Humidity Effects are negligible.
-116-2 is 20 to 90% RH. Reference 3.6 also SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 17 OF 30 identifies that 1% of the calend a r year (30 hours) the humidity could be 5 % higher. This is considered negligible.
Therefore, it is assumed that Humidity Effects are negligible.
7.1.10. Insulation Resistance Effects (IR)
7.1.10. Insulation Resistance Effects (IR)
(IR) effects, which may result in degradation of circuit insulation, are not applicable to the devices and circuits addressed by this calculation.
(IR) effects, which may result in degradation of circuit insulation, are not applicable to the devices and circuits addressed by this calculation.
7.1.11. Voltage Drop Voltage drop due to long wiring lengths between source and load are assumed to be negligible as the potential transformers and the under
7.1.11. Voltage Drop Voltage drop due to long wiring lengths between source and load are assumed to be negligible as the potential transformers and the under-voltage relays evaluated by this calculation are located in the same switch gear compartment.
-voltage relays evaluated by this calculation are located in the same switch gear compartment.
7.1.12. Temperature Effects (TE)
7.1.12. Temperature Effects (TE)
There is no temperature effect data available from the manufacturer for the Type NGV relay. Therefore for conservatism, temperature effects are assumed to be equal to the repeatability value (+/-
There is no temperature effect data available from the manufacturer for the Type NGV relay. Therefore for conservatism, temperature effects are assumed to be equal to the repeatability value (+/- 1% of setting) given in Attachment 1. Reference 3.6 also identifies that 1% of the calendar year (30 hours) the temperature could be 5oF higher. This is considered negligible.
1% of setting) given in Attachment
Temperature effects are not applicable to transformers. Temperatures above the rated value would tend to produce total failure of the transformer, rather than an error in output.
: 1. Reference 3.6 also identifies that 1% of the calend ar year (30 hours) the temperature could be 5 oF higher. This is considered negligible.
7.1.13. Temperature Drift Effects (TD)
Temperature effects are not applicable to transformers.
The drift analysis performed in Reference 3.15 is assumed to encompass all components of drift and drift effects except for temperature drift effects which are assumed to be included in the Reference Accuracy of the device.
Temperatures above the rated value would tend to produce total failure of the transformer, rather than an error in output. 7.1.13. Temperature Drift Effects (TD)
Temperature drift effects are not applicable to transformers.
The drift analysis performed in Reference 3.15 is assumed to encompass all components of drift and drift effects except for temperature drift effects which are assumed to be included in the Reference Accuracy of the device
7.1.14. Instrument Drift The drift analysis can be found in Reference 3.15.
. Temperature drift effects are not applicable to transformers.
Drift is not applicable to transformers.
7.1.14. Instrument Drift The drift analysis can be found in Reference 3.15
7.2. Assumptions that require confirmation None
. Drift is not applicable to transformers.
 
7.2. Assumptions that require confirmation None SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                     CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                      G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                    PAGE 18 OF 30 8.0     Calculation This section includes the following subsections used in performance of this calculation:
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
8.1)   Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.2)   Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) and Determination of Appropriate Device Uncertainty 8.3)   Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties 8.4)   Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL) 8.5)   Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 8.6)   Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU) 8.7)   Calculation of the Loop Drift (DL) 8.8)   Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) 8.9)   Calculation of Reset Differential (RD) 8.10)   As-Left Tolerance (ALT) 8.11)   As-Found Tolerance (AFT) 8.12)   Loop Tolerances 8.1. Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.1.1. Calculation of Transformer Burden and Determination of Reference Accuracy Per Reference 3.9.4, page 5-10, section 5.3, the Type JVM potential transformer has a 1.2% ratio error for a combined relaying and metering burden of greater than 75 VA.
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 18 OF 30 8.0 Calculation This section includes the following subsections used in performance of this calculation:
However, a burden below 75VA yields a transformer accuracy of +/- 0.3% of setting. As shown below, the devices fed by the PT Line transformer do not meet the 75 VA burden threshold.
8.1) Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.2) Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) and Determination of Appropriate Device Uncertainty 8.3) Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties 8.4) Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (C L) 8.5) Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 8.6) Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU) 8.7) Calculation of the Loop Drift (D L) 8.8) Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) 8.9) Calculation of Reset Differential (RD) 8.10) As-Left Tolerance (ALT) 8.11) As-Found Tolerance (AFT) 8.12) Loop Tolerances 8.1. Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.1.1. Calculation of Transformer Burden and Determination of Reference Accuracy Per Reference 3.9.4, page 5
2 Model NGV Undervoltage Relays @ 4.2 VA each         =   8.4 2 Model 27N Undervoltage Relays @ 0.5 VA each         =   1.0 1 Synchronizing Relay @ 2.0 VA                       =   2.0 2 Volt Meter, GE AB40 @ 0.32 VA each                 =   0.64 1 Synchronizing Scope @ 5.2 VA                       =   5.2 Control Relays/Meters not listed, Assumed Value       =   10.0 27.24 VA Therefore, PT Reference Accuracy shall be 0.3% of setting (90.24 VAC per Ref. 3.18) or 0.261 VAC for this calculation.
-10, section 5.3, the Type JVM potential transformer has a 1.2% ratio error for a combined relaying and metering burden of greater than 75 VA. However, a burden below 75VA yields a transformer accuracy of +/- 0.3% of setting. As shown below, the devices fed by the PT Line transformer do not meet the 75 VA burden threshold.
 
2 Model NGV Undervoltage Relays @ 4.2 VA each
SETPOINT CALCULATION                      CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                      G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                      PAGE 19 OF 30 8.1.2. Calculation of Relay Temperature Effects (TER) (Assumption 7.1.12)
= 8.4 2 Model 27N Undervoltage Relays @ 0.
TER = +/- 1% Setting
5 VA each = 1.0 1 Synchronizing Relay @ 2.0 VA
                  = +/- 0.01 x 90.24 VAC
= 2.0 2 Volt Meter, GE AB40 @ 0.32 VA each
                  = +/- 0.903 VAC 8.2. Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) & Determination of Appropriate Device Uncertainty 8.2.1. Transformer Reference Accuracy (RAT)
= 0.64 1 Synchronizing Scope @ 5.2 VA
RAT = +/- 0.3% of Setting
= 5.2 Control Relays/Meters not listed, Assumed Value
                  = +/- 0.003
= 10.0 27.24 VA Therefore, PT Reference Accuracy shall be 0.3% of setting (90.24 VAC per Ref.
* 90.24 VAC
3.18) or 0.261 VAC for this calculation.
                  = +/- 0.271 VAC                                                      (2 Value) 8.2.2. Undervoltage Relay Reference Accuracy for Voltage Setting (RAR)
RAR = +/- 1% of Setting
                  = +/- 0.01
* 90.24 VAC
                  = +/- 0.903 VAC                                                      (2 Value) 8.2.3. Loop Reference Accuracy (RAL)
(Reference 3.2)
RAL = +/- [(RAT)2 + (RAR)2]1/2
                  = +/- [(0.271)2 + (0.903)2]1/2
                  = +/- 0.943 VAC                                                      (2 Value) 8.3. Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties (Reference 3.2) 8.3.1. Device Uncertainty Transformer (AT) (Sections 4.3 and 8.2.1)
AT    = +/- [(RAT)2]1/2
                  = +/- [(0.271)2]1/2
                  = + 0.271 VAC                                                      (2 Value) 8.3.2. Device Uncertainty Relay Voltage Setting (AR)
AR    = +/- [(RAR)2 + (PSR)2 + (TER)2]1/2
                  = +/- [(0.903)2 + (0)2 + (0.903)2]1/2
                  = +/- 1.278 VAC                                                      (2 Value) 8.4. Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL)
Per reference 3.2 and 3.3 Loop Calibration uncertainty (CL) is defined as:
CL    = +/- [(MTEL)2 + (CTL)2]1/2
            = +/- [0.3902 + 0.992]1/2 VAC                        Reference sections 8.4.1 and 8.4.2
            = +/- 1.07 VAC                                                              (2 Value)
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION                          CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                            G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                          PAGE 20 OF 30 8.4.1. Measuring and Test Equipment Effects - Relay (MTEL)
Measurement & Test Equipment (MTEL) effects are defined from Reference 3.2 as:
MTEL = +/- [(MTERAT)2 + (MTERIT)2 + (MTETET)2 + (MTECST)2]1/2 Where:
MTERAT =      Reference accuracy of the M&TE used for calibration. Assumed equal to the Reference Accuracy of the primary element in the loop, 0.271 VAC (Reference 3.2).
MTERIT =      Readability of the M&TE used, assumed to be 0 as all M&TE used are digital with at least 2 digits of resolution. (Reference 3.2)
MTETET =      Effects of temperature changes on the M&TE between the calibration laboratory and the area where the M&TE is used. Assumed equal to the Reference accuracy of the primary element in the loop, 0.271 VAC (Reference 3.2).
MTECST =      The accuracy of the calibration standard used to calibrate the M&TE, assumed equal to 1/4 the Reference accuracy of the primary element in the loop, 0.068 VAC (Reference 3.2).
MTEL    =    +/- [(MTERAT)2 + (MTERIT)2 + (MTETET)2 + (MTECST)2]1/2
                    =    +/- [(0.271)2 + (0)2 + (0.271)2 + (0.068)2]1/2
                    =    +/- 0.390 VAC                                                    (2 Value) 8.4.2. Calculation of Calibration Effects (CT)
Calibration Effects (CTL) are defined from Reference 3.2 as:
CTL =      Square Root Sum of the Squares (SRSS) of the calibration effects which are uncertainties due to as Left loop accuracy. Per section 8.12, the as left loop tolerance (ALTL) is 0.99 VAC.
CTL =      +/- 0.99 VAC                                                        (2 value) 8.5. Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 0 per Assumption 7.1.10 8.6. Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU)
LU    = +/- (m/n)[(AT)2 + (AR)2 + (CL)2]1/2 +/- M (margin)
            = +/- (1.645/2)[(0.271)2 + (1.278)2 + (1.07)2]1/2 +/- 0.981
            = +/- 2.37 VAC Adjusted to reflect primary voltage to the PT
            = +/- 2.37 x PT Ratio (Primary Voltage/Secondary Voltage)
            = +/- 2.37 x 35 VAC
            = +/- 82.95 VAC


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                         CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                           G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                         PAGE 21 OF 30 8.7. Calculation of Loop Drift (DL) 8.7.1. Transformer Temperature Drift Effects (TDT) 0 for per Assumption 7.1.13 8.7.2. Relay Temperature Drift Effects (TDR) 0 per assumption 7.1.13 8.7.3. Relay Drift (DRR):
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Assumption 7.1.14 DRR = +/- 5.823 VAC                                                             (2 Value)
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 19 OF  30 8.1.2. Calculation of Relay Temperature Effects (TE R) (Assumption 7.1.12)
As the only component of loop drift is the relay drift determined in reference 3.15, Loop Drift (DRL) is equal to Relay Drift (DRR).
TE R = +/- 1% Setting
DL = +/- 5.823 VAC                                                             (2 Value) 8.8. Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) Calculation:
= +/- 0.01 x 90.24 VAC = +/- 0.903 VAC 8.2. Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) & Determination of Appropriate Device Uncertainty 8.2.1. Transformer Reference Accuracy (RA T) RA T = +/- 0.3% of Setting
TLU = +/- (m/n)[(AT)2 + (AR)2 + (CL)2 + (DRL)2]1/2 +/- M (margin)
= +/- 0.003
            = +/- (1.645/2)[(0.271)2 + (1.278)2 + (1.07) + (5.823)2]1/2 +/- 0.523
* 90.24 VAC = +/- 0.2 7 1 VAC ( 8.2.2. Undervoltage Relay Reference Accuracy for Voltage Setting (RA R) RA R = +/- 1% of Setting
            = +/- 5.51VAC Adjusted to reflect primary voltage to the PT:
= +/- 0.01
            = +/- 5.51 x PT Ratio (Primary Voltage/Secondary Voltage)
* 90.24 VAC = +/- 0.903 VAC  8.2.3. Loop Reference Accuracy (RA L) (Reference 3.2)
            = +/- 5.51 x 35 VAC
RA L = +/- [(RA T)2 + (RA R)2]1/2 = +/- [(0.2 7 1)2 + (0.903)2]1/2 = +/- 0.9 43 VAC  8.3. Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties (Reference 3.2) 8.3.1. Device Uncertainty Transformer (A T) (Sections 4.3 and 8.2.1)
            = +/- 192.85 VAC 8.9. Calculation of Reset Differential The reset differential is applied to the voltage setting and is specified to be +/- 10% of setting per References 3.9.1. This value will be used in the calculation.
A T = +/- [(RA T)2]1/2 = +/- [(0.271)2]1/2 = + 0.271 VAC  8.3.2. Device Uncertainty Relay Voltage Setting (A R) A R = +/- [(RA R)2 + (PS R)2 + (TE R)2]1/2 = +/- [(0.903)2 + (0)2 + (0.903)2]1/2 = +/- 1.278 VAC  8.4. Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (C L) Per reference 3.2 and 3.3 Loop Calibration uncertainty (C L) is defined as:
RR =     +/- 0.1
C L = +/- [(MTE L)2 + (CT L)2]1/2 = +/- [0.3 90 2 + 0.99 2]1/2 VAC Reference sections 8.4.1 and 8.4.2
  = +/- 1.07 VAC SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 20 OF  30 8.4.1. Measuring and Test Equipment Effects
- Relay (MTE L)  Measurement & Test Equipment (MTE L) effects are defined from Reference 3.2 as:
MTE L = +/- [(MTERAT)2 + (MTERIT)2 + (MTETET)2 + (MTECST)2]1/2 Where: MTERAT = Reference accuracy of the M&TE used for calibration. Assumed equal to the Reference Accuracy of the primary element in the loop, 0.271 VAC (Reference 3.2).
MTERIT = Readability of the M&TE used, assumed to be 0 as all M&TE used are digital with at least 2 digits of resolution. (Reference 3.2)
MTETET = Effects of temperature changes on the M&TE between the calibration laboratory and the area where the M&TE is used
. Assumed equal to the Reference accuracy of the primary element in the loop, 0.271 VAC (Reference 3.2).
MTECST = The accuracy of the calibration standard used to calibrate the M&TE, assumed equal to 1/4 the Reference accuracy of the primary element in the loop, 0.068 VAC (Reference 3.2).
MTE L = +/- [(MTERAT)2 + (MTERIT)2 + (MTETET)2 + (MTECST)2]1/2 = +/- [(0.271)2 + (0)2 + (0.271)2 + (0.068)2]1/2 = +/- 0.390 VAC (2 Value) 8.4.2. Calculation of Calibration Effects (CT)
Calibration Effects (CT L) are defined from Reference 3.2 as:
CT L = Square Root Sum of the Squares (SRSS) of the calibration effects which are uncertainties due to "as Left" loop accuracy.
Per section 8.12
, the as left loop tolerance (ALT L) is 0.99 VAC. CT L = +/- 0.99 VAC  8.5. Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 0 per Assumption 7.1.10 8.6. Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU)
LU = +/- (m/n)[(A T)2 + (A R)2 + (C L)2]1/2  +/- M (margin)
= +/- (1.645/2)[(0.271)2 + (1.278)2 + (1.07)2]1/2 +/- 0.981 = +/- 2.37 VAC Adjusted to reflect primary voltage to the PT
= +/- 2.37 x PT Ratio (Primary Voltage/Secondary Voltage)
= +/- 2.37 x 35 VAC = +/- 82.95 VAC SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 21 OF 30 8.7. Calculation of Loop Drift (D L) 8.7.1. Transformer Temperature Drift Effects (TD T) 0 for per Assumption 7.1.13 8.7.2. Relay Temperature Drift Effects (TDR) 0 per assumption 7.1.13 8.7.3. Relay Drift (DR R): Assumption 7.1.14 DR R = +/- 5.823 VAC As the only component of loop drift is the relay drift determined in reference 3.15, Loop Drift (DR L) is equal to Relay Drift (DR R). D L = +/- 5.823 VAC 8.8. Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) Calculation:
TLU = +/- (m/n)[(A T)2 + (A R)2 + (C L)2 + (DR L)2]1/2 +/- M (margin)
= +/- (1.645/2)[(0
.271)2 + (1.278)2 + (1.07) + (5.823)2]1/2 +/- 0.523 = +/- 5.51VAC Adjusted to reflect primary voltage to the PT
: = +/- 5.51 x PT Ratio (Primary Voltage/Secondary Voltage)
= +/- 5.5 1 x 35 VAC = +/- 192.85 VAC 8.9. Calculation of Reset Differential The reset differential is applied to the voltage setting and is specified to be +/-
10% of setting per Reference s 3.9.1. This value will be used in the calculation.
RR = +/- 0.1
* setting VAC
* setting VAC
= +/- 0.1*90.24 = +/- 9.02 VAC Adjusted to reflected primary (bus) voltage at the PT:
          =   +/- 0.1*90.24
= RR x PT Ratio (primary voltage/secondary voltage)
          =   +/- 9.02 VAC Adjusted to reflected primary (bus) voltage at the PT:
= +/- 9.02 x 35 VAC = +/- 315.7 VAC Calculated uncertainties are applicable to reset.
          =   RR x PT Ratio (primary voltage/secondary voltage)
SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
          =   +/- 9.02 x 35 VAC
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
          =   +/- 315.7 VAC Calculated uncertainties are applicable to reset.
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 22 OF 30 Summary of Calculation Data Transformer Device 1 Undervoltage Relay Device 2 Values Ref Values Ref Input Range 0 - 42 kV - 3.13 0 - 120 - 3.13 Process Units VAC - 3.13 VAC - 3.13 Reference Accuracy (RA) 0.3% of Setting 2 8.2.1 1% of Setting 2 8.2.2 Temperature Effect (TE)
 
N/A - 7.1.12 +/- 0.903 2 7.1.12 Seismic Effects (SE)
SETPOINT CALCULATION               CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION              PAGE 22 OF 30 Summary of Calculation Data Transformer               Undervoltage Relay Device 1                       Device 2 Values             Ref         Values             Ref Input Range                           0 - 42 kV       -     3.13       0 - 120         -   3.13 Process Units                           VAC           -     3.13         VAC           -   3.13 Reference Accuracy (RA)           0.3% of Setting   2     8.2.1   1% of Setting     2   8.2.2 Temperature Effect (TE)                 N/A         -   7.1.12     +/- 0.903         2 7.1.12 Seismic Effects (SE)                     N/A         -     7.1.4       N/A           -   7.1.4 Radiation Effect (RE)                   N/A         -     7.1.5       N/A           -   7.1.5 Instrument Drift (DR)                   N/A         -   7.1.14     +/- 5.823         2   3.15 Temperature Drift Effect (TD)           N/A         -   7.1.13       N/A           - 7.1.13 Radiation Drift Effect (RD)             N/A         -     7.1.5       N/A           -   7.1.5 Power Supply Effect (PS)                 N/A         -     7.1.6       N/A           -   7.1.6 Humidity Effects (HE)                   N/A         -     7.1.9       N/A           -   7.1.9 Static Pressure Effect (SP)             N/A         -     7.1.8       N/A           -   7.1.8 Process Measurement Effect N/A         -     7.1.7       N/A           -   7.1.7 (PM)
N/A - 7.1.4 N/A - 7.1.4 Radiation Effect (RE)
Insulation Resistance Effect (IR)       N/A         -   7.1.10       N/A           - 7.1.10 Zero Effect (ZE)                         N/A         -     7.1.3       N/A           -   7.1.3
N/A - 7.1.5 N/A - 7.1.5 Instrument Drift (DR)
 
N/A - 7.1.14 +/- 5.823 2 3.15 Temperature Drift Effect (TD)
SETPOINT CALCULATION                       CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                      G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                      PAGE 23 OF 30 8.10. As-Left Tolerance (ALT)
N/A - 7.1.13 N/A - 7.1.13 Radiation Drift Effect (RD)
Note: For the purposes of calculating ALT, the actual MTE value, MTE L is used.
N/A - 7.1.5 N/A - 7.1.5 Power Supply Effect (PS)
ALTR - Relay Calculation MTEL        =   0.390 VAC                     Section 8.4.1 ALTR        =   +/- SRSS (RAR, MTEL)
N/A - 7.1.6 N/A - 7.1.6 Humidity Effects (HE)
                                  =   +/- SRSS (0.903, 0.390) VAC
N/A - 7.1.9 N/A - 7.1.9 Static Pressure Effect (SP)
                                  =   +/- 0.99 VAC 8.11. As-Found Tolerance (AFT)
N/A - 7.1.8 N/A - 7.1.8 Process Measurement Effect (PM) N/A - 7.1.7 N/A - 7.1.7 Insulation Resistance Effect (IR)
AFTR- Relay Calculation Since drift (DRR) was determined using plant specific as-found/as-left calibration data:
N/A - 7.1.10 N/A - 7.1.10 Zero Effect (ZE)
AFTR        =   DRR
N/A - 7.1.3 N/A - 7.1.3 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
                                  =  +/-5.82 VAC 8.12. Loop Tolerances ALTL - As-Left Loop Tolerance ALTL          =   +/- SRSS (ALTR)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
                                    =   +/- SRSS (0.99) VAC
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 23 OF 30 8.10. As-Left Tolerance (ALT) Note:   For the purposes of calculating ALT, the actual MTE value, MTE L is used. ALT R - Relay Calculation MTE L  = 0.3 90 VAC Section 8.4.1 ALT R = +/- SRSS (RA R, MTE L)     = +/- SRSS (0.903 , 0.390) VAC     = +/- 0.99 VAC 8.11. As-Found Tolerance (AFT)
                                    =   +/- 0.99 VAC AFTL - As-Found Loop Tolerance AFTL          =   +/-SRSS (AFTR)
AFT R- Relay Calculation Since drift (DR R) was determined using plant specific as
                                    =   +/-SRSS (5.82) VAC
-found/as-left calibration data
                                    =   +/- 5.82 VAC Summary of Calibration Tolerances Relay As-Left Tolerance (ALTR)                                             +/- 0.99 VAC Relay As-Found Tolerance (AFTR)                                           +/- 5.82 VAC As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALTL)                                             +/- 0.99 VAC As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFTL)                                             +/- 5.82 VAC
:   AFT R = DR R   = +/-5.82 VAC 8.12. Loop Tolerances ALT L - As-Left Loop Tolerance ALT L = +/- SRSS (ALT R) = +/- SRSS (0.99) VAC = +/- 0.99 VAC AFT L - As-Found Loop Tolerance AFT L = +/-SRSS (AFT R) = +/-SRSS (5.82) VAC = +/- 5.82 VAC Summary of Calibration Tolerances Relay As-Left Tolerance (ALT R) +/- 0.99 VAC Relay As-Found Tolerance (AFT R) +/- 5.82 VAC As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALT L) +/- 0.99 VAC As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFT L) +/- 5.82 VAC SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
 
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 24 OF 30 9.0 Simplified Block Diagram
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 24 OF 30 9.0 Simplified Block Diagram


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION   CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT  G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION   PAGE 25 OF 30 ATTACHMENT 1
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 25 OF  30 ATTACHMENT 1
ATTACHMENT 2 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 26 OF 30 ATTACHMENT 9.1  DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE Sheet 1 of 1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE ANO-1 ANO-2  IP-2  IP-3  JAF  PLP  PNPS  VY  GGNS  RBS  W3  NP Document No.
G13.18.6.2
-ENS*004 Revision No.
00 2 Page 1 of 4 Title: Loop Uncertainty Determination for DIV III Loss of Voltage Relays
- GE Model NGV Undervoltage Relay Quality Related Augmented Quality Related DV Method:
Design Review Alternate Calculation Qualification Testing


VERIFICATION REQUIRED DISCIPLINE VERIFICATION COMPLETE AND COMMENTS RESOLVED (DV print, sign, and date)
SETPOINT CALCULATION                        CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                        PAGE 26 OF 30 ATTACHMENT 2 ATTACHMENT 9.1                                                          DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE Sheet 1 of 1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE ANO-1          ANO-2              IP-2                IP-3              JAF                  PLP PNPS          VY                  GGNS                RBS                W3                    NP Revision No.
Electrical Robin Smith / See AS for signature & date Mechanical Instrument and Control Civil/Structural Nuclear       Originator:
Document No. G13.18.6.2-ENS*004                                                          Page 1 of 4 002 Title:  Loop Uncertainty Determination for DIV III Loss of Voltage Relays - GE Model NGV Undervoltage Relay Quality Related          Augmented Quality Related DV Method:            Design Review            Alternate Calculation            Qualification Testing VERIFICATION REQUIRED                   DISCIPLINE           VERIFICATION COMPLETE AND COMMENTS RESOLVED (DV print, sign, and date)
Electrical         Robin Smith / See AS for signature & date Mechanical Instrument and Control Civil/Structural Nuclear Originator:
Mary Coffaro/ See AS for signature & date Print/Sign/Date After Comments Have Been Resolved
Mary Coffaro/ See AS for signature & date Print/Sign/Date After Comments Have Been Resolved


ATTACHMENT 2 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                           CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                            G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                          PAGE 27 OF 30 ATTACHMENT 2 ATTACHMENT 9.6                                                               DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 1 of 3 IDENTIFICATION:                                                                                   DISCIPLINE:
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Document Title:   Loop Uncertainty Determination for DIV III Loss of Voltage Relays -           Civil/Structural GE Model NGV Undervoltage Relay                                               Electrical Doc. No.:                 G13.18.6.2-ENS*004                     Rev. 002  QA Cat.
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 27 OF 30 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 1 of 3 IDENTIFICATION:
I&C Robin Smith / See AS for signature & date Verifier:                                                                                          Mechanical Print                     Sign                   Date Nuclear Manager authorization Other for supervisor performing Verification.
DISCIPLINE:
N/A Print                   Sign               Date METHOD OF VERIFICATION:
Civil/Structural Electrical I & C Mechanical Nuclear Other Document Title: Loop Uncertainty Determination for DIV III Loss of Voltage Relays  
Design Review                                 Alternate Calculations                   Qualification Test The following basic questions are addressed as applicable, during the performance of any design verification. These questions are based on the requirements of ANSI N45.2.11 - 1974.
- GE Model NGV Undervoltage Relay Doc. No.: G13.18.6.2
NOTE         The reviewer can use the Comments/Continuation sheet at the end for entering any comment/resolution along with the appropriate question number. Additional items with new question numbers can also be entered.
-ENS*004 Rev. 00 2 QA Cat. Verifier: Robin Smith
: 1.       Design Inputs - Were the inputs correctly selected and incorporated into the design?
/ See AS for signature & date Print Sign Date Manager authorization for supervisor performing Verification.
(Design inputs include design bases, plant operational conditions, performance requirements, regulatory requirements and commitments, codes, standards, field data, etc. All information used as design inputs should have been reviewed and approved by the responsible design organization, as applicable.
N/A           Print Sign Date METHOD OF VERIFICATION:
All inputs need to be retrievable or excerpts of documents used should be attached.
Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Test The following basic questions are addressed as applicable, during the performance of any design verification. These questions are based on the requirements of ANSI N45.2.11  
- 1974.
NOTE The reviewer can use the "Comments/Continuation sheet" at the end for entering any comment/resolution along with the appropriate question number. Additional items with new question numbers can also be entered.
: 1. Design Inputs - Were the inputs correctly selected and incorporated into the design?
(Design inputs include design bases, plant operational conditions, performance requirements, regulatory requirements and commitments, codes, standards, field data, etc. All information used as design inputs should have been reviewed and approved by the responsible design organization, as applicable
. All inputs need to be retrievable or excerpts of documents used should be attached.
See site specific design input procedures for guidance in identifying inputs.)
See site specific design input procedures for guidance in identifying inputs.)
Yes No N/A   2. Assumptions  
Yes               No               N/A
- Are assumptions necessary to perform the design activity adequately described and reasonable? Where necessary, are assumptions identified for subsequent re
: 2.       Assumptions - Are assumptions necessary to perform the design activity adequately described and reasonable?
-verification when the detailed activities are completed? Are the latest applicable revisions of design documents utilized?
Where necessary, are assumptions identified for subsequent re-verification when the detailed activities are completed? Are the latest applicable revisions of design documents utilized?
Yes No N/A   3. Quality Assurance  
Yes               No               N/A
- Are the appropriate quality and quality assurance requirements specified?
: 3.       Quality Assurance - Are the appropriate quality and quality assurance requirements specified?
Yes No  N/A ATTACHMENT 2 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
Yes               No               N/A
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 28 OF  30 ATTACHMENT 9.6  DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 2 of 3  4. Codes, Standards and Regulatory Requirements
- Are the applicable codes, standards and regulatory requirements, including issue and addenda properly identified and are their requirements for design met?
Yes  No  N/A    5. Construction and Operating Experience
- Have applicable construction and operating experience been considered?
Yes  No  N/A    6. Interfaces
- Have the design interface requirements been satisfied and documented?
Yes  No  N/A    7. Methods - Was an appropriate design or analytical (for calculations) method used?
Yes  No  N/A    8. Design Outputs
- Is the output reasonable compared to the inputs?
Yes  No  N/A    9. Parts, Equipment and Processes
- Are the specified parts, equipment, and processes suitable for the required application?
Yes  No  N/A    10. Materials Compatibility - Are the specified materials compatible with each other and the design environmental conditions to which the material will be exposed?
Yes  No  N/A    11. Maintenance requirements
- Have adequate maintenance features and requirements been specified?
Yes  No  N/A    12. Accessibility for Maintenance
- Are accessibility and other design provisions adequate for performance of needed maintenance and repair?
Ye s  No  N/A    13. Accessibility for In
-service Inspection
- Has adequate accessibility been provided to perform the in
-service inspection expected to be required during the plant life?
Yes  No  N/A    14. Radiation Exposure
- Has the design properly considered radiation exposure to the public and plant personnel?
Yes  No  N/A    15. Acceptance Criteria
- Are the acceptance criteria incorporated in the design documents sufficient to allow verification that design requirements have been satisfactorily accomplished?
Yes  No  N/A ATTACHMENT 2 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 29 OF  30 ATTACHMENT 9.6  DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 3 of 3 16. Test Requirements
- Have adequate pre
-operational and subsequent periodic test requirements been appropriately specified?
Yes  No  N/A    17. Handling, Storage, Cleaning and Shipping
- Are adequate handling, storage, cleaning and shipping requirements specified?
Yes  No  N/A    18. Identification Requirements
- Are adequate identification requirements specified?
Yes  No  N/A    19. Records and Documentation
- Are requirements for record preparation, review, approval, retention, etc., adequately specified?
Are all documents prepared in a clear legible manner suitable for microfilming and/or other documentation storage method?  Have all impacted documents been identified for update as necessary?
Yes  No  N/A    20. Software Quality Assurance
- ENN sites: For a calculation that utilized software applications (e.g., GOTHIC, SYMCORD), was it properly verified and validated in accordance with EN
- IT-104 or previous site SQA Program?
ENS sites: This is an EN
-IT-104 task. However, per ENS
-DC-126, for exempt software, was it verified in the calculation?
Yes  No  N/A    21. Has adverse impact on peripheral components and systems, outside the boundary of the document being verified, been considered?
Yes  No N/A    


ATTACHMENT 2 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                           CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                            G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                          PAGE 28 OF 30 ATTACHMENT 2 ATTACHMENT 9.6                                                        DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 2 of 3
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
: 4.      Codes, Standards and Regulatory Requirements - Are the applicable codes, standards and regulatory requirements, including issue and addenda properly identified and are their requirements for design met?
-ENS*004, Rev. 002 PAGE 30 OF 30 ATTACHMENT 9.DESIGN VERIFICATION COMMENT SHEET Sheet 1 of 1  Comments / Continuation Sheet Question 
Yes                No                N/A
# Comments  Resolution Initial/Date 1 Comments provided by markup All comments resolved.
: 5.      Construction and Operating Experience - Have applicable construction and operating experience been considered?
RS  10/12/12
Yes                No                N/A
: 6.      Interfaces - Have the design interface requirements been satisfied and documented?
Yes                No                N/A
: 7.      Methods - Was an appropriate design or analytical (for calculations) method used?
Yes                No                N/A
: 8.      Design Outputs - Is the output reasonable compared to the inputs?
Yes                No                N/A
: 9.       Parts, Equipment and Processes - Are the specified parts, equipment, and processes suitable for the required application?
Yes                No                N/A
: 10.      Materials Compatibility - Are the specified materials compatible with each other and the design environmental conditions to which the material will be exposed?
Yes                No                N/A
: 11.      Maintenance requirements - Have adequate maintenance features and requirements been specified?
Yes                No                N/A
: 12.      Accessibility for Maintenance - Are accessibility and other design provisions adequate for performance of needed maintenance and repair?
Yes                No                N/A
: 13.      Accessibility for In-service Inspection - Has adequate accessibility been provided to perform the in-service inspection expected to be required during the plant life?
Yes                No                N/A
: 14.      Radiation Exposure - Has the design properly considered radiation exposure to the public and plant personnel?
Yes                No                N/A
: 15.      Acceptance Criteria - Are the acceptance criteria incorporated in the design documents sufficient to allow verification that design requirements have been satisfactorily accomplished?
Yes                No                N/A


ANO-1  ANO-2  GGNS  IP-2  IP-3  PLP  JAF PNPS  RBS  VY  W3  NP-GGNS-3 NP-RBS-3 CALCULATION COVER PAGE (1)  EC #  40339 (2)  Page 1 of 3 4 (3) Design Basis Calc.
SETPOINT CALCULATION                               CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                              G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                              PAGE 29 OF 30 ATTACHMENT 2 ATTACHMENT 9.6                                                           DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 3 of 3
YES      NO (4)
: 16.      Test Requirements - Have adequate pre-operational and subsequent periodic test requirements been appropriately specified?
CALCULATION EC Markup (5)  Calculation No:  G13.18.6.2
Yes                No              N/A
-ENS*006 (6)  Revision:   00 2 (7)  Title: Loop Uncertainty Determination for Div I and II Under Voltage Time Delay Relays
: 17.      Handling, Storage, Cleaning and Shipping - Are adequate handling, storage, cleaning and shipping requirements specified?
- ABB Model 62K and 62L Time Delay Relays (8)  Editorial YES     NO (9)  System(s):
Yes                No              N/A
302 (10)  Review Org (Department
: 18.     Identification Requirements - Are adequate identification requirements specified?
):   NSBE3 (I&C Design)
Yes                No              N/A
(11)  Safety Class:
: 19.      Records and Documentation - Are requirements for record preparation, review, approval, retention, etc.,
Safety / Quality Related Augmented Quality Program Non-Safety Related (12)   Component/Equipment/Structure Type/Number:
adequately specified? Are all documents prepared in a clear legible manner suitable for microfilming and/or other documentation storage method? Have all impacted documents been identified for update as necessary?
ENS-SWG1A-62-1 ENS-SWG1B-62-1 ENS-SWG1A-62-2 ENS-SWG1B-62-2 ENS-SWG1A-62-5 ENS-SWG1B-62-5 (13)  Document Type:
Yes                No              N/A
F43.02 ENS-SWG1A-62-6 ENS-SWG1B-62-6 (14)  Keywords (Description/Topical Codes): uncertainty, time delay    REVIEWS    (15)  Name/Signature/Date Mary Coffaro / See AS Responsible Engineer (16)  Name/Signature/Date Robin Smith / See AS (17)  Name/Signature/Date Paul Matzke
: 20.      Software Quality Assurance- ENN sites: For a calculation that utilized software applications (e.g., GOTHIC, SYMCORD), was it properly verified and validated in accordance with EN- IT-104 or previous site SQA Program?
/ See AS    Supervisor/Approval Design Verifie r    Reviewer    Comments Attached Comments Attached
ENS sites: This is an EN-IT-104 task. However, per ENS-DC-126, for exempt software, was it verified in the calculation?
Yes                No              N/A
: 21.      Has adverse impact on peripheral components and systems, outside the boundary of the document being verified, been considered?
Yes                No              N/A


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                 CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                  G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                  PAGE 30 OF 30 ATTACHMENT 2 ATTACHMENT 9.7                                                    DESIGN VERIFICATION COMMENT SHEET Sheet 1 of 1 Comments / Continuation Sheet Question              Comments                          Resolution                Initial/Date
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
      #
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 2 OF  34  CALCULATION REFERENCE SHEET I. EC Markups Incorporated (N/A to NP calculations)
1     Comments provided by markup      All comments resolved.             RS 10/12/12
:  II. Relationships
: Sht Rev Input Doc Output Doc Impact Y/N Tracking No.
: 1. EN-DC-126 -- 004  N  2. EN-IC-S-007-R 0 000  N  3. 7224.300-000-001B 0 300  N  4. 201.130-186 0 000  N  5. 215.150 0 006  N  6. B455-01 47 0 000  N  7. 3242.521-102-001A 0 3 00  N  8. 0242.521-102-133 0 300  N  9. B455-0157 0 0 00  N  10. EE-001K 0 019  N  11. EE-001L 0 015  N  12. ESK-08ENS01 001 008  N  13. ESK-08EGS09 001 013  N  14. ESK-08EGS10 001 012  N  15. ESK-08EGS13 001 011  N  16. ESK-08EGS14 001 010  N  17. ESK-08EGS15 001 0 10  N  18. ESK-08EGS16 001 007  N  19. STP-302-1600 -- 0 20  N  20. STP-302-1601 -- 0 20  N  21. G13.18.6.3
-009 0 000  N  22. LSK-24-09.05A 001 015  N  23. EDP-AN-02 -- 301  N  24. 0242.521-102-129 0 300  N  25. G13.18.3.1*001 0 003  Y EC 37097 26. STP-302-1602 -- 02 3  Y A/R 001542 32 


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
ANO-1              ANO-2              GGNS                IP-2              IP-3                  PLP JAF                PNPS              RBS                  VY                W3 NP-GGNS-3          NP-RBS-3 CALCULATION             (1)                                                    (2)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
EC #        40339                                        Page 1 of    34 COVER PAGE (3)                                                (4)
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 3 OF  34 II. Relationships: Sht Rev Input Doc Output Doc Impact Y/N Tracking No.
Design Basis Calc.     YES      NO                       CALCULATION                  EC Markup (5)                                                                                        (6)
: 27. STP-302-1603 -- 02 4  Y A/R 001542 33 28. BE-230A 0 00 9  N  29. BE-230B 0 0 11  N  30. EE-420G 0 011  N  31. EE-420H 0 008  N  32. STP-302-0102 -- 01 7  N  33. G13.18.3.1
Calculation No: G13.18.6.2-ENS*006                                                        Revision: 002 (7)                                                                                        (8)
-004 0 000  Y EC 40339 II I. CROSS REFERENCES
Title:  Loop Uncertainty Determination for Div I and II Under Voltage Time                Editorial Delay Relays - ABB Model 62K and 62L Time Delay Relays                              YES      NO (9)                                            (10)
:  1. Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB)
System(s): 302                                  Review Org (Department): NSBE3 (I&C Design)
: 2. Technical Specifications Section B3.3.8.1
(11)                                          (12)
: 3. Multi-Amp Instruction Book EPOCH
Safety Class:                                 Component/Equipment/Structure Type/Number:
-40 4. USAR Figures 3.11
Safety / Quality Related                        ENS-SWG1A-62-1                ENS-SWG1B-62-1 Augmented Quality Program Non-Safety Related ENS-SWG1A-62-2                ENS-SWG1B-62-2 ENS-SWG1A-62-5                ENS-SWG1B-62-5 (13)
-1 through 5.
Document Type: F43.02                              ENS-SWG1A-62-6                ENS-SWG1B-62-6 (14)
: 5. EQTAP  IV. SOFTWARE USED
Keywords (Description/Topical Codes): uncertainty, time delay REVIEWS (15)                                (16)                                  (17)
: Title:  N/A  Version/Release:
Name/Signature/Date                  Name/Signature/Date                    Name/Signature/Date Mary Coffaro / See AS              Robin Smith / See AS                  Paul Matzke / See AS Responsible Engineer                                                      Supervisor/Approval Design Verifier Reviewer                                  Comments Attached Comments Attached
Disk/CD No.
V. DISK/CDS INCLUDED
: Title:  N/A  Version/Release Disk/CD No.
VI. OTHER CHANGES
:  References removed from calculation: G13.18.6.2
-ENS*005 , G13.18.3.1*002


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION           CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT          G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION            PAGE 2 OF 34 CALCULATION REFERENCE SHEET I. EC Markups Incorporated (N/A to NP calculations):
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
II. Relationships:              Sht  Rev      Input Output      Impact  Tracking No.
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 4 OF 34 Revision Record of Revision 0 Initial issue to support determination of degraded voltage relay setpoints and LAR by ER
Doc  Doc        Y/N
-RB-2001-0360-000. 1 Incorporated new drift value for 62K and 62L relay per EC 11753. 2 EC 40339: Revised to provide the Degraded Voltage Relay NO
: 1. EN-DC-126                    --  004                        N
-LOCA time delay Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty based on the revised setpoint provided in calculation G13.18.3.1
: 2. EN-IC-S-007-R                0    000                        N
-004. Added ALT and AFT (sections 8.9 through 8.11
: 3. 7224.300-000-001B            0    300                        N
) for Time Delay Relay 62
: 4. 201.130-186                  0   000                        N
-2 as required by License Amendment Request (LAR) 2011
: 5. 215.150                      0    006                        N
-05.          
: 6. B455-0147                    0    000                        N
: 7. 3242.521-102-001A            0    300                        N
: 8. 0242.521-102-133              0    300                        N
: 9. B455-0157                    0    000                         N
: 10. EE-001K                      0    019                        N
: 11. EE-001L                      0    015                        N
: 12. ESK-08ENS01                001    008                        N
: 13. ESK-08EGS09                001    013                        N
: 14. ESK-08EGS10                001    012                        N
: 15. ESK-08EGS13                001    011                        N
: 16. ESK-08EGS14                001    010                        N
: 17. ESK-08EGS15                001    010                        N
: 18. ESK-08EGS16                001    007                        N
: 19. STP-302-1600                --  020                        N
: 20. STP-302-1601                --  020                        N
: 21. G13.18.6.3-009              0    000                        N
: 22. LSK-24-09.05A              001    015                        N
: 23. EDP-AN-02                    --   301                        N
: 24. 0242.521-102-129            0    300                        N
: 25. G13.18.3.1*001              0    003                        Y        EC37097
: 26. STP-302-1602                --  023                        Y      A/R 00154232


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                   CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                  G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                  PAGE 3 OF 34 II. Relationships:                      Sht    Rev      Input      Output      Impact  Tracking No.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Doc        Doc        Y/N
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 5 OF 34 TABLE OF CONTENTS COVER SHEET CALCULATION REFERENCES RECORD OF REVISION SECTION SHEET 1.0 PURPOSE AND DESCRIPTION 6 2.0 RESULTS/CONCLUSION 8
: 27. STP-302-1603                        --    024                            Y      A/R 00154233
: 28. BE-230A                            0    009                            N
: 29. BE-230B                            0    011                            N
: 30. EE-420G                            0    011                            N
: 31. EE-420H                            0     008                            N
: 32. STP-302-0102                        --    017                            N
: 33. G13.18.3.1-004                      0     000                            Y        EC40339 III.      CROSS


==3.0 REFERENCES==
==REFERENCES:==
: 1. Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB)
: 2. Technical Specifications Section B3.3.8.1
: 3. Multi-Amp Instruction Book EPOCH-40
: 4. USAR Figures 3.11-1 through 5.
: 5. EQTAP IV.      SOFTWARE USED:
Title:          N/A                      Version/Release:            Disk/CD No.
V.        DISK/CDS INCLUDED:
Title:          N/A                      Version/Release            Disk/CD No.
VI.      OTHER CHANGES:
References removed from calculation: G13.18.6.2-ENS*005, G13.18.3.1*002


9 4.0 DESIGN INPUT 12 5.0 NOMENCLATURE 15 6.0 CALCULATION METHODOLOGY 16 7.0 ASSUMPTIONS 17 8.0 CALCULATION 19 9.0 APPLICABLE MARK NUMBERS 29 Attachments:
SETPOINT CALCULATION                      CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                      G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                    PAGE 4 OF 34 Revision                                        Record of Revision Initial issue to support determination of degraded voltage relay setpoints and LAR by ER-RB-0 2001-0360-000.
1 Design Verification Record and Comments
1     Incorporated new drift value for 62K and 62L relay per EC 11753.
................................
EC40339: Revised to provide the Degraded Voltage Relay NO-LOCA time delay Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty based on the revised setpoint provided in calculation 2
................................
G13.18.3.1-004. Added ALT and AFT (sections 8.9 through 8.11) for Time Delay Relay 62-2 as required by License Amendment Request (LAR) 2011-05.
....... 5 pages   


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                             CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                              G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                              PAGE 5 OF 34 TABLE OF CONTENTS COVER SHEET CALCULATION REFERENCES RECORD OF REVISION SECTION                                                                                                          SHEET 1.0     PURPOSE AND DESCRIPTION                                                                                     6 2.0    RESULTS/CONCLUSION                                                                                          8
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 6 OF 34 1.0 PURPOSE AND DESCRIPTION 1.1 Purpose  The purpose of this calculation is to determine the uncertainty associated with the Division I & II, Safety
-Related, 4.16 kV undervoltage time delay relays. Nominal trip Set points and Allowable values will be determined by the Electrical Engineering group in calculation G13.18.3.1*001 and G13.18.3.1
-004. 1.2 Loop Descriptions


Each 4.16 kV emergency bus has its own independent Loss Of Power (LOP) instrumentation and associated trip logic. The voltage for the Division I and II buses is monitored at two levels, which can be considered as two different undervoltage functions; loss of voltage and sustained degraded voltage.
==3.0    REFERENCES==
9 4.0    DESIGN INPUT                                                                                                12 5.0    NOMENCLATURE                                                                                                15 6.0    CALCULATION METHODOLOGY                                                                                    16 7.0    ASSUMPTIONS                                                                                                17 8.0    CALCULATION                                                                                                19 9.0    APPLICABLE MARK NUMBERS                                                                                    29 Attachments:
1      Design Verification Record and Comments ....................................................................... 5 pages


Each 4.16 kV bus is monitored by three degraded voltage relays whose outputs are arranged in a two-out-of-three logic configuration (Reference 3.12). The channels include electronic equipment (e.g., trip units) that compares measured input signals with pre
SETPOINT CALCULATION                        CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                        PAGE 6 OF 34 1.0 PURPOSE AND DESCRIPTION 1.1  Purpose The purpose of this calculation is to determine the uncertainty associated with the Division I
-established setpoints. When the setpoint is exceeded, the channel output relay actuates a time delay relay, which then outputs a LOP trip signal to the trip logic. Two different time delays are applied depending on whether a LOCA signal is present at the time of the degraded voltage.
        & II, Safety-Related, 4.16 kV undervoltage time delay relays. Nominal trip Set points and Allowable values will be determined by the Electrical Engineering group in calculation G13.18.3.1*001 and G13.18.3.1-004.
The LOCA and Non
1.2  Loop Descriptions Each 4.16 kV emergency bus has its own independent Loss Of Power (LOP) instrumentation and associated trip logic. The voltage for the Division I and II buses is monitored at two levels, which can be considered as two different undervoltage functions; loss of voltage and sustained degraded voltage.
-LOCA time delay is provided by the combination of the 27N relay and the 62K relays.
Each 4.16 kV bus is monitored by three degraded voltage relays whose outputs are arranged in a two-out-of-three logic configuration (Reference 3.12). The channels include electronic equipment (e.g., trip units) that compares measured input signals with pre-established setpoints. When the setpoint is exceeded, the channel output relay actuates a time delay relay, which then outputs a LOP trip signal to the trip logic. Two different time delays are applied depending on whether a LOCA signal is present at the time of the degraded voltage.
1.3 Design Bases/Design Bases Event  
The LOCA and Non-LOCA time delay is provided by the combination of the 27N relay and the 62K relays.
1.3 Design Bases/Design Bases Event Per Bases B 3.3.8.1, Reference 3.7.3, successful operation of the required safety functions of the Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS) is dependent upon the availability of adequate power sources for energizing the various components such as pump motors, motor operated valves, and the associated control components. The LOP instrumentation monitors the 4.16 kV emergency buses. Offsite power is the preferred source of power for the 4.16 kV emergency buses. If the monitors determine that insufficient power is available, the buses are disconnected from the offsite power sources and connected to the onsite diesel generator (DG) power sources.
1.4  Degree of Accuracy/Limits of Applicability The results of this calculation are based on the statistical methods of at least 95% probability of occurrence for a two sided probability distribution in accordance with 7224.300-100-001B, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology, (Reference 3.3) and EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations, (Reference 3.2). One-sided probability could be used since the time delay relay performs its safety function in the decreasing direction only. However a two sided probability is used for added conservatism.


Per Bases B 3.3.8.1, Reference 3.7.3
SETPOINT CALCULATION                       CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                      PAGE 7 OF 34 The results of this calculation are valid under the Assumptions stated in Section 7.0 of this calculation. The appropriate use of this calculation to support design or station activities, other than those specified in Section 1.1 of this calculation, is the responsibility of the user.
, "successful operation of the required safety functions of the Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS) is dependent upon the availability of adequate power sources for energizing the various components such as pump motors, motor
 
operated valves, and the associated control components. The LOP instrumentation monitors the 4.16 kV emergency buses. Offsite power is the preferred source of power for the 4.16 kV emergency buses. If the monitors determine that insufficient power is available, the buses are disconnected from the offsite power sources and connected to the onsite diesel generator (DG) power sources."
1.4 Degree of Accuracy/Limits of Applicability The results of this calculation are based on the statistical methods of at least 95% probability of occurrence for a two sided probability distribution in accordance with 7224.300
-100-001B, "General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology," (Reference 3.3) and EN-IC-S-007-R, "Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations," (Reference 3.2). One
-sided probability could be used since the time delay relay performs its safety function in the decreasing direction only. However a two sided probability is used for added conservatism.
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 7 OF 34 The results of this calculation are valid under the Assumptions stated in Section 7.0 of this calculation. The appropriate use of this calculation to support design or station activities, other than those specified in Section 1.1 of this calculation, is the responsibility of the user.
1.5 Applicability A data analysis has been performed in order to determine which, if any, redundant instrument loops are bounded by the results of this calculation. This calculation is applicable to the Loops associated with the primary elements stated in Section 2.1. The results of this calculation are bounding for the applicable instrument loops, based on such factors as instrument manufacturer and model number, instrument location/environmental parameters, actual installation and use of the instrument in process measurements.
1.5 Applicability A data analysis has been performed in order to determine which, if any, redundant instrument loops are bounded by the results of this calculation. This calculation is applicable to the Loops associated with the primary elements stated in Section 2.1. The results of this calculation are bounding for the applicable instrument loops, based on such factors as instrument manufacturer and model number, instrument location/environmental parameters, actual installation and use of the instrument in process measurements.


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                       CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                      G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                      PAGE 8 OF 34 2.0 RESULTS/CONCLUSION 2.1     Results The Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty for the Time Delay Voltage relays were calculated in Section 8.0. These values and other associated values such as loop drift are presented in Table 2.1-1.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Table 2.1-1 Model 62K and 62L Relay - Time Delay Function M&TE Loop        Maximum Loop        Channel    Total Loop Accuracy          Loop Loop                     Uncertainty      Drift      Uncertainty System                  Model                                                    Requirements    Setting Tol.
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 8 OF 34 2.0 RESULTS/CONCLUSION 2.1 Results The Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty for the Time Delay Voltage relays were calculated in Section 8.0. These values and other associated values such as loop drift are presented in Table 2.1-1. Table 2.1-1 Model 62K and 62L Relay  
Identification                  (LU)           (DL)         (TLU)
- Time Delay Function System Loop Identification Model Loop Uncertainty (LU) Seconds Channel Drift (D L) Seconds Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) Seconds M&TE Loop Accuracy Requirements (MTE L) Seconds Maximum Loop Setting Tol. (CT L) Seconds 302 ENS-SWG1A-62-1 ENS-SWG1B-62-1 62K +/-0.209 +/-0.07 +/-0.221 +/- 4.1 5 x10-3 +/- 0.2 302 ENS-SWG1A-62-2 ENS-SWG1B-62-2 62K +/-2.9 15 +/-1.05 +/-3.4 38 +/- 4.1 5 x10-3 +/- 0.51 302 ENS-SWG1A-62-5 ENS-SWG1B-62-5 62K +/-0.306 +/-0.07 +/-0.314 +/- 4.1 5 x10-3 +/- 0.3 302 ENS-SWG1A-62-6 ENS-SW G1B-62-6 62L +/-0.313 +/-0.07 +/-0.321 +/- 4.1 5 x10-3 +/- 0.3   2.2 Conclusions The calculated Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty are presented in Table 2.1-1. These values are bounding for the relays and circuits listed in Section 2.1.
(MTEL)         (CTL)
Seconds        Seconds      Seconds Seconds        Seconds ENS-SWG1A-62-1 302                      62K         +/-0.209         +/-0.07         +/-0.221         +/- 4.15x10-3         +/- 0.2 ENS-SWG1B-62-1 ENS-SWG1A-62-2 302                      62K         +/-2.915        +/-1.05         +/-3.438        +/- 4.15x10-3       +/- 0.51 ENS-SWG1B-62-2 ENS-SWG1A-62-5 302                      62K         +/-0.306         +/-0.07         +/-0.314         +/- 4.15x10-3         +/- 0.3 ENS-SWG1B-62-5 ENS-SWG1A-62-6 302                      62L         +/-0.313         +/-0.07         +/-0.321         +/- 4.15x10-3         +/- 0.3 ENS-SWG1B-62-6 2.2     Conclusions The calculated Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty are presented in Table 2.1-1.
These values are bounding for the relays and circuits listed in Section 2.1.


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                     CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                      G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                      PAGE 9 OF 34
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 9 OF 34  


==3.0 REFERENCES==
==3.0 REFERENCES==


3.1 EN-DC-1 26 , "Engineering Calculation Process
3.1 EN-DC-126, Engineering Calculation Process 3.2 EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculation 3.3 7224.300-000-001B, NEDC-31336P-A, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology 3.4 Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB) 3.5 201.130-186, Peak Spreading of ARS Curves for the Control Building 3.6 Environmental Design Criteria, Spec 215.150, including USAR figures 3.11-1 through 5 as outlined in EDP-AN-02 section 6.3.1 3.7 RBS Operating License 3.7.1   Not Used 3.7.2   Not Used 3.7.3   Technical Specification Bases Sections B3.3.8.1 3.7.4   Not Used 3.8 RBS USAR None 3.9 Vendor Manuals 3.9.1   B455-0147, ITE Solid-State Timing Relay Relays (62K) 3.9.2   B455-0157, ITE Solid-State Time Delay Relay ITE-62L 3.9.3   3242.521-102-001A, Instruction Manual-Stdby 4.16 kV Switchgear 3.9.4   Not Used 3.9.5   Multi-Amp Instruction Book for the EPOCH-40, Microprocessor-Enhanced Protective Relay Test Set, (maintained by the Standards Laboratory) 3.10 Electrical Schematics 3.10.1 EE-001K, 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A 3.10.2 EE-001L, 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B
" 3.2 EN-IC-S-007-R, "Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculation
" 3.3 7224.300-000-001B, NEDC
-31336P-A, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology
" 3.4 Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB) 3.5 201.130-186, "Peak Spreading of ARS Curves for the Control Building" 3.6 Environmental Design Criteria, Spec 215.150, including USAR figures 3.11
-1 through 5 as outlined in EDP
-AN-02 section 6.3.1 3.7 RBS Operating License 3.7.1 Not Used 3.7.2 Not Used 3.7.3 Technical Specification Bases Sections B3.3.8
.1 3.7.4 Not Used 3.8 RBS USAR None 3.9 Vendor Manuals 3.9.1 B455-0147 , ITE Solid-State Timing Relay Relays (62K) 3.9.2 B455-0157 , ITE Solid-State Time Delay Relay ITE
-62L 3.9.3 3242.521-102-001A, Instruction Manual
-Stdby 4.16 kV Switchgear 3.9.4 Not Used 3.9.5 Multi-Amp Instruction Book for the EPOCH-40, Microprocessor
-Enhanced Protective Relay Test Set, (maintained by the Standards Laboratory
) 3.10 Electrical Schematics 3.10.1 EE-001K, 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A 3.10.2 EE-001L, 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1 B 


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                 CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                  G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                PAGE 10 OF 34 3.10.3 ESK-08ENS01, AC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1A & 1B Protection &
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Metering 3.10.4 ESK-08EGS09, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 10 OF 34 3.10.3 ESK-08ENS01, AC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1A & 1B Protection & Metering 3.10.4 ESK-08EGS09, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS
* SWG1A Under Voltage Protection 3.10.5 ESK-08EGS10, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS
* SWG1A Under Voltage Protection 3.10.5 ESK-08EGS10, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS
* SWG1B Under Voltage Protection 3.10.6 ESK-08EGS13 , DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS
* SWG1B Under Voltage Protection 3.10.6 ESK-08EGS13, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS
* SWG1A Under Voltage Protection 3.10.7 ESK-08EGS14 , DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS
* SWG1A Under Voltage Protection 3.10.7 ESK-08EGS14, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS
* SWG1B Under Voltage Protection 3.10.8 ESK-08EGS15 , DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS
* SWG1B Under Voltage Protection 3.10.8 ESK-08EGS15, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS
* SWG1A Under Voltage Protection & Load Sequence 3.10.9 ESK-08EGS16 , DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS
* SWG1A Under Voltage Protection & Load Sequence 3.10.9 ESK-08EGS16, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS
* SWG1B Under Voltage Protection & Load Sequence 3.11 Surveillance Test Procedures:
* SWG1B Under Voltage Protection & Load Sequence 3.11 Surveillance Test Procedures:
3.11.1 STP-302-1600, ENS-SWG1A Loss of Voltage Channel Calibration and Logic System Functional Test 3.11.2 STP-302-1601, ENS-SWG1B Loss of Voltage Channel Calibration and Logic System Functional Test 3.11.3 STP-302-1602, ENS-SWG1A Degraded Voltage Channel Calibration and Logic System Functional Test 3.11.4 STP-302-1603, ENS-SWG1B Degraded Voltage Channel Calibration and Logic System Functional Test 3.11.5 STP-302-0102, Power Distribution System Operability Check 3.12 LSK-24-09.05A, Standby Diesel Generator Load Sequence, Logic Diagram 3.13 Standards None 3.14 Calculations:
3.11.1 STP-302-1600, ENS-SWG1A Loss of Voltage Channel Calibration and Logic System Functional Test 3.11.2 STP-302-1601, ENS-SWG1B Loss of Voltage Channel Calibration and Logic System Functional Test 3.11.3 STP-302-1602, ENS-SWG1A Degraded Voltage Channel Calibration and Logic System Functional Test 3.11.4 STP-302-1603, ENS-SWG1B Degraded Voltage Channel Calibration and Logic System Functional Test 3.11.5 STP-302-0102, Power Distribution System Operability Check 3.12 LSK-24-09.05A, Standby Diesel Generator Load Sequence, Logic Diagram 3.13 Standards None 3.14 Calculations:
3.14.1 Not Used 3.14.2 Not Used
3.14.1 Not Used 3.14.2 Not Used


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                   CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                    G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                    PAGE 11 OF 34 3.14.3 G13.18.6.3-009, ABB Model ITE-62 Relay Drift Analysis 3.14.4 G13.18.3.1-004, Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for ENS-SWG01A and ENS-SWG01B 3.15 Equipment Qualification Trending and Thermal Aging Program (EQTAP) 3.16 Relay Setting Drawings 3.16.1 BE-230A, 4kV Bus 1ENS*SWG1A Relay Settings 3.16.2 BE-230B, 4kV Bus 1ENS*SWG1B Relay Settings 3.17 0242.521-102-133, Bill of Material 1ENS*SWG1A, 1B 3.18 0242.521-102-129, Bill of Material 1ENS*SWG1A & 1B 3.19 EE-420G, Seismic Conduit Installation Plan EL 98 3.20 EE-420H, Seismic Conduit Installation Plan EL 98
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 11 OF 34 3.14.3 G13.18.6.3
-009, ABB Model ITE
-62 Relay Drift Analysis 3.14.4 G13.18.3.1
-004, Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for ENS-SWG01A and ENS-SWG01B 3.15 Equipment Qualification Trending and Thermal Aging Program (EQTAP) 3.16 Relay Setting Drawings 3.16.1 BE-230A, 4kV Bus 1ENS*
SW G1A Relay Settings 3.16.2 BE-230B, 4kV Bus 1ENS*
SW G1B Relay Settings 3.17 0242.521-102-133, Bill of Material 1ENS*SWG 1A , 1B 3.18 0242.521-102-129, Bill of Material 1ENS*SWG1A & 1B 3.19 EE-420G , Seismic Conduit Installation Plan EL 98' 3.20 EE-420H, Seismic Conduit Installation Plan EL 98'


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                       CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                      PAGE 12 OF 34 4.0 DESIGN INPUT The following are the design inputs used to determine the uncertainty for the Division I and Division II degraded voltage timing relays.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
4.1     Loop Input 4.1.1   Loop Data:
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 12 OF 34 4.0 DESIGN INPUT The following are the design inputs used to determine the uncertainty for the Division I and Division II degraded voltage timing relays.
Form 1: Loop/Process Data Sheet Description                       Data                       Reference Loop Sensor(s)                 Relay contacts                   3.10.4-9 ENS-SWG1A Location                                                        3.4 ENS-SWG1B Output                   Contact Closure                   3.10.4-9 4.1.2   Special Considerations:
4.1 Loop Input 4.1.1 Loop Data:
4.1.2.1   Calibration shall be performed using the following instruments:
Form 1: Loop/Process Data Sheet Description Data Reference Loop Sensor(s)
* Multi-Amp EPOCH-40 DC/Timer Test set (References 3.9.5, 3.11) 4.2     Loop Instrumentation Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1& 2 Description           Data Device 1       Reference       Data Device 2       Reference Component Number(s)         ENS-SWG1A                            ENS-SWG1A 62-1, 62-2, 62-5           3.4              62-6                3.4 ENS-SWG1B                3.10        ENS-SWG1B               3.10 62-1, 62-2, 62-5                           62-6 Type(s)                           Relay               3.4             Relay               3.4 Manufacturer               Asea Brown Boveri 3.17, 3.18         Asea Brown Boveri         3.18 Model                             62K             3.17, 3.18           62L               3.18 Location(s)                     CB. 98           3.19, 3.20         CB. 98           3.19, 3.20 Service Description               Relay               3.4             Relay               3.4 Quality Class               Safety Related           3.4         Safety Related           3.4 Environmental N                 3.4               N                 3.4 Qualification Input Range                     0.2-4 sec 3.10           1-30 sec.           3.10 0-100 sec Output                       Contact Action           3.10         Contact Action         3.10 Calibration Interval           30.0 Mo.                             30.0 Mo.
Relay contacts 3.10.4-9 Location ENS-SWG1A ENS-SWG1B 3.4 Output Contact Closure 3.10.4-9 4.1.2 Special Considerations:
3.2                                 3.2 Evaluated                  (24 Mo. + 25%)                        (24 Mo. + 25%)
4.1.2.1 Calibration shall be performed using the following instruments:
Multi-Amp EPOCH-40 DC/Timer Test set (Reference s 3.9.5 , 3.11) 4.2 Loop Instrumentation Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1& 2 Description Data Device 1 Reference Data Device 2 Reference Component Number(s)
ENS-SWG1A 62-1, 62-2, 62-5 ENS-SWG1B 62-1, 62-2, 62-5 3.4 3.10 ENS-SWG1A 62-6 ENS-SWG1B 62-6 3.4 3.10 Type(s) Relay 3.4 Relay 3.4 Manufacturer Asea Brown Boveri 3.17 , 3.18 Asea Brown Boveri 3.18 Model 62K 3.17 , 3.18 62L 3.18 Location(s)
CB. 98 3.19, 3.20 CB. 98 3.19, 3.20 Service Description Relay 3.4 Relay 3.4 Quality Class Safety Related 3.4 Safety Related 3.4 Environmental Qualification N 3.4 N 3.4 Input Range 0.2-4 sec 0-100 sec 3.10 1-30 sec. 3.10 Output Contact Action 3.10 Contact Action 3.10 Calibration Interval Evaluated 30.0 Mo. (24 Mo. + 25%)
3.2 30.0 Mo. (24 Mo. + 25%)
3.2 


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                       CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                      G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                      PAGE 13 OF 34 4.3     Loop Device Data Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 ITE 62K Data                       References Description Time Delay Reference Accuracy (RAR)                               +/-1% of Setting                     3.9.1 Seismic Effects (SER)                                         0                           7.1.4
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
                                      +/-6% of setting or +/-30 ms, which ever is greater 3.9.1 Temperature Effects (TER)                              (-15oC - 55oC) 7.1.12 2
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 13 OF 34 4.3 Loop Device Data Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 ITE 62K Description Data References Time Delay Reference Accuracy (RA R) +/-1% of Setting 3.9.1 Seismic Effects (SE R) 0 7.1.4 Temperature Effects (TE R) +/-6% of setting or +/-30 ms, which ever is greater
Insulation Resistance Effects (IRR)                         N/A                         7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TDR)                               N/A                         7.1.13 Drift (DRR)                                           +/-2.072% Setpoint                   3.14.3
(-15 o C - 55 o C)  3.9.1 7.1.12 Insulation Resistance Effects (IR R) N/A 7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TD R) N/A 7.1.13 Drift (DR R) +/-2.072% Setpoint 3.14.3 Power Supply Effect (PS R) +/-1% of setting or +/-5 ms, which ever is greater 3.9.1 7.1.2 Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 2 ITE 62L Description Data References Time Delay Reference Accuracy (RA R) +/-2% of Setting or +/-5 ms, whichever is greater 3.9.2 Seismic Effects (SE R) 0 7.1.4 Temperature Effects (TE R) +/-4% of setting
                                        +/-1% of setting or +/-5 ms, which ever is greater   3.9.1 Power Supply Effect (PSR) 2                          7.1.2 Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 2 ITE 62L Data                       References Description Time Delay
(-20 o C - 55 o C) 3.9.2 7.1.12 Insulation Resistance Effects (IR R) N/A 7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TD R) N/A 7.1.13 Drift (DR R) +/-2.072% Setpoint 3.14.3 Power Supply Effect (PS R) +/-2% of Setting or +/-5 ms, whichever is greater 3.9.2    
                                                  +/-2% of Setting or +/-5 ms, Reference Accuracy (RAR)                                                                  3.9.2 whichever is greater Seismic Effects (SER)                                         0                           7.1.4
                                                      +/-4% of setting                     3.9.2 Temperature Effects (TER)
(-20oC - 55oC)                   7.1.12 Insulation Resistance Effects (IRR)                         N/A                         7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TDR)                               N/A                         7.1.13 Drift (DRR)                                           +/-2.072% Setpoint                   3.14.3
                                                  +/-2% of Setting or +/-5 ms,               3.9.2 Power Supply Effect (PSR) whichever is greater


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                   CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                      G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                    PAGE 14 OF 34 4.4   Environmental Information Form 4: Environmental Conditions Data Sheet Zone: CB-98-1 Description                             Data                   Reference Location Building/Elevation                                   CB-98                     3.4 Room/Area                                       Switchgear Room                 3.4 Normal Temperature Range, &#xba;F                               40 - 109                   3.6 (68-96 act.)                 3.15 Humidity Range, %RH                                   20-90                     3.6 Radiation 40 Year Total Integrated Dose,               800                     3.6 Rads Pressure Range                                       Atmos                     3.6 Accident (Loss of Offsite Power)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Temperature Range, &#xba;F                           Same as Normal                 3.6 Humidity Range, % RH                             Same as Normal                 3.6 Radiation, Total Integrated Dose, Rads           Same as Normal                 3.6 Pressure Range                                   Same as Normal                 3.6 Seismic Accelerations, g                                       <3                       3.5
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 14 OF 34 4.4 Environmental Information Form 4: Environmental Conditions Data Shee t Zone: CB-98-1 Description Data Reference Location   Building/Elevation CB-98 3.4 Room/Area Switchgear Room 3.4 Normal   Temperature Range, &#xba;F 40 - 109 (68-96 act.) 3.6 3.15 Humidity Range, %RH 20-90 3.6 Radiation 40 Year Total Integrated Dose, Rads 800 3.6 Pressure Range Atmos 3.6 Accident (Loss of Offsite Power)
Temperature Range, &#xba;F Same as Normal 3.6 Humidity Range, % RH Same as Normal 3.6 Radiation, Total Integrated Dose, Rads Same as Normal 3.6 Pressure Range Same as Normal 3.6 Seismic   Accelerations, g
< 3 3.5  


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                       CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                        PAGE 15 OF 34 5.0 NOMENCLATURE The terms and abbreviations that are not defined in this section are defined in Reference 3.3, Reference 3.2 or within the text of this calculation.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 15 OF 34 5.0 NOMENCLATURE


The terms and abbreviations that are not defined in this section are defined in Reference 3.3, Reference 3.2 or within the text of this calculation.
SETPOINT CALCULATION                    CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                      G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                    PAGE 16 OF 34 6.0 CALCULATION METHODOLOGY This calculation is prepared in accordance with the EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty &
Setpoint Calculations (Reference 3.2), EN-DC-126, Engineering Calculation Process (Reference 3.1) and 7224.300-000-001B, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology (Reference 3.3).


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                         CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                         PAGE 17 OF 34 7.0 ASSUMPTIONS 7.1 Assumptions that do not require confirmation 7.1.1 Miscellaneous Allowance (ML)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
A miscellaneous allowance has not been applied to the uncertainty of the devices evaluated by this calculation. By assuming all vendor supplied data is a 2 value and with intermediate rounding of values in the conservative direction, sufficient conservatism has been introduced.
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 16 OF  34 6.0 CALCULATION METHODOLOGY This calculation is prepared in accordance with the EN-IC-S-007-R, "Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations" (Reference 3.2), EN-DC-126, "Engineering Calculation Process" (Reference 3.1) and 7224.300
7.1.2 Vendor 2 Data For conservatism, all uncertainties given in vendor data specifications are assumed to be 2 unless otherwise specified.
-000-001B, "General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology" (Reference 3.3).   
7.1.3 Zero Effect (ZE)
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 17 OF 34 7.0 ASSUMPTIONS 7.1 Assumptions that do not require confirmation 7.1.1 Miscellaneous Allowance (ML)
A miscellaneous allowance has not been applied to the uncertainty of the devices and with intermediate rounding of values in the conservative direction, sufficient conservatism has been introduced.
7.1.2 For conservatism, all uncertainties given in vendor data specifications are assumed to 7.1.3 Zero Effect (ZE)
Not applicable 7.1.4 Seismic Effects (SE)
Not applicable 7.1.4 Seismic Effects (SE)
Reference 3.9.2 states that the undervoltage relays have been tested to 6 g ZPA "without damage, malfunction or failure." Reference 3.5 defines the expected level of seismic activity for the 98 ft elevation of the control building as less than 3g. Therefore, seismic effects are assumed to be 0.
Reference 3.9.2 states that the undervoltage relays have been tested to 6 g ZPA without damage, malfunction or failure. Reference 3.5 defines the expected level of seismic activity for the 98 ft elevation of the control building as less than 3g.
Therefore, seismic effects are assumed to be 0.
7.1.5 Radiation Effects (RE) & Radiation Drift Effect (RD)
7.1.5 Radiation Effects (RE) & Radiation Drift Effect (RD)
Radiation effects and radiation drift effect s a re not applicable to the relays and transformers evaluated by this calculation as they are located in a mild environment (Reference 3.6).
Radiation effects and radiation drift effects are not applicable to the relays and transformers evaluated by this calculation as they are located in a mild environment (Reference 3.6).
7.1.6 Power Supply Effects (PS)
7.1.6 Power Supply Effects (PS)
Per Reference 3.9.1, the model 62K relay has a power supply effect of +/- 1% over the allowable DC control power range of 100 to 137.5 VDC (-20,+10% variation). Per Reference 3.9.2, the model 62L1 relay has a power supply effect of +/- 2% over the allowable DC control power range of 100 to 137.5 VDC (-20,+10% variation). Per Reference 3.11.5, the allowable voltage range is 130 to 140 VDC (104 to 112%). Since the relay will only see an 8% voltage variation, +/-1% and +/-2% deviations will be used to calculate the PS effects for the respective time delay relays in this calculation.
Per Reference 3.9.1, the model 62K relay has a power supply effect of +/- 1% over the allowable DC control power range of 100 to 137.5 VDC (-20,+10% variation). Per Reference 3.9.2, the model 62L1 relay has a power supply effect of +/- 2% over the allowable DC control power range of 100 to 137.5 VDC (-20,+10% variation). Per Reference 3.11.5, the allowable voltage range is 130 to 140 VDC (104 to 112%).
Since the relay will only see an 8% voltage variation, +/-1% and +/-2% deviations will be used to calculate the PS effects for the respective time delay relays in this calculation.
7.1.7 Process Measurement Uncertainty (PM)
7.1.7 Process Measurement Uncertainty (PM)
Not applicable 7.1.8 Static Pressure Effects (SP)
Not applicable 7.1.8 Static Pressure Effects (SP)
Not applicable
Not applicable


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                       CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                      PAGE 18 OF 34 7.1.9 Humidity Effects (HE)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 18 OF 34 7.1.9 Humidity Effects (HE)
The relays were specified by the switchgear manufacturer and are assumed to be designed to withstand the environmental effects in the mounting location without effect. Per Reference 3.6, the humidity range for environmental zone CB-98 is 20 to 90% RH. Therefore, it is assumed that Humidity effects are negligible.
The relays were specified by the switchgear manufacturer and are assumed to be designed to withstand the environmental effects in the mounting location without effect. Per Reference 3.6, the humidity range for environmental zone CB-98 is 20 to 90% RH. Therefore, it is assumed that Humidity effects are negligible.
7.1.10 Insulation Resistance Effects (IR)
7.1.10 Insulation Resistance Effects (IR)
(IR) effects, which may result in degradation of circuit insulation, are not applicable to the devices and circuits addressed by this calculation. The timers evaluated are not low-current DC devices affected by current leakage due to insulation resistance degradation.
(IR) effects, which may result in degradation of circuit insulation, are not applicable to the devices and circuits addressed by this calculation. The timers evaluated are not low-current DC devices affected by current leakage due to insulation resistance degradation.
7.1.11 Voltage Drop Voltage drop due to long wiring lengths between source and load are not applicable because the timing relays evaluated are located in the same switchgear as their power source. 7.1.12 Temperature Effects (TE)
7.1.11 Voltage Drop Voltage drop due to long wiring lengths between source and load are not applicable because the timing relays evaluated are located in the same switchgear as their power source.
Per ABB Descriptive Bulletin IB 18.7.7
7.1.12 Temperature Effects (TE)
-1G, Ref. 3.9.1, the temperature effect for an ITE 62K relay is 6% of setting over a span of 5 o - 131&#xba;F (-15 o C - +55 oC) or 0.0476% per &#xba;F. This value will be used to determine relay temperature effects.
Per ABB Descriptive Bulletin IB 18.7.7-1G, Ref. 3.9.1, the temperature effect for an ITE 62K relay is 6% of setting over a span of 5o - 131&#xba;F (-15oC - +55oC) or 0.0476%
Per ABB Descriptive Bulletin IB 18.7.7
per &#xba;F. This value will be used to determine relay temperature effects.
-4B, Ref. 3.9.2, the temperature effect for an ITE 62L relay is 4% of setting over a span of  
Per ABB Descriptive Bulletin IB 18.7.7-4B, Ref. 3.9.2, the temperature effect for an ITE 62L relay is 4% of setting over a span of -4o - 131&#xba;F (-20oC - +55oC) or 0.0296% per &#xba;F. This value will be used to determine relay temperature effects.
-4 o - 131&#xba;F (-20 o C - +55 oC) or 0.0296% per  
&#xba;F. This value will be used to determine relay temperature effects.
7.1.13 Temperature Drift Effects (TD)
7.1.13 Temperature Drift Effects (TD)
The drift analysis performed in Reference 3.14.3 is assumed to encompass all components of drift and drift effects, including drift due to temperature variations. 7.1.14 Instrument Drift Timing relay drift analysis is located in Reference 3.14.3. Expected relay drift is listed in Section 4.3 of this calculation.
The drift analysis performed in Reference 3.14.3 is assumed to encompass all components of drift and drift effects, including drift due to temperature variations.
7.2 Assumptions that require confirmation None  
7.1.14 Instrument Drift Timing relay drift analysis is located in Reference 3.14.3. Expected relay drift is listed in Section 4.3 of this calculation.
7.2 Assumptions that require confirmation None


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                     CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                      G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                      PAGE 19 OF 34 8.0 CALCULATION This section includes the following subsections used in performance of this calculation:
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
8.1)   Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.2)   Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) and Determination of Appropriate Device Uncertainty to Use 8.3)   Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties 8.4)   Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL) 8.5)   Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 8.6)   Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU) 8.7)   Calculation of Loop Drift (DL) 8.8)   Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) 8.9)   As-Left Tolerance 8.10)   As-Found Tolerance (AFT) 8.11)   Loop Tolerances 8.1     Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.1.1   Calculation of Power Supply Effects on 62-1 Time delay setting (PSRT)
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 19 OF 34 8.0 CALCULATION This section includes the following subsections used in performance of this calculation:
(Reference 3.9.1, Assumption 7.1.6)
 
PSRT = +/- 1% of Time Delay setting or +/- 5 ms
8.1) Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.2) Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) and Determination of Appropriate Device Uncertainty to Use 8.3) Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties 8.4) Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL) 8.5) Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 8.6) Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU) 8.7) Calculation of Loop Drift (D L) 8.8) Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) 8.9) As-Left Tolerance 8.10) As-Found Tolerance (AFT) 8.11) Loop Tolerances   8.1 Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.1.1 Calculation of Power Supply Effects on 62
                            = +/- (0.010
-1 Time delay setting (PS RT) (Reference 3.9.1, Assumption 7.1.6)
* 3.0) seconds (Reference 3.16.1, 3.16.2)
PS RT = +/- 1% of Time Delay setting or +/- 5 ms
                            = +/- 0.03 seconds                                               (2 Value) 8.1.2   Calculation of Power Supply Effects on 62-2 Time delay setting (PSRT)
= +/- (0.010
(Reference 3.9.1, Assumption 7.1.6)
* 3.0) seconds (Reference 3.16.1, 3.16
.2) = +/- 0.03 seconds 8.1.2 Calculation of Power Supply Effects on 62
-2 Time delay setting (PS RT) (Reference 3.9.1, Assumption 7.1.6)
Note: Relay setpoint is determined in Reference 3.14.4.
Note: Relay setpoint is determined in Reference 3.14.4.
PS RT = +/- 1% of Time Delay setting or +/- 5 ms
PSRT = +/- 1% of Time Delay setting or +/- 5 ms
= +/- (0.010
                            = +/- (0.010 *50.50) seconds
* 50.50) seconds  
                            = +/- 0.505 seconds                                             (2 Value) 8.1.3   Calculation of Power Supply Effects on 62-5 Time delay setting (PSRT)
= +/- 0.5 05 seconds   8.1.3 Calculation of Power Supply Effects on 62
(Reference 3.9.2, Assumption 7.1.6)
-5 Time delay setting (PS RT) (Reference 3.9.2, Assumption 7.1.6)


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                         CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                          PAGE 20 OF 34 PSRT = +/- 1% of Time Delay setting or +/- 5 ms
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
              = +/- (0.010
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 20 OF 34 PS RT = +/- 1% of Time Delay setting or +/- 5 ms
* 3) seconds (Reference 3.16.1, 3.16.2)
= +/- (0.010
              = +/- 0.03 seconds                                                (2 Value) 8.1.4 Calculation of Power Supply Effects on 62-6 Time delay setting (PSRT)
(Reference 3.9.2, Assumption 7.1.6)
PSRT = +/- 2% of Time Delay setting or +/- 5 ms
              = +/- (0.020
* 3) seconds (Reference 3.16.1, 3.16.2)
* 3) seconds (Reference 3.16.1, 3.16.2)
= +/- 0.03 seconds 8.1.4 Calculation of Power Supply Effects on 62
              = +/- 0.06 seconds                                                 (2 Value) 8.1.5 Calculation of Relay 62-1 Temperature Effects (TER)
-6 Time delay setting (PS RT) (Reference 3.9.2, Assumption 7.1.6)
Per Assumption 7.1.12 and Reference 3.9.1, the relay may experience a temperature effect of +/-6% (or +/-30 ms which ever is greater) over a temperature range of -15oC -
PS RT = +/- 2% of Time Delay setting or +/- 5 ms
55oC (5oF - 131oF). Assuming linearity, this yields an effect of 0.0476 %/&#xba;F. The relays are housed inside the DIV I and II switchgear which are assumed to maintain an internal temperature of 104oF to prevent condensation. Reference 3.6 also states that for 1% of the calendar year (30 hours), the temperature could be 5oF higher.
= +/- (0.020
This is considered negligible. However, the relay is calibrated in the electrical or relay shop which is assumed to be maintained at 73oF. Therefore:
* 3) seconds (Reference 3.16.1 , 3.16.2) = +/- 0.06 seconds 8.1.5 Calculation of Relay 62
TER = +/- (104oF - 73oF)/ x 0.0476% /&#xba;F
-1 Temperature Effects (TE R) Per Assumption 7.1.12 and Reference 3.9.1, the relay may experience a temperature effect of +/-6% (or +/-30 ms which ever is greater) over a temperature range of  
-15 o C - 55 oC (5 o F - 131 oF). Assuming linearity, this yields an effect of 0.0476  
%/&#xba;F. The relays are housed inside the DIV I and II switchgear which are assumed to maintain an internal temperature of 104 oF to prevent condensation. Reference 3.6 also states that for 1% of the calendar year (30 hours)
, the temperature could be 5 oF higher. This is considered negligible. However, the relay is calibrated in the electrical or relay shop which is assumed to be maintained at 73 oF. Therefore:
TE R = +/- (104 o F - 73 oF)/ x 0.0476% /&#xba;F
* 3.0 seconds
* 3.0 seconds
= +/- 1.48%
            = +/- 1.48%
* 3.0 sec.
* 3.0 sec.
= +/- 0.0444 sec 8.1.6 Calculation of Relay 62
            = +/- 0.0444 sec 8.1.6 Calculation of Relay 62-2 Temperature Effects (TER)
-2 Temperature Effects (TE R) TE R = +/- (31 oF) x 0.0476%/
TER = +/- (31oF) x 0.0476%/oF
o F
* 50.50 seconds
* 50.50 seconds = +/- 1.48%
            = +/- 1.48%
* 50.50 sec. = +/- 0.7 4 7 sec 8.1.7 Calculation of Relay 62
* 50.50 sec.
-5 Temperature Effects (TE R) TE R = +/- (31 oF) x 0.0303%/
            = +/- 0.747 sec 8.1.7 Calculation of Relay 62-5 Temperature Effects (TER)
oF
TER = +/- (31oF) x 0.0303%/oF
* 3.0 seconds
* 3.0 seconds
= +/- 1.48%
            = +/- 1.48%
* 3.0 sec.
* 3.0 sec.
= +/- 0.0444 sec 8.1.8 Calculation of Relay 62
            = +/- 0.0444 sec 8.1.8 Calculation of Relay 62-6 Temperature Effects (TER)
-6 Temperature Effects (TE R) Per Assumption 7.1.12 and Reference 3.9.2, the relay may experience a temperature effect of +/-4% over a temperature range of  
Per Assumption 7.1.12 and Reference 3.9.2, the relay may experience a temperature effect of +/-4% over a temperature range of -20oC - 55oC (-4oF - 131oF). Assuming linearity, this yields an effect of 0.0296%/oF. The relays are housed inside the DIV I and II switchgear which are assumed to maintain an internal temperature of 104oF to prevent condensation. Reference 3.6 also states that for 1% of the calendar year (30 hours), the temperature could be 5oF higher. This is considered negligible. However, the relay is calibrated in the electrical or relay shop which is assumed to be maintained at 73oF. Therefore:
-20 o C - 55 o C (-4 o F - 131 oF). Assuming linearity, this yields an effect of 0.0296%/
oF. The relays are housed inside the DIV I and II switchgear which are assumed to maintain an internal temperature of 104 oF to prevent condensation.
Reference 3.6 also states that for 1% of the calendar year (30 hours), the temperature could be 5 oF higher. This is considered negligible
. However, the relay is calibrated in the electrical or relay shop which is assumed to be maintained at 73 oF. Therefore:


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                       CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                      PAGE 21 OF 34 TER    = +/- (31oF) x 0.0296% /&#xba;F
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 21 OF 34 TE R = +/- (31 oF) x 0.0296
% /&#xba;F
* 3.0 seconds
* 3.0 seconds
= +/- 0.919%
                  = +/- 0.919%
* 3.0 sec.
* 3.0 sec.
= +/- 0.02757 sec 8.2 Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) & Determination of Appropriate Device Uncertainty 8.2.1 Time Delay Relay 62
                  = +/- 0.02757 sec 8.2 Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) & Determination of Appropriate Device Uncertainty 8.2.1 Time Delay Relay 62-1 Reference Accuracy for Time Delay Setting (RART)
-1 Reference Accuracy for Time Delay Setting (RA RT) RA RT = +/- 1% of Time Delay setting
RART    = +/- 1% of Time Delay setting
= +/- 0.01
                    = +/- 0.01
* 3.0 seconds
* 3.0 seconds
= +/- 0.03 seconds 8.2.2 Time Delay Relay 62
                    = +/- 0.03 seconds                                         (2 Value) 8.2.2 Time Delay Relay 62-2 Reference Accuracy for Time Delay Setting (RART)
-2 Reference Accuracy for Time Delay Setting (RA RT) RA RT = +/- 1% of Time Delay setting
RART    = +/- 1% of Time Delay setting
= +/- 0.01
                    = +/- 0.01
* 50.50 seconds = +/- 0.5 05 seconds 8.2.3 Time Delay Relay 62
* 50.50 seconds
-5 Reference Accuracy for Time Delay Setting (RA RT) RA RT = +/- 1% of Time Delay setting
                    = +/- 0.505 seconds                                         (2 Value) 8.2.3 Time Delay Relay 62-5 Reference Accuracy for Time Delay Setting (RART)
= +/- 0.01
RART    = +/- 1% of Time Delay setting
                    = +/- 0.01
* 3.0 seconds
* 3.0 seconds
= +/- 0.030 seconds 8.2.4 Time Delay Relay 62
                    = +/- 0.030 seconds                                         (2 Value) 8.2.4 Time Delay Relay 62-6 Reference Accuracy for Time Delay Setting (RART)
-6 Reference Accuracy for Time Delay Setting (RA RT) RA RT = +/- 2% of Time Delay setting
RART    = +/- 2% of Time Delay setting
= +/- 0.02
                    = +/- 0.02
* 3.0 seconds
* 3.0 seconds
= +/- 0.06 seconds 8.3 Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties (Reference 3.2) 8.3.1 Device Uncertainty Relay 62
                    = +/- 0.06 seconds                                         (2 Value) 8.3 Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties (Reference 3.2) 8.3.1 Device Uncertainty Relay 62-1 Time Delay Setting (ART)
-1 Time Delay Setting (A RT) (Sections 8.2.3, 8.1.3, 8.1.5)
(Sections 8.2.3, 8.1.3, 8.1.5)
A RT = +/- [(RA RT)2 + (PS RT)2 + (TE RT)2]1/2 = +/- [(0.03)2 + (0.03)2 + (0.0444) 2]1/2 seconds = +/- 0.0614 seconds 8.3.2 Device Uncertainty Relay 62
ART = +/- [(RART)2 + (PSRT)2 + (TERT)2]1/2
-2 Time Delay Setting (A RT) (Sections 8.2.3, 8.1.3, 8.1.5)
                = +/- [(0.03)2 + (0.03)2 + (0.0444)2]1/2 seconds
A RT = +/- [(RA RT)2 + (PS RT)2 + (TE RT)2]1/2 = +/- [(0.505)2 + (0.505)2 + (0.7 4 7)2]1/2 seconds = +/- 1.0 3 3 seconds  
                = +/- 0.0614 seconds                                           (2 value) 8.3.2 Device Uncertainty Relay 62-2 Time Delay Setting (ART)
(Sections 8.2.3, 8.1.3, 8.1.5)
ART = +/- [(RART)2 + (PSRT)2 + (TERT)2]1/2
                = +/- [(0.505)2 + (0.505)2 + (0.747)2]1/2 seconds
                = +/- 1.033 seconds                                             (2 value)


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                         CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                        PAGE 22 OF 34 8.3.3   Device Uncertainty Relay 62-5 Time Delay Setting (ART)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
(Sections 8.2.3, 8.1.3, 8.1.5)
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 22 OF 34 8.3.3 Device Uncertainty Relay 62
ART = +/- [(RART)2 + (PSRT)2 + (TERT)2]1/2
-5 Time Delay Setting (A RT) (Sections 8.2.3, 8.1.3, 8.1.5)
                  = +/- [(0.03)2 + (0.03)2 + (0.0444)2]1/2 seconds
A RT = +/- [(RA RT)2 + (PS RT)2 + (TE RT)2]1/2 = +/- [(0.03)2 + (0.03)2 + (0.0444)2]1/2 seconds = +/- 0.0614 seconds 8.3.4 Device Uncertainty Relay 62
                  = +/- 0.0614 seconds                                               (2 value) 8.3.4   Device Uncertainty Relay 62-6 Time Delay Setting (ART)
-6 Time Delay Setting (A RT) (Sections 8.2.3, 8.1.3, 8.1.5)
(Sections 8.2.3, 8.1.3, 8.1.5)
A RT = +/- [(RA RT)2 + (PS RT)2 + (TE RT)2]1/2 = +/- [(0.06)2 + (0.06)2 + (0.02757) 2]1/2 seconds = +/- 0.0892 seconds 8.4 Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (C L) Per references 3.2 and 3.3, loop calibration effects are defined as:
ART = +/- [(RART)2 + (PSRT)2 + (TERT)2]1/2
C L = +/- [(MTE L)2 + (CT L)2]1/2 T h e CT L for 62-2 Time Delay Setting is set to the loop as left tolerance (ALT L) in section 8.11.1 as required by License Amendment Request (LAR) 2011
                  = +/- [(0.06)2 + (0.06)2 + (0.02757)2]1/2 seconds
-05. For the remaining loops the CT L is set to the procedural as
                  = +/- 0.0892 seconds                                               (2 value) 8.4 Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL)
-left band (PALB). 8.4.1 Calculation of Loop Calibration Effects for the 62
Per references 3.2 and 3.3, loop calibration effects are defined as:
-1 Time Delay Setting (C L T) (Sections 3.9.2, 3.9.3, 8.4.1.1, 3.11.1, 3.11.2 , 3.11.3, 3.11.4
CL = +/- [(MTEL)2 + (CTL)2]1/2 The CTL for 62-2 Time Delay Setting is set to the loop as left tolerance (ALTL) in section 8.11.1 as required by License Amendment Request (LAR) 2011-05. For the remaining loops the CTL is set to the procedural as-left band (PALB).
)  C L T = +/- [(MTE L)2 + (CT L)2]1/2 CT L = PALB selected = 0.2
8.4.1   Calculation of Loop Calibration Effects for the 62-1 Time Delay Setting (CLT)
= +/- [(4.15 x 10
(Sections 3.9.2, 3.9.3, 8.4.1.1, 3.11.1, 3.11.2, 3.11.3, 3.11.4)
-3)2 + 0.2 2]1/2 VAC = +/- 0.2 seconds 8.4.1.1 Measuring and Test Equipment Effects  
CLT = +/- [(MTEL)2 + (CTL)2]1/2                       CTL = PALB selected = 0.2
- Relay Time Setting (MTE L) Measurement & Test Equipment (MTE L) effects are defined from Reference 3.2 as:
                  = +/- [(4.15 x 10-3)2 + 0.22]1/2 VAC
MTE LV = +/- [(MTERAT)2 + (MTERIT)2 + (MTETET)2 + (MTECST)2]1/2 Where: MTERAT = The reference accuracy of the M&TE being utilized. Epoch 40 Aux. Timer and DC voltage/current unit has a timer accuracy of 0.005% or one digit on the min. 99.9999 range. Using 57.8 x 0.00005 =2.89x10
                  = +/- 0.2 seconds 8.4.1.1     Measuring and Test Equipment Effects - Relay Time Setting (MTEL)
-3 seconds. MTETET = Temperature effect on the M&TE being utilized. The Epoch 40 operating range is 0 o to 50 oC with no temperature coefficient given. The total timer accuracy of 0.005% is conservatively assumed or 2.89x10
Measurement & Test Equipment (MTEL) effects are defined from Reference 3.2 as:
-3 seconds (Reference 3.2).
MTELV      = +/- [(MTERAT)2 + (MTERIT)2 + (MTETET)2 + (MTECST)2]1/2 Where:
MTERAT = The reference accuracy of the M&TE being utilized. Epoch 40 Aux.
Timer and DC voltage/current unit has a timer accuracy of 0.005% or one digit on the min. 99.9999 range. Using 57.8 x 0.00005 =2.89x10-3 seconds.
MTETET = Temperature effect on the M&TE being utilized. The Epoch 40 operating range is 0o to 50oC with no temperature coefficient given. The total timer accuracy of 0.005% is conservatively assumed or 2.89x10-3 seconds (Reference 3.2).


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                         CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                        PAGE 23 OF 34 MTERIT = Assumed to be 0 as all M&TE used are digital with at least 2 digits of resolution. (Reference 3.2)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
MTECST = Assumed equal to 1/4 the Reference Accuracy of the time delay function of the relay time delay function = 0.005%/4 seconds (per Reference 3.2).
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 23 OF 34 MTERIT = Assumed to be 0 as all M&TE used are digital with at least 2 digits of resolution. (Reference 3.2)
MTEL      = +/- [(MTERART)2 + (MTERIRT)2 + (MTETERT)2 + (MTECSRT)2]1/2
M TECST = Assumed equal to 1/4 the Reference Accuracy of the time delay function of the relay time delay function = 0.005%/4 seconds (per Reference 3.2).
                    = +/- [(2.89x10-3)2 + (0)2 + (2.89x10-3)2 + (7.23 x10-4)2]1/2
MTE L = +/- [(MTERART)2 + (MTERIRT)2 + (MTETERT)2 + (MTECSRT)2]1/2 = +/- [(2.89x10
                    = +/- 4.15 x 10-3 seconds with worse case time delay,             (2 Value)
-3)2 + (0)2 + (2.89x10
This value will be conservatively used for all the relays.
-3)2 + (7.23 x10
8.4.2   Calculation of Loop Calibration Effects for the 62-2 Time Delay Setting (CLT)
-4)2]1/2 = +/- 4.15 x 10
CLT  = +/- [(MTEL)2 + (CTL)2]1/2                           CTL = ALTL = 0.51
-3 seconds with worse case time delay, This value will be conservatively used for all the relays.
                  = +/- [(4.15 x 10-3)2 + 0.512]1/2 seconds
8.4.2 Calculation of Loop Calibration Effects for the 62
                  = +/- 0.51 seconds 8.4.3   Calculation of Loop Calibration Effects for the 62-5 Time Delay Setting (CLT)
-2 Time Delay Setting (C LT) C LT = +/- [(MTE L)2 + (CT L)2]1/2 CT L = ALT L = 0.51 = +/- [(4.15 x 10-3)2 + 0.51 2]1/2 seconds = +/- 0.51 seconds 8.4.3 Calculation of Loop Calibration Effects for the 62
CLT  = +/- [(MTEL)2 + (CTL)2]1/2                           CTL = PALB = 0.3
-5 Time Delay Setting (C LT) C LT = +/- [(MTE L)2 + (CT L)2]1/2 CT L = PALB = 0.
                  = +/- [(4.15 x 10-3)2 + 0.32]1/2 seconds
3 = +/- [(4.15 x 10
                  = +/- 0.3 seconds 8.4.4   Calculation of Loop Calibration Effects for the 62-6 Time Delay Setting (CLT)
-3)2 + 0.3 2]1/2 seconds = +/- 0.3 seconds 8.4.4 Calculation of Loop Calibration Effects for the 62
CLT  = +/- [(MTEL)2 + (CTL)2]1/2 2                         CTL = PALB = 0.3
-6 Time Delay Setting (C LT) C LT = +/- [(MTE L)2 + (CT L)2]1/2 2 CT L = PALB = 0.
                  = +/- [(4.15 x 10-3)2 + 0.32]1//2 seconds
3 = +/- [(4.15 x 10
                  = +/- 0.3 seconds 8.5 Calculation of insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 0 per Assumption 7.1.10 8.6 Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU) 8.6.1   Loop Uncertainty for Time Delay 62-1 Setting (LUT)
-3)2 + 0.3 2]1//2 seconds = +/- 0.3 seconds 8.5 Calculation of insulation Resistance Effects (I R) 0 per Assumption 7.1.10 8.6 Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU) 8.6.1 Loop Uncertainty for Time Delay 62
Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
-1 Setting (LU T) Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
LUT = +/- (m/n)[(ART)2 + (CLT)2]1/2 Where:     m   =   The number of standard deviations required to encompass 95%
LU T = +/- (m/n)[(A RT)2 + (C LT)2]1/2 Where: m = The number of standard deviations required to encompass 95% of the area under the curve for a normal distribution either one or two sided. 1.645 corresponds to a one sided confidence while 2.00 corresponds to a two sided confidence.
of the area under the curve for a normal distribution either one or two sided. 1.645 corresponds to a one sided confidence while 2.00 corresponds to a two sided confidence.
n = The number of standard deviations used in specifying the individual components of uncertainty
n   =   The number of standard deviations used in specifying the individual components of uncertainty
= +/- (2.0/2) [(0.06) 2 + (0.2)2]1/2 = +/- 0.209 seconds While a one sided distribution may be used, a two sided is used in this calculation for added conservatism.
                            =   +/- (2.0/2) [(0.06)2 + (0.2)2]1/2
                            =   +/- 0.209 seconds While a one sided distribution may be used, a two sided is used in this calculation for added conservatism.


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                       CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                        PAGE 24 OF 34 8.6.2 Loop Uncertainty for Time Delay 62-2 Setting (LUT)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 24 OF 34 8.6.2 Loop Uncertainty for Time Delay 62
LUT    = +/- (m/n)[(ART)2 + (CLT)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)
-2 Setting (LU T) Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
                  = +/- (2.0/2)[(1.033)2 + (0.51)2]1/2 +/- 1.763
LU T = +/- (m/n)[(A RT)2 + (C LT)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)
                  = +/- 2.915 seconds Note:   The transformer uncertainty is not applicable to the time delay function of the relay.
= +/- (2.0/2)[(1.
8.6.3 Loop Uncertainty for Time Delay 62-5 Setting (LUT)
03 3)2 + (0.51)2]1/2 +/- 1.7 63 = +/- 2.9 15 seconds Note: The transformer uncertainty is not applicable to the time delay function of the relay.
Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
8.6.3 Loop Uncertainty for Time Delay 62
LUT    = +/- (m/n)[(ART)2 + (CLT)2]1/2
-5 Setting (LU T) Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
                  = +/- (2.0/2)[(0.06)2 + (0.3)2]1/2
LU T = +/- (m/n)[(A RT)2 + (C LT)2]1/2 = +/- (2.0/2)[(0.06) 2 + (0.3)2]1/2 = +/- 0.306 seconds 8.6.4 Loop Uncertainty for Time Delay 62
                  = +/- 0.306 seconds 8.6.4 Loop Uncertainty for Time Delay 62-6 Setting (LUT)
-6 Setting (LU T) Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
LU T = +/- (m/n)[(A RT)2 + (C LT)2]1/2 = +/- (2.0/2)[(0.089) 2 + (0.3)2]1/2 = +/- 0.313 seconds 8.7 Calculation of Loop Drift (DL) 8.7.1 Transformer Temperature Drift Effects (TD T) 0 for the time delay function. 8.7.2 Relay Temperature Drift Effects (TD R) 0 for the time delay function.
LUT    = +/- (m/n)[(ART)2 + (CLT)2]1/2
8.7.3 Relay Drift (DR RV) 8.7.3.1 Relay 62-1 Drift for Time Delay Setting (DR RT) (Assumption 7.1.14)
                  = +/- (2.0/2)[(0.089)2 + (0.3)2]1/2
. DR RT = +/-2.072% Setpoint
                  = +/- 0.313 seconds 8.7 Calculation of Loop Drift (DL) 8.7.1 Transformer Temperature Drift Effects (TDT) 0 for the time delay function.
= +/-2.072% (3.0 sec.)
8.7.2   Relay Temperature Drift Effects (TDR) 0 for the time delay function.
= +/-0.0 7 seconds (+/-0.062 conservatively rounded up to +/-0.0 7) As there are no other components of drift to be considered for the relay time delay setting, Loop drift for the time delay setting (DR LT) = DR RT. 8.7.3.2 Relay 62-2 Drift for Time Delay Setting (DR RT) (Assumption 7.1.14)
8.7.3 Relay Drift (DRRV) 8.7.3.1 Relay 62-1 Drift for Time Delay Setting (DRRT) (Assumption 7.1.14).
. DR RT = +/-2.072% Setpoint
DRRT    = +/-2.072% Setpoint
= +/-2.072% (50.50 sec.) = +/-1.0 5 seconds  
                            = +/-2.072% (3.0 sec.)
                            = +/-0.07 seconds (+/-0.062 conservatively rounded up to +/-0.07)
As there are no other components of drift to be considered for the relay time delay setting, Loop drift for the time delay setting (DRLT) = DRRT.
8.7.3.2 Relay 62-2 Drift for Time Delay Setting (DRRT) (Assumption 7.1.14).
DRRT    = +/-2.072% Setpoint
                            = +/-2.072% (50.50 sec.)
                            = +/-1.05 seconds


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                       CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                      PAGE 25 OF 34 As there are no other components of drift to be considered for the relay time delay setting, Loop drift for the time delay setting (DRLT) = DRRT.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
8.7.3.3 Relay 62-5 Drift for Time Delay Setting (DRRT) (Assumption 7.1.14).
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 25 OF 34 As there are no other components of drift to be considered for the relay time delay setting, Loop drift for the time delay setting (DR LT) = DR RT. 8.7.3.3 Relay 62-5 Drift for Time Delay Setting (DR RT) (Assumption 7.1.14)
DRRT    = +/-2.072% Setpoint
. DR RT = +/-2.072% Setpoint
                          = +/-2.072% (3.0 sec.)
= +/-2.072% (3.0 sec.)
                          = +/-0.07 seconds (+/-0.062 conservatively rounded up to +/-0.07)
= +/-0.07 seconds
As there are no other components of drift to be considered for the relay time delay setting, Loop drift for the time delay setting (DRLT) = DRRT.
(+/-0.062 conservatively rounded up to +/-0.0 7) As there are no other components of drift to be considered for the relay time delay setting, Loop drift for the time delay setting (DR LT) = DR RT. 8.7.3.4 Relay 62-6 Drift for Time Delay Setting (DR RT) (Assumption 7.1.14)
8.7.3.4 Relay 62-6 Drift for Time Delay Setting (DRRT) (Assumption 7.1.14).
. DR RT = +/-2.072% Setpoint
DRRT    = +/-2.072% Setpoint
= +/-2.072% (3.0 sec.)
                          = +/-2.072% (3.0 sec.)
= +/-0.07 seconds
                          = +/-0.07 seconds (+/-0.062 conservatively rounded up to +/-0.07)
(+/-0.062 conservatively rounded up to +/-0.0 7) As there are no other components of drift to be considered for the relay time delay setting, Loop drift for the time delay setting (DR LT) = DR RT. 8.8 Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) 8.8.1 Total Loop Uncertainty 1 Time Delay Setting (TLU T) Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Total Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
As there are no other components of drift to be considered for the relay time delay setting, Loop drift for the time delay setting (DRLT) = DRRT.
TLU T = +/- (m/n) [(A RT)2 + (C LT)2 + (DR LT)2]1/2 = +/- (2.0/2) [(0.06) 2 + (0.2)2+ (0.07)2]1/2 = +/- 0.22 1 seconds (+/-0.220 2 conservatively rounded up to +/-0.221) 8.8.2 Total Loop Uncertainty 2 Time Delay Setting (TLU T) Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Total Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
8.8 Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) 8.8.1 Total Loop Uncertainty 1 Time Delay Setting (TLUT)
TLU T = +/- (m/n) [(A RT)2 + (C LT)2 + (DR LT)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)
Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Total Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
= +/- (2.0/2) [(1.
TLUT = +/- (m/n) [(ART)2 + (CLT)2 + (DRLT)2]1/2
03 3)2 + (0.51)2+ (1.05)2]1/2 +/- 1.879 = +/- 3.4 38 seconds 8.8.3 Total Loop Uncertainty 5 Time Delay Setting (TLU T) Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Total Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
                  = +/- (2.0/2) [(0.06)2 + (0.2)2+ (0.07)2]1/2
TLU T = +/- (m/n) [(A RT)2 + (C LT)2 + (DR LT)2]1/2 = +/- (2.0/2) [(0.06) 2 + (0.3)2+ (0.07)2]1/2 = +/- 0.314 seconds 8.8.4 Total Loop Uncertainty 6 Time Delay Setting (TLU T) Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Total Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
                  = +/- 0.221 seconds (+/-0.2202 conservatively rounded up to +/-0.221) 8.8.2 Total Loop Uncertainty 2 Time Delay Setting (TLUT)
TLU T = +/- (m/n) [(A RT)2 + (C LT)2 + (DR LT)2]1/2 = +/- (2.0/2) [(0.089) 2 + (0.3)2+ (0.07)2]1/2 = +/- 0.321 seconds
Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Total Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
TLUT = +/- (m/n) [(ART)2 + (CLT)2 + (DRLT)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)
                  = +/- (2.0/2) [(1.033)2 + (0.51)2+ (1.05)2]1/2 +/- 1.879
                  = +/- 3.438 seconds 8.8.3 Total Loop Uncertainty 5 Time Delay Setting (TLUT)
Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Total Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
TLUT = +/- (m/n) [(ART)2 + (CLT)2 + (DRLT)2]1/2
                  = +/- (2.0/2) [(0.06)2 + (0.3)2+ (0.07)2]1/2
                  = +/- 0.314 seconds 8.8.4 Total Loop Uncertainty 6 Time Delay Setting (TLUT)
Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Total Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
TLUT = +/- (m/n) [(ART)2 + (CLT)2 + (DRLT)2]1/2
                  = +/- (2.0/2) [(0.089)2 + (0.3)2+ (0.07)2]1/2
                  = +/- 0.321 seconds


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                     CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                    G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                    PAGE 26 OF 34 Note: The transformer uncertainty is not applicable to the time delay function of the undervoltage relay.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Summary of Calculation Data Time Delay                             Time Delay Terms Device 1                               Device 2 Values                 Ref             Values             Ref Model                                       ITE 62K                   N/A           ITE 62L               N/A 3.10.6 0.2 to 4.0 sec             3.10.7                             3.10.8 Input Range                                                                        1 to 30 sec     -
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 26 OF 34 Note: The transformer uncertainty is not applicable to the time delay function of the undervoltage relay.
0 to 100 sec              3.10.8                             3.10.9 3.10.9 Process Units                               Seconds           -     N/A           Seconds               N/A Voltage Input Range                     -20% to +10%           -     3.9.1       -20% to +10%       -   3.9.2 Input Range                                   N/A             -     N/A               N/A         -     N/A Process Units                               Seconds           -     3.9.1         Seconds         -   3.9.2 Reference Accuracy (RA)                 +/-1% of Setting.       -     3.9.1     +/- 2% of Setting. 2   3.9.2 Greater of +/- 6% of Temperature Effect (TE)                                        2     3.9.1     +/- 4% of Setting     2   3.9.2 Setting or +/- 30ms.
Summary of Calculation Data Terms Time Delay Device 1 Time Delay Device 2   Values Ref Values Ref Model ITE 62K N/A ITE 62L N/A Input Range 0.2 to 4.0 sec 0 to 100 sec 3.10.6 3.10.7 3.10.8 3.10.9 1 to 30 sec
Seismic Effects (SE)                         N/A             2     7.1.4             N/A         -   7.1.4 Radiation Effect (RE)                         N/A             -     7.1.5             N/A         -   7.1.5
- 3.10.8 3.10.9 Process Units Seconds - N/A Seconds N/A Voltage Input Range -20% to +10%
                                            +/-0.07                  8.7.3.1 Timing Relay Drift (DR)                                       2                      +/-0.07         2
- 3.9.1 -20% to +10%
                                            +/-1.05                   8.7.3.2                             8.7.3.4 Temperature Drift Effect (TD)                 N/A             2     7.1.13             N/A         -   7.1.13 Radiation Drift Effect (RD)                   N/A             -     7.1.5             N/A         -   7.1.5
- 3.9.2 Input Range N/A - N/A N/A - N/A Process Units Seconds - 3.9.1 Seconds - 3.9.2 Reference Accuracy (RA)
                                                                              +/ Greater of +/-2%
+/-1% of Setting.
                                    +/ Greater of +/-1% of Power Supply Effect (PS)                                      -     3.9.1     of Setting or +/-   2    3.9.2 Setting or +/- 5ms.
- 3.9.1 +/- 2% of Setting.
5ms.
2 3.9.2 Temperature Effect (TE)
Humidity Effects (HE)                         N/A             2     7.1.9             N/A         -   7.1.9 Static Pressure Effect (SP)                   N/A             -     7.1.8             N/A         -   7.1.8 Process Measurement Effect N/A             -     7.1.7             N/A         -   7.1.7 (PM)
Greater of +/- 6% of Setting or +/- 30ms. 2 3.9.1 +/- 4% of Setting 2 3.9.2 Seismic Effects (SE)
Insulation Resistance Effect (IR)             N/A             -     7.1.10             N/A         -   7.1.10 Zero Effect (ZE)                             N/A             -     7.1.3             N/A         -   7.1.3
N/A 2 7.1.4 N/A - 7.1.4 Radiation Effect (RE)
N/A - 7.1.5 N/A - 7.1.5 Timing Relay Drift (DR)
+/-0.07 +/-1.05 2 8.7.3.1 8.7.3.2 +/-0.07 2  8.7.3.4 Temperature Drift Effect (TD)
N/A 2 7.1.13 N/A - 7.1.13 Radiation Drift Effect (RD)
N/A - 7.1.5 N/A - 7.1.5 Power Supply Effect (PS)
+/ Greater of +/-1% of Setting or +/
- 5ms. - 3.9.1 +/ Greater of +/-2% of Setting or +/
- 5ms. 2 3.9.2  Humidity Effects (HE)
N/A 2 7.1.9 N/A - 7.1.9 Static Pressure Effect (SP)
N/A - 7.1.8 N/A - 7.1.8 Process Measurement Effect (PM) N/A - 7.1.7 N/A - 7.1.7 Insulation Resistance Effect (IR)
N/A - 7.1.10 N/A - 7.1.10 Zero Effect (ZE)
N/A - 7.1.3 N/A - 7.1.3  


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                       CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                      G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                      PAGE 27 OF 34 8.9 As-Left Tolerance Note: For the purposes of calculating ALT, the actual MTE value, MTE L is used.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
ALTRT - Time Delay Relay Calculation 8.9.1 Time Delay Relay 62-2 As Left Tolerance for Time Delay Setting (ALTRT)
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 27 OF 34 8.9 As-Left Tolerance Note: For the purposes of calculating ALT, the actual MTE value, MTE L is used. ALT R T - Time Delay Relay Calculation 8.9.1 Time Delay Relay 62
MTEL =           +/- 4.15 x 10-3 seconds ALTRT = +/- SRSS (RART, MTEL)
-2 As Left Tolerance for Time Delay Setting (ALT RT) MTE L = +/- 4.1 5 x 10-3 seconds ALT R T = +/- SRSS (RA R T, MTE L) = +/- SRSS (0.
                    = +/- SRSS (0.505, 0. 00415) seconds
505 , 0. 00 41 5) seco nds  = +/- 0.51 seconds   8.10 As-Found Tolerance (AFT)
                    = +/- 0.51 seconds 8.10 As-Found Tolerance (AFT)
AFT R T- Time Delay Relay Calculation For calculating AFT R, the actual MTE value is used:
AFTRT- Time Delay Relay Calculation For calculating AFTR, the actual MTE value is used:
8.10.1 Time Delay Relay 62
8.10.1 Time Delay Relay 62-2 As Found Tolerance for Time Delay Setting (AFTRT)
-2 As Found Tolerance for Time Delay Setting (AFT RT) Since drift (DR RT) was determined using plant specific as
Since drift (DRRT) was determined using plant specific as-found/as-left calibration data:
-found/as-left calibration data
AFTRT =     DRRT
: AFT R T = DR R T  = +/-1.05 seconds 8.11 Loop Tolerances 8.11.1 Time Delay Relay 62
                    =   +/-1.05 seconds 8.11 Loop Tolerances 8.11.1 Time Delay Relay 62-2 Loop Tolerance for Time Delay Setting ALTL - As-Left Loop Tolerance ALTL            =   +/- SRSS (ALTRT)
-2 Loop Tolerance for Time Delay Setting ALT L - As-Left Loop Tolerance ALT L = +/- SRSS (ALT R T) = +/- SRSS (0.5 1) seconds = +/- 0.5 1 seconds AFT L - As-Found Loop Tolerance AFT L = +/-SRSS (AFT R T) = +/-SRSS (1.05) seconds = +/- 1.05 seconds
                            =   +/- SRSS (0.51) seconds
                            =   +/- 0.51 seconds AFTL - As-Found Loop Tolerance AFTL            =   +/-SRSS (AFTRT)
                            =   +/-SRSS (1.05) seconds
                            =   +/- 1.05 seconds


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                   CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                    G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                  PAGE 28 OF 34 Summary of Calibration Tolerances Time Delay Relay 62-2 As Left Tolerance (ALTRT)                     +/- 0.51 seconds Time Delay Relay 62-2 As Found Tolerance (AFTRT)                     +/- 1.05 seconds Time Delay Relay 62-2 As Left Loop Tolerance (ALTL)                 +/- 0.51 seconds Time Delay Relay 62-2 As Found Loop Tolerance (AFTL)                 +/- 1.05 seconds
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 28 OF 34   Summary of Calibration Tolerances Time Delay Relay 62
-2 As Left Tolerance (ALT R T) +/- 0.5 1 seconds Time Delay Relay 62
-2 As Found Tolerance (AFT R T) +/- 1.05 seconds Time Delay Relay 62
-2 As Left Loop Tolerance (ALT L) +/- 0.5 1 seconds Time Delay Relay 62
-2 As Found Loop Tolerance (AFT L) +/- 1.05 seconds


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION               CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                PAGE 29 OF 34 9.0 APPLICABLE MARK NUMBERS Model                 Relay Mark Numbers Div. I               Div. II ITE 62K     ENS-SWG1A-62-1       ENS-SWG1B-62-1       Sustained Undervoltage Short Time Delay ITE 62K     ENS-SWG1A-62-2       ENS-SWG1B-62-2       Degraded Voltage Long Time Delay ITE 62K     ENS-SWG1A-62-5       ENS-SWG1B-62-5       LOCA 3 second Time Retention ITE 62L     ENS-SWG1A-62-6       ENS-SWG1B-62-6       Degraded Undervoltage Short Time Delay
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*0 0 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 29 OF 34 9.0 APPLICABLE MARK NUMBERS Model Relay Mark Numbers Div. I Div. II   ITE 62K ENS-SWG1A-62-1 ENS-SWG1B-62-1 Sustained Undervoltage Short Time Delay ITE 62K ENS-SWG1A-62-2 ENS-SWG1B-62-2 Degraded Voltage Long Time Delay ITE 62K ENS-SWG1A-62-5 ENS-SWG1B-62-5 LOCA 3 second Time Retention ITE 62L ENS-SWG1A-62-6 ENS-SWG1B-62-6 Degraded Undervoltage Short Time Delay ATTACHMENT 1 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*00 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 30 OF  34 ATTACHMENT 9.1  DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE Sheet 1 of 1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE ANO-1  ANO-2  IP-2  IP-3  JAF  PLP  PNPS  VY  GGNS  RBS  W3  NP Document No.
G13.18.6.2
-ENS*006 Revision No.
00 2 Page 1 of 4 Title: Loop Uncertainty Determination for Div I and II Under Voltage Time Delay Relays - ABB Model 62K and 62L Time Delay Relays Quality Related Augmented Quality Related DV Method:
Design Review Alternate Calculation Qualification Testing


VERIFICATION REQUIRED DISCIPLINE VERIFICATION COMPLETE AND COMMENTS RESOLVED (DV print, sign, and date)
SETPOINT CALCULATION                          CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                        PAGE 30 OF 34 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.1                                                                  DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE Sheet 1 of 1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE ANO-1            ANO-2                IP-2                IP-3              JAF                    PLP PNPS            VY                  GGNS                RBS                W3                    NP Revision No.
Electrical Robin Smith
Document No. G13.18.6.2-ENS*006                                                              Page 1 of 4 002 Title:  Loop Uncertainty Determination for Div I and II Under Voltage Time Delay Relays - ABB Model 62K and 62L Time Delay Relays Quality Related            Augmented Quality Related DV Method:              Design Review              Alternate Calculation              Qualification Testing VERIFICATION REQUIRED                     DISCIPLINE                   VERIFICATION COMPLETE AND COMMENTS RESOLVED (DV print, sign, and date)
/ See AS for signature & date Mechanical Instrument and Control Civil/Structural Nuclear       Originator:
Electrical         Robin Smith / See AS for signature & date Mechanical Instrument and Control Civil/Structural Nuclear Originator:           Mary Coffaro / See AS for signature & date Print/Sign/Date After Comments Have Been Resolved
Mary Coffaro
/ See AS for signature & date Print/Sign/Date After Comments Have Been Resolved


ATTACHMENT 1 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                           CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                            G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                          PAGE 31 OF 34 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6                                                                           DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 1 of 3 IDENTIFICATION:                                                                                   DISCIPLINE:
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Document Title:   Loop Uncertainty Determination for Div I and II Under Voltage Time Civil/Structural Delay Relays - ABB Model 62K and 62L Time Delay Relays Electrical Doc. No.:                 G13.18.6.2-ENS*006                     Rev. 002  QA Cat.
-ENS*00 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 31 OF 34 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 1 of 3 IDENTIFICATION:
Robin Smith / See AS for signature & date                                 I&C Verifier:                          Print                   Sign                     Date           Mechanical Manager authorization                                                                                 Nuclear for supervisor Other performing Verification.
DISCIPLINE:
N/A Print                 Sign               Date METHOD OF VERIFICATION:
Civil/Structural Electrical I & C Mechanical Nuclear Other Document Title: Loop Uncertainty Determination for Div I and II Under Voltage Time Delay Relays  
Design Review                                 Alternate Calculations                     Qualification Test The following basic questions are addressed as applicable, during the performance of any design verification. These questions are based on the requirements of ANSI N45.2.11 - 1974.
- ABB Model 62K and 62L Time Delay Relays Doc. No.: G13.18.6.2
NOTE The reviewer can use the Comments/Continuation sheet at the end for entering any comment/resolution along with the appropriate question number. Additional items with new question numbers can also be entered.
-ENS*006 Rev. 00 2 QA Cat. Verifier: Robin Smith
: 1.       Design Inputs - Were the inputs correctly selected and incorporated into the design?
/ See AS for signature & date Print Sign Date Manager authorization for supervisor performing Verification.
(Design inputs include design bases, plant operational conditions, performance requirements, regulatory requirements and commitments, codes, standards, field data, etc. All information used as design inputs should have been reviewed and approved by the responsible design organization, as applicable.
N/A           Print Sign Date METHOD OF VERIFICATION:
All inputs need to be retrievable or excerpts of documents used should be attached.
Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Test The following basic questions are addressed as applicable, during the performance of any design verification. These questions are based on the requirements of ANSI N45.2.11  
- 1974. NOTE The reviewer can use the "Comments/Continuation sheet" at the end for entering any comment/resolution along with the appropriate question number. Additional items with new question numbers can also be entered.
: 1. Design Inputs  
- Were the inputs correctly selected and incorporated into the design?
(Design inputs include design bases, plant operational conditions, performance requirements, regulatory requirements and commitments, codes, standards, field data, etc. All information used as design inputs should have been reviewed and approved by the responsible design organization, as applicable
. All inputs need to be retrievable or excerpts of documents used should be attached.
See site specific design input procedures for guidance in identifying inputs.)
See site specific design input procedures for guidance in identifying inputs.)
Yes No N/A   2. Assumptions  
Yes               No                 N/A
- Are assumptions necessary to perform the design activity adequately described and reasonable? Where necessary, are assumptions identified for subsequent re
: 2.       Assumptions - Are assumptions necessary to perform the design activity adequately described and reasonable?
-verification when the detailed activities are completed? Are the latest applicable revisions of design documents utilized?
Where necessary, are assumptions identified for subsequent re-verification when the detailed activities are completed? Are the latest applicable revisions of design documents utilized?
Yes No N/A   3. Quality Assurance  
Yes               No                 N/A
- Are the appropriate quality and quality assurance requirements specified?
: 3.       Quality Assurance - Are the appropriate quality and quality assurance requirements specified?
Yes No N/A ATTACHMENT 1 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
Yes               No                 N/A
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
 
-ENS*00 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 32 OF 34 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 2 of 3 4. Codes, Standards and Regulatory Requirements  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                           CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                            G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                          PAGE 32 OF 34 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6                                                                         DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 2 of 3
- Are the applicable codes, standards and regulatory requirements, including issue and addenda properly identified and are their requirements for design met?
: 4.       Codes, Standards and Regulatory Requirements - Are the applicable codes, standards and regulatory requirements, including issue and addenda properly identified and are their requirements for design met?
Yes No N/A   5. Construction and Operating Experience  
Yes               No               N/A
- Have applicable construction and operating experience been considered?
: 5.       Construction and Operating Experience - Have applicable construction and operating experience been considered?
Yes No N/A   6. Interfaces  
Yes               No               N/A
- Have the design interface requirements been satisfied and documented?
: 6.       Interfaces - Have the design interface requirements been satisfied and documented?
Yes No N/A   7. Methods - Was an appropriate design or analytical (for calculations) method used?
Yes               No               N/A
Yes No N/A   8. Design Outputs  
: 7.       Methods - Was an appropriate design or analytical (for calculations) method used?
- Is the output reasonable compared to the inputs?
Yes               No               N/A
Yes No N/A   9. Parts, Equipment and Processes  
: 8.       Design Outputs - Is the output reasonable compared to the inputs?
- Are the specified parts, equipment, and processes suitable for the required application?
Yes               No               N/A
Yes No N/A   10. Materials Compatibility  
: 9.       Parts, Equipment and Processes - Are the specified parts, equipment, and processes suitable for the required application?
- Are the specified materials compatible with each other and the design environmental conditions to which the material will be exposed?
Yes               No               N/A
Yes No N/A   11. Maintenance requirements  
: 10.     Materials Compatibility - Are the specified materials compatible with each other and the design environmental conditions to which the material will be exposed?
- Have adequate maintenance features and requirements been specified?
Yes               No               N/A
Yes No N/A   12. Accessibility for Maintenance  
: 11.     Maintenance requirements - Have adequate maintenance features and requirements been specified?
- Are accessibility and other design provisions adequate for performance of needed maintenance and repair?
Yes               No               N/A
Yes No N/A   13. Accessibility for In
: 12.     Accessibility for Maintenance - Are accessibility and other design provisions adequate for performance of needed maintenance and repair?
-service Inspection  
Yes               No               N/A
- Has adequate accessibility been provided to perform the in
: 13.     Accessibility for In-service Inspection - Has adequate accessibility been provided to perform the in-service inspection expected to be required during the plant life?
-service inspection expected to be required during the plant life?
Yes               No               N/A
Yes No N/A   14. Radiation Exposure  
: 14.     Radiation Exposure - Has the design properly considered radiation exposure to the public and plant personnel?
- Has the design properly considered radiation exposure to the public and plant personnel?
Yes               No               N/A
Yes No N/A   15. Acceptance Criteria  
: 15.     Acceptance Criteria - Are the acceptance criteria incorporated in the design documents sufficient to allow verification that design requirements have been satisfactorily accomplished?
- Are the acceptance criteria incorporated in the design documents sufficient to allow verification that design requirements have been satisfactorily accomplished?
Yes               No               N/A
Yes No  N/A ATTACHMENT 1 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*00 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 33 OF  34 ATTACHMENT 9.6  DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 3 of 3 16. Test Requirements
- Have adequate pre
-operational and subsequent periodic test requirements been appropriately specified? Yes  No  N/A    17. Handling, Storage, Cleaning and Shipping
- Are adequate handling, storage, cleaning and shipping requirements specified?
Yes  No  N/A    18. Identification Requirements
- Are adequate identification requirements specified?
Yes  No  N/A    19. Records and Documentation
- Are requirements for record preparation, review, approval, retention, etc., adequately specified?
Are all documents prepared in a clear legible manner suitable for microfilming and/or other documentation storage method?  Have all impacted documents been identified for update as necessary?
Yes  No  N/A    20. Software Quality Assurance
- ENN sites: For a calculation that utilized software applications (e.g., GOTHIC, SYMCORD), was it properly verified and validated in accordance with EN
- IT-104 or previous site SQA Program? ENS sites: This is an EN
-IT-104 task. However, per ENS
-DC-126, for exempt software, was it verified in the calculation?
Yes  No  N/A    21. Has adverse impact on peripheral components and systems, outside the boundary of the document being verified, been considered?
Yes  No N/A    


ATTACHMENT 1 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                               CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                              G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                              PAGE 33 OF 34 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6                                                                            DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 3 of 3
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
: 16.      Test Requirements - Have adequate pre-operational and subsequent periodic test requirements been appropriately specified?
-ENS*00 6, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 34 OF 34 ATTACHMENT 9.DESIGN VERIFICATION COMMENT SHEET Sheet 1 of 1  Comments / Continuation Sheet Question  # Comments  Resolution Initial/Date 1 Comments provided by markup Comments addressed RS  10-11-12 ANO-1  ANO-2  GGNS  IP-2  IP-3 PLP  JAF PNPS  RBS  VY  W3  NP-GGNS-3 NP-RBS-3 CALCULATION COVER PAGE (1)  EC #  40339 (2)  Page 1 of 29 (3) Design Basis Calc.
Yes                No              N/A
YES     NO (4)
: 17.      Handling, Storage, Cleaning and Shipping - Are adequate handling, storage, cleaning and shipping requirements specified?
CALCULATION EC Markup (5)  Calculation No: G13.18.6.2
Yes                No               N/A
-ENS*007 (6)  Revision:
: 18.     Identification Requirements - Are adequate identification requirements specified?
00 2 (7)  Title: Loop Uncertainty Dete rmination for DIV III Undervoltage Time Delays
Yes                No              N/A
- Agastat ETR14 Time Delay Relay (8)  Editorial YES      NO (9)  System(s):
: 19.      Records and Documentation - Are requirements for record preparation, review, approval, retention, etc.,
302 (10)  Review Org (Department):  NSBE3 (I&C Design)
adequately specified? Are all documents prepared in a clear legible manner suitable for microfilming and/or other documentation storage method? Have all impacted documents been identified for update as necessary?
(11)  Safety Class:
Yes                No              N/A
Safety / Quality Related Augmented Quality Program Non-Safety Related (12)   Component/Equipment/Structure Type/Number:
: 20.      Software Quality Assurance- ENN sites: For a calculation that utilized software applications (e.g., GOTHIC, SYMCORD), was it properly verified and validated in accordance with EN- IT-104 or previous site SQA Program?
E22-S004-ACB4-62S3 E22-S004-ACB1-62S4 E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 E22-S004-ACB1-62S6  (13)  Document Type:
ENS sites: This is an EN-IT-104 task. However, per ENS-DC-126, for exempt software, was it verified in the calculation?
F43.02  (14)  Keywords (Description/Topical Codes): uncertainty, calculation, relay, time delay REVIEWS    (15)  Name/Signature/Date Mary Coffaro / See AS Responsible Engineer (16)  Name/Signature/Date Robin Smith / See AS (17)  Name/Signature/Date Paul Matzke
Yes                No              N/A
/ See AS    Supervisor/Approval Design Verifier Reviewer    Comments Attached Comments Attached
: 21.      Has adverse impact on peripheral components and systems, outside the boundary of the document being verified, been considered?
Yes                No              N/A


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION               CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION              PAGE 34 OF 34 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.7                                                 DESIGN VERIFICATION COMMENT SHEET Sheet 1 of 1 Comments / Continuation Sheet Question              Comments                        Resolution                  Initial/Date
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
    #
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 2 OF 29  CALCULATION REFERENCE SHEET CALCULATION NO:
1       Comments provided by markup    Comments addressed                RS 10-11-12
G.13.18.6.2
-ENS*007  REVISION:
00 2  I. EC Markups Incorporated (N/A to NP calculations)    None II. Relationships
: Sht Rev Input Doc Output Doc Impact Y/N Tracking No.
: 1. EN-DC-126 -- 00 4  N  2. EN-IC-S-007-R 0 000  N  3. 7224.300-000-001B 0 300  N  4. 201.130-186 0 000  N  5. 215.150 0 006  N  6. A348-0116 0 000  N  7. 6221.418-000-001A 0 300  N  8. GE-DL828E537AA 0 018  N  9. 0221.418-000-008 0 300  N  10. EE-001M 0 009  N  11. A348-0111 0 000  N  12. GE-828E537AA 003 028  N  13. GE-828E537AA 007 030  N  14. GE-828E537AA 008 028  N  15. GE-828E537AA 011 0 30  N  16. STP-302-1604 -- 0 21  N  17. BE-230D 0 01 1   N  18. G13.18.6.3
-014 0 000  N  19. EDP-AN-02 -- 30 1   N  20. STP-302-1605 -- 025  Y A/R00154234
: 21. G13.18.3.1
-005 0 000  Y EC 40339 III. CROSS REFERENCES
: 1. Indus Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB) 2. Technical Specifications section B3.3.8.
1 3. USAR Figures 3.11
-1 through 5
: 4. EQTAP SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 3 OF  29 IV. SOFTWARE USED:    N/A Title:    Version/Release:
Disk/CD No.
V. DISK/CDS INCLUDED:    N/A Title:    Version/Release Disk/CD No.
VI. OTHER CHANGES
:    References that have been removed from this calculation: G13.18.3.1*002


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
ANO-1                ANO-2                GGNS                IP-2            IP-3                  PLP JAF                  PNPS                RBS                VY              W3 NP-GGNS-3            NP-RBS-3 CALCULATION           (1)                                                  (2)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
EC #          40339                                    Page 1 of    29 COVER PAGE (3)                                                    (4)
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 4 OF  29  Revision Record of Revision 0 Initial issue to support determination of degraded voltage relay setpoints by Electrical Engineering 1 Incorporated new drift value and extended calibration period to 30 months per EC 11753. 2 EC40339: Revised to provide the Degraded Voltage Relay NO
Design Basis Calc.       YES      NO                       CALCULATION                EC Markup (5)                                                                                        (6)
-LOCA time delay Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty for relays E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 and E22
Calculation No: G13.18.6.2-ENS*007                                                         Revision: 002 (7)                                                                                        (8)
-S004-ACB1-62S6 based on the revised setpoint provided in calculation G13.18.3.1
Title:    Loop Uncertainty Determination for DIV III Undervoltage Time Delays -            Editorial Agastat ETR14 Time Delay Relay                                                    YES      NO (9)                                              (10)
-005. Added ALT and AFT (sections 8.9 through 8.11
System(s): 302                                    Review Org (Department): NSBE3 (I&C Design)
) for relays E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 and E22
(11)                                              (12)
-S004-ACB1-62S6 as required by License Amendment Request (LAR) 2011
Safety Class:                                    Component/Equipment/Structure Type/Number:
-05.
Safety / Quality Related                        E22-S004-ACB4-62S3            E22-S004-ACB1-62S4 Augmented Quality Program Non-Safety Related E22-S004-ACB4-62S5           E22-S004-ACB1-62S6 (13)
SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
Document Type: F43.02 (14)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Keywords (Description/Topical Codes): uncertainty, calculation, relay, time delay REVIEWS (15)                                 (16)                                (17)
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 5 OF  29 TABLE OF CONTENTS COVER SHEET CALCULATION REFERENCES RECORD OF REVISION SECTION PAGE 1.0 Purpose and Description
Name/Signature/Date                  Name/Signature/Date                  Name/Signature/Date Mary Coffaro / See AS                Robin Smith / See AS                Paul Matzke / See AS Responsible Engineer                                                      Supervisor/Approval Design Verifier Reviewer                              Comments Attached Comments Attached
................................
................................
................................
...............
6 2.0 Results/Conclusions
................................
................................
................................
......................
8 3.0 References
................................
................................
................................
................................
..... 9 4.0 Design Input
................................
................................
................................
................................
11 5.0 Nomenclature
................................
................................
................................
..............................
13 6.0 Calculation Methodology
................................
................................
................................
............
14 7.0 Assumptions
................................
................................
................................
................................
15 8.0 Calculation
................................
................................
................................
................................
.. 17 Attachments:
1 Design Verification Form and Comments
................................
................................
..........
5 pages SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 6 OF  29 1.0 Purpose and Description 1.1. Purpose The purpose of this calculation is to determine the uncertainty associated with the existing Division III, Safety
-Related, 4.16 kV undervoltage time delay relays. Nominal trip Set point and Allowable values will be determined by the Electrical Engineering group in calculation G13.18.3.1*002 and G13.18.3.1
-005. 1.2. Loop Descriptions The Division III 4.16 kV emergency bus has its own independent sustained Degraded Voltage instrumentation and associated trip logic. The Division III bus is monitored by two undervoltage relays whose outpu ts are arranged in a two
-out-of-two logic configuration (Reference 3.10.3). The channels include electronic equipment (e.g., trip units) that compare measured input signals with pre
-established setpoints. When the setpoint is exceeded, the channel output relay actuates, which starts the time delay relays to open the DIV III Normal Supply source breaker and illuminates a Main Control Room annunciator alarm. Two different time delays are applied depending on whether a LOCA signal is present at the time of the degraded voltage. The LOCA time delay is provided by the 27N relay. The Non
-LOCA time delay is provided by the combination of the 27N relay and the ETR14 relays.
1.3. Design Bases/Design Bases Event Per Bases B 3.3.8.1, Reference 3.7.3, "successful operation of the required safety functions of the Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS) is dependent upon the availability of adequate power sources for energizing the various components such as pump motors, motor operated valves, and the associated control components. The LOP instrumentation monitors the 4.16 kV emergency buses. Offsite power is the preferred source of power for the 4.16 kV emergency buses. If the monitors determine that insufficient power is available, the buses are disconnected from the offsite power sources and connected to the onsite diesel generator (DG) power sources. The Time Delay Allowable Values are long enough to provide time for the offsite power supply to recover to normal voltages, but short enough to ensure that power is available to the required equipment."
1.4. Degree of Accuracy/Limits of Applicability The results of this calculation are based on the statistical methods of at least 95% probability of occurrence for a one sided probability distribution in accordance with 7224.300
-100-001B, "General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology," (Reference 3.3) and EN-IC-S-007-R , "Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations
", (Reference 3.2). One
-sided probability is used since the time delay relay performs its safety function in the decreasing direction only.
The results of this calculation are valid under the Assumptions state d in Section 7.0 of this calculation. The appropriate use of this calculation to support design or station activities, other than those specified in Section 1.1 of this calculation, is the responsibility of the user.


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                 CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                  G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                PAGE 2 OF 29 CALCULATION REFERENCE                CALCULATION NO:        G.13.18.6.2-ENS*007 SHEET                                REVISION:      002 I. EC Markups Incorporated (N/A to NP calculations) None II. Relationships:                    Sht    Rev      Input  Output      Impact  Tracking No.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Doc    Doc        Y/N
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 7 OF 29 1.5. Applicability A data analysis has been performed in order to determine which, if any, redundant instrument loops are bounded by the results of this calculation. This calculation is applicable to the Loops associated with the devices stated in Section 2.1. The results of this calculation are bounding for the applicable instrument loops, based on such factors as instrument manufacturer and model number, instrument location/environmental parameters, actual installation and use of the instrument in process measurements.
: 1. EN-DC-126                        --      004                        N
: 2. EN-IC-S-007-R                    0        000                        N
: 3. 7224.300-000-001B                0        300                        N
: 4. 201.130-186                      0        000                        N
: 5. 215.150                          0        006                        N
: 6. A348-0116                        0        000                        N
: 7. 6221.418-000-001A                0        300                        N
: 8. GE-DL828E537AA                  0        018                        N
: 9. 0221.418-000-008                0        300                        N
: 10. EE-001M                        0        009                        N
: 11. A348-0111                      0        000                        N
: 12. GE-828E537AA                    003      028                        N
: 13. GE-828E537AA                    007      030                        N
: 14. GE-828E537AA                    008      028                        N
: 15. GE-828E537AA                    011      030                        N
: 16. STP-302-1604                    --      021                        N
: 17. BE-230D                        0        011                        N
: 18. G13.18.6.3-014                  0        000                        N
: 19. EDP-AN-02                      --      301                        N
: 20. STP-302-1605                    --      025                        Y    A/R00154234
: 21. G13.18.3.1-005                    0    000                        Y    EC40339 III. CROSS


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
==REFERENCES:==
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
: 1. Indus Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB)
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 8 OF  29 2.0 Results/Conclusions 2.1. Results The Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty for the Agastat time delay relays were calculated in Section 8.0. These values and other associated values such as loop drift are presented in Table 2.1-1. Table 2.1-1 Model ETR14 Time Delay Relay System s Loop Identification Loop Uncertainty (LU) Seconds Channel Drift (D L) Seconds Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) Seconds M&TE Loop Accuracy Requirements (MTE L) Seconds Maximum Loop Setting Tol. (CT L) Seconds 203/302 E22-S004-ACB4-62S3 E22-S004-ACB1-62S4 +/- 0.316 +/- 0.112  +/- 0.322 +/- 1.55 x10-4 +/- 0.18 203/302 E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 E22-S004-ACB1-62S6 +/- 5.1 48 +/- 1.6 85  +/- 5.48 0 +/-2.3 3 x10-3 +/-1.35  2.2. Conclusions The calculated Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty are presented in Table 2.1-1. These values apply to the relays and circuits listed in Section 2.1.
: 2. Technical Specifications section B3.3.8.1
: 3. USAR Figures 3.11-1 through 5
: 4. EQTAP


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                     CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                    G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                    PAGE 3 OF 29 IV. SOFTWARE USED:          N/A Title:                                Version/Release:                Disk/CD No.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
V. DISK/CDS INCLUDED:          N/A Title:                                Version/Release                  Disk/CD No.
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 9 OF 29 3.0 References 3.1. EN-DC-126 , " Engineering Calculation Process" 3.2. EN-IC-S-007-R , "Instrument Loop Uncertainty &
VI. OTHER CHANGES:
Setpoint Calculations" 3.3. 7224.300-000-001B, NEDC
References that have been removed from this calculation: G13.18.3.1*002
-31336P-A , "General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology
" 3.4. Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB) 3.5. 201.130-186 , "Peak Spreading of ARS Curves for the Control Building" 3.6. Environmental Design Criteria, Spec 215.150 , including USAR figures 3.11
-1 through 5 as outlined in EDP
-AN-02 section 6.3.
1 3.7. RBS Operating License 3.7.1. Not used 3.7.2. Not used 3.7.3. Technical Specifications Bases Sections B3.3.8.1 3.8. RBS USAR None 3.9. Vendor Manuals/Documents 3.9.1. A348-0116 , Amerace - Agastat Nuclear Qualified Control Relays 3.9.2. Not used 3.9.3. Not used 3.9.4. 6221.418-000-001A , High Pressure Core Spray System Power Supply Unit, NEDO10905 3.9.5. 0221.418-000-008 , Purchase Specification Data Sheet 21A9300AU, High Pressure Core Spray System 3.9.6. A348-0111 , Amerace Electronic Components Catalog
- Agastat Electromechanical Relays 3.10. Electrical Schematics 3.10.1. EE-001M , 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus E22
-S004 3.10.2. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 003, Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                     CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                      G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                    PAGE 4 OF 29 Revision                                      Record of Revision Initial issue to support determination of degraded voltage relay setpoints by Electrical Engineering 0
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
1     Incorporated new drift value and extended calibration period to 30 months per EC 11753.
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 10 OF 29 3.10.3. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 007, Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System 3.10.4. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 008, Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System 3.10.5. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 011, Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System 3.11. Surveillance Test Procedures:
EC40339: Revised to provide the Degraded Voltage Relay NO-LOCA time delay Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty for relays E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 and E22-S004-2    ACB1-62S6 based on the revised setpoint provided in calculation G13.18.3.1-005. Added ALT and AFT (sections 8.9 through 8.11) for relays E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 and E22-S004-ACB1-62S6 as required by License Amendment Request (LAR) 2011-05.
3.11.1. STP-302-1605, HPCS Degraded Voltage Channel Calibration and Logic System Functional Test 3.11.2. STP-302-1604 , HPCS Loss of  Voltage Channel Calibration and Logic System Functional Test 3.11.3. Not used 3.12. Logic Diagrams None 3.13. Standards None 3.14. Equipment Qualification Trending and Thermal Aging Program (EQTAP) 3.15. BE-230D , 4.16 Kv Bus E22
*S004 Relay Settings 3.16. Calculations 3.16.1. G13.18.3.1
-005, Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for E22
-S004 3.16.2. Not Used 3.16.3. G13.18.6.3
-014 , Drift Study for Agastat ETR Series Time Delay Relay s 3.17 GE-DL828E537AA , Elementary Diagram
-Device List


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                                                 CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                                                  G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                                              PAGE 5 OF 29 TABLE OF CONTENTS COVER SHEET CALCULATION REFERENCES RECORD OF REVISION SECTION                                                                                                                                  PAGE 1.0 Purpose and Description ............................................................................................................... 6 2.0 Results/Conclusions ...................................................................................................................... 8 3.0 References ..................................................................................................................................... 9 4.0 Design Input ................................................................................................................................ 11 5.0 Nomenclature .............................................................................................................................. 13 6.0 Calculation Methodology............................................................................................................ 14 7.0 Assumptions................................................................................................................................ 15 8.0 Calculation .................................................................................................................................. 17 Attachments:
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
1 Design Verification Form and Comments .......................................................................... 5 pages
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 11 OF 29 4.0 Design Input The following are the design inputs used to determine the uncertainty for the Division III Ag astat time delay relays. 4.1. Loop Input 4.1.1. Loop Data:
Form 1: Loop/Process Data Sheet Description Data Reference Loop Sensor(s)
Auxiliary Relays 3.10.4 Location E22-S004 3.10.4 Output Contact closure 3.10.4  4.1.2. Special Considerations:
4.1.2.1 Calibration shall be performed using the following instruments:
Multi-Amp EPOCH-40 DC/Timer Test set.
4.2. Loop Instrumentation Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 Description Data Reference Component Number(s)
E22-S004-ACB4-62S3 E22-S004-ACB1-62S4 E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 E22-S004-ACB1-62 S6 3.4 3.10 Manufacturer Amerace/Agastat 3.17 Model ETR14 3.17 Location(s)
CB.116/E33
-S004 3.4 Service Description Relay 3.4 Quality Class Safety Related 3.4 Environmental Qualification N 3.4 Input Range 0-125 VDC 3.10 Output Contact Action 3.10 Calibration Interval Evaluated 30 Mo (24 Mo. + 25%).
3.2 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 12 OF  29 4.3. Loop Device Data Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 Agastat ETR14 Description Data References Time Delay Reference Accuracy (RA R) 10% of Setting 5% of Setting (TR) 3.9.1 3.9.6 Seismic Effects (SE R) 0 7.1.4 Temperature Effects (TE R) 5% of setting (40 o F - 122 o F)  3.9.6 3.14 7.1.12 Insulation Resistance Effects (IR R) N/A 7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TD R) N/A 7.1.1 3 Drift (DR R) 3.725% Setpoint 3.16.3  Power Supply Effect (PS R) 5% of setting (includes TE R)  3.9.6 3.14  4.4. Environmental Information Form 4: Environmental Conditions Data Sheet Zone: CB-116-2 Description Data Reference Location  Building/Elevation CB-116 3.4 Room/Area Switchgear Room 3.4 Normal  Temperature Range, o F 40 - 10 9 (68 oF to 83 oF act.) 3.6 3.14 Humidity Range, %RH 20-95 3.6 Radiation 40 Year Total Integrated Dose, Rads 800 3.6 Pressure Range Atmos 3.6 Accident (Loss of Offsite Power)  Temperature Range, o F Same as Normal 3.6 Humidity Range, %RH Same as Normal 3.6 Radiation, Total Integrated Dose, Rads Same as Normal 3.6 Pressure Range Same as Normal 3.6 Seismic  Accelerations, g
< 3 3.5 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 13 OF  29 5.0 Nomenclature The terms and abbreviations that are not defined in this section are defined in Reference 3.3, Reference 3.2 or within the text of this calculation.


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                         CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                        PAGE 6 OF 29 1.0     Purpose and Description 1.1. Purpose The purpose of this calculation is to determine the uncertainty associated with the existing Division III, Safety-Related, 4.16 kV undervoltage time delay relays. Nominal trip Set point and Allowable values will be determined by the Electrical Engineering group in calculation G13.18.3.1*002 and G13.18.3.1-005.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
1.2. Loop Descriptions The Division III 4.16 kV emergency bus has its own independent sustained Degraded Voltage instrumentation and associated trip logic. The Division III bus is monitored by two undervoltage relays whose outputs are arranged in a two-out-of-two logic configuration (Reference 3.10.3). The channels include electronic equipment (e.g., trip units) that compare measured input signals with pre-established setpoints. When the setpoint is exceeded, the channel output relay actuates, which starts the time delay relays to open the DIV III Normal Supply source breaker and illuminates a Main Control Room annunciator alarm. Two different time delays are applied depending on whether a LOCA signal is present at the time of the degraded voltage. The LOCA time delay is provided by the 27N relay. The Non-LOCA time delay is provided by the combination of the 27N relay and the ETR14 relays.
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 14 OF 29 6.0 Calculation Methodology This calculation is prepared in accordance with the EN-IC-S-007-R, "Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations" (Reference 3.2), EN-DC-126 , "Engineering Calculation Process
1.3. Design Bases/Design Bases Event Per Bases B 3.3.8.1, Reference 3.7.3, successful operation of the required safety functions of the Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS) is dependent upon the availability of adequate power sources for energizing the various components such as pump motors, motor operated valves, and the associated control components. The LOP instrumentation monitors the 4.16 kV emergency buses. Offsite power is the preferred source of power for the 4.16 kV emergency buses. If the monitors determine that insufficient power is available, the buses are disconnected from the offsite power sources and connected to the onsite diesel generator (DG) power sources. The Time Delay Allowable Values are long enough to provide time for the offsite power supply to recover to normal voltages, but short enough to ensure that power is available to the required equipment.
" (Reference 3.1) and 7224.300
1.4. Degree of Accuracy/Limits of Applicability The results of this calculation are based on the statistical methods of at least 95% probability of occurrence for a one sided probability distribution in accordance with 7224.300-100-001B, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology, (Reference 3.3) and EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations, (Reference 3.2). One-sided probability is used since the time delay relay performs its safety function in the decreasing direction only.
-000-001B, "General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology" (Reference 3.3).
The results of this calculation are valid under the Assumptions stated in Section 7.0 of this calculation. The appropriate use of this calculation to support design or station activities, other than those specified in Section 1.1 of this calculation, is the responsibility of the user.


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                       CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                      PAGE 7 OF 29 1.5. Applicability A data analysis has been performed in order to determine which, if any, redundant instrument loops are bounded by the results of this calculation. This calculation is applicable to the Loops associated with the devices stated in Section 2.1. The results of this calculation are bounding for the applicable instrument loops, based on such factors as instrument manufacturer and model number, instrument location/environmental parameters, actual installation and use of the instrument in process measurements.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
 
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 15 OF 29 7.0 Assumptions 7.1. Assumptions that do not require confirmation 7.1.1. Miscellaneous Allowance (ML)
SETPOINT CALCULATION                        CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                        PAGE 8 OF 29 2.0    Results/Conclusions 2.1. Results The Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty for the Agastat time delay relays were calculated in Section 8.0. These values and other associated values such as loop drift are presented in Table 2.1-1.
A miscellaneous allowance has not been applied to the uncertainty of the devices intermediate rounding of values in the conservative direction, sufficient conservatism has been introduced.
Table 2.1-1 Model ETR14 Time Delay Relay M&TE Loop        Maximum Loop        Channel      Total Loop Accuracy          Loop Loop          Uncertainty      Drift      Uncertainty Systems                                                                Requirements        Setting Identification      (LU)          (DL)          (TLU)
7.1.2. For conservatism, all uncertainties given in vendor data specifications are assumed to be 7.1.3. Zero Effect (ZE)
(MTEL)        Tol. (CTL)
Seconds      Seconds        Seconds Seconds        Seconds E22-S004-ACB4-62S3 203/302                        +/- 0.316      +/- 0.112        +/- 0.322      +/- 1.55 x10-4      +/- 0.18 E22-S004-ACB1-62S4 E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 203/302                        +/- 5.148      +/- 1.685        +/- 5.480      +/-2.33 x10-3        +/-1.35 E22-S004-ACB1-62S6 2.2. Conclusions The calculated Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty are presented in Table 2.1-1.
These values apply to the relays and circuits listed in Section 2.1.
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION                    CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                    G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                    PAGE 9 OF 29 3.0      References 3.1. EN-DC-126,  Engineering Calculation Process 3.2. EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations 3.3. 7224.300-000-001B, NEDC-31336P-A, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology 3.4. Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB) 3.5. 201.130-186, Peak Spreading of ARS Curves for the Control Building 3.6. Environmental Design Criteria, Spec 215.150, including USAR figures 3.11-1 through 5 as outlined in EDP-AN-02 section 6.3.1 3.7. RBS Operating License 3.7.1. Not used 3.7.2. Not used 3.7.3. Technical Specifications Bases Sections B3.3.8.1 3.8. RBS USAR None 3.9. Vendor Manuals/Documents 3.9.1. A348-0116, Amerace - Agastat Nuclear Qualified Control Relays 3.9.2. Not used 3.9.3. Not used 3.9.4. 6221.418-000-001A, High Pressure Core Spray System Power Supply Unit, NEDO10905 3.9.5. 0221.418-000-008, Purchase Specification Data Sheet 21A9300AU, High Pressure Core Spray System 3.9.6. A348-0111, Amerace Electronic Components Catalog - Agastat Electromechanical Relays 3.10. Electrical Schematics 3.10.1. EE-001M, 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus E22-S004 3.10.2. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 003, Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION                    CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                    G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                    PAGE 10 OF 29 3.10.3. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 007, Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System 3.10.4. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 008, Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System 3.10.5. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 011, Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System 3.11. Surveillance Test Procedures:
3.11.1. STP-302-1605, HPCS Degraded Voltage Channel Calibration and Logic System Functional Test 3.11.2. STP-302-1604, HPCS Loss of Voltage Channel Calibration and Logic System Functional Test 3.11.3. Not used 3.12. Logic Diagrams None 3.13. Standards None 3.14. Equipment Qualification Trending and Thermal Aging Program (EQTAP) 3.15. BE-230D, 4.16 Kv Bus E22*S004 Relay Settings 3.16. Calculations 3.16.1. G13.18.3.1-005, Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for E22-S004 3.16.2. Not Used 3.16.3. G13.18.6.3-014, Drift Study for Agastat ETR Series Time Delay Relays 3.17    GE-DL828E537AA, Elementary Diagram-Device List
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION                      CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                       G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                     PAGE 11 OF 29 4.0    Design Input The following are the design inputs used to determine the uncertainty for the Division III Agastat time delay relays.
4.1. Loop Input 4.1.1. Loop Data:
Form 1: Loop/Process Data Sheet Description                      Data                        Reference Loop Sensor(s)                  Auxiliary Relays                    3.10.4 Location                            E22-S004                        3.10.4 Output                            Contact closure                    3.10.4 4.1.2. Special Considerations:
4.1.2.1    Calibration shall be performed using the following instruments:
* Multi-Amp EPOCH-40 DC/Timer Test set.
4.2. Loop Instrumentation Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 Description                        Data                          Reference Component Number(s)                  E22-S004-ACB4-62S3                        3.4 E22-S004-ACB1-62S4                      3.10 E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 E22-S004-ACB1-62S6 Manufacturer                            Amerace/Agastat                        3.17 Model                                        ETR14                            3.17 Location(s)                            CB.116/E33-S004                        3.4 Service Description                          Relay                            3.4 Quality Class                            Safety Related                        3.4 Environmental Qualification                    N                              3.4 Input Range                                0-125 VDC                          3.10 Output                                  Contact Action                        3.10 Calibration Interval Evaluated      30 Mo (24 Mo. + 25%).                      3.2
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION                      CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                      G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                      PAGE 12 OF 29 4.3. Loop Device Data Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 Agastat ETR14 Data                    References Description Time Delay Reference Accuracy (RAR)                  10% of Setting      (2)            3.9.1 5% of Setting (TR) (2)              3.9.6 Seismic Effects (SER)                                0                          7.1.4 Temperature Effects (TER)                                                      3.9.6 5% of setting 3.14 (40oF - 122oF) 2 7.1.12 Insulation Resistance Effects (IRR)                N/A                        7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TDR)                    N/A                        7.1.13 Drift (DRR)                                3.725% Setpoint                    3.16.3 2
Power Supply Effect (PSR)              5% of setting (includes TER)            3.9.6 2                          3.14 4.4. Environmental Information Form 4: Environmental Conditions Data Sheet Zone: CB-116-2 Description                            Data                  Reference Location Building/Elevation                                  CB-116                      3.4 Room/Area                                    Switchgear Room                  3.4 Normal Temperature Range, oF                              40 - 109                    3.6 (68oF to 83oF act.)              3.14 Humidity Range, %RH                                  20-95                      3.6 Radiation 40 Year Total Integrated 800                      3.6 Dose, Rads Pressure Range                                      Atmos                      3.6 Accident (Loss of Offsite Power)
Temperature Range, oF                          Same as Normal                  3.6 Humidity Range, %RH                            Same as Normal                  3.6 Radiation, Total Integrated Dose, Rads        Same as Normal                  3.6 Pressure Range                                Same as Normal                  3.6 Seismic Accelerations, g                                      <3                        3.5
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION                        CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                        PAGE 13 OF 29 5.0  Nomenclature The terms and abbreviations that are not defined in this section are defined in Reference 3.3, Reference 3.2 or within the text of this calculation.
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION                    CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                    G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                    PAGE 14 OF 29 6.0  Calculation Methodology This calculation is prepared in accordance with the EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty
    & Setpoint Calculations (Reference 3.2), EN-DC-126, Engineering Calculation Process (Reference 3.1) and 7224.300-000-001B, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology (Reference 3.3).
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION                          CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                        PAGE 15 OF 29 7.0     Assumptions 7.1. Assumptions that do not require confirmation 7.1.1. Miscellaneous Allowance (ML)
A miscellaneous allowance has not been applied to the uncertainty of the devices evaluated by this calculation. By assuming all vendor supplied data is a 2 value and with intermediate rounding of values in the conservative direction, sufficient conservatism has been introduced.
7.1.2. Vendor 2 Data For conservatism, all uncertainties given in vendor data specifications are assumed to be 2 unless otherwise specified.
7.1.3. Zero Effect (ZE)
Not applicable 7.1.4. Seismic Effects (SE)
Not applicable 7.1.4. Seismic Effects (SE)
Reference 3.9.1 states that the timing delays have been tested to 6 g ZPA "without damage, malfunction or failure." Reference 3.5 defines the expected level of seismic activity for the 116 ft elevation of the control building as less than 3g. Therefore, seismic effects are assumed to be 0.
Reference 3.9.1 states that the timing delays have been tested to 6 g ZPA without damage, malfunction or failure. Reference 3.5 defines the expected level of seismic activity for the 116 ft elevation of the control building as less than 3g. Therefore, seismic effects are assumed to be 0.
7.1.5. Radiation Effects (RE) & Radiation Drift Effect (RD)
7.1.5. Radiation Effects (RE) & Radiation Drift Effect (RD)
Radiation effects and radiation drift effects are not applicable to the relays evaluated by this calculation as they are located in a mild environment (Reference 3.6).
Radiation effects and radiation drift effects are not applicable to the relays evaluated by this calculation as they are located in a mild environment (Reference 3.6).
7.1.6. Power Supply Effects (PS
7.1.6. Power Supply Effects (PS)
) Per reference 3.9.6, Power Supply Effects for the model TR time delay function is assumed to be well under 5% of setting under all control voltage conditions. Therefore, for conservatism the power supply effects on the time delay function will be assumed to equal +/-5% of setting.
Per reference 3.9.6, Power Supply Effects for the model TR time delay function is assumed to be well under 5% of setting under all control voltage conditions. Therefore, for conservatism the power supply effects on the time delay function will be assumed to equal +/-5% of setting.
7.1.7. Process Measurement Uncertainty (PM)
7.1.7. Process Measurement Uncertainty (PM)
Not Applicable 7.1.8. Static Pressure Effects (SP)
Not Applicable 7.1.8. Static Pressure Effects (SP)
Not Applicable
Not Applicable


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                         CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                        PAGE 16 OF 29 7.1.9. Humidity Effects (HE)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
The relays were specified by the HPCS manufacturer and are assumed to be designed to withstand the environmental effects in the mounting location. The HPCS Design Specification, Section 4.6.1 (reference 3.9.5) states that the design conditions for the switchgear and its sub-components are 20 to 90% relative Humidity. Per Reference 3.6, the humidity range for environmental zone CB-116-2 is 20 to 90% RH. Reference 3.6 also identifies that 1% of the days/calendar year (30 hours) the humidity could be 5 %
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 16 OF 29 7.1.9. Humidity Effects (HE)
higher. This is considered negligible. Therefore, it is assumed that Humidity effects are negligible.
The relays were specified by the HPCS manufacturer and are assumed to be designed to withstand the environmental effects in the mounting location. The HPCS Design Specification, Section 4.6.1 (reference 3.9.5) states that the design conditions for the switchgear and its sub
-components are 20 to 90% relative Humidity. Per Reference 3.6, the humidity range for environmental zone CB
-116-2 is 20 to 90% RH. Reference 3.6 also identifies that 1% of the days/calendar year (30 hours) the humidity could be 5 % higher. This is considered negligible. Therefore, it is assumed that Humidity effects are negligible.
7.1.10. Insulation Resistance Effects (IR)
7.1.10. Insulation Resistance Effects (IR)
(IR) effects, which may result from degradation of circuit insulation, are not applicable to the device s and circuits addressed by this calculation. The timers evaluated are not low
(IR) effects, which may result from degradation of circuit insulation, are not applicable to the devices and circuits addressed by this calculation. The timers evaluated are not low-current DC devices affected by current leakage due to insulation resistance degradation.
-current DC devices affect ed by curre nt leakage due to insulation resistance degradation.
7.1.11. Voltage Drop Voltage drop due to long wiring lengths between source and load are assumed to be negligible as the timing relays evaluated by this calculation are located in the same switchgear compartment. The voltage effects are included in the temperature effects per Ref. 3.9.1 and 3.9.6.
7.1.11. Voltage Drop Voltage drop due to long wiring lengths between source and load are assumed to be negligible as the timing relays evaluated by this calculation are located in the same switchgear compartment. The voltage effects are included in the temperature effects per Ref. 3.9.1 and 3.9.6.
7.1.12. Temperature Effects (TE)
7.1.12. Temperature Effects (TE)
Per Reference 3.9.1, the temperature effect for the ETR relay is 10% of setting over a span of 40 o - 156 oF. Per Reference 3.9.6, the temperature effect for the TR relay is 5% of setting over a span of 32 o - 122 oF (the non
Per Reference 3.9.1, the temperature effect for the ETR relay is 10% of setting over a span of 40o - 156oF. Per Reference 3.9.6, the temperature effect for the TR relay is 5% of setting over a span of 32o - 122oF (the non-safety version of the same relay). Since the historical temperature in the area only varies 14oF the 5% value is assumed. The non-safety relay is built to the same specifications but substitute material may be used. This value will be used to determine relay temperature effect. The 5% tolerance is combined with voltage effects in Ref. 3.9.6 but will be conservatively used as an independent effect.
-safety version of the same relay). Since the historical temperature in the area only varies 14 oF the 5% value is assumed. The non
-safety relay is built to the same specifications but substitute material may be used. This value will be used to determine relay temperature effect. The 5% tolerance is combined with voltage effects in Ref. 3.9.6 but will be conservatively used as an independent effect.
7.1.13. Temperature Drift Effects (TD)
7.1.13. Temperature Drift Effects (TD)
The drift analysis performed in Reference 3.16.3 is assumed to encompass all components of drift and drift effects except for temperature drift effects which are assumed to be included in the Reference Accuracy of the device
The drift analysis performed in Reference 3.16.3 is assumed to encompass all components of drift and drift effects except for temperature drift effects which are assumed to be included in the Reference Accuracy of the device.
. Temperature drift effects are not applicable to transformers.
Temperature drift effects are not applicable to transformers.
7.1.14. Instrument Drift Deleted 7.2. Assumptions that require confirmation None SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
7.1.14. Instrument Drift Deleted 7.2. Assumptions that require confirmation None
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
 
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 17 OF 29 8.0 Calculation This section includes the following subsections used in performance of this calculation:
SETPOINT CALCULATION                       CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                      G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                      PAGE 17 OF 29 8.0   Calculation This section includes the following subsections used in performance of this calculation:
8.1) Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.2) Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) and Determination of Appropriate Device Uncertainty to Use 8.3) Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties 8.4) Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL) 8.5) Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 8.6) Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU) 8.7) Calculation of Loop Drift (D L) 8.8) Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) 8.9) As-Left Tolerance 8.10) As-Found Tolerance 8.11) Loop Tolerance s 8.1. Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.1.1. Calculation of Power Supply Effects on 62S3 and 62S4 Time delay setting (PS RT) (Reference 3.9.1, Assumption 7.1.6)
8.1)   Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.2)   Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) and Determination of Appropriate Device Uncertainty to Use 8.3)   Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties 8.4)   Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL) 8.5)   Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 8.6)   Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU) 8.7)   Calculation of Loop Drift (DL) 8.8)   Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) 8.9)   As-Left Tolerance 8.10) As-Found Tolerance 8.11) Loop Tolerances 8.1. Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.1.1. Calculation of Power Supply Effects on 62S3 and 62S4 Time delay setting (PSRT)
PSRT1 = +/- 5% of Time Delay setting, Setting is 3.0 seconds from Ref. 3.15
(Reference 3.9.1, Assumption 7.1.6)
= +/- (0.050*3.0) seconds
PSRT1   = +/- 5% of Time Delay setting, Setting is 3.0 seconds from Ref. 3.15
= +/- 0.15 seconds 8.1.2. Calculation of Power Supply Effects on 62S5 and 62S6 Time delay setting (PS RT) (Reference 3.9.1, Assumption 7.1.6)
                        = +/- (0.050*3.0) seconds
Reference Accuracy, Power Supply Effects and Temperature Effects as well as M&TE Reference Accuracy are specified as a percentage of time delay setting. The setting of relays 62S5 and 62S6 is specified in Reference 3.16.1 as 45.
                        = +/- 0.15 seconds                                                   (2 value) 8.1.2. Calculation of Power Supply Effects on 62S5 and 62S6 Time delay setting (PSRT)
24 seconds. PSRT2 = +/- 5% of Time Delay setting , = +/- (0.050
(Reference 3.9.1, Assumption 7.1.6)
* 45.2 4) seconds = +/- 2.2 62 seconds  8.1.3. Calculation of Temperature Effects on 62S3 and 62S4 Relay Time Delay Settings (TE RT) (Reference 3.9.1, Assumption 7.1.12)
Reference Accuracy, Power Supply Effects and Temperature Effects as well as M&TE Reference Accuracy are specified as a percentage of time delay setting. The setting of relays 62S5 and 62S6 is specified in Reference 3.16.1 as 45.24 seconds.
PSRT2   = +/- 5% of Time Delay setting,
                        = +/- (0.050
* 45.24) seconds
                        = +/- 2.262 seconds                                                  (2 value) 8.1.3. Calculation of Temperature Effects on 62S3 and 62S4 Relay Time Delay Settings (TERT)
(Reference 3.9.1, Assumption 7.1.12)
TERT1 = +/- 5% of Time Delay setting under Adverse Conditions
TERT1 = +/- 5% of Time Delay setting under Adverse Conditions
= +/- (0.05 x 3) seconds
                        = +/- (0.05 x 3) seconds
= +/- 0.15 seconds
                        = +/- 0.15 seconds                                                   (2 value)


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                         CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                        PAGE 18 OF 29 8.1.4. Calculation of Temperature Effects on 62S5 and 62S6 Relay Time Delay Settings (TERT)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
(Reference 3.9.1, Assumption 7.1.12)
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 18 OF 29 8.1.4. Calculation of Temperature Effects on 62S5 and 62S6 Relay Time Delay Settings (TE RT) (Reference 3.9.1, Assumption 7.1.12)
TERT2 = +/- 5% of Time Delay setting under Adverse Conditions
TERT2 = +/- 5% of Time Delay setting under Adverse Conditions
= +/- (0.05 x 45.24) seconds = +/- 2.2 62 seconds  8.2. Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA)  
                    = +/- (0.05 x 45.24) seconds
& Determination of Appropriate Device Uncertainty 8.2.1. Undervoltage Relay 62S3 and 62S4 Reference Accuracy for Time Delay Setting (RA RT) RART1 = +/- 5% of Setting
                    = +/- 2.262 seconds                                                (2 value) 8.2. Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) & Determination of Appropriate Device Uncertainty 8.2.1. Undervoltage Relay 62S3 and 62S4 Reference Accuracy for Time Delay Setting (RART)
, Setting is 3.0 seconds per Ref. 3.15
RART1 = +/- 5% of Setting, Setting is 3.0 seconds per Ref. 3.15
= +/- 0.05
                    = +/- 0.05
* 3.0 second s = +/- 0.15 seconds 8.2.2. Undervoltage Relay 62S5 and 62S6 Reference Accuracy for Time Delay Setting (RA RT) RART2 = +/- 0.5% of Setting
* 3.0 seconds
= +/- 0.05
                    = +/- 0.15 seconds                                                 (2 value) 8.2.2. Undervoltage Relay 62S5 and 62S6 Reference Accuracy for Time Delay Setting (RART)
* 45.24 seconds = +/- 2.2 62 seconds  8.3. Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties (Reference 3.2) 8.3.1. Device Uncertainty Relay 62S3 and 62S4 Time Delay Setting (A RT) (Sections 8.2.
RART2 = +/- 0.5% of Setting
1, 8.1.3, 8.1.
                    = +/- 0.05
: 1) ART1 = +/- [(RA RT)2 + (PS RT)2 + (TE RT)2]1/2 = +/- [(0.15) 2 + (0.15)2 + (0.15)2]1/2 seconds = +/- 0.2598 seconds This is conservative because the impacts of RA RT, PS RT and TE RT are all combined in the manufacturers specified RA RT. 8.3.2. Device Uncertainty Relay 62S5 and 62S6 Time Delay Setting (A RT) (Sections 8.2.
* 45.24 seconds
2 , 8.1.2, 8.1.4) ART2 = +/- [(RA RT)2 + (PS RT)2 + (TE RT)2]1/2 = +/- [(2.2 62)2 + (2.2 62)2 + (2.2 62)2]1/2 seconds = +/- 3.9 18 seconds 8.4. Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (C L) Per references 3.2 and 3.3, loop calibration effects are defined as:
                    = +/- 2.262 seconds                                                (2 Value) 8.3. Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties (Reference 3.2) 8.3.1. Device Uncertainty Relay 62S3 and 62S4 Time Delay Setting (ART)
C L = +/- [(MTE L)2 + (CT L)2]1/2 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
(Sections 8.2.1, 8.1.3, 8.1.1)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
ART1     = +/- [(RART)2 + (PSRT)2 + (TERT)2]1/2
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 19 OF 29 The CT L for 62S5 and 62S6 Time Delay Setting s are set to the loop as left tolerance (ALT L) in section 8.11.1 as required by License Amendment Request (LAR) 2011
                    = +/- [(0.15)2 + (0.15)2 + (0.15)2]1/2 seconds
-05. For the remaining loops the CT L is set to the procedural as
                    = +/- 0.2598 seconds                                               (2 value)
-left band (PALB)
This is conservative because the impacts of RART, PSRT and TERT are all combined in the manufacturers specified RART.
, reference 3.11.2
8.3.2. Device Uncertainty Relay 62S5 and 62S6 Time Delay Setting (ART)
. 8.4.1. Calculation of Loop Calibration Effects for the Time Delay Setting (C LT) C L T1 = +/- [(MTELT1)2 + (CT LT 1)2]1/2 = +/- [(1.55 x 10-4)2 + (0.18)2]1/2 seconds = +/- 0.18 seconds C L T2 = +/- [(MTELT2)2 + (CT LT 2)2]1/2 = +/- [(2.3 3 x 10-3)2 + (1.35)2]1/2 seconds = +/- 1.35 seconds 8.4.1.1 Measurement & Test Equipment (MTE L) effects are defined from Reference 3.2 as:
(Sections 8.2.2, 8.1.2, 8.1.4)
MTE LV = +/- [(MTERAT)2 + (MTERIT)2 + (MTETET)2 + (MTECST)2]1/2 Where: MTERAT = The reference accuracy of the M&TE being utilized. Epoch 40 Aux. Timer and DC voltage/current unit has a timer accuracy of 0.005% or one digit on the min. 99.9999 range. Using 3.0 x 0.00005 = 1.5 x 10
ART2     = +/- [(RART)2 + (PSRT)2 + (TERT)2]1/2
-4 seconds or using 45.24 x 0.00005 = 2.
                    = +/- [(2.262)2 + (2.262)2 + (2.262)2]1/2 seconds
2 6 2 x 10-3 seconds. MTETET = Temperature effect on the M&TE being utilized. Zero is assumed since the Epoch 40 operating range is 0 o to 50 oC with no temperature coefficient given. (Reference 3.9.4).
                    = +/- 3.918 seconds 8.4. Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL)
MTERIT = Assumed to be 0 as all M&TE used are digital with at l east 2 digits of resolution. (Reference 3.2)
Per references 3.2 and 3.3, loop calibration effects are defined as:
MTECST = Assumed equal to 1/4 the Reference Accuracy of the test equipment being utilized
CL = +/- [(MTEL)2 + (CTL)2]1/2
= 0.005%/4 seconds (per Reference 3.2).
 
MTE L1 = +/- [(MTERART1)2 + (MTERIRT1)2 + (MTETERT1)2 + (MTECSRT1)2]1/2 = +/- [(1.5 X 10
SETPOINT CALCULATION                         CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                        PAGE 19 OF 29 The CTL for 62S5 and 62S6 Time Delay Settings are set to the loop as left tolerance (ALTL) in section 8.11.1 as required by License Amendment Request (LAR) 2011-05. For the remaining loops the CTL is set to the procedural as-left band (PALB), reference 3.11.2.
-4)2 + (0)2 + (0)2 + (3.75 X 10
8.4.1. Calculation of Loop Calibration Effects for the Time Delay Setting (CLT)
-5)2]1/2 = +/- 1.55 X 10
CLT1    = +/- [(MTELT1)2 + (CTLT1)2]1/2
-4 seconds. MTE L2 = +/- [(MTERART2)2 + (MTERIRT2)2 + (MTETERT2)2 + (MTECSRT2)2]1/2 = +/- [(2.2 6 2 x10-3)2 + (0)2 + (0)2 + (5.65 5 x 10-4)2]1/2 = +/- 2.3 3 x10-3 seconds. 8.5. Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 0 per Assumption 7.1.10
                    = +/- [(1.55 x 10-4)2 + (0.18)2]1/2 seconds
                    = +/- 0.18 seconds CLT2    = +/- [(MTELT2)2 + (CTLT2)2]1/2
                    = +/- [(2.33 x 10-3)2 + (1.35)2]1/2 seconds
                    = +/- 1.35 seconds 8.4.1.1 Measurement & Test Equipment (MTEL) effects are defined from Reference 3.2 as:
MTELV = +/- [(MTERAT)2 + (MTERIT)2 + (MTETET)2 + (MTECST)2]1/2 Where:
MTERAT = The reference accuracy of the M&TE being utilized. Epoch 40 Aux.
Timer and DC voltage/current unit has a timer accuracy of 0.005% or one digit on the min. 99.9999 range. Using 3.0 x 0.00005 = 1.5 x 10-4 seconds or using 45.24 x 0.00005 = 2.262 x 10-3 seconds.
MTETET = Temperature effect on the M&TE being utilized. Zero is assumed since the Epoch 40 operating range is 0o to 50oC with no temperature coefficient given. (Reference 3.9.4).
MTERIT = Assumed to be 0 as all M&TE used are digital with at least 2 digits of resolution. (Reference 3.2)
MTECST = Assumed equal to 1/4 the Reference Accuracy of the test equipment being utilized = 0.005%/4 seconds (per Reference 3.2).
MTEL1      = +/- [(MTERART1)2 + (MTERIRT1)2 + (MTETERT1)2 + (MTECSRT1)2]1/2
                              = +/- [(1.5 X 10-4)2 + (0)2 + (0)2 + (3.75 X 10-5)2]1/2
                              = +/- 1.55 X 10-4 seconds.                                 (2 Value)
MTEL2      = +/- [(MTERART2)2 + (MTERIRT2)2 + (MTETERT2)2 + (MTECSRT2)2]1/2
                              = +/- [(2.262x10-3)2 + (0)2 + (0)2 + (5.655 x 10-4)2]1/2
                              = +/- 2.33 x10-3 seconds.                                 (2 Value) 8.5. Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 0 per Assumption 7.1.10


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                       CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                      PAGE 20 OF 29 8.6. Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU) 8.6.1. Loop Uncertainty for Time Delay Setting (LUT)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Per references 3.2 and 3.3, Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 20 OF 29 8.6. Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU) 8.6.1. Loop Uncertainty for Time Delay Setting (LU T) Per references 3.2 and 3.3
LUT1     = +/- (m/n)[(ART1)2 + (CLT1)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)
, Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
Where:       m =     The number of standard deviations required to encompass 95% of the area under the curve for a normal distribution either one or two sided. 1.645 corresponds to a one sided confidence while 2.00 corresponds to a two sided confidence.
LUT1 = +/- (m/n)[(ART1)2 + (CLT1)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)
N =     The number of standard deviations used in specifying the individual components of uncertainty.
Where: m = The number of standard deviations required to encompass 95% of the area under the curve for a normal distribution either one or two sided. 1.645 corresponds to a one sided confidence while 2.00 corresponds to a two sided confidence.
M (Margin) = Margin is added for additional conservatism.
N = The number of standard deviations used in specifying the individual components of uncertainty
                            =   +/- (1.645/2)[(0.2598)2 + (0.18)2]1/2 +/- 0.056
. M (Margin) = Margin is added for additional conservatism.
                            =   +/- 0.316 seconds 8.6.2. Loop Uncertainty for Time Delay Setting (LUT)
= +/- (1.645/2)[(0.2598) 2 + (0.18)2]1/2 +/- 0.056 = +/- 0.316 seconds 8.6.2. Loop Uncertainty for Time Delay Setting (LU T) Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
LUT2 = +/- (m/n)[(ART2)2 + (CLT2)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)
LUT2     = +/- (m/n)[(ART2)2 + (CLT2)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)
= +/- (1.645/2)[(3.9 18)2 + (1.35)2]1/2 +/- 1.7 4 0 = +/- 5.1 48 seconds 8.7. Calculation of Loop Drift (D L) 8.7.1. Transformer Temperature Drift Effects (TD T) N/A for both the voltage and time delay function per Assumption 7.1.13 8.7.2. Relay Temperature Drift Effects (TD R) N/A for both the voltage and time delay function per assumption 7.1.13 8.7.3. Relay Drift (DR RV) 8.7.3.1 Relay Drift for Time Delay Setting (DR RT) (Assumption 7.1.14)
                    = +/- (1.645/2)[(3.918)2 + (1.35)2]1/2 +/- 1.740
                    = +/- 5.148 seconds 8.7. Calculation of Loop Drift (DL) 8.7.1. Transformer Temperature Drift Effects (TDT)
N/A for both the voltage and time delay function per Assumption 7.1.13 8.7.2. Relay Temperature Drift Effects (TDR)
N/A for both the voltage and time delay function per assumption 7.1.13 8.7.3. Relay Drift (DRRV) 8.7.3.1   Relay Drift for Time Delay Setting (DRRT) (Assumption 7.1.14)
DRRT1 = +/- 3.725% Setpoint
DRRT1 = +/- 3.725% Setpoint
= +/- (0.03 725 x 3) seconds
                      = +/- (0.03725 x 3) seconds
= +/- 0.1 12 seconds As there are no other components of drift to be considered for the relay time delay setting, Loop drift for the time delay setting (DRLT) = DR RT 8.7.3.2 Relay Drift for Time Delay Setting (DR RT) (Assumption 7.1.14)
                      = +/- 0.112 seconds                                                 (2 Value)
As there are no other components of drift to be considered for the relay time delay setting, Loop drift for the time delay setting (DRLT) = DRRT 8.7.3.2 Relay Drift for Time Delay Setting (DRRT) (Assumption 7.1.14)


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                       CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                      PAGE 21 OF 29 DRRT2 = +/- 3.725% Setpoint
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
                      = +/- (0.03725 x 45.24) seconds
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 21 OF 29 DRRT2 = +/- 3.725% Setpoint
                      = +/- 1.685 seconds                                                 (2 Value)
= +/- (0.03 725 x 45.24) seconds = +/- 1.6 85 seconds   As there are no other components of drift to be considered for the relay time delay setting, Loop drift for the time delay setting (DRLT) = DR RT 8.8. Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) 8.8.1. Total Loop Uncertainty
As there are no other components of drift to be considered for the relay time delay setting, Loop drift for the time delay setting (DRLT) = DRRT 8.8. Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) 8.8.1. Total Loop Uncertainty - Time Delay Setting (TLUT)
- Time Delay Setting (TLU T) Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Total Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Total Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
TLUT1 = +/- (m/n) [(ART1)2 + (CLT1)2 + (DRLT1)2]1/2 +/- M (margin)
TLUT1 = +/- (m/n) [(ART1)2 + (CLT1)2 + (DRLT1)2]1/2 +/- M (margin)
= +/- (1.645/2)[[(0.2598) 2 + (0.18)2 + (0.1 12)2]1/2 +/- 0.046 = +/- 0.322 seconds 8.8.2. Total Loop Uncertainty  
                    = +/- (1.645/2)[[(0.2598)2 + (0.18)2 + (0.112)2]1/2 +/- 0.046
- Time Delay Setting (TLU T) Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Total Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
                    = +/- 0.322 seconds 8.8.2. Total Loop Uncertainty - Time Delay Setting (TLUT)
Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Total Loop Uncertainty is defined as:
TLUT2 = +/- (m/n) [(ART2)2 + (CLT2)2 + (DRTL2)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)
TLUT2 = +/- (m/n) [(ART2)2 + (CLT2)2 + (DRTL2)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)
= +/- (1.645/2)[[3.9 18)2 + (1.35)2 + (1.6 85)2]1/2 +/- 1.801 = +/- 5.48 0 seconds.
                    = +/- (1.645/2)[[3.918)2 + (1.35)2 + (1.685)2]1/2 +/- 1.801
SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
                    = +/- 5.480 seconds.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
 
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 22 OF 29 Summary of Calculation Data Time Delay Relay Device 1 Time Delay Normal Conditions (TR data) Time Delay Adverse Conditions (ETR data)
SETPOINT CALCULATION                 CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                  G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                  PAGE 22 OF 29 Summary of Calculation Data Time Delay Relay Device 1 Time Delay Normal Conditions       Time Delay Adverse Conditions (TR data)                          (ETR data)
Terms Values Ref Values Ref Input Range 62S3, 62S4 62S5, 62S6
Terms                                 Values               Ref         Values               Ref Input Range       62S3, 62S4       .55 to 15                           .55 to 15
.55 to 15 4 to 120 _ 3.9.6 .55 to 15 4 to 120 _ 3.9.1 Process Units Seconds - 3.9.6 Seconds - 3.9.1 Voltage Range 85-110%V 3.9.6 80% Min V.
_     3.9.6                       _   3.9.1 62S5, 62S6        4 to 120                            4 to 120 Process Units                          Seconds         -     3.9.6       Seconds         -   3.9.1 Voltage Range                       85-110%V                 3.9.6     80% Min V.             3.9.1 Humidity                               40-60%                 3.9.6       10-95%               3.9.1 Temperature Range oF                  70-104         -     3.9.6       40-145         -   3.9.1
3.9.1 Humidity 40-60% 3.9.6 10-95% 3.9.1 Temperature Range o F 70-104 - 3.9.6 40-145 - 3.9.1 Reference Accuracy (RA) 5% of Setting 2 3.9.6 +/- 10% of Setting 2 3.9.1 Temperature Effect (TE)
                                                                          +/- 10% of Reference Accuracy (RA)             5% of Setting     2     3.9.6                       2   3.9.1 Setting 7.1.12 7.1.12 Temperature Effect (TE)           Included in RA     2               Included in RA     2   8.1.3 8.1.4 8.1.4 Seismic Effects (SE)               Included in RA     -     7.1.4   Included in RA     -   7.1.4 Radiation Effect (RE)             Included in RA     -     7.1.5   Included in RA     -   7.1.5
Included in RA 2 7.1.12 8.1.4 Included in RA 2 7.1.12 8.1.3 8.1.4 Seismic Effects (SE)
                                    +/- 0.112 sec.      2    7.1.14      +/- 0.112 sec.     2   7.1.14 Instrument Drift (DR)
Included in RA
                                    +/- 1.685 sec.      2      8.7.3     +/- 1.685 sec.     2    8.7.3 Temperature Drift Effect (TD)           N/A           -     7.1.13         N/A           -   7.1.13 Radiation Drift Effect (RD)             N/A           -     7.1.5         N/A           -   7.1.5 7.1.6                            7.1.6 Power Supply Effect (PS)           Included in RA     2               Included in RA     2 8.1.1                            8.1.2 Humidity Effects (HE)             Included in RA     -     7.1.9   Included in RA     -   7.1.9 Static Pressure Effect (SP)             N/A           -     7.1.8         N/A           -   7.1.8 Process Measurement Effect               N/A           -     7.1.7         N/A           -   7.1.7 (PM)
- 7.1.4 Included in RA - 7.1.4 Radiation Effect (RE)
Insulation Resistance Effect (IR)       N/A           -     7.1.10         N/A           -   7.1.10 Zero Effect (ZE)                         N/A           -     7.1.3         N/A           -   7.1.3
Included in RA
 
- 7.1.5 Included in RA
SETPOINT CALCULATION                     CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                      G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                    PAGE 23 OF 29 8.9. As-Left Tolerance (ALT)
- 7.1.5 Instrument Drift (DR)
Note: For the purposes of calculating ALT, the actual MTE value, MTE L is used.
+/- 0.1 12 sec. +/- 1.6 8 5 sec. 2 2 7.1.14 8.7.3 +/- 0.1 12 sec. +/- 1.6 85 sec. 2 2 7.1.14 8.7.3 Temperature Drift Effect (TD)
ALTRT - Time Delay Relay Calculation 8.9.1. Time Delay Relay 62S5/62S6 As Left Tolerance for Time Delay Setting (ALTRT2)
N/A - 7.1.13 N/A - 7.1.13 Radiation Drift Effect (RD)
MTEL2            = +/- 2.33 x 10-3 seconds ALTRT2          = +/- SRSS (RART2, MTEL2)
N/A - 7.1.5 N/A - 7.1.5 Power Supply Effect (PS)
                              = +/- SRSS (2.262, 0.00233) seconds
Included in RA 2 7.1.6 8.1.1 Included in RA 2 7.1.6 8.1.2 Humidity Effects (HE)
                              = +/- 2.26 seconds Because ALTRT2 is greater than the AFTRT2 value calculated in section 8.10.1, ALTRT2 will be set to 80% of AFTRT2, therefore:
Included in RA
ALTRT2          = +/- 80%* AFTRT2
- 7.1.9 Included in RA
                              = +/- 0.80
- 7.1.9 Static Pressure Effect (SP)
* 1.685 seconds
N/A - 7.1.8 N/A - 7.1.8 Process Measurement Effect (PM) N/A - 7.1.7 N/A - 7.1.7 Insulation Resistance Effect (IR)
                              = +/- 1.35 seconds 8.10. As-Found Tolerance (AFT)
N/A - 7.1.10 N/A - 7.1.10 Zero Effect (ZE)
AFTRT- Time Delay Relay Calculation For calculating AFTRT, the actual MTE value is used:
N/A - 7.1.3 N/A - 7.1.3 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
8.10.1. Time Delay Relay 62S5/62S6 As Found Tolerance for Time Delay Setting (AFTRT2)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Since drift (DRRT2) was determined using plant specific as-found/as-left calibration data:
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 23 OF 29 8.9. As-Left Tolerance (ALT)
AFTRT2      = DRRT2
Note: For the purposes of calculating ALT, the actual MTE value, MTE L is used. ALT RT - Time Delay Relay Calculation 8.9.1. Time Delay Relay 62S5/62S6 As Left Tolerance for Time Delay Setting (ALT RT 2) MTE L 2 = +/- 2.3 3 x 10-3 seconds ALT RT 2 = +/- SRSS (RA RT 2, MTE L 2) = +/- SRSS (2.262, 0.
                          = +/-1.685 seconds 8.11. Loop Tolerances 8.11.1. Time Delay Relay 62S5/62S6 Loop Tolerance for Time Delay Setting ALTL2 - As-Left Loop Tolerance ALTL2      =     +/- SRSS (ALTRT2)
00 23 3) seconds = +/- 2.2 6 seconds Because ALT RT 2 is greater than the AFT RT 2 value calculated in section 8.10.1, ALT RT 2 will be set to 80% of AFT RT 2, therefore:
                                =     +/- SRSS (1.35) seconds
ALT RT 2 = +/- 80%* AFT RT 2  = +/- 0.80
                                =     +/- 1.35 seconds AFTL2 - As-Found Loop Tolerance AFTL2      =     +/-SRSS (AFTRT2)
* 1.685 seconds = +/- 1.35 seconds 8.10. As-Found Tolerance (AFT)
                                =     +/-SRSS (1.685) seconds
AFT RT- Time Delay Relay Calculation For calculating AFT R T, the actual MTE value is used: 8.10.1. Time Delay Relay 62S5/62S6 As Found Tolerance for Time Delay Setting (AFT RT 2) Since drift (DR RT 2) was determined using plant specific as
                                =     +/- 1.685 seconds
-found/as-left calibration data
 
: AFT RT 2 = DR RT 2  = +/-1.685 seconds 8.11. Loop Tolerances 8.11.1. Time Delay Relay 62S5/62S6 Loop Tolerance for Time Delay Setting ALT L 2 - As-Left Loop Tolerance ALT L 2 = +/- SRSS (ALT RT 2) = +/- SRSS (1.35) seconds = +/- 1.35 seconds AFT L2 - As-Found Loop Tolerance AFT L 2 = +/-SRSS (AFT RT 2) = +/-SRSS (1.685) seconds
SETPOINT CALCULATION                   CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                  G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                  PAGE 24 OF 29 Summary of Calibration Tolerances Time Delay Relay 62S5/62S6 As Left Tolerance (ALTRT2)               +/- 1.35 seconds Time Delay Relay 62S5/62S6 As Found Tolerance (AFTRT2)              +/- 1.685 seconds Time Delay Relay 62S5/62S6 As Left Loop Tolerance (ALTL2)           +/- 1.35 seconds Time Delay Relay 62S5/62S6 As Found Loop Tolerance (AFTL2)         +/- 1.685 seconds
  = +/- 1.685 seconds SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
 
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
SETPOINT CALCULATION                         CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                          PAGE 25 OF 29 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.1                                                                     DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE Sheet 1 of 1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE ANO-1             ANO-2               IP-2               IP-3               JAF                   PLP PNPS             VY                 GGNS               RBS                 W3                     NP Revision No.
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 24 OF 29 Summary of Calibration Tolerances Time Delay Relay 62S5/62S6 As Left Tolerance (ALT RT 2) +/- 1.35 seconds Time Delay Relay 62S5/62S6 As Found Tolerance (AFT RT 2) +/- 1.685 seconds Time Delay Relay 62S5/62S6 As Left Loop Tolerance (ALT L 2) +/- 1.35 seconds Time Delay Relay 62S5/62S6 As Found Loop Tolerance (AFT L 2) +/- 1.685 seconds ATTACHMENT 1 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
Document No. G13.18.6.2-ENS*007                                                             Page 1 of 4 002 Title:   Loop Uncertainty Determination for DIV III Undervoltage Time Delays - Agastat ETR14 Time Delay Relay Quality Related           Augmented Quality Related DV Method:               Design Review             Alternate Calculation               Qualification Testing VERIFICATION REQUIRED                     DISCIPLINE                 VERIFICATION COMPLETE AND COMMENTS RESOLVED (DV print, sign, and date)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Electrical         Robin Smith/ See AS for signature & date Mechanical Instrument and Control Civil/Structural Nuclear Originator:
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 25 OF 29 ATTACHMENT 9.1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE Sheet 1 of 1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE ANO-1 ANO-2 IP-2 IP-3 JAF PLP PNPS VY GGNS RBS W3 NP Document No.
Mary Coffaro / See AS for signature & date Print/Sign/Date After Comments Have Been Resolved
G13.18.6.2
 
-ENS*007 Revision No.
SETPOINT CALCULATION                           CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                            G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                            PAGE 26 OF 29 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6                                                                             DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 1 of 3 IDENTIFICATION:                                                                                     DISCIPLINE:
00 2 Page 1 of 4 Title: Loop Uncertainty Dete rmination for DIV III Undervoltage Time Delays  
Document Title:     Loop Uncertainty Determination for DIV III Undervoltage Time Delays -           Civil/Structural Agastat ETR14 Time Delay Relay Electrical Doc. No.:                     G13.18.6.2-ENS*007                 Rev. 002  QA Cat. I               I&C Robin Smith / See AS for signature & date                                 Mechanical Verifier:
- Agastat ETR14 Time Delay Relay Quality Related Augmented Quality Related DV Method:
Print                     Sign                   Date Nuclear Manager authorization for                                                                             Other supervisor performing Verification.
Design Review Alternate Calculation Qualification Testing VERIFICATION REQUIRED DISCIPLINE VERIFICATION COMPLETE AND COMMENTS RESOLVED (DV print, sign, and date)
N/A Print                   Sign               Date METHOD OF VERIFICATION:
Electrical Robin Smith/ See AS for signature & date Mechanical   Instrument and Control Civil/Structural Nuclear       Originator:
Design Review                                 Alternate Calculations                     Qualification Test The following basic questions are addressed as applicable, during the performance of any design verification. These questions are based on the requirements of ANSI N45.2.11 - 1974.
Mary Coffaro
NOTE           The reviewer can use the Comments/Continuation sheet at the end for entering any comment/resolution along with the appropriate question number. Additional items with new question numbers can also be entered.
/ See AS for signature & date Print/Sign/Date After Comments Have Been Resolved ATTACHMENT 1 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
: 1.         Design Inputs - Were the inputs correctly selected and incorporated into the design?
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
(Design inputs include design bases, plant operational conditions, performance requirements, regulatory requirements and commitments, codes, standards, field data, etc. All information used as design inputs should have been reviewed and approved by the responsible design organization, as applicable.
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 26 OF 29 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 1 of 3 IDENTIFICATION:
All inputs need to be retrievable or excerpts of documents used should be attached.
DISCIPLINE:
Civil/Structural Electrical I & C Mechanical Nuclear Other Document Title: Loop Uncertainty Dete rmination for DIV III Undervoltage Time Delays  
- Agastat ETR14 Time Delay Relay Doc. No.: G13.18.6.2
-ENS*007 Rev. 00 2 QA Cat. I Verifier: Robin Smith  
/ See AS for signature & date Print Sign Date Manager authorization for supervisor performing Verification.
N/A           Print Sign Date METHOD OF VERIFICATION:
Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Test The following basic questions are addressed as applicable, during the performance of any design verification. These questions are based on the requirements of ANSI N45.2.11  
- 1974. NOTE The reviewer can use the "Comments/Continuation sheet" at the end for entering any comment/resolution along with the appropriate question number. Additional items with new question numbers can also be entered. 1. Design Inputs - Were the inputs correctly selected and incorporated into the design?
(Design inputs include design bases, plant operational conditions, performance requirements, regulatory requirements and commitments, codes, standards, field data, etc. All information used as design inputs should have been reviewed and approved by the responsible design organization, as applicable
. All inputs need to be retrievable or excerpts of documents used should be attached.
See site specific design input procedures for guidance in identifying inputs.)
See site specific design input procedures for guidance in identifying inputs.)
Yes No N/A   2. Assumptions  
Yes               No               N/A
- Are assumptions necessary to perform the design activity adequately described and reasonable? Where necessary, are assumptions identified for subsequent re
: 2.         Assumptions - Are assumptions necessary to perform the design activity adequately described and reasonable?
-verification when the detailed activities are completed? Are the latest applicable revisions of design documents utilized?
Where necessary, are assumptions identified for subsequent re-verification when the detailed activities are completed? Are the latest applicable revisions of design documents utilized?
Yes No N/A   3. Quality Assurance  
Yes               No               N/A
- Are the appropriate quality and quality assurance requirements specified?
: 3.         Quality Assurance - Are the appropriate quality and quality assurance requirements specified?
Yes No  N/A ATTACHMENT 1 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
Yes               No               N/A
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 27 OF  29 ATTACHMENT 9.6  DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 2 of 3  4. Codes, Standards and Regulatory Requirements
- Are the applicable codes, standards and regulatory requirements, including issue and addenda properly identified and are their requirements for design met?
Yes  No  N/A    5. Construction and Operating Experience
- Have applicable construction and operating experience been considered?
Yes  No  N/A    6. Interfaces
- Have the design interface requirements been satisfied and documented?
Yes  No  N/A    7. Methods - Was an appropriate design or analytical (for calculations) method used?
Yes  No  N/A    8. Design Outputs
- Is the output reasonable compared to the inputs?
Yes  No  N/A    9. Parts, Equipment and Processes
- Are the specified parts, equipment, and processes suitable for the required application?
Yes  No  N/A    10. Materials Compatibility
- Are the specified materials compatible with each other and the design environmental conditions to which the material will be exposed?
Yes  No  N/A    11. Maintenance requirements
- Have adequate maintenance features and requirements been specified?
Yes  No  N/A    12. Accessibility for Maintenance
- Are accessibility and other design provisions adequate for performance of needed maintenance and repair?
Yes  No  N/A    13. Accessibility for In
-service Inspection
- Has adequate accessibility been provided to perform the in
-service inspection expected to be required during the plant life?
Yes  No  N/A    14. Radiation Exposure
- Has the design properly considered radiation exposure to the public and plant personnel?
Yes  No  N/A    15. Acceptance Criteria
- Are the acceptance criteria incorporated in the design documents sufficient to allow verification that design requirements have been satisfactorily accomplished?
Yes  No  N/A ATTACHMENT 1 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 28 OF  29 ATTACHMENT 9.6  DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 3 of 3 16. Test Requirements
- Have adequate pre
-operational and subsequent periodic test requirements been appropriately specified?
Yes  No  N/A    17. Handling, Storage, Cleaning and Shipping
- Are adequate handling, storage, cleaning and shipping requirements specified?
Yes  No  N/A    18. Identification Requirements
- Are adequate identification requirements specified?
Yes  No  N/A    19. Records and Documentation
- Are requirements for record preparation, review, approval, retention, etc., adequately specified?
Are all documents prepared in a clear legible manner suitable for microfilming and/or other documentation storage method?  Have all impacted documents been identified for update as necessary?
Yes  No  N/A    20. Software Quality Assurance
- ENN sites: For a calculation that utilized software applications (e.g., GOTHIC, SYMCORD), was it properly verified and validated in accordance with EN
- IT-104 or previous site SQA Program? ENS sites: This is an EN
-IT-104 task. However, per ENS
-DC-126, for exempt software, was it verified in the calculation?
Yes  No  N/A    21. Has adverse impact on peripheral components and systems, outside the boundary of the document being verified, been considered?
Yes  No N/A  


ATTACHMENT 1 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                           CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                            G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                          PAGE 27 OF 29 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6                                                                            DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 2 of 3
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
: 4.        Codes, Standards and Regulatory Requirements - Are the applicable codes, standards and regulatory requirements, including issue and addenda properly identified and are their requirements for design met?
-ENS*007, Rev. 00 2 PAGE 29 OF 29 ATTACHMENT 9.DESIGN VERIFICATION COMMENT SHEET Sheet 1 of 1 Comments / Continuation Sheet Question  #
Yes                No                N/A
Comments  Resolution Initial/Date 1 Comments provided by markup Incorporated RS  10/13/12
: 5.        Construction and Operating Experience - Have applicable construction and operating experience been considered?
Yes                No                N/A
: 6.        Interfaces - Have the design interface requirements been satisfied and documented?
Yes                No                N/A
: 7.        Methods - Was an appropriate design or analytical (for calculations) method used?
Yes                No                N/A
: 8.        Design Outputs - Is the output reasonable compared to the inputs?
Yes                No                N/A
: 9.        Parts, Equipment and Processes - Are the specified parts, equipment, and processes suitable for the required application?
Yes                No                N/A
: 10.      Materials Compatibility - Are the specified materials compatible with each other and the design environmental conditions to which the material will be exposed?
Yes                No                N/A
: 11.      Maintenance requirements - Have adequate maintenance features and requirements been specified?
Yes                No                N/A
: 12.      Accessibility for Maintenance - Are accessibility and other design provisions adequate for performance of needed maintenance and repair?
Yes                No                N/A
: 13.      Accessibility for In-service Inspection - Has adequate accessibility been provided to perform the in-service inspection expected to be required during the plant life?
Yes                No                N/A
: 14.      Radiation Exposure - Has the design properly considered radiation exposure to the public and plant personnel?
Yes                No                N/A
: 15.      Acceptance Criteria - Are the acceptance criteria incorporated in the design documents sufficient to allow verification that design requirements have been satisfactorily accomplished?
Yes                No                N/A


ANO-1  ANO-2  GGNS  IP-2  IP-3  PLP  JAF PNPS  RBS  VY  W3  NP-GGNS-3 NP-RBS-3 CALCULATION COVER PAGE (1)  EC #  40339 (2)  Page 1 of 32 (3) Design Basis Calc.
SETPOINT CALCULATION                               CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                                G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                              PAGE 28 OF 29 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6                                                                               DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 3 of 3
YES      NO (4)
: 16.      Test Requirements - Have adequate pre-operational and subsequent periodic test requirements been appropriately specified?
CALCULATION EC Markup (5)  Calculation No:  G13.18.6.2
Yes                No              N/A
-ENS*002 (6)  Revision:  00 3 (7)  Title: Instrument Loop Uncertainty/Setpoint Determination for the ABB Model 27H Undervoltage Relay (8)  Editorial YES      NO (9)  System(s):
: 17.      Handling, Storage, Cleaning and Shipping - Are adequate handling, storage, cleaning and shipping requirements specified?
302 (10)  Review Org (Department
Yes                No              N/A
):   NSBE3 (I&C Design)
: 18.      Identification Requirements - Are adequate identification requirements specified?
(11)  Safety Class:
Yes                No              N/A
Safety / Quality Related Augmented Quality Program Non-Safety Related (12)   Component/Equipment/Structure Type/Number:
: 19.      Records and Documentation - Are requirements for record preparation, review, approval, retention, etc.,
ENS-SWG1A-27-1A, 1B, 1C ENS-SWG1B-27-1A, 1B, 1C ENS-SWG1A-PT-BUS ENS-SWG1B-PT-BUS      (13)  Document Type:
adequately specified? Are all documents prepared in a clear legible manner suitable for microfilming and/or other documentation storage method? Have all impacted documents been identified for update as necessary?
F43.02 (14) Keywords (Description/Topical Codes): relay, uncertainty, undervoltage REVIE WS    (15)  Name/Signature/Date Mary Coffaro / See AS Responsible Engineer (16)  Name/Signature/Date Robin Smith / See AS (17)  Name/Signature/Date Paul Matzke
Yes                No              N/A
/ See AS    Supervisor/Approval Design Verifier Reviewer    Comments Attached Comments Attached
: 20.      Software Quality Assurance- ENN sites: For a calculation that utilized software applications (e.g., GOTHIC, SYMCORD), was it properly verified and validated in accordance with EN- IT-104 or previous site SQA Program?
ENS sites: This is an EN-IT-104 task. However, per ENS-DC-126, for exempt software, was it verified in the calculation?
Yes                No              N/A
: 21.      Has adverse impact on peripheral components and systems, outside the boundary of the document being verified, been considered?
Yes                No              N/A


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                 CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                   G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION                 PAGE 29 OF 29 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.7                                                    DESIGN VERIFICATION COMMENT SHEET Sheet 1 of 1 Comments / Continuation Sheet Question #          Comments                          Resolution                  Initial/Date 1    Comments provided by markup    Incorporated                      RS 10/13/12
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
 
-ENS*00 2, Rev. 00 3 PAGE 2 OF 32 CALCULATION REFERENCE SHEET CALCULATION NO:
ANO-1                ANO-2              GGNS                IP-2            IP-3                  PLP JAF                  PNPS                RBS                  VY              W3 NP-GGNS-3            NP-RBS-3 CALCULATION            (1)                                                  (2)
G.13.18.6.2
EC #        40339                                    Page 1 of    32 COVER PAGE (3)                                                    (4)
-ENS*002 REVISION:
Design Basis Calc.      YES        NO                      CALCULATION                EC Markup (5)                                                                                        (6)
00 3  I. EC Markups Incorporated (N/A to NP calculations): None II. Relationships: Sht Rev Input Doc Output Doc Impact Y/N Tracking No.
Calculation No: G13.18.6.2-ENS*002                                                        Revision: 003 (7)                                                                                        (8)
: 1. EN-DC-126 -- 00 4   N 2. EN-IC-S-007-R 0 000   N 3. 7224.300-000-001B 0 300   N 4. 201.130-186 0 000   N 5. 215.150 0 006   N 6. B455-0139 0 000   N 7. 3242.521-102-001A 0 300   N 8. F1 37-0100 0 000   N 9. 0242.521-102-133 0 300   N 10. EE-001K 0 019   N 11. EE-001L 0 015   N 12. ESK-08ENS01 001 008   N 13. ESK-08EGS09 001 013   N 14. ESK-08EGS10 001 012   N 15. ESK-08EGS13 001 011   N 16. ESK-08EGS14 001 010   N 17. ESK-08EGS15 001 0 10   N 18. ESK-08EGS16 001 007   N 19. STP-302-1600 -- 0 20   Y A/R 00154225
Title:    Instrument Loop Uncertainty/Setpoint Determination for the ABB Model            Editorial 27H Undervoltage Relay                                                            YES      NO (9)                                              (10)
: 20. STP-302-1601 -- 0 20   Y A/R 00154227
System(s): 302                                    Review Org (Department): NSBE3 (I&C Design)
: 21. G13.18.6.3
(11)                                              (12)
-006 0 000   N 22. LSK-24-09.05A 001 015   N 23. EDP-AN-02 -- 30 1   N 24. STP-302-0102 -- 01 7   N 25. G13.18.3.1
Safety Class:                                    Component/Equipment/Structure Type/Number:
-004 0 000   Y EC 40339 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
Safety / Quality Related                  ENS-SWG1A-27-1A, 1B, 1C      ENS-SWG1B-27-1A, 1B, 1C Augmented Quality Program Non-Safety Related ENS-SWG1A-PT-BUS              ENS-SWG1B-PT-BUS (13)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Document Type: F43.02 (14)
-ENS*00 2, Rev. 00 3 PAGE 3 OF 32 III. CROSS REFERENCES
Keywords (Description/Topical Codes):
: 1. Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB) 2. Technical Specifications Section B3.3.8.1
relay, uncertainty, undervoltage REVIEWS (15)                                  (16)                                (17)
Name/Signature/Date                  Name/Signature/Date                  Name/Signature/Date Mary Coffaro / See AS                Robin Smith / See AS                Paul Matzke / See AS Responsible Engineer                                                      Supervisor/Approval Design Verifier Reviewer                              Comments Attached Comments Attached
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION                  CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                G13.18.6.2-ENS*002, Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                  PAGE 2 OF 32 CALCULATION REFERENCE         CALCULATION NO:           G.13.18.6.2-ENS*002 SHEET                          REVISION:       003 I. EC Markups Incorporated (N/A to NP calculations): None II. Relationships:               Sht   Rev       Input     Output      Impact  Tracking No.
Doc       Doc         Y/N
: 1. EN-DC-126                     --  004                              N
: 2. EN-IC-S-007-R                 0   000                             N
: 3. 7224.300-000-001B             0   300                             N
: 4. 201.130-186                   0   000                             N
: 5. 215.150                       0   006                             N
: 6. B455-0139                     0   000                             N
: 7. 3242.521-102-001A             0   300                             N
: 8. F137-0100                     0   000                             N
: 9. 0242.521-102-133               0   300                             N
: 10. EE-001K                       0   019                             N
: 11. EE-001L                       0   015                             N
: 12. ESK-08ENS01                 001   008                             N
: 13. ESK-08EGS09                 001   013                             N
: 14. ESK-08EGS10                 001   012                             N
: 15. ESK-08EGS13                 001   011                             N
: 16. ESK-08EGS14                 001   010                             N
: 17. ESK-08EGS15                 001  010                              N
: 18. ESK-08EGS16                 001   007                             N
: 19. STP-302-1600                 --  020                              Y     A/R 00154225
: 20. STP-302-1601                 --  020                              Y     A/R 00154227
: 21. G13.18.6.3-006               0   000                             N
: 22. LSK-24-09.05A               001   015                             N
: 23. EDP-AN-02                     --  301                              N
: 24. STP-302-0102                 --  017                              N
: 25. G13.18.3.1-004               0   000                             Y       EC40339
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION             CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT              G13.18.6.2-ENS*002, Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION            PAGE 3 OF 32 III.     CROSS  
 
==REFERENCES:==
: 1. Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB)
: 2. Technical Specifications Section B3.3.8.1
: 3. ANSI Standards C57.13 (1993)
: 3. ANSI Standards C57.13 (1993)
: 4. Multi-Amp Instruction Book EPOCH
: 4. Multi-Amp Instruction Book EPOCH-10
-10 5. USAR Figures 3.11
: 5. USAR Figures 3.11-1 through 5 IV.       SOFTWARE USED:
-1 through 5 IV. SOFTWARE USED
N/A Title:                                   Version/Release:       Disk/CD No.
: N/A Title:     Version/Release:
V.       DISK/CDS INCLUDED:
Disk/CD No.
N/A Title:                                   Version/Release       Disk/CD No.
V. DISK/CDS INCLUDED
VI.       OTHER CHANGES:
: N/A Title:     Version/Release Disk/CD No.
References removed from the calculation: G13.18.3.1*001
VI. OTHER CHANGES
:      References removed from the calculation: G13.18.3.1*001


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                       CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                        Page 4 of 32 Revision                                     Record of Revision Initial issue to support determination of undervoltage rely setpoints by Electrical 000    Engineering.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Deleted Degraded Voltage Relay setpoints. With relay change per ER-RB-2001-0360-00, the 001    degraded voltage relay setpoints are moved to G13.18.3.6.2-ENS-005 Rev. 0. Revised procedural as-left band.
-ENS*002 Rev.
002    Incorporated new drift value and extended calibration period to 30 months per EC 11753.
00 3 Page 4 of 32 Revision Record of Revision 00 0 Initial issue to support determination of undervoltage rely setpoints by Electrical Engineering.
EC 40339: Incorporated new setpoints as determined in calculation G13.18.3.1-004 into this 003    calculation and added computation of ALT and AFT.
00 1 Deleted Degraded Voltage Relay setpoints. With relay change per ER
-RB-2001-0360-00, the degraded voltage relay setpoints are moved to G13.18.3.6.2
-ENS-005 Rev. 0. Revised procedural as
-left band.
00 2 Incorporated new drift value and extended calibration period to 30 months per EC 11753. 003 EC 40339: Incorporated new setpoints as determined in calculation G13.18.3.1
-004 into this calculation and added computation of ALT and AFT.


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                                   CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                                    G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                                  Page 5 of 32 TABLE OF CONTENTS COVER SHEET CALCULATION REFERENCES RECORD OF REVISION SECTION                                                                                                             PAGE 1.0 Purpose and Description                                                                                                6 2.0 Results/Conclusions                                                                                                   8 3.0 References                                                                                                             9 4.0 Design Inputs                                                                                                         11 5.0 Nomenclature                                                                                                         15 6.0 Calculation Methodology                                                                                               16 7.0 Assumptions                                                                                                           17 8.0 Calculation                                                                                                           20 9.0 Simplified Block Diagram                                                                                             28 Attachments:
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
1   Design Verification Form and Comments .......................................................................... 5 pages
-ENS*002 Rev.
 
00 3 Page 5 of 32 TABLE OF CONTENTS COVER SHEET CALCULATION REFERENCES RECORD OF REVISION SECTION PAGE 1.0 Purpose and Descripti on 6 2.0 Results/Conclusions 8 3.0 References 9 4.0 Design Inputs 11 5.0 Nomenclature 15 6.0 Calculation Methodology 16 7.0 Assumptions 17 8.0 Calculation 20 9.0 Simplified Block Diagram 2 8 Attachments:
SETPOINT CALCULATION                         CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                          Page 6 of 32 1.0     Purpose and Description 1.1. Purpose The purpose of this calculation is to determine the uncertainty associated with the existing Safety-Related 4.16 kV Loss of Voltage relays for Divisions I & II. Nominal trip Set points and Allowable values will be determined by the Electrical Engineering group in calculation G13.18.3.1-004.
1 Design Verification Form and Comments
1.2. Loop Descriptions Each 4.16 kV emergency bus has its own independent Loss of Power (LOP) instrumentation and associated trip logic. The voltage for the Division I and II buses is monitored at two levels, which can be considered as two different undervoltage functions; loss of voltage and sustained degraded voltage.
................................
Each 4.16 kV bus monitored by three undervoltage relays whose outputs are arranged in a two-out-of-three logic configuration (Reference 3.12). The channels include electronic equipment (e.g., trip units) that compares measured input signals with pre-established setpoints. When the setpoint is exceeded, the channel output relay actuates, which then outputs a LOP trip signal to the trip logic.
................................
1.3. Design Bases Event Per Technical Specification Bases B 3.3.8.1 (Reference 3.7.3), successful operation of the required safety functions of the Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS) is dependent upon the availability of adequate power sources for energizing the various components such as pump motors, motor operated valves, and the associated control components. The LOP instrumentation monitors the 4.16 kV emergency buses. Offsite power is the preferred source of power for the 4.16 kV emergency buses. If the monitors determine that insufficient power is available, the buses are disconnected from the offsite power sources and connected to the onsite diesel generator (DG) power sources.
..........
1.4. Degree of Accuracy/Limits of Applicability The results of this calculation are based on the statistical methods of at least 95%
5 page s SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
probability of occurrence for a one sided probability distribution in accordance with General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology, (Reference 3.3) and EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations (Reference 3.2). One sided probability is used since the Loss of Voltage relay performs its safety function in the decreasing direction only.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*002 Rev.
00 3 Page 6 of 32 1.0 Purpose and Description 1.1. Purpose The purpose of this calculation is to determine the uncertainty associated with the existing Safety
-Related 4.16 kV Loss of Voltage relays for Divisions I & II. Nominal trip Set points and Allowable values will be determined by the Electrical Engineering group in calculation G13.18.3.1
-00 4. 1.2. Loop Descriptions Each 4.16 kV emergency bus has its own independent Loss of Power (LOP) instrumentation and associated trip logic. The voltage for the Division I and II buses is monitored at two levels, which can be considered as two different undervoltage functions; loss of voltage and sustained degraded voltage.
Each 4.16 kV bus monitored by three undervoltage relays whose outputs are arranged in a two-out-of-three logic configuration (Reference 3.12). The channels include electronic equipment (e.g., trip units) that compares measured input signals with pre
-established setpoints. When the setpoint is exceeded, the channel output relay actuates, which then outputs a LOP trip signal to the trip logic.
1.3. Design Bases Event Per Technical Specification Bases B 3.3.8.1 (Reference 3
.7.3), "successful operation of the required safety functions of the Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS) is dependent upon the availability of adequate power sources for energizing the various components such as pump motors, motor operated valves, and the associated control components. The LOP instrumentation monitors the 4.16 kV emergency buses. Offsite power is the preferred source of power for the 4.16 kV emergency buses. If the monitors determine that insufficient power is available, the buses are disconnected from the offsite power sources and connected to the onsite diesel generator (DG) power sources." 1.4. Degree of Accuracy/Limits of Applicability The results of this calculation are based on the statistical methods of at least 95% probability of occurrence for a one sided probability distribution in accordance with "General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology," (Reference 3.3) and EN-IC-S-007-R, "Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations" (Reference 3.2). One sided probability is used since the Loss of Voltage relay performs its safety function in the decreasing direction only.
The results of this calculation are valid under the Assumptions stated in Section 7.0 of this calculation.
The results of this calculation are valid under the Assumptions stated in Section 7.0 of this calculation.
The appropriate use of this calculation to support design or station activities, other than those specified in Section 1.1 of this calculation, is the responsibility of the user.
The appropriate use of this calculation to support design or station activities, other than those specified in Section 1.1 of this calculation, is the responsibility of the user.


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                         CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                        Page 7 of 32 1.5. Applicability A data analysis has been performed in order to determine which, if any, redundant instrument loops are bounded by the results of this calculation. This calculation is applicable to the Loops associated with the primary elements stated in Section 9.0. The results of this calculation are bounding for the applicable instrument loops, based on such factors as instrument manufacturer and model number, instrument location/environmental parameters, actual installation and use of the instrument in process measurements.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*002 Rev.
00 3 Page 7 of 32 1.5. Applicability A data analysis has been performed in order to determine which, if any, redundant instrument loops are bounded by the results of this calculation. This calculation is applicable to the Loops associated with the primary elements stated in Section 9.0. The results of this calculation are bounding for the applicable instrument loops, based on such factors as instrument manufacturer and model number, instrument location/environmental parameters, actual installation and use of the instrument in process measurements.


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                         CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                        Page 8 of 32 2.0     Results/Conclusions 2.1. Results The Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty for the Loss of Voltage relays were calculated in Section 8.0. These values and other associated values such as loop drift are presented in Table 2.1-1.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Table 2.1-1 Loss of Voltage Relay Maximum Loop                          Total Loop    M&TE Loop Channel Drift                                        Loop Loop          Uncertainty                      Uncertainty    Accuracy System(s)                                           (DL)                                      Setting Tol.
-ENS*002 Rev.
Identification       (LU)                             (TLU)     Requirements VAC                                           (ALTL)
00 3 Page 8 of 32 2.0 Results/Conclusions 2.1. Results The Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty for the Loss of Voltage relays were calculated in Section 8.0. These values and other associated values such as loop drift are presented in Table 2.1-1. Table 2.1-1 Loss of Voltage Relay System(s) Loop Identification Loop Uncertainty (LU) VAC Channel Drift (D L) VAC Total Loop Uncertainty (TL U) VAC M&TE Loop Accuracy Requirements VAC Maximum Loop Setting Tol.
VAC                               VAC          VAC VAC See           +/- 0.9067                           +/- 1.07 302                                          +/- 0.392                        +/- 0.161          +/- 0.21 Section 9.0      +/- 54.97*                          +/- 64.87*
(ALT L) VAC 302 See Section 9.0
+/- 0.9067 +/- 54.97* +/- 0.3 92 +/- 1.07 +/- 64.87* +/- 0.1 61 +/- 0.21
* Uncertainty indexed to the primary (bus) voltage of the potential transformers.
* Uncertainty indexed to the primary (bus) voltage of the potential transformers.
2.2. Conclusions The calculated Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty presented in Table 2.1-1 are bounding for the relays and circuits listed in Section 9.0.
2.2. Conclusions The calculated Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty presented in Table 2.1-1 are bounding for the relays and circuits listed in Section 9.0.


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                       CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                      Page 9 of 32 3.0   References 3.1   EN-DC-126, Engineering Calculation Process 3.2   EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty and Setpoint Calculations 3.3   7224.300-000-001B, NEDC-31336P-A, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology 3.4   Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB) 3.5   201.130-186, Peak Spreading of ARS Curves for the Control Building 3.6   Environmental Design Criteria, Spec 215.150, including USAR figures 3.11-1 through 5 as outlined in EDP-AN-02 section 6.3.1 3.7   RBS Operating License 3.7.1   Not used 3.7.2   Not used 3.7.3 Technical Specifications Bases Sections B3.3.8.1 3.7.4   Not used 3.8   RBS USAR None 3.9   Vendor Manuals 3.9.1   B455-0139, Single-Phase Voltage Relays 3.9.2   3242.521-102-001A, Instruction Manual-STNBY 4.16 kV Switchgear 3.9.3   F137-0100, Fluke Dual Display Multimeter Users Manual 3.9.4   Multi-Amp Instruction Book for the EPOCH-10, Microprocessor-Enhanced Protective Relay Test Set, (maintained by the Standards Laboratory) 3.9.5   0242.521-102-133, Bill of Material 1ENS-SWG1A & 1B 3.10 Electrical Schematics 3.10.1 EE-001K, 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A 3.10.2 EE-001L, 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
 
-ENS*002 Rev.
SETPOINT CALCULATION                    CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                    G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                    Page 10 of 32 3.10.3 ESK-08ENS01, AC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1A & 1B Protection & Metering 3.10.4 ESK-08EGS09, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A Under Voltage Protection 3.10.5 ESK-08EGS10, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B Under Voltage Protection 3.10.6 ESK-08EGS13, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A Under Voltage Protection 3.10.7 ESK-08EGS14, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B Under Voltage Protection 3.10.8 ESK-08EGS15, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A Under Voltage Protection & Load Sequence 3.10.9 ESK-08EGS16, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B Under Voltage Protection & Load Sequence 3.11 Surveillance Test Procedures:
00 3 Page 9 of 32 3.0 References 3.1 EN-DC-126 , "Engineering Calculation Process" 3.2 EN-IC-S-007-R , "Instrument Loop Uncertainty and Setpoint Calculations
3.11.1 Not used 3.11.2 Not used 3.11.3 Not used 3.11.4 Not used 3.11.5 STP-302-0102, Power Distribution System Operability Check 3.12 LSK-24-09.05A, Standby Diesel Generator Load Sequence, Logic Diagram 3.13 Standards 3.13.1 ANSI Standard C57.13, Requirements for Instrument Transformers 3.13.2 Not used 3.14 G13.18.6.3-006, ABB Model ITE-27H Relay Drift Analysis 3.15 G13.18.3.1-004, Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for ENS-SWG01A and ENS-SWG01B
" 3.3 7224.300-000-001B, NEDC
 
-31336P-A, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology 3.4 Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB) 3.5 201.130-186 , "Peak Spreading of ARS Curves for the Control Building
SETPOINT CALCULATION                      CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                      Page 11 of 32 4.0    Design Input The following are the design inputs used to determine uncertainty for the DIV I and II Loss of Voltage relays.
" 3.6 Environmental Design Criteria, Spec 215.150, including USAR figures 3.11
4.1  Loop Input 4.1.1  Loop Data:
-1 through 5 as outlined in EDP
Form 1: Loop/Process Data Sheet Description                      Data                        Reference ENS-SWG1A-PT Loop Sensor(s)                                                    3.10 ENS-SWG1B-PT ENS-SWG1A Location                                                      3.4 ENS-SWG1B Output Range                    0-120 VAC                        3.10 Input Range                    0-4200 VAC                        3.10 4.1.2  Special Considerations:
-AN-02 section 6.3.1 3.7 RBS Operating License 3.7.1 Not used 3.7.2 Not used 3.7.3 Technical Specifications Bases Sections B3.3.8.1 3.7.4 Not used 3.8 RBS USAR None 3.9 Vendor Manuals 3.9.1 B455-0139, Singl e-Phase Voltage Relays 3.9.2 3242.521-102-001A, Instruction Manual
4.1.2.1      Calibration shall be performed using the following instruments:
-STNBY 4.16 kV Switchgear 3.9.3 F137-0100, Fluke Dual Display Multimeter Users Manual 3.9.4 Multi-Amp Instruction Book for the EPOCH
* Multi-Amp EPOCH-10 relay tester set to Oscillator Mode (Reference 3.9.4)
-10, Microprocessor
* Fluke Model 45 Digital Multimeter set to Medium Resolution (Reference 3.9.3) 4.1.2.2      A minimum of 1 hour warm up time at the calibration location shall be allowed for the Fluke Model 45 Multimeter.
-Enhanced Protective Relay Test Set, (maintained by the Standards Laboratory) 3.9.5 0242.521-102-133 , Bill of Material 1ENS-SWG1A & 1B 3.10 Electrical Schematics 3.10.1 EE-001K, 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A 3.10.2 EE-001L, 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                         CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                          Page 12 of 32 4.2   Loop Instrumentation Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 Description                            Data                          Reference Component Number(s)                  ENS-SWG1A-PT-BUS 3.4 ENS-SWG1B-PT-BUS Manufacturer                              Westinghouse                            3.9.5 Model(s)                                      VIY-60                              3.9.5 Location(s)                        CB 98E1. /ENS-SWG1A 3.4 CB 98E1. /ENS-SWG1B Service Description                        Transformer                              3.4 Instrument Range                          0 - 4200 VAC                            3.9.5 Output Range                              0 - 120 VAC                            3.9.5 Calibration Interval Evaluated                  N/A                                Note Device Setting Tolerance                        N/A                                Note Note: Potential transformers for instrument service cannot be calibrated or adjusted, therefore there is no device setting tolerance or calibration interval.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 2 Description                              Data                          Reference Component Number(s)                          See Section 9.0                      3.4, 3.10 Manufacturer                                Asea Brown Boveri                    3.9.5, 3.9.1 Model                                               27H                         3.9.5, 3.9.1 Location(s)                             CB 98EL/ENS-SWG1A 3.4 CB 98EL/ENS-SWG1B Service Description                                Relay                        3.9.1, 3.10 Input Range                                     0 - 120 VAC                           3.9.2 Output                                        Contact Action                      3.10, 3.12 30 Mo.
-ENS*002 Rev.
Calibration Interval Evaluated                                                        3.2 (24 Mo. + 25%)
00 3 Page 10 of 32  3.10.3 ESK-08ENS01, AC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1A & 1B Protection & Metering 3.10.4 ESK-08EGS09 , DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A Under Voltage  Protection 3.10.5 ESK-08EGS10, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B Under Voltage      Protection 3.10.6 ESK-08EGS13, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A Under Voltage  Protection 3.10.7 ESK-08EGS14, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B Under Voltage Protection 3.10.8 ESK-08EGS15, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A Under Voltage Protection & Load Sequence 3.10.9 ESK-08EGS16, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B Under Voltage Protection & Load Sequence 3.11 Surveillance Test Procedures:
3.11.1 Not used  3.11.2 Not used 3.11.3 Not used 3.11.4 Not used 3.11.5 STP-302-0102, Power Distribution System Operability Check 3.12 LSK-24-09.05A, Standby Diesel Generator Load Sequence, Logic Diagram 3.13 Standards 3.13.1 ANSI Standard C57.13, Requirements for Instrument Transformer s 3.13.2 Not used 3.14 G13.18.6.3
-006, ABB Model ITE
-27H Relay Drift Analysis 3.15 G13.18.3.1
-004, Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for ENS
-SWG01A and ENS
-SWG01B SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*002 Rev.
00 3 Page 11 of  32  4.0 Design Input The following are the design inputs used to determine uncertainty for the DIV I and II Lo ss of Voltage relays.
4.1 Loop Input 4.1.1 Loop Data:
Form 1: Loop/Process Data Sheet Description Data Reference Loop Sensor(s)
ENS-SWG1A-PT ENS-SWG1B-PT 3.10 Location ENS-SWG1A ENS-SWG1B 3.4 Output Range 0-120 VAC 3.10 Input Range 0-4200 VAC 3.10  4.1.2 Special Considerations:
4.1.2.1 Calibration shall be performed using the following instruments:
Multi-Amp EPOCH-10 relay tester set to Oscillator Mode (Reference 3.9.4)
Fluke Model 45 Digital Multimeter set to Medium Resolution (Reference 3.9.3) 4.1.2.2 A minimum of 1 hour warm up time at the calibration location shall be allowed for the Fluke Model 45 Multimeter.


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                     CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                      G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                     Page 13 of 32 4.3 Loop Device Data Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 Westinghouse VIY-60 Description                         Data                   Reference 0.3% of setting                 3.9.2 Reference Accuracy (RAT) 2                        7.1.2 Seismic Effects (SET)                           N/A                       7.1.4 Temperature Effects (TET)                       N/A                       7.1.12 Insulation Resistance Effects (IRT)             N/A                       7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TDT)                 N/A                       7.1.13 Drift (DRT)                                     N/A                       7.1.14 Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Sheet Calc. Device Number 2 Asea Brown Boveri 27H Description                         Data                   Reference 3.9.1
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
                                              +/-0.25% of setting Reference Accuracy (RAR)                                                  7.1.2 2
-ENS*002 Rev.
7.1.15 Seismic Effects (SER)                             0                       7.1.4 0.5 VAC/(68oF - 104oF)             7.1.12 Temperature Effects (TER) 2                        7.1.2 Insulation Resistance Effects (IRR)             N/A                       7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TDR)                 N/A                       7.1.13
00 3 Page 12 of  32  4.2 Loop Instrumentation Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 Description Data Reference Component Number(s
                                                +/-0.392 VAC                     3.14 Drift (DRR) 2                        7.1.2 3% of Setting                 3.9.1 Reset
) ENS-SWG1A-PT-BUS ENS-SWG1B-PT-BUS 3.4 Manufacturer Westinghouse 3.9.5 Model(s) VIY-60 3.9.5 Location(s)
                                                  +/-1.5%                       3.9.5
CB 98'E1. /ENS
-SWG1A CB 98'E1. /ENS
-SWG1B 3.4 Service Description Transformer 3.4 Instrument Range 0 - 4200 VAC 3.9.5 Output Range 0 - 120 VAC 3.9.5 Calibration Interval Evaluated N/A Note Device Setting Tolerance N/A Note Note: Potential transformers for instrument service cannot be calibrated or adjusted, therefore there is no device setting tolerance or calibration interval
. Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 2 Descripti on Data Reference Component Number(s
) See Section 9.0 3.4 , 3.10 Manufacturer Asea Brown Boveri 3.9.5, 3.9.1 Model 27H 3.9.5 , 3.9.1 Location(s)
CB 98'EL/ENS-SWG1A CB 98'EL/ENS-SWG1B 3.4 Service Description Relay 3.9.1, 3.10 Input Range 0 - 120 VAC 3.9.2 Output Contact Action 3.10, 3.12 Calibration Interval Evaluated 30 Mo. (24 Mo. + 25%)
3.2 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*002 Rev.
00 3 Page 13 of 32 4.3 Loop Device Data Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 Westinghouse VIY-60 Description Data Reference Reference Accuracy (RA T) 0.3% of setting 3.9.2 7.1.2 Seismic Effects (SE T) N/A 7.1.4 Temperature Effects (TE T) N/A 7.1.12 Insulation Resistance Effects (IR T) N/A 7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TD T) N/A 7.1.13 Drift (DR T) N/A 7.1.14   Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Sheet Calc. Device Number 2 Asea Brown Boveri 27H Description Data Reference Reference Accuracy (RA R) +/-0.25% of setting 3.9.1 7.1.2 7.1.15 Seismic Effects (SE R) 0 7.1.4 Temperature Effects (TE R) 0.5 VAC/(68 o F - 104 o F) 7.1.12 7.1.2 Insulation Resistance Effects (IR R) N/A 7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TD R) N/A 7.1.13 Drift (DR R) +/-0.3 92 VAC 3.14 7.1.2 Reset 3% of Setting
+/-1.5% 3.9.1 3.9.5 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*002 Rev.
00 3 Page 14 of  32  4.4 Environmental Information Form 4: Environmental Conditions Data Sheet Zone: CB-98-1 Description Data Reference Location  Building/Elevation CB-98 3.4 Room/Area Switchgear Room 3.4 Normal  Temperature Range, o F 40 - 104 3.6 Humidity Range, %RH 20 - 90 3.6 Radiation 40 Year Total Integrated Dose, Rads 800 3.6 Pressure Range Atmos 3.6 Accident (Loss of Offsite Power)
Temperature Range, o F Same as Normal 3.6 Humidity Range, %RH Same as Normal 3.6 Radiation, Total Integrated Dose, Rads Same as Normal 3.6 Pressure Range Same as Normal 3.6 Seismic  Accelerations, g
< 3 3.5 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*002 Rev.
00 3 Page 15 of  32  5.0 Nomenclature The terms and abbreviations that are not defined in this section are defined in Reference 3.3, Reference 3.2 or within the text of this calculation.


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                 CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                Page 14 of 32 4.4 Environmental Information Form 4: Environmental Conditions Data Sheet Zone: CB-98-1 Description                      Data                    Reference Location Building/Elevation                            CB-98                      3.4 Room/Area                                Switchgear Room                  3.4 Normal Temperature Range, oF                        40 - 104                    3.6 Humidity Range, %RH                          20 - 90                    3.6 Radiation 40 Year Total Integrated 800                      3.6 Dose, Rads Pressure Range                                Atmos                      3.6 Accident (Loss of Offsite Power)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Temperature Range, oF                    Same as Normal                  3.6 Humidity Range, %RH                      Same as Normal                  3.6 Radiation, Total Integrated Dose, Same as Normal                  3.6 Rads Pressure Range                            Same as Normal                  3.6 Seismic Accelerations, g                                <3                        3.5
-ENS*002 Rev.
00 3 Page 16 of 32  6.0 Calculation Methodology This calculation is prepared in accordance with EN-IC-S-007-R , "Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations" (Reference 3.2), EN-DC-126, "Engineering Calculation Process" (Reference 3.1) and 7224.300
-000-001B, "General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology" (Reference 3.3).


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                         CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                         G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                         Page 15 of 32 5.0 Nomenclature The terms and abbreviations that are not defined in this section are defined in Reference 3.3, Reference 3.2 or within the text of this calculation.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
 
-ENS*002 Rev.
SETPOINT CALCULATION                      CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                      G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                      Page 16 of 32 6.0 Calculation Methodology This calculation is prepared in accordance with EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty &
00 3 Page 17 of 32 7.0 Assumptions 7.1 Assumptions that do not require confirmation 7.1.1 Miscellaneous Allowance (ML)
Setpoint Calculations (Reference 3.2), EN-DC-126, Engineering Calculation Process (Reference 3.1) and 7224.300-000-001B, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology (Reference 3.3).
A miscellaneous allowance has not been applied to uncertainty of the device evaluated by this calculation.
 
Brounding of values in the conservative direction, sufficient conservatism has been introduced.
SETPOINT CALCULATION                          CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                          Page 17 of 32 7.0     Assumptions 7.1   Assumptions that do not require confirmation 7.1.1 Miscellaneous Allowance (ML)
7.1.2 For conservatism, all uncertainties given in vendor data specifications are assumed to be 7.1.3 Zero Effect (ZE)
A miscellaneous allowance has not been applied to uncertainty of the device evaluated by this calculation. By assuming all vendor supplied data is a 2 value and with intermediate rounding of values in the conservative direction, sufficient conservatism has been introduced.
7.1.2 Vendor 2 Data For conservatism, all uncertainties given in vendor data specifications are assumed to be 2 unless otherwise specified.
7.1.3 Zero Effect (ZE)
Not applicable 7.1.4 Seismic Effects (SE)
Not applicable 7.1.4 Seismic Effects (SE)
Reference 3.9.1 states that the undervoltage relays have been tested to 6 g ZPA "without damage or malfunction
Reference 3.9.1 states that the undervoltage relays have been tested to 6 g ZPA without damage or malfunction. Reference 3.5 defines the expected level of seismic activity for the 98 ft elevation of the control building as less than 3g. Therefore, seismic effects are assumed to be 0.
." Reference 3.5 defines the expected level of seismic activity for the 98 ft elevation of the control building as less than 3g. Therefore, seismic effects are assumed to be 0. Seismic effects are not applicable to potential transformers.
Seismic effects are not applicable to potential transformers.
7.1.5 Radiation Effects (RE) & Radiation Drift Effect (RD)
7.1.5 Radiation Effects (RE) & Radiation Drift Effect (RD)
Radiation effects and radiation drift effects are not applicable to the relays and transformers evaluated by this calculation, as they are located in a mild environment (Reference 3.6).
Radiation effects and radiation drift effects are not applicable to the relays and transformers evaluated by this calculation, as they are located in a mild environment (Reference 3.6).
Line 1,796: Line 1,525:
Not Applicable
Not Applicable


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                           CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                          Page 18 of 32 7.1.8 Static Pressure Effects (SP)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Not Applicable 7.1.9 Humidity Effects (HE)
-ENS*002 Rev.
The relays were specified by the switchgear manufacturer and are assumed to be designed to withstand the environmental effects in the mounting location without introduction of additional uncertainty. Per Reference 3.6, the humidity range for environmental zone CB-98 is 20 to 90% RH. Therefore, it is assumed that Humidity effects are negligible.
00 3 Page 18 of 32 7.1.8 Static Pressure Effects (SP)
Humidity effects are not applicable to potential transformers.
Not Applicable 7.1.9 Humidity Effects (HE)
The relays were specified by the switchgear manufacturer and are assumed to be designed to withstand the environmental effects in the mounting location without introduction of additional uncertainty. Per Reference 3.6, the humidity range for environmental zone CB
-98 is 20 to 90% RH. Therefore, it is assumed that Humidity effects are negligible. Humidity effects are not applicable to potential transformers.
7.1.10 Insulation Resistance Effects (IR)
7.1.10 Insulation Resistance Effects (IR)
(IR) effects, which may result in degradation of circuit insulation, are not applicable to the devices and circuits addressed by this calculation.
(IR) effects, which may result in degradation of circuit insulation, are not applicable to the devices and circuits addressed by this calculation.
7.1.11 Voltage Drop Voltage drop due to long wiring lengths between source and load are assumed to be negligible as the potential transformers and the undervoltage relays evaluated by this calculation are located in the same switch gear compartment.
7.1.11 Voltage Drop Voltage drop due to long wiring lengths between source and load are assumed to be negligible as the potential transformers and the undervoltage relays evaluated by this calculation are located in the same switch gear compartment.
7.1.12 Temperature Effects (TE) Per Reference 3.9.1, the temperature effect is 0.5 VAC over a span of 68 o - 104 oF (20 o C - 40 oC). Reference 3.6 states that the normal temperature range for this area is 40 o - 104 oF and that 1% of the calendar year (30 hours) the temperature could be 5 oF higher. The temperature change 1% of the calendar year is considered negligible.
7.1.12 Temperature Effects (TE)
The 0.5 VAC value will be used to determine relay temperature effects. See section 8.1.3 Temperature effects are not applicable to transformers. Temperatures above the rate d value would tend to produce total failure of the transformer, rather than an error in output. 7.1.13 Temperature Drift Effects (TD)
Per Reference 3.9.1, the temperature effect is 0.5 VAC over a span of 68o - 104oF (20oC
The drift analysis performed in Reference 3.14 is assumed to encompass all components of drift and drift effects except for temperature drift effects which are assumed to be included in the Reference Accuracy of the device
      - 40oC). Reference 3.6 states that the normal temperature range for this area is 40o -
. Temperature drift effects are not applicable to transformers.
104oF and that 1% of the calendar year (30 hours) the temperature could be 5oF higher.
The temperature change 1% of the calendar year is considered negligible. The 0.5 VAC value will be used to determine relay temperature effects. See section 8.1.3 Temperature effects are not applicable to transformers. Temperatures above the rated value would tend to produce total failure of the transformer, rather than an error in output.
7.1.13 Temperature Drift Effects (TD)
The drift analysis performed in Reference 3.14 is assumed to encompass all components of drift and drift effects except for temperature drift effects which are assumed to be included in the Reference Accuracy of the device.
Temperature drift effects are not applicable to transformers.
7.1.14 Instrument Drift (DR)
7.1.14 Instrument Drift (DR)
The drift analysis can be found in Reference 3.14.
The drift analysis can be found in Reference 3.14.
Drift is not applicable to transformers.
Drift is not applicable to transformers.


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                       CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                      Page 19 of 32 7.1.15 Relay Reference Accuracy (RAR)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
The accuracy rating for the ABB model 27 undervoltage relay is dependent on M&TE accuracy and calibration methodology when following the calibration instruction in Reference 3.9.1. Per Reference 3.9.3, the reference accuracy for a Fluke Model 45 digital multimeter is 0.2% of setting + 10 mV (conservatively approximated as 0.01% of setting). This yields an approximate accuracy of 0.21%. For conservatism, a value of 0.25% of setting will be used for this calculation.
-ENS*002 Rev.
7.2   Assumptions that require confirmation None
00 3 Page 19 of 32 7.1.15 Relay Reference Accuracy (RA R) The accuracy rating for the ABB model 27 undervoltage relay is dependent on M&TE accuracy and calibration methodology when following the calibration instruction in Reference 3.9.1. Per Reference 3.9.3, the reference accuracy for a Fluke Model 45 digital multimeter is 0.2% of setting + 10 mV (conservatively approximated as 0.01% of setting). This yields an approximate accuracy of 0.21%. For conservatism, a value of 0.25% of setting will be used for this calculati on. 7.2 Assumptions that require confirmation None SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
 
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
SETPOINT CALCULATION                         CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                        Page 20 of 32 8.0   Calculation This section includes the following subsections used in performance of this calculation:
-ENS*002 Rev.
8.1) Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.2) Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) 8.3) Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties 8.4) Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL) 8.5) Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 8.6) Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU) 8.7) Calculation of Loop Drift (DL) 8.8) Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) 8.9) Calculation of Reset Differential 8.10) As Left Tolerance (ALT) 8.11) As Found Tolerance (AFT) 8.12) Loop Tolerances 8.1 Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.1.1   Calculation of Transformer Burden and Determination of Reference Accuracy Per References 3.9.2 and 3.13.1, the Reference Accuracy for instrument class potential transformers is +/- 0.3% W, X, and Y, and +/- 1.2% Z. This relates to the burden placed upon the transformer by its connected loads. A load less than 75 VA will yield an accuracy of +/- 0.3% where a load greater than 75 VA will produce a transformer accuracy of +/- 1.2%.
00 3 Page 20 of 32 8.0 Calculation This section includes the following subsections used in performance of this calculation:
8.1) Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.2) Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) 8.3) Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties 8.4) Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL) 8.5) Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 8.6) Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU) 8.7) Calculation of Loop Drift (D L) 8.8) Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) 8.9) Calculation of Reset Differential 8.10) As Left Tolerance (ALT) 8.11) As Found Tolerance (AFT) 8.12) Loop Tolerances 8.1 Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.1.1 Calculation of Transformer Burden and Determination of Reference Accuracy Per References 3.9.2 and 3.13.1, the Reference Accuracy for instrument class potential transformers is +/- 0.3% W, X, and Y, and +/- 1.2% Z. This relates to the burden placed upon the transformer by its connected loads. A load less than 75 VA will yield an accuracy of +/- 0.3% where a load greater than 75 VA will produce a transformer accuracy of +/- 1.2%.
The loads for the metering transformer are:
The loads for the metering transformer are:
6 Undervoltage Relays @ 1.2 VA each
6 Undervoltage Relays @ 1.2 VA each                     =   7.2 1 Synchronizing relay transformer @ 3 VA                 =   3.0 1 Model 60 Voltage Balance Relay @ 0.7 VA each           =   0.7 2 Model 32 voltage Balance Relays @ 0.3 VA each         =   0.6 1 Volt Meter, GE 180 @ 3.0 VA burden each               =   3.0 1 Volt Transducer @ 3.0 VA burden                       =   3.0 Control Relays/Meters not listed, Assumed Value         =   10.0 27.5 Therefore Transformer Accuracy = 0.3% of setting
= 7.2 1 Synchronizing relay transformer @ 3 VA
= 3.0 1 Model 60 Voltage Balance Relay @ 0.7 VA each
= 0.7 2 Model 32 voltage Balance Relays @ 0.3 VA each
= 0.6 1 Volt Meter, GE 180 @ 3.0 VA burden each
= 3.0 1 Volt Transducer @ 3.0 VA burden
= 3.0 Control Relays/Meters not listed, Assumed Value
= 10.0 27.5 Therefore Transformer Accuracy = 0.3% of setting


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                       CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                      Page 21 of 32 8.1.2   Calculation of Under Voltage Relay Power Supply Effects (PSR)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
PSR = +/- 0.2 VAC per 10 VDC control power variation
-ENS*002 Rev.
                  = +/- 0.02 VAC x 15 VDC
00 3 Page 21 of 32   8.1.2 Calculation of Under Voltage Relay Power Supply Effects (PS R) PS R = +/- 0.2 VAC per 10 VDC control power variation
                  = +/- 0.3 VAC                                                           (2 Value)
= +/- 0.02 VAC x 15 VDC
Assumed control power voltage variation is 15 VDC per Assumption 7.1.6.
= +/- 0.3 VAC Assumed control power voltage variation is 15 VDC per Assumption 7.1.6.
8.1.3   Calculation of Relay Temperature Effects (TER)
8.1.3 Calculation of Relay Temperature Effects (TE R) Per Assumption 7.1.12 and Reference 3.9.1, the relay may experience a temperature effect of +/- 0.5 VAC over a temperature range of 68 o F - 104 oF. Assuming linearity, this yields an effect of 0.014 VAC/
Per Assumption 7.1.12 and Reference 3.9.1, the relay may experience a temperature effect of +/- 0.5 VAC over a temperature range of 68oF - 104oF. Assuming linearity, this yields an effect of 0.014 VAC/oF. The relays are housed inside the DIV I and II switchgear which are assumed to maintain an internal temperature of 104oF to prevent condensation. However, the relay is calibrated in the electrical or relay shop which is assumed to be maintained at 70oF. Therefore:
oF. The relays are housed inside the DIV I and II switchgear which are assumed to maintain an internal temperature of 10 4 o F to prevent condensation.
TER = +/- (104oF - 70oF) x 0.014 VAC/oF
However, the relay is calibrated in the electrical or relay shop which is assumed to be maintained at 70 oF. Therefore:
                  = +/- 0.476 VAC                                                         (2 Value) 8.2 Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) 8.2.1   Transformer Reference Accuracy (RAT):
TE R = +/- (10 4 o F - 70 oF) x 0.014 VAC/
8.2.1.1   Transformer Reference Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (RATLV)
o F = +/- 0.4 76 VAC 8.2 Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) 8.2.1 Transformer Reference Accuracy (RA T): 8.2.1.1 Transformer Reference Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (RATLV) Note: Relay setpoint is determined in Reference 3.15.
Note: Relay setpoint is determined in Reference 3.15.
RATLV = +/- 0.3% of Setpoint
RATLV = +/- 0.3% of Setpoint
= +/- 0.003
                          = +/- 0.003
* 51.23 VAC = +/- 0.1537 VAC 8.2.2 Undervoltage Relay Reference Accuracy (RA R): 8.2.2.1 Undervoltage Relay Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (RARLV) RARLV = +/- 0.25% of Setting
* 51.23 VAC
= +/- 0.0025
                          = +/- 0.1537 VAC                                               (2 Value) 8.2.2   Undervoltage Relay Reference Accuracy (RAR):
* 51.23 VAC = +/- 0.12 81 VAC 8.2.3 Calculation of Loop Reference Accuracy (RA L) 8.2.3.1 Loop Reference Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (RALLV) RALLV = +/- [(RATLV)2 + (RARLV)2]1/2 = +/- [(0.1537)2 + (0.1281)2]1/2 = +/-0.2001 VAC SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
8.2.2.1   Undervoltage Relay Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (RARLV)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
RARLV = +/- 0.25% of Setting
-ENS*002 Rev.
                          = +/- 0.0025
00 3 Page 22 of 32 8.3 Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties (Reference 3.2, Section 8.2 and Section 8.1) 8.3.1 Transformer Uncertainty (A T) 8.3.1.1 Transformer Uncertainty Loss of Voltage (ATLV) ATLV = +/- [(RATLV)2]1/2 = +/- 0.1537 VAC 8.3.2 Undervoltage Relay Device Uncertainty (A R) 8.3.2.1 Undervoltage Relay Device Uncertainty for Loss of Voltage (ARLV) ARLV = +/- [(RARLV)2 + (PS R)2 + (TE R)2]1/2 = +/- [(0.12 81)2 + (0.3)2 + (0.476)2]1/2 = +/- 0.577 1 VAC 8.4 Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL)
* 51.23 VAC
C L = +/- [(MTE L)2 + (CT L)2]1/2 8.4.1 Calculating measuring and test equipment effects. (MTE L) Measurement & Test Equipment (MTE L) effects are defined from Reference 3.2 as:
                          = +/- 0.1281 VAC                                               (2 Value) 8.2.3   Calculation of Loop Reference Accuracy (RAL) 8.2.3.1   Loop Reference Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (RALLV)
MTE LV = [(MTE RA)2 + (MTE RI)2 + (MTE T E)2 + (MTE CS)2]1/2 Where: MTE RA = Reference accuracy of the Fluke Model 45 Digital Multimeter (DMM) after a one hour stabilization period at the calibration location = 0.2% of setting + 10 mV. MTERALV = 0.1 1 3 VAC. MTETE = Effects of temperature changes on the Fluke Model 45 DMM between the calibration laboratory and the area where the M&TE is used. Assumed equal to the Reference Accuracy of the M&TE used. For the Loss of Voltage, setting MTETELV = 0.1 1 3 VAC. MTE R I = Readability of the M&TE used, assumed to be 0 as all M&TE used are digital with at least 2 digital with at least 2 digits of resolution. (Reference 3.2)
RALLV = +/- [(RATLV)2 + (RARLV)2]1/2
MTE CS = The accuracy of the calibration standard used to calibrate the M&TE, assumed equal to 1/4 the Reference accuracy of the DMM. For the Loss of Voltage, setting MTECSLV = 0.02 9 VAC. 8.4.1.1 Calculation of loop M&TE Effects for Loss of Voltage (MTELLV) MTELLV = +/- [(MTERALV)2 + (MTE RI)2 + (MTETELV)2 + (MTECSLV)2]1/2 = +/- [(0.1 1 3)2 + (0.0)2 + (0.1 1 3)2 + (0.02 9)2 +]1/2 = +/- 0.1 6 3 VAC SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
                          = +/- [(0.1537)2 + (0.1281)2]1/2
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
                          = +/-0.2001 VAC                                                 (2 Value)
-ENS*002 Rev.
 
00 3 Page 23 of 32 8.4.2 Calculation of Calibration Effects (CT L) Calibration Effects (CT L) are defined from Reference 3.2 as:
SETPOINT CALCULATION                           CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                            G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                          Page 22 of 32 8.3   Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties (Reference 3.2, Section 8.2 and Section 8.1) 8.3.1   Transformer Uncertainty (AT) 8.3.1.1   Transformer Uncertainty Loss of Voltage (ATLV)
CT L = Square Root Sum of the Squares (SRSS) of procedural inaccuracies such as procedural as left band and calibration procedural errors.
ATLV = +/- [(RATLV)2]1/2
8.4.2.1 Calculation of Calibration Effects for Loss of Voltage (CTLLV) CTLLV = +/- 0.2 1 VAC  The ALT L value is 0.2 1 VAC from Section 8.12. 8.4.3 Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (CLLV) CLLV= +/- [(MTELLV)2 + (CTLLV)2]1/2 = +/- [(0.16 3)2 + (0.2 1)2]1/2 = 0.26 6 VAC 8.5 Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 0 per Assumption 7.1.10 8.6 Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU
                        = +/- 0.1537 VAC                                                       (2 Value) 8.3.2   Undervoltage Relay Device Uncertainty (AR) 8.3.2.1   Undervoltage Relay Device Uncertainty for Loss of Voltage (ARLV)
) Reference 3.2 defines loop uncertainty as:
ARLV = +/- [(RARLV)2 + (PSR)2 + (TER)2]1/2
LU = +/- (m/n)[(A T)2 + (A R)2 + (C L)2]1/2   Where: m = The number of standard deviations required to encompass 95% of the area under the curve for a normal distribution either one or two sided. 1.645 corresponds t o a one sided confidence while 2.00 corresponds to a two sided confidence.
                        = +/- [(0.1281)2 + (0.3)2 + (0.476)2]1/2
                        = +/- 0.5771 VAC                                                       (2 Value) 8.4   Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL)
CL = +/- [(MTEL)2 + (CTL)2]1/2 8.4.1   Calculating measuring and test equipment effects. (MTEL)
Measurement & Test Equipment (MTEL) effects are defined from Reference 3.2 as:
MTELV = [(MTERA)2 + (MTERI)2 + (MTETE)2 + (MTECS)2]1/2 Where:   MTERA = Reference accuracy of the Fluke Model 45 Digital Multimeter (DMM) after a one hour stabilization period at the calibration location = 0.2% of setting + 10 mV. MTERALV = 0.113 VAC.
MTETE = Effects of temperature changes on the Fluke Model 45 DMM between the calibration laboratory and the area where the M&TE is used. Assumed equal to the Reference Accuracy of the M&TE used. For the Loss of Voltage, setting MTETELV = 0.113 VAC.
MTERI = Readability of the M&TE used, assumed to be 0 as all M&TE used are digital with at least 2 digital with at least 2 digits of resolution.
(Reference 3.2)
MTECS = The accuracy of the calibration standard used to calibrate the M&TE, assumed equal to 1/4 the Reference accuracy of the DMM.
For the Loss of Voltage, setting MTECSLV = 0.029 VAC.
8.4.1.1   Calculation of loop M&TE Effects for Loss of Voltage (MTELLV)
MTELLV = +/- [(MTERALV)2 + (MTERI)2 + (MTETELV)2 + (MTECSLV)2]1/2
                            = +/- [(0.113)2 + (0.0)2 + (0.113)2 + (0.029)2 +]1/2
                            = +/- 0.163 VAC                                                   (2 Value)
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION                         CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                        Page 23 of 32 8.4.2   Calculation of Calibration Effects (CTL)
Calibration Effects (CTL) are defined from Reference 3.2 as:
CTL = Square Root Sum of the Squares (SRSS) of procedural inaccuracies such as procedural as left band and calibration procedural errors.
8.4.2.1   Calculation of Calibration Effects for Loss of Voltage (CTLLV)
CTLLV = +/- 0.21 VAC                                                    (2 value)
The ALTL value is 0.21 VAC from Section 8.12.
8.4.3         Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (CLLV)
CLLV= +/- [(MTELLV)2 + (CTLLV)2]1/2
                  = +/- [(0.163)2 + (0.21)2]1/2
                  = 0.266 VAC                                                           (2 Value) 8.5   Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 0 per Assumption 7.1.10 8.6   Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU)
Reference 3.2 defines loop uncertainty as:
LU = +/- (m/n)[(AT)2 + (AR)2 + (CL)2]1/2 Where: m = The number of standard deviations required to encompass 95% of the area under the curve for a normal distribution either one or two sided. 1.645 corresponds to a one sided confidence while 2.00 corresponds to a two sided confidence.
n = The number of standard deviations used in specifying the individual components of uncertainty.
n = The number of standard deviations used in specifying the individual components of uncertainty.
8.6.1 Loop Uncertainty for Loss of Voltage (LU LV) LU LV = +/- (m/n)[(ATLV)2 + (ARLV)2 + (C LLV)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)
8.6.1   Loop Uncertainty for Loss of Voltage (LULV)
= +/- (1.645/2)[( 0.1537)2 + (0.577 1)2 + (0.26 6)2]1/2 +/- 0.36 89 = +/- 0.9067 VAC When applied to the PT primary voltage (LUPLV) LUPLV = +/- LU LV x PT Ratio * (3)1/2 (Primary voltage/Secondary voltage)
LULV    = +/- (m/n)[(ATLV)2 + (ARLV)2 + (CLLV)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)
= +/- 0.9067 x 35 x 1.732 05 = +/- 54.97 VAC 8.7 Calculation of Loop Drift (D L) 8.7.1 Transformer Temperature Drift Effects (TD T) 0 per Assumption 7.1.13
                    = +/- (1.645/2)[( 0.1537)2 + (0.5771)2 + (0.266)2]1/2 +/- 0.3689
                    = +/- 0.9067 VAC When applied to the PT primary voltage (LUPLV)
LUPLV = +/- LULV x PT Ratio * (3)1/2 (Primary voltage/Secondary voltage)
                    = +/- 0.9067 x 35 x 1.73205
                    = +/- 54.97 VAC 8.7   Calculation of Loop Drift (DL) 8.7.1   Transformer Temperature Drift Effects (TDT) 0 per Assumption 7.1.13


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                         CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                          G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                        Page 24 of 32 8.7.2 Relay Temperature Drift Effects (TDR) 0 per assumption 7.1.13 8.7.3 Relay Drift (DRR):
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
DRR = +/- 0.392 VAC per Reference 3.14                                         (2 Value)
-ENS*002 Rev.
As there are no other components of drift to be considered, DL = DRR Indexed to the PT primary voltage
00 3 Page 24 of 32 8.7.2 Relay Temperature Drift Effects (TD R) 0 per assumption 7.1.13 8.7.3 Relay Drift (DR R): DR R = +/- 0.3 92 VAC per Reference 3.14 As there are no other components of drift to be considered, D L = DR R Indexed to the PT primary voltage
                = DRR x 35 x (3)1/2
= DR R x 35 x (3)1/2 = +/- 0.3 92 VAC x 35 x (3) 1/2 = +/- 23.77 VAC 8.8 Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU)
                = +/- 0.392 VAC x 35 x (3)1/2
Reference 3.2 defines loop uncertainty as: TLU = +/- (m/n)[(A T)2 + (A R)2 + (C L)2 + (D L)2]1/2 8.8.1 Total Loop Uncertainty  
                = +/- 23.77 VAC 8.8   Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU)
- Loss of Voltage (TLU LV) TLU LV = +/- (m/n)[(ATLV)2 + (ARLV)2 + (CLLV)2 + (D L)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin) = +/- (1.645/2)[( 0.1537)2 + (0.5771)2 + (0. 26 6)2 + (0.3 92)2]1/2 +/- 0.4430 = +/- 1.0 7 VAC When applied to the PT primary voltage (TLUPLV) TLUPLV = +/- TLU LV x PT Ratio x (3)1/2 (Primary voltage/Secondary voltage)
Reference 3.2 defines loop uncertainty as:
= +/- 1.0 7 x 35 x 1.73205
TLU = +/- (m/n)[(AT)2 + (AR)2 + (CL)2 + (DL)2]1/2 8.8.1 Total Loop Uncertainty - Loss of Voltage (TLULV)
= +/-64.87 VAC 8.9 Calculation of Reset Differential 8.9.1 Reset Differential for Loss of Voltage (RD LV) (Reference 3.9.1 and 3.1 5) RD LV = + (3.0% of Setting) nominal
TLULV = +/- (m/n)[(ATLV)2 + (ARLV)2 + (CLLV)2 + (DL)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)
= + 0.03 x 51.23 = + 1.54 VAC nominal Indexed to the PT primary voltage
                    = +/- (1.645/2)[( 0.1537)2 + (0.5771)2 + (0. 266)2 + (0.392)2]1/2 +/- 0.4430
= RD LV x 35 x (3)1/2 = 93.36 VAC nominal RD LV = + (3.0% + 1.5% of Setting) max
                    = +/- 1.07 VAC When applied to the PT primary voltage (TLUPLV)
= + 0.045 x 51.23 = + 2.3 05 VAC max Indexed to the PT primary voltage
TLUPLV = +/- TLULV x PT Ratio x (3)1/2 (Primary voltage/Secondary voltage)
= RD LV x 35 x (3)1/2 = 139.73 VAC Max Calculated uncertainties (LU and TLU) are applicable to reset.
                    = +/- 1.07 x 35 x 1.73205
                    = +/-64.87 VAC 8.9   Calculation of Reset Differential 8.9.1 Reset Differential for Loss of Voltage (RDLV)
(Reference 3.9.1 and 3.15)
RDLV    = + (3.0% of Setting) nominal
                    = + 0.03 x 51.23
                    = + 1.54 VAC nominal Indexed to the PT primary voltage
                = RDLV x 35 x (3)1/2
                = 93.36 VAC nominal RDLV    = + (3.0% + 1.5% of Setting) max
                    = + 0.045 x 51.23
                    = + 2.305 VAC max Indexed to the PT primary voltage
                    = RDLV x 35 x (3)1/2
                    = 139.73 VAC Max Calculated uncertainties (LU and TLU) are applicable to reset.


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                   CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                  G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                  Page 25 of 32 Summary of Calculation Transformer                      Undervoltage Relay Terms Device 1                           Device 2 Values           Ref.           Values                 Ref.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Input Range                       0 - 4200       -   3.9.5         0 - 120         -       3.9.2 Process Units                       VAC           -   3.9.5           VAC           -       3.9.2 7.1.15 Reference Accuracy (RA)       +/-0.3% of Setting   2   3.9.2     +/-0.25% of Setting   2 7.1.12 Temperature Effect (TE)               0           - 7.1.12         +/-0.476         2 8.1.3 Seismic Effects (SE)               N/A           -   7.1.4             0           -       7.1.4 Radiation Effect (RE)               N/A           -   7.1.5           N/A           -       7.1.5 Instrument Drift (DR)               N/A           - 7.1.14         +/-0.392          2   3.14, 7.1.14 Temperature Drift (TD)             N/A           - 7.1.13           N/A           -       7.1.13 Radiation Drift Effect N/A           -   7.1.5           N/A           -       7.1.5 (RD)
-ENS*002 Rev.
Power Supply Effect (PS)           N/A           -   7.1.6           +/- 0.3         2   7.1.6, 8.1.2 Static Pressure Effects (SP)       N/A           -   7.1.8           N/A           -       7.1.8 Humidity Effects (HE)               N/A           -   7.1.9           N/A           -       7.1.9 Process Measurement N/A           -   7.1.7           N/A           -       7.1.7 Effect (PM)
00 3 Page 25 of 32   Summary of Calculation Terms Transformer Device 1 Undervoltage Relay Device 2 Values Ref. Values Ref. Input Range 0 - 4200 - 3.9.5 0 - 120 - 3.9.2 Process Units VAC - 3.9.5 VAC - 3.9.2 Reference Accuracy (RA)
Insulation Resistance N/A           - 7.1.10           N/A           -       7.1.10 Effect (IR)
+/-0.3% of Setting 2 3.9.2 +/-0.25% of Setting 2 7.1.15  Temperature Effect (TE) 0 - 7.1.12 +/-0.476 2 7.1.12 8.1.3 Seismic Effects (SE) N/A - 7.1.4 0 - 7.1.4 Radiation Effect (RE)
Zero Effect (ZE)                   N/A           -   7.1.3           N/A           -       7.1.3
N/A - 7.1.5 N/A - 7.1.5 Instrument Drift (DR)
N/A - 7.1.14 +/-0.3 92 2 3.14, 7.1.14 Temperature Drift (TD)
N/A - 7.1.13 N/A - 7.1.13 Radiation Drift Effect (RD) N/A - 7.1.5 N/A - 7.1.5 Power Supply Effect (PS) N/A - 7.1.6 +/- 0.3 2 7.1.6, 8.1.2 Static Pressure Effects (SP)
N/A - 7.1.8 N/A - 7.1.8 Humidity Effects (HE)
N/A - 7.1.9 N/A - 7.1.9 Process Measurement Effect (PM)
N/A - 7.1.7 N/A - 7.1.7 Insulation Resistance Effect (IR)
N/A - 7.1.10 N/A - 7.1.10 Zero Effect (ZE)
N/A - 7.1.3 N/A - 7.1.3 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*002 Rev.
00 3 Page 26 of  32  8.10 As-Left Tolerance (ALT) Note:  For the purposes of calculating ALT, the actual MTE value, MTE LLV is used. ALT R - Relay Calculation MTELLV  =  0.16 3 VAC Section 8.4.1.1 ALT R  = +/- SRSS (RARLV, MTELLV)      = +/- SRSS (0.1281 , 0.16 3) VAC    = +/- 0.2 1 VAC 8.11 As-Found Tolerance (AFT)
AFT R- Relay Calculation Since drift (DR R) was determined using plant specific as
-found/as-left calibration data
: AFT R = DR R  = +/-0.39 2 VAC 8.12 Loop Tolerances ALT L - As-Left Loop Tolerance ALT L =  +/- SRSS (ALT R)  = +/- SRSS (0.2 1) VAC  = +/- 0.2 1 VAC AFT L - As-Found Loop Tolerance AFT L = +/-SRSS (AFT R)  = +/-SRSS (0.39 2) VAC  = +/- 0.39 2 VAC Summary of Calibration Tolerances Relay As-Left Tolerance (ALT R) +/- 0.2 1 VAC Relay As-Found Tolerance (A FT R) +/- 0.39 2 VAC As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALT L) +/- 0.2 1 VAC As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFT L) +/- 0.39 2 VAC SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*002 Rev.
00 3 Page 27 of  32  9.0 Simplified Block Diagram Relay Mark Numbers Div. I Div II ENS-SWG1A-27-1A SWG1B-27-1A Loss of Voltage ENS-SWG1A-27-1B SWG1B-27-1B Loss of Voltage ENS-SWG1A-27-1C SWG1B-27-1C Loss of Voltage Transformer Mark Number ENS-SWG1A-PT-BUS ENS-SWG1B-PT-BUS  Potential Transformer Undervoltage Relay Westinghouse Model  VIY
-60 4200/120 VAC ABB Model 27H


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                       CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                        G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                        Page 26 of 32 8.10 As-Left Tolerance (ALT)
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Note: For the purposes of calculating ALT, the actual MTE value, MTE LLV is used.
-ENS*002 Rev.
ALTR - Relay Calculation MTELLV        =  0.163 VAC                    Section 8.4.1.1 ALTR          =  +/- SRSS (RARLV, MTELLV)
00 3 Page 28 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.1  DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE Sheet 1 of 1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE ANO-1 ANO-2  IP-2  IP-3  JAF  PLP  PNPS  VY  GGNS  RBS  W3  NP Document No.
                                =  +/- SRSS (0.1281, 0.163) VAC
G13.18.6.2
                                =  +/- 0.21 VAC 8.11 As-Found Tolerance (AFT)
-ENS*002 Revision No.
AFTR- Relay Calculation Since drift (DRR) was determined using plant specific as-found/as-left calibration data:
00 3 Page 1 of 4 Title: Instrument Loop Uncertainty/Setpoint Determination for the ABB Model 27H Undervoltage Relay Quality Related Augmented Quality Related DV Method:
AFTR            =  DRR
Design Review Alternate Calculation Qualification Testing
                                  =  +/-0.392 VAC 8.12 Loop Tolerances ALTL - As-Left Loop Tolerance ALTL            =  +/- SRSS (ALTR)
                                  =  +/- SRSS (0.21) VAC
                                  =  +/- 0.21 VAC AFTL - As-Found Loop Tolerance AFTL            =  +/-SRSS (AFTR)
                                  =  +/-SRSS (0.392) VAC
                                  =  +/- 0.392 VAC Summary of Calibration Tolerances Relay As-Left Tolerance (ALTR)                                                    +/- 0.21 VAC Relay As-Found Tolerance (AFTR)                                                  +/- 0.392 VAC As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALTL)                                                    +/- 0.21 VAC As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFTL)                                                    +/- 0.392 VAC


VERIFICATION REQUIRED DISCIPLINE VERIFICATION COMPLETE AND COMMENTS RESOLVED (DV print, sign, and date)
SETPOINT CALCULATION              CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT              G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION              Page 27 of 32 9.0    Simplified Block Diagram Potential Transformer                      Undervoltage Relay Westinghouse                        ABB Model 27H Model VIY-60 4200/120 VAC Relay Mark Numbers Div. I                    Div II ENS-SWG1A-27-1A          SWG1B-27-1A  Loss of Voltage ENS-SWG1A-27-1B          SWG1B-27-1B  Loss of Voltage ENS-SWG1A-27-1C          SWG1B-27-1C  Loss of Voltage Transformer Mark Number ENS-SWG1A-PT-BUS          ENS-SWG1B-PT-BUS
Electrical Robin Smith
/ See AS for signature & date Mechanical Instrument and Control Civil/Structural Nuclear        Originator:
Mary Coffaro
/ See AS for signature & date Print/Sign/Date After Comments Have Been Resolved


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                             CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                             G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                           Page 28 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.1                                                              DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE Sheet 1 of 1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE ANO-1            ANO-2                IP-2                IP-3                JAF                    PLP PNPS            VY                  GGNS                RBS                  W3                    NP Revision No.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
Document No. G13.18.6.2-ENS*002                                                            Page 1 of 4 003 Title:  Instrument Loop Uncertainty/Setpoint Determination for the ABB Model 27H Undervoltage Relay Quality Related            Augmented Quality Related DV Method:              Design Review              Alternate Calculation                Qualification Testing VERIFICATION REQUIRED                    DISCIPLINE                  VERIFICATION COMPLETE AND COMMENTS RESOLVED (DV print, sign, and date)
-ENS*002 Rev.
Electrical          Robin Smith / See AS for signature & date Mechanical Instrument and Control Civil/Structural Nuclear Originator:
00 3 Page 29 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 1 of 3 IDENTIFICATION:
Mary Coffaro / See AS for signature & date Print/Sign/Date After Comments Have Been Resolved
DISCIPLINE:
 
Civil/Structural Electrical I & C Mechanical Nuclear Other Document Title: Instrument Loop Uncertainty/Setpoint Determination for the ABB Model 27H Undervoltage Relay Doc. No.: G13.18.6.2
SETPOINT CALCULATION                            CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                            G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                          Page 29 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6                                                                   DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 1 of 3 IDENTIFICATION:                                                                                 DISCIPLINE:
-ENS*002 Rev. 00 3 QA Cat. Verifier:    Robin Smith
Document Title:   Instrument Loop Uncertainty/Setpoint Determination for the ABB Model         Civil/Structural 27H Undervoltage Relay Electrical Doc. No.:                 G13.18.6.2-ENS*002                   Rev. 003 QA Cat.
  / See AS for signature & date Print Sign Date Manager authorization for supervisor performing Verification.
I&C Robin Smith / See AS for signature & date Verifier:                        Print                     Sign                   Date           Mechanical Nuclear Manager authorization Other for supervisor performing Verification.
N/A           Print Sign Date METHOD OF VERIFICATION:
N/A Print                 Sign               Date METHOD OF VERIFICATION:
Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Test The following basic questions are addressed as applicable, during the performance of any design verification. These questions are based on the requirements of ANSI N45.2.11  
Design Review                                 Alternate Calculations                   Qualification Test The following basic questions are addressed as applicable, during the performance of any design verification. These questions are based on the requirements of ANSI N45.2.11 - 1974.
- 1974. NOTE The reviewer can use the "Comments/Continuation sheet" at the end for entering any comment/resolution along with the appropriate question number. Additional items with new question numbers can also be entered.
NOTE         The reviewer can use the Comments/Continuation sheet at the end for entering any comment/resolution along with the appropriate question number. Additional items with new question numbers can also be entered.
: 1. Design Inputs - Were the inputs correctly selected and incorporated into the design?
: 1.       Design Inputs - Were the inputs correctly selected and incorporated into the design?
(Design inputs include design bases, plant operational conditions, performance requirements, regulatory requirements and commitments, codes, standards, field data, etc. All information used as design inputs should have been reviewed and approved by the responsible design organization, as applicable
(Design inputs include design bases, plant operational conditions, performance requirements, regulatory requirements and commitments, codes, standards, field data, etc. All information used as design inputs should have been reviewed and approved by the responsible design organization, as applicable.
. All inputs need to be retrievable or excerpts of documents used should be attached.
All inputs need to be retrievable or excerpts of documents used should be attached.
See site specific design input procedures for guidance in identifying inputs.)
See site specific design input procedures for guidance in identifying inputs.)
Yes No N/A   2. Assumptions  
Yes                 No               N/A
- Are assumptions necessary to perform the design activity adequately described and reasonable? Where necessary, are assumptions identified for subsequent re
: 2.       Assumptions - Are assumptions necessary to perform the design activity adequately described and reasonable? Where necessary, are assumptions identified for subsequent re-verification when the detailed activities are completed? Are the latest applicable revisions of design documents utilized?
-verification when the detailed activities are completed? Are the latest applicable revisions of design documents utilized?
Yes                 No               N/A
Yes No N/A   3. Quality Assurance  
: 3.       Quality Assurance - Are the appropriate quality and quality assurance requirements specified?
- Are the appropriate quality and quality assurance requirements specified?
Yes                 No               N/A
Yes No  N/A SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*002 Rev.
00 3 Page 30 of  32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6  DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 2 of 3  4. Codes, Standards and Regulatory Requirements
- Are the applicable codes, standards and regulatory requirements, including issue and addenda properly identified and are their requirements for design met?
Yes  No  N/A    5. Construction and Operating Experience
- Have applicable construction and operating experience been considered?
Yes  No  N/A    6. Interfaces
- Have the design interface requirements been satisfied and documented?
Yes  No  N/A    7. Methods - Was an appropriate design or analytical (for calculations) method used?
Yes  No  N/A    8. Design Outputs
- Is the output reasonable compared to the inputs?
Yes  No  N/A    9. Parts, Equipment and Processes
- Are the specified parts, equipment, and processes suitable for the required application?
Yes  No  N/A    10. Materials Compatibility
- Are the specified materials compatible with each other and the design environmental conditions to which the material will be exposed?
Yes  No  N/A    11. Maintenance requirements
- Have adequate maintenance features and requirements been specified?
Yes  No  N/A    12. Accessibility for Maintenance
- Are accessibility and other design provisions adequate for performance of needed maintenance and repair?
Yes  No  N/A    13. Accessibility for In
-service Inspection
- Has adequate accessibility been provided to perform the in
-service inspection expected to be required during the plant life?
Yes  No  N/A    14. Radiation Exposure
- Has the design properly considered radiation exposure to the public and plant personnel?
Yes  No  N/A    15. Acceptance Criteria
- Are the acceptance criteria incorporated in the design documents sufficient to allow verification that design requirements have been satisfactorily accomplished?
Yes  No  N/A SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
-ENS*002 Rev.
00 3 Page 31 of  32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6  DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 3 of 3 16. Test Requirements
- Have adequate pre
-operational and subsequent periodic test requirements been appropriately specified? Yes  No  N/A    17. Handling, Storage, Cleaning and Shipping
- Are adequate handling, storage, cleaning and shipping requirements specified?
Yes  No  N/A    18. Identification Requirements
- Are adequate identification requirements specified?
Yes  No  N/A    19. Records and Documentation
- Are requirements for record preparation, review, approval, retention, etc., adequately specified?
Are all documents prepared in a clear legible manner suitable for microfilming and/or other documentation storage method?  Have all impacted documents been identified for update as necessary?
Yes  No  N/A    20. Software Quality Assurance
- ENN sites: For a calculation that utilized software applications (e.g., GOTHIC, SYMCORD), was it properly verified and validated in accordance with EN
- IT-104 or previous site SQA Program?
ENS sites: This is an EN
-IT-104 task. However, per ENS
-DC-126, for exempt software, was it verified in the calculation?
Yes  No  N/A    21. Has adverse impact on peripheral components and systems, outside the boundary of the document being verified, been considered?
Yes  No N/A        


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION CALC. NO.  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                           CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                            G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                          Page 30 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6                                                        DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 2 of 3
- REV. ADDENDUM G13.18.6.2
: 4.      Codes, Standards and Regulatory Requirements - Are the applicable codes, standards and regulatory requirements, including issue and addenda properly identified and are their requirements for design met?
-ENS*002 Rev.
Yes                No                N/A
00 3 Page 32 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.DESIGN VERIFICATION COMMENT SHEET Sheet 1 of 1  Comments / Continuation Sheet Question 
: 5.       Construction and Operating Experience - Have applicable construction and operating experience been considered?
# Comments  Resolution Initial/Date 1 Comments provided by markup.
Yes                No                N/A
Comments incorporated.
: 6.      Interfaces - Have the design interface requirements been satisfied and documented?
RS  10-11-12 ANO-1  ANO-2  GGNS  IP-2  IP-3  PLP  JAF PNPS  RBS  VY  W3  NP-GGNS-3 NP-RBS-3 CALCULATION COVER PAGE (1)  EC #  40339 (2)Page 1 of 21  (3) Design Basis Calc.
Yes                No               N/A
YES       NO  (4)
: 7.       Methods - Was an appropriate design or analytical (for calculations) method used?
CALCULATION EC Markup (5 )  Calculation No: G13.18.3.1
Yes                No                N/A
-00 5 (6)   Revision:     0 00 (7 )  Title:  Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for E22-S004 (8)  Editorial YES       NO (9)    System(s):
: 8.       Design Outputs - Is the output reasonable compared to the inputs?
302 (10)  Review Org (Department):
Yes                No                N/A
NSBE3 (Electrical Design)     (1 1)    Safety Class:
: 9.      Parts, Equipment and Processes - Are the specified parts, equipment, and processes suitable for the required application?
Safety / Quality Related Augmented Quality Program Non-Safety Related (1 2)    Component/Equipment/Structure Type/Number:
Yes                No                N/A
E22-S004-ACB4-62S 5 E22-S004-ACB 1-62S 6 E22-S004-27N1 E22-S004-27N2    (1 3) Document Type: F43.02  (1 4) Keywords (Description/Topical Codes): degraded voltage relay, setpoint, GE setpoint methodology REVIEWS    (1 5)  Name/Signature/Date Mary Coffaro
: 10.      Materials Compatibility - Are the specified materials compatible with each other and the design environmental conditions to which the material will be exposed?
/ See AS  (1 6)  Name/Signature/Date Robin Smith
Yes                No                N/A
/ See AS (1 7)  Name/Signature/Date Paul Matzke
: 11.     Maintenance requirements - Have adequate maintenance features and requirements been specified?
/ See AS    Responsible Engineer Design Verifier Supervisor/Approval Reviewer    Comments Attached Comments Attached
Yes                No                N/A
: 12.      Accessibility for Maintenance - Are accessibility and other design provisions adequate for performance of needed maintenance and repair?
Yes                No                N/A
: 13.      Accessibility for In-service Inspection - Has adequate accessibility been provided to perform the in-service inspection expected to be required during the plant life?
Yes                No                N/A
: 14.     Radiation Exposure - Has the design properly considered radiation exposure to the public and plant personnel?
Yes                No                N/A
: 15.      Acceptance Criteria - Are the acceptance criteria incorporated in the design documents sufficient to allow verification that design requirements have been satisfactorily accomplished?
Yes                No                N/A


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION G13.18.3.1
SETPOINT CALCULATION                                 CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                                 G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                                Page 31 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6                                                            DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 3 of 3
-005  Rev. 00 0 PAGE 2 OF 21    CALCULATION REFERENCE SHEET CALCULATION NO:
: 16.     Test Requirements - Have adequate pre-operational and subsequent periodic test requirements been appropriately specified?
G13.18.3.1
Yes                No              N/A
-005  REVISION:
: 17.     Handling, Storage, Cleaning and Shipping - Are adequate handling, storage, cleaning and shipping requirements specified?
0 00  I. EC Markups Incorporated (N/A to NP calculations)
Yes                No              N/A
: 1. None  II. Relationships: Sht Rev Input Doc Output Doc Impact Y/N Tracking No.
: 18.     Identification Requirements - Are adequate identification requirements specified?
: 1. STP-302-160 4 -- 2 1  N 2. STP-302-160 5 -- 2 5  N 3. G13.18.6.2
Yes                No              N/A
-ENS*00 4 0 00 1  N EC-40339 4. G13.18.6.2
: 19.     Records and Documentation - Are requirements for record preparation, review, approval, retention, etc.,
-ENS*00 7 0 001  N EC-40339  III. CROSS REFERENCES
adequately specified? Are all documents prepared in a clear legible manner suitable for microfilming and/or other documentation storage method? Have all impacted documents been identified for update as necessary?
N/A   IV. SOFTWARE USED
Yes                No              N/A
:   N/A Title:    Version/Release:
: 20.     Software Quality Assurance- ENN sites: For a calculation that utilized software applications (e.g.,
Disk/CD No.
GOTHIC, SYMCORD), was it properly verified and validated in accordance with EN- IT-104 or previous site SQA Program?
V. DISK/CDS INCLUDED:    N/A Title:    Version/Release Disk/CD No.
ENS sites: This is an EN-IT-104 task. However, per ENS-DC-126, for exempt software, was it verified in the calculation?
VI. OTHER CHANGES
Yes                No              N/A
:    N/A    
: 21.     Has adverse impact on peripheral components and systems, outside the boundary of the document being verified, been considered?
Yes                No               N/A


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION G13.18.3.1
SETPOINT CALCULATION                   CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT                  G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION                  Page 32 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.7                                                       DESIGN VERIFICATION COMMENT SHEET Sheet 1 of 1 Comments / Continuation Sheet Question              Comments                          Resolution                  Initial/Date
-005  Rev. 00 0 PAGE 3 OF 21            Revision Record of Revision 0 Initial issue. EC 37097 MARK-UP This EC-37097 engineering change markup has been issued to provide revised Technical Specification and TRM setpoint limits for the Degraded Voltage Relay NO
    #
-LOCA time delay and Loss of Voltage Relay dropout setpoints
1        Comments provided by markup.     Comments incorporated.              RS 10-11-12
. Revision bars have not been included since the changes made by this EC markup are extensive such that revision bars would be of limited value.
EC-40339 markup EC-40339 (markup) incorporates the as left loop tolerances calculated in calculations G13.18.6.2
-ENS*00 4 and G13.18.6.2
-ENS*00 7 into the EC
-37097 mar kup and corrects the 62S6 relay equipment ID in Section 3.1. This markup affects pages 5, 7, 8, 9, 10 and 1 1 of the EC-37097 markup.


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION G13.18.3.1
ANO-1              ANO-2          GGNS                IP-2        IP-3            PLP JAF              PNPS            RBS                  VY          W3 NP-GGNS-3        NP-RBS-3 (1)                                                    (2)
-005  Rev. 00 0 PAGE 4 OF 21       TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 PURPOSE ................................
CALCULATION                  EC #        40339                                    Page 1 of  21 COVER PAGE (3)  Design Basis Calc. YES      NO            (4)        CALCULATION              EC Markup (5 )                                                                                    (6)
................................
Calculation No: G13.18.3.1-005                                                        Revision: 000 (7 )                                                                                    (8)
................................
Title: Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for E22-S004                                  Editorial YES      NO (9)                                            (10)
................................
System(s): 302                                Review Org (Department): NSBE3 (Electrical Design)
................................
(11)                                          (12)
...... 5  
Safety Class:                                  Component/Equipment/Structure Type/Number:
Safety / Quality Related Augmented Quality Program E22-S004-ACB4-62S5            E22-S004-ACB1-62S6 Non-Safety Related E22-S004-27N1                  E22-S004-27N2 (13)
Document Type: F43.02 (14)
Keywords (Description/Topical Codes): degraded voltage relay, setpoint, GE setpoint methodology REVIEWS (15)                              (16)                                  (17)
Name/Signature/Date                Name/Signature/Date                  Name/Signature/Date Mary Coffaro / See AS              Robin Smith / See AS                  Paul Matzke / See AS Responsible Engineer          Design Verifier                          Supervisor/Approval Reviewer Comments Attached                            Comments Attached
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION                       G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION                       PAGE 2 OF 21 CALCULATION REFERENCE          CALCULATION NO:          G13.18.3.1-005 SHEET                          REVISION:      000 I. EC Markups Incorporated (N/A to NP calculations)
: 1. None II. Relationships:                        Sht      Rev  Input    Output  Impact  Tracking No.
Doc      Doc      Y/N
: 1. STP-302-1604                            --    21                      N
: 2. STP-302-1605                            --    25                      N
: 3. G13.18.6.2-ENS*004                      0      001                    N    EC-40339
: 4. G13.18.6.2-ENS*007                      0      001                    N    EC-40339 III. CROSS
 
==REFERENCES:==
N/A IV. SOFTWARE USED:    N/A Title:                            Version/Release:              Disk/CD No.
V.      DISK/CDS INCLUDED:      N/A Title:                            Version/Release              Disk/CD No.
VI. OTHER CHANGES:      N/A
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION                            G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION                            PAGE 3 OF 21 Revision                                  Record of Revision Initial issue.
0 This EC-37097 engineering change markup has been issued to provide revised Technical EC 37097 Specification and TRM setpoint limits for the Degraded Voltage Relay NO-LOCA time delay and Loss of Voltage Relay dropout setpoints. Revision bars have not been included MARK-UP  since the changes made by this EC markup are extensive such that revision bars would be of limited value.
EC-40339 (markup) incorporates the as left loop tolerances calculated in calculations EC-40339 G13.18.6.2-ENS*004 and G13.18.6.2-ENS*007 into the EC-37097 markup and corrects the markup 62S6 relay equipment ID in Section 3.1. This markup affects pages 5, 7, 8, 9, 10 and 11 of the EC-37097 markup.
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION                                                                  G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION                                                                PAGE 4 OF 21 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 PURPOSE ......................................................................................................................................................................5


==2.0 CONCLUSION==
==2.0 CONCLUSION==
S
S ............................................................................................................................................................5 3.0 INPUT AND DESIGN CRITERIA ..............................................................................................................................5 4.0 ASSUMPTIONS ............................................................................................................................................................7 5.0 CALCULATION METHODOLOGY .........................................................................................................................7 6.0 CALCULATION ...........................................................................................................................................................8 ATTACHMENTS 1   DESIGN VERIFICATION ............................................................................................................ 5 PAGES
................................
................................
................................
................................
............................
5 3.0 INPUT AND DESIGN CRITERIA ................................
................................
................................
..............................
5 4.0 ASSUMPTIONS
................................
................................
................................
................................
............................
7 5.0 CALCULATION METHODOLOGY ................................
................................
................................
.........................
7 6.0 CALCULATION
................................
................................
................................
................................
...........................
8 ATTACHMENTS 1 DESIGN VERIFICATION
................................
................................
................................
............
5 PAGES SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION G13.18.3.1
-005  Rev. 00 0 PAGE 5 OF 21    1.0 Purpose Calculation markup EC-37097 provide d the Degraded Voltage Relay NO
-LOCA time delay and Loss of Voltage Relay dropout voltage setpoints, and Technical Specification and TRM limits. The purpose of this calculation markup (EC-40339) is to incorporate the as left loop tolerances calculated in calculations G13.18.6.2
-ENS*00 4 and G13.18.6.2
-ENS*00 7 into calculation G13.18.3.1
-00 5. This change is being implemented by incorporating the necessary changes into the EC
-37097 markup.
2.0 Conclusions The following table shows the new revised Technical Specification limits.
Specification Existing Values Revised Values T.S. 3.3.8.1
-1 2a 2831 V and 3259 V  3019 V and  3325 V T.S. 3.3.8.1
-1 2d  44.7 s and  54.8 2 s TRM 3.3.8.1
-1 2a  V and 319 8 V  3 036 V and  3313 V TRM 3.3.8.1
-1 2d  53.4 s and .6 s  45.04 s and  5 4.49 s  3.0 Input and Design Criteria 3.1. Div 3 Degraded Voltage Relays Relay: E22-S004-ACB4-62S 5  E22-S004-ACB 1-62S6  E22-S004-27/62-1  E22-S004-27/62-2  E22-S004-27N1  E22-S004-27N2  Relay              Input          Loop Uncertainty (LU)
Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU)
Max. Loop Setting Tol. (CT L)  Current Setpoint E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 E22-S004-ACB 1-62S6 +/- 5.1 48 s +/- 5.48 0 s +/- 1.3 5 s 54.9 s E22-S004-27/62-1 E22-S00 4-27/62-2 +/- 0.469 s +/- 0.47 s +/- 0.4 s 5.1 s E22-S004-27N1 E22-S004-27N2 +/- 2.3 7 V +/- 5.51 V +/- 0.99 V 87 V Reference Document G13.18.6.2
-ENS*007 G13.18.6.2
-ENS*00 3 G13.18.6.2
-ENS*00 4 G13.18.6.2
-ENS*007 G13.18.6.2
-ENS*00 3 G13.18.6.2
-ENS*00 4 G13.18.6.2
-ENS*007 G13.18.6.2
-ENS*00 3 G13.18.6.2
-ENS*00 4 BE-230D SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION G13.18.3.1
-005  Rev. 00 0 PAGE 6 OF 21          3.2. Analytical Limits For the combination of timing functions of E22-S004-27/62-1 & E22-S004-27/62-2 and E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 & E22-S004-ACB 1-62S6 , Analytical Limit = 60 s (Ref: G13.18.3.6*016)
For E 22-S004-27N1 and E22-S004-27N2 Analytical Limit =
2935 VAC (Ref: G13.18.3.6*016)
Maximum dropout for the Loss of Voltage Relays = 3351 VAC. 3.3. Bus to Relay Voltage Conversion The Division 3 Degraded Voltage bus (4160 kV) to relay input voltage conversion factor is (35) (Ref: G13.18.6.2
-ENS*004 and G13.18.6.2
-ENS*007). 3.4.Output Documents (Any Changes to the data, analyses, or conclusions of calculation G13.18.3.1
-005 may impact the following RBS documents) 3.4.1. RBS Technical Specification and Technical Requirements Manual 3.4.1.1 TS 3.3.8.1, Loss of Power (LOP) Instrumentation.
3.4.1.2 TR 3.3.8.1, Loss of Power (LOP) Instrumentation.
3.4.2. Procedures 3.4.2.1 STP-302-160 5 , HPCS DEGRADED VOLTAGE CHANNEL CALIBRATION AND LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST
. 3.4.2.2 STP-302-160 4 , HPCS LOSS OF VOLTAGE CHANNEL CALIBRATION AND LOGICSYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST
. 3.5. Operating Experience CR-RBS-2011-04838: CR-RBS-2011-04838 documented non
-conservative Technical Specification for Degraded Voltage Relay NO-LOCA time delay and Loss of Voltage Relay dropout setpoints. The condition report documented that the existing limits do not protect the RBS motors against sustained degraded voltage conditions for a long period of time.


Disposition: This engineering change markup has been issued to provide revised Technical Specification and TRM setpoint limits for the Degraded Voltage Relay NO
SETPOINT CALCULATION                            G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION                            PAGE 5 OF 21 1.0  Purpose Calculation markup EC-37097 provided the Degraded Voltage Relay NO-LOCA time delay and Loss of Voltage Relay dropout voltage setpoints, and Technical Specification and TRM limits. The purpose of this calculation markup (EC-40339) is to incorporate the as left loop tolerances calculated in calculations G13.18.6.2-ENS*004 and G13.18.6.2-ENS*007 into calculation G13.18.3.1-005. This change is being implemented by incorporating the necessary changes into the EC-37097 markup.
-LOCA time delay and Loss of Voltage Relay dropout setpoints. The new setpoint limits provided within this markup will ensure that the RBS motors are protected against sustained undervoltage and degraded voltage conditions.  
2.0  Conclusions The following table shows the new revised Technical Specification limits.
Specification                          Existing Values                        Revised Values T.S. 3.3.8.1-1 2a                      2831 V and  3259 V                3019 V and  3325 V T.S. 3.3.8.1-1 2d                      53.4 s and  66.6 s                44.7 s and  54.82 s TRM 3.3.8.1-1 2a                        2892 V and  3198 V                3036 V and 3313 V TRM 3.3.8.1-1 2d                        53.4 s and  66.6 s                45.04 s and  54.49 s 3.0  Input and Design Criteria 3.1. Div 3 Degraded Voltage Relays Relay:                            E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 E22-S004-ACB1-62S6 E22-S004-27/62-1 E22-S004-27/62-2 E22-S004-27N1 E22-S004-27N2 Relay        Input                                  Total Loop        Max. Loop Setting Tol. Current Setpoint Loop Uncertainty (LU)
Uncertainty (TLU)              (CTL)
E22-S004-ACB4-62S5
                              +/- 5.148 s                  +/- 5.480 s        +/- 1.35 s                  54.9 s E22-S004-ACB1-62S6 E22-S004-27/62-1
                              +/- 0.469 s                  +/- 0.47 s        +/- 0.4 s                  5.1 s E22-S004-27/62-2 E22-S004-27N1
                              +/- 2.37 V                  +/- 5.51 V        +/- 0.99 V                  87 V E22-S004-27N2 G13.18.6.2-ENS*007 G13.18.6.2-ENS*007        G13.18.6.2-ENS*007 Reference Document      G13.18.6.2-ENS*003 G13.18.6.2-ENS*003        G13.18.6.2-ENS*003        BE-230D G13.18.6.2-ENS*004 G13.18.6.2-ENS*004        G13.18.6.2-ENS*004


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION G13.18.3.1
SETPOINT CALCULATION                           G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION                          PAGE 6 OF 21 3.2. Analytical Limits For the combination of timing functions of E22-S004-27/62-1 & E22-S004-27/62-2 and E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 & E22-S004-ACB1-62S6, Analytical Limit = 60 s (Ref: G13.18.3.6*016)
-005 Rev. 00 0 PAGE 7 OF 21       4.0 Assumptions 4.1. The Limiting Operating Transient Variation (X T) is assumed to be equal to the minimum voltage observed on the associated bus during a LOCA transient at the Lower Analytical Limit for the Degraded Voltage Relays (See calculation G13.18.3.6*016). Thus, the setpoint should be such that the Loss of Voltage relays do not dropout during a degraded grid LOCA transient.
For E22-S004-27N1 and E22-S004-27N2 Analytical Limit = 2935 VAC (Ref: G13.18.3.6*016)
The Limiting Operating Transient Variation (X T) is given by the following equations (Ref: EN
Maximum dropout for the Loss of Voltage Relays = 3351 VAC.
-IC-S-007-R): The minimum voltage during a transient is observed for Division 3 bus. This voltage is 3351 VAC (Section 3.2). Therefore, X T = 3351 /(35) = 95.75 VAC (Ref: Section 3.3 for bus to relay voltage conversion)
3.3. Bus to Relay Voltage Conversion The Division 3 Degraded Voltage bus (4160 kV) to relay input voltage conversion factor is (35) (Ref:
. 4.2. The LU, TLU and reset differential
G13.18.6.2-ENS*004 and G13.18.6.2-ENS*007).
, derived in calculation G13.18.6.2
3.4.Output Documents (Any Changes to the data, analyses, or conclusions of calculation G13.18.3.1-005 may impact the following RBS documents) 3.4.1. RBS Technical Specification and Technical Requirements Manual 3.4.1.1    TS 3.3.8.1, Loss of Power (LOP) Instrumentation.
-ENS*004 and G13.18.6.2
3.4.1.2    TR 3.3.8.1, Loss of Power (LOP) Instrumentation.
-ENS*007 are calculated using instrument uncertainties that are based on % setting (% setpoint).
3.4.2. Procedures 3.4.2.1    STP-302-1605, HPCS DEGRADED VOLTAGE CHANNEL CALIBRATION AND LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST.
5.0 Calculation Methodology The methodology used in this calculation is in accordance with "Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations" (Ref: EN-IC-S-007-R) and "General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology" (Ref
3.4.2.2    STP-302-1604, HPCS LOSS OF VOLTAGE CHANNEL CALIBRATION AND LOGICSYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST.
: 7224.300-000-001B). The Allowable Values (AV) and Nominal Trip Setpoints (NTSP2) for the setpoints considered in this calculation have both upper and lower limits. The Lower Limit (AV MIN) is calculated for the Degraded Voltage Relay NO
3.5. Operating Experience CR-RBS-2011-04838:
-LOCA time delay by subtracting the difference between the AV MAX and the NTSP2 from the NTSP2. Then an additional margin of 2.5% is applied to give the final value of AV MIN. The Upper Limit (AV MAX) is calculated for the Loss of Voltage Relay Dropout by adding the difference between the NTSP2 and AV MIN to the NTSP2. An additional margin of 2.5% is applied to give the final value of AV MAX. Spurious trip avoidance analysis will ensure, with a greater than 95% certainty, that these relays will not experience a spurious trip under postulated transient conditions
CR-RBS-2011-04838 documented non-conservative Technical Specification for Degraded Voltage Relay NO-LOCA time delay and Loss of Voltage Relay dropout setpoints. The condition report documented that the existing limits do not protect the RBS motors against sustained degraded voltage conditions for a long period of time.
. The upper AV for the Degraded Voltage Relay NO
Disposition: This engineering change markup has been issued to provide revised Technical Specification and TRM setpoint limits for the Degraded Voltage Relay NO-LOCA time delay and Loss of Voltage Relay dropout setpoints. The new setpoint limits provided within this markup will ensure that the RBS motors are protected against sustained undervoltage and degraded voltage conditions.
-LOCA time delay (AV MAX) must be below the upper Analytical Limit (AL) minus the absolute value of the positive Loop Uncertainty (LU). The lower AV for the Loss of Voltage Relay Dropout (AV MIN) must be above the lower AL plus the absolute value of the negative LU.
 
Upper AV  AL -  Lower AV  Lower AL + -LU SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION G13.18.3.1
SETPOINT CALCULATION                              G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION                              PAGE 7 OF 21 4.0 Assumptions 4.1. The Limiting Operating Transient Variation (XT) is assumed to be equal to the minimum voltage observed on the associated bus during a LOCA transient at the Lower Analytical Limit for the Degraded Voltage Relays (See calculation G13.18.3.6*016). Thus, the setpoint should be such that the Loss of Voltage relays do not dropout during a degraded grid LOCA transient.
-005  Rev. 00 0 PAGE 8 OF 21    The NTSP2 for the Degraded Voltage Relay NO
The Limiting Operating Transient Variation (XT) is given by the following equations (Ref: EN-IC-S-007-R):
-LOCA time delay must be below the upper AL minus the absolute value of the positive Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU). The NTSP2 for the Loss of Voltage Relay Dropout must be above the lower AL plus the absolute value of the negative TLU. Time Delay Relay NTSP2  AL -  Loss of Voltage Relay NTSP2  Lower AL + -TLU The Loop Uncertainties and Total Loop Uncertainties used as input to this calculation are developed in the Loop Uncertainty Determination calculation s (Ref: G13.18.6.2
The minimum voltage during a transient is observed for Division 3 bus. This voltage is 3351 VAC (Section 3.2). Therefore, XT = 3351 /(35) = 95.75 VAC (Ref: Section 3.3 for bus to relay voltage conversion).
-ENS*004 and G13.18.6.2
4.2. The LU, TLU and reset differential, derived in calculation G13.18.6.2-ENS*004 and G13.18.6.2-ENS*007 are calculated using instrument uncertainties that are based on % setting (% setpoint).
-ENS*007) using the methodologies provided in EN-IC-S-007-R and 7224.300-000-001B. The Maximum Loop Setting Tolerance (CT LV) provides the tolerance for the desired setpoint of the rela
5.0 Calculation Methodology The methodology used in this calculation is in accordance with Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations (Ref: EN-IC-S-007-R) and General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology (Ref:
: y. This tolerance is irrespective of the setpoint chosen and is, therefore, the same for the dropout and the reset values. The minimum and maximum setting values for the TRM setpoint is calculated as follows:
7224.300-000-001B).
Desired Max. = TRM Trip Value +
The Allowable Values (AV) and Nominal Trip Setpoints (NTSP2) for the setpoints considered in this calculation have both upper and lower limits. The Lower Limit (AV MIN) is calculated for the Degraded Voltage Relay NO-LOCA time delay by subtracting the difference between the AV MAX and the NTSP2 from the NTSP2. Then an additional margin of 2.5% is applied to give the final value of AV MIN. The Upper Limit (AV MAX) is calculated for the Loss of Voltage Relay Dropout by adding the difference between the NTSP2 and AV MIN to the NTSP2. An additional margin of 2.5% is applied to give the final value of AV MAX. Spurious trip avoidance analysis will ensure, with a greater than 95% certainty, that these relays will not experience a spurious trip under postulated transient conditions.
CT LV Desired Mi
The upper AV for the Degraded Voltage Relay NO-LOCA time delay (AV MAX) must be below the upper Analytical Limit (AL) minus the absolute value of the positive Loop Uncertainty (LU). The lower AV for the Loss of Voltage Relay Dropout (AV MIN) must be above the lower AL plus the absolute value of the negative LU.
: n. = TRM Trip Value
Upper AV  Upper AL - +LU Lower AV  Lower AL + -LU
- CT LV 6.0 Calculation 6.1. Degraded Voltage Relay No
 
-LOCA time delay relay The setpoint for the relays is calculated iteratively as the LU and TLU are proportional to the setpoint. The final TRM setpoint calculated iteratively is 50.49 s. This value includes both the time delay associated with relays 62S5 & 62S6 and relays 27/62
SETPOINT CALCULATION                                G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION                              PAGE 8 OF 21 The NTSP2 for the Degraded Voltage Relay NO-LOCA time delay must be below the upper AL minus the absolute value of the positive Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU). The NTSP2 for the Loss of Voltage Relay Dropout must be above the lower AL plus the absolute value of the negative TLU.
-1 & 27/62-2. The time delays associated with each of these two sets of relays add to comprise the 50.49 s TRM setpoint (Ref. EE
Time Delay Relay NTSP2  Upper AL - +TLU Loss of Voltage Relay NTSP2  Lower AL + -TLU The Loop Uncertainties and Total Loop Uncertainties used as input to this calculation are developed in the Loop Uncertainty Determination calculations (Ref: G13.18.6.2-ENS*004 and G13.18.6.2-ENS*007) using the methodologies provided in EN-IC-S-007-R and 7224.300-000-001B.
-001M, Rev. 009).
The Maximum Loop Setting Tolerance (CTLV) provides the tolerance for the desired setpoint of the relay.
The following analysis provides the calculated STP setting limits, Allowable Values and Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP2) for relays 62S5 & 62S6. The STP setting limits, Allowable Values and Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP2) for relays 27/62
This tolerance is irrespective of the setpoint chosen and is, therefore, the same for the dropout and the reset values. The minimum and maximum setting values for the TRM setpoint is calculated as follows:
-1 & 27/62-2 are established in calculation G13.18.3.1*002. A margin of 4
Desired Max. = TRM Trip Value + CTLV Desired Min. = TRM Trip Value - CTLV 6.0 Calculation 6.1. Degraded Voltage Relay No-LOCA time delay relay The setpoint for the relays is calculated iteratively as the LU and TLU are proportional to the setpoint.
.15 s is used in this calculation for LER Avoidance.
The final TRM setpoint calculated iteratively is 50.49 s. This value includes both the time delay associated with relays 62S5 & 62S6 and relays 27/62-1 & 27/62-2. The time delays associated with each of these two sets of relays add to comprise the 50.49 s TRM setpoint (Ref. EE-001M, Rev. 009).
The STP setting limits, Allowable Values and Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP) of relays 27/62
The following analysis provides the calculated STP setting limits, Allowable Values and Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP2) for relays 62S5 & 62S6. The STP setting limits, Allowable Values and Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP2) for relays 27/62-1 & 27/62-2 are established in calculation G13.18.3.1*002. A margin of 4.15 s is used in this calculation for LER Avoidance.
-1 & 27/62-2 are specified in calculation G13.18.3.1*002 and STP
The STP setting limits, Allowable Values and Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP) of relays 27/62-1 &
-302-1605 as: NTSP  (sec) Tech Spec Allowable Minimum (sec) TRM Allowable Minimum (sec) STP Minimum (sec) STP Maximum (sec) TRM Allowable Maximum (sec) Tech Spec Allowable Maximum (sec) 5.10 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION G13.18.3.1
27/62-2 are specified in calculation G13.18.3.1*002 and STP-302-1605 as:
-005 Rev. 00 0 PAGE 9 OF 21    Loop Uncertainty (LU) and Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) will first be calculated for the total time delay (including both sets of relays) for use in establishing the TRM setpoint and the Allowable Values to be specified in Table 3.3.8.1
NTSP        Tech Spec        TRM            STP          STP          TRM        Tech Spec Allowable      Allowable      Minimum      Maximum      Allowable    Allowable Minimum        Minimum                                    Maximum      Maximum (sec)        (sec)
-1, Function 2d of the RBS TRM and Table 3.3.8.1-1, Functio n 2d of the RBS Tech Specs.
(sec)         (sec)           (sec)                                    (sec)          (sec) 5.10          4.50          4.63          4.70        5.50        5.57          5.70
LU, for this analysis, is established by combining the LU from calculations G13.18.6.2
 
-ENS*003 for relays 27/62
SETPOINT CALCULATION                            G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION                            PAGE 9 OF 21 Loop Uncertainty (LU) and Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) will first be calculated for the total time delay (including both sets of relays) for use in establishing the TRM setpoint and the Allowable Values to be specified in Table 3.3.8.1-1, Function 2d of the RBS TRM and Table 3.3.8.1-1, Function 2d of the RBS Tech Specs.
-1 & 27/62-2 and G13.18.6.2
LU, for this analysis, is established by combining the LU from calculations G13.18.6.2-ENS*003 for relays 27/62-1 & 27/62-2 and G13.18.6.2-ENS*007 for relays 62S5 & 62S6 using a square root sum of squares (SRSS) methodology.
-ENS*007 for relays 62S5 & 62S6 using a square root sum of squares (SRSS) methodology.
LU = +/- [(LU62S5/62S6 - Margin)2 + (LU27/62-1 & 27/62-2)2]1/2 +/- Margin
LU = +/- [(LU62S5/62S6 - Margin)2 + (LU27/62-1 & 27/62-2)2]1/2 +/- Margin = +/- [(5.148 - 1.740)2 + (0.469)2] 1/2 +/- 1.740 s LU = +/- 5.1 8 s TLU values for both sets of relays are similarly combined.
    = +/- [(5.148 - 1.740)2 + (0.469)2] 1/2 +/- 1.740 s LU = +/- 5.18 s TLU values for both sets of relays are similarly combined.
TLU = +/- [(TLU62S5/62S6 - Margin)2 + (TLU27/62-1 & 27/62-2)2]1/2 +/- Margin = +/- [(5.48 0 - 1.801)2 + (0.470)2] 1/2 +/- 1.801 s TLU = +/- 5.51 s AV MAX  AL - - 5.1 8 = 54.8 2 s AV MIN - (AV MAX - NTSP)) x 0.97 5 = (50.34 - (54.8 2 - 50.34)) x 0.97 5 = 44.7 s (rounded down)
TLU = +/- [(TLU62S5/62S6 - Margin)2 + (TLU27/62-1 & 27/62-2)2]1/2 +/- Margin
NTSP (TRM)  AL - - LER Avoidance Margin = 60
      = +/- [(5.480 - 1.801)2 + (0.470)2] 1/2 +/- 1.801 s TLU = +/- 5.51 s AV MAX  Upper AL - +LU = 60 - 5.18 = 54.82 s AV MIN  (NTSP - (AV MAX - NTSP)) x 0.975 = (50.34 - (54.82 - 50.34)) x 0.975 = 44.7 s (rounded down)
- 5.51 - 4.15 = 50.34 s TRM MAX  AL - TLU- 5.51 = 54.49 s TRM MIN - (TRM MAX - NTSP)) x 0.975 = (50.34  
NTSP (TRM)  Upper AL - +TLU - LER Avoidance Margin = 60 - 5.51 - 4.15 = 50.34 s TRM MAX  Upper AL - +TLU = 60 - 5.51 = 54.49 s TRM MIN  (NTSP - (TRM MAX - NTSP)) x 0.975 = (50.34 - (54.49 - 50.34)) x 0.975 = 45.04 s (rounded down)
- (54.49 - 50.34)) x 0.975 = 45.04 s (rounded down)
The STP setting limits, Allowable Values and Nominal Trip Setpoint for relays 62S5 & 62S6 are calculated as follows:
The STP setting limits, Allowable Values and Nominal Trip Setpoint for relays 62S5 & 62S6 are calculated as follows:
AV MAX 62S5/62S6 - AV MAX27/62-1 & 27/62-2 AV MAX62S5/62S6 = 54.8 2 s - 5.70 s = 49.1 2 s AV MIN62S5/62S6 - AV MIN27/62-1 & 27/62-2 SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION G13.18.3.1
AV MAX62S5/62S6 AV MAX - AV MAX27/62-1 & 27/62-2 AV MAX62S5/62S6 = 54.82 s - 5.70 s
-005 Rev. 00 0 PAGE 10 OF 21   AV MIN62S5/62S6 = 44.7 s - 4.5 s = 40.2 s TRM MAX62S5/62S6 - TRM MAX27/62-1 & 27/62-2 TRM MAX62S5/62S6 = 54.49 s - 5.57 s = 48.92 s TRM MIN62S5/62S6  TRM MIN - TRM MIN27/62-1 & 27/62-2 TRM MIN62S5/62S6 = 45.04 s  
                  = 49.12 s AV MIN62S5/62S6 AV MIN - AV MIN27/62-1 & 27/62-2
- 4.63 s = 40.41 s NTSP62S5/62S6 = NTSP - NTSP27/62-1 & 27/62-2 = 50.34 s - 5.10 s = 45.24 s STP MIN = NTSP2  
 
- lCT Ll = 45.24 - 1.3 5 = 43.89 s STP MAX = NTSP2 + l CT Ll = 45.24 + 1.3 5 = 4 6.5 9 s To summarize, the STP setting limits, Allowable Values and Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP) of relays 62S5 & 62S6 are:
SETPOINT CALCULATION                             G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION                            PAGE 10 OF 21 AV MIN62S5/62S6 = 44.7 s - 4.5 s
NTSP (sec) Tech Spec Allowable Minimum (sec) TRM Allowable Minimum (sec) STP Minimum (sec) STP Maximum (sec) TRM Allowable Maximum (sec) Tech Spec Allowable Maximum (sec) 45.24   3.89 6.59   6.2. Loss of Voltage Relay The setpoint for the relays is calculated iteratively as the LU and TLU are proportional to the setpoint. The final Nominal setpoint (NTSP2) calculated iteratively is 90.24 VAC. The following calculations provide the calculated STP setting limits, Allowable Value and Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP2). A margin of 0.865 V is used for LER Avoidance. For LU, Calculation LU = 2.3 7 VAC SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION G13.18.3.1
                        = 40.2 s TRM MAX62S5/62S6 TRM MAX - TRM MAX27/62-1 & 27/62-2 TRM MAX62S5/62S6 = 54.49 s - 5.57 s
-005 Rev. 00 0 PAGE 11 OF 21   TLU = 5.51 VAC AV MIN  AL + (35) + 2.37 = 83.86 + 2.37 = 86.23 VAC (rounded up)
                          = 48.92 s TRM MIN62S5/62S6  TRM MIN - TRM MIN27/62-1 & 27/62-2 TRM MIN62S5/62S6 = 45.04 s - 4.63 s
AV MAX - AV MIN)) x 1.03 = (90.24 + (90.24  
      = 40.41 s NTSP62S5/62S6 = NTSP - NTSP27/62-1 & 27/62-2
- 86.23)) x 1.03 = 97.08 VAC 97.08 VAC x 35 = 3397.8 VAC Since AV MAX is calculated to be 3397.8 VAC, which is not within the Limiting Operating Transient Variation (assumption 8.1) for the Loss of Voltage Relays (3351 VAC), AV MAX will be chosen t o be 3325 VAC (3325 VAC x 35 = 95.00 VAC) to provide adequate margin to the Limiting Operating Transient Variation for the Loss of Voltage Relays.
                    = 50.34 s - 5.10 s
TRM MI N AL + 86.73 VAC x 35 = 3036 VAC TRM MAX - TRM MIN)) x 1.01 = (90.24 + (90.24  
                    = 45.24 s STP MIN = NTSP2 - lCTLl = 45.24 - 1.35 = 43.89 s STP MAX = NTSP2 + lCTLl = 45.24 + 1.35 = 46.59 s To summarize, the STP setting limits, Allowable Values and Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP) of relays 62S5 & 62S6 are:
- 86.73)) x 1.01  
NTSP     Tech Spec        TRM            STP          STP        TRM        Tech Spec Allowable     Allowable      Minimum       Maximum    Allowable    Allowable Minimum        Minimum                                Maximum      Maximum (sec)         (sec)
= 94.68 VAC 94.68 VAC x 35 = 3313 VAC (3313.8 VAC rounded down to 3313 VAC for conservatism) NTSP2 (TRM)  Lower AL + LER Avoidance Margin =
(sec)       (sec)         (sec)                                   (sec)         (sec) 45.24       40.2          40.41        43.89       46.59     48.92      49.12 6.2. Loss of Voltage Relay The setpoint for the relays is calculated iteratively as the LU and TLU are proportional to the setpoint.
83.86 + 5.51 + 0.865 = 90.2 4 VAC (Rounded Up)
The final Nominal setpoint (NTSP2) calculated iteratively is 90.24 VAC.
STP MIN = NTSP2  
The following calculations provide the calculated STP setting limits, Allowable Value and Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP2). A margin of 0.865 V is used for LER Avoidance. For LU, Calculation LU = 2.37 VAC
- lCT Ll = 90.24 - 0.99 = 89.25 VAC STP MAX = NTSP2 + l CT Ll = 90.24 + 0.99 = 91.23 VAC To summarize, the STP setting limits, Allowable Values and Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP) of loss of voltage relays 27N1 & 27N2 are: NTSP  (VAC) Tech Spec Allowable Minimum (VAC) TRM Allowable Minimum (VAC) STP Minimum (VAC) STP Maximum (VAC) TRM Allowable Maximum (VAC) Tech Spec Allowable Maximum (VAC) 90.24 86.23 86.73 89.25 91.23 94.68 95.00   STP as-left pick up (reset) values are determined as follows:
 
Reset differential is equal to 10% of relay setting (Ref. G13.18.6.2
SETPOINT CALCULATION                             G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION                            PAGE 11 OF 21 TLU = 5.51 VAC AV MIN  Lower AL + +LU = 2935 / (35) + 2.37 = 83.86 + 2.37 = 86.23 VAC (rounded up)
-ENS*004, Rev. 1).
AV MAX (NTSP2 + (NTSP2 - AV MIN)) x 1.03 = (90.24 + (90.24 - 86.23)) x 1.03 = 97.08 VAC 97.08 VAC x 35 = 3397.8 VAC Since AV MAX is calculated to be 3397.8 VAC, which is not within the Limiting Operating Transient Variation (assumption 8.1) for the Loss of Voltage Relays (3351 VAC), AV MAX will be chosen to be 3325 VAC (3325 VAC x 35 = 95.00 VAC) to provide adequate margin to the Limiting Operating Transient Variation for the Loss of Voltage Relays.
Reset differential (deadband)
TRM MIN Lower AL + +LU + Margin = 83.86 + 2.37 + 0.5 = 86.73 VAC 86.73 VAC x 35 = 3036 VAC TRM MAX (NTSP2 + (NTSP2 - TRM MIN)) x 1.01 = (90.24 + (90.24 - 86.73)) x 1.01
= NTSP2 x 10%
                                                          = 94.68 VAC 94.68 VAC x 35 = 3313 VAC (3313.8 VAC rounded down to 3313 VAC for conservatism)
NTSP2 (TRM)  Lower AL + +TLU + LER Avoidance Margin = 83.86 + 5.51 + 0.865 = 90.24 VAC (Rounded Up)
STP MIN = NTSP2 - lCTLl = 90.24 - 0.99 = 89.25 VAC STP MAX = NTSP2 + lCTLl = 90.24 + 0.99 = 91.23 VAC To summarize, the STP setting limits, Allowable Values and Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP) of loss of voltage relays 27N1 & 27N2 are:
NTSP     Tech Spec        TRM          STP          STP          TRM      Tech Spec Allowable    Allowable    Minimum      Maximum      Allowable Allowable Minimum        Minimum                                Maximum    Maximum (VAC)         (VAC)
(VAC)       (VAC)         (VAC)                                   (VAC)       (VAC) 90.24       86.23         86.73       89.25       91.23       94.68     95.00 STP as-left pick up (reset) values are determined as follows:
Reset differential is equal to 10% of relay setting (Ref. G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 1).
Reset differential (deadband) = NTSP2 x 10%
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION                G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION              PAGE 12 OF 21
                              = 90.24 VAC x 0.10
                              = 9.02 VAC Minimum as left reset = STP MIN trip value + deadband
                      = 87.63 VAC + 9.02 VAC
                      = 96.65 VAC Maximum as left reset = STP MAX trip value + deadband
                      = 92.85 VAC + 9.02 VAC
                      = 101.87 VAC


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION G13.18.3.1
SETPOINT CALCULATION                                 G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION                                PAGE 13 OF 21 6.3. Margin Checks:
-005 Rev. 00 0 PAGE 12 OF 21   = 90.24 VAC x 0.10 = 9.02 VAC Minimum as left reset = STP MIN trip value + deadband
6.3.1. Spurious Trip Avoidance Test The Spurious Trip Analysis is performed to demonstrate the acceptability of the calculated Nominal Trip Setpoint. The Nominal Trip Setpoint should provide at least 95% probability that a spurious trip will not occur. The value calculated for Z should be = 1.645 to achieve the 95% criteria.
  = 87.63 VAC + 9.02 VAC
Spurious Trip Equation (Ref: EN-IC-S-007-R):
= 96.65 VAC Maximum as left reset = STP MAX trip value + deadband
NTSP2 X T ZT =
= 92.85 VAC + 9.02 VAC
( M )2 + ( )2 I
  = 101.87 VAC
Where:
NTSP2        = Calculated Nominal Trip Setpoint, Upper XT            = Limiting operating transient M            = standard deviation for the operating transient (equal to zero when the limiting operating transient is based on documented operating conditions).
                            =0 I            = standard deviation of the NTSP2 1
                            =   ( AN ) 2 + (C L ) 2 + ( DL ) 2 + ( PM ) 2 + ( PE ) 2 n
The Total Loop Uncertainty is defined in EN-IC-S-007-R as:
m TLU = +/-        ( AL ) + (C L ) + ( DL ) + ( PM ) + ( PE )
2          2      2        2          2 n
AL    = Total loop random uncertainty (provided in G13.18.2.3-ENS*004 and G13.18.2.3-ENS*007 EC-27437)
AN    = The loop random uncertainty for normal conditions (i.e. AL determined for normal environmental conditions)
AL AN Since a higher value of I reduces the spurious trip avoidance probability, it is conservative to assume that AN = AL for the equation for standard deviation.


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION G13.18.3.1
SETPOINT CALCULATION                               G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION                              PAGE 14 OF 21
-005 Rev. 00 0 PAGE 13 OF 21    6.3. Margin Checks:
        +/- TLU  1 I    =          =  ( AL ) + (C L ) + ( DL ) + ( PM ) + ( PE )
6.3.1. Spurious Trip Avoidance Test The Spurious Trip Analysis is performed to demonstrate the acceptability of the calculated Nominal Trip Setpoint. The Nominal Trip Setpoint should provide at least 95% probability that a spurious trip will not occur. The value calculated for Z should be  
2        2        2        2        2 m        n Since, TLU as provided in G13.18.6.2-ENS*004 and G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, contains the m
= 1.645 to achieve the 95% criteria.
same random component,          ( AL ) + (C L ) + ( DL ) + ( PM ) + ( PE ) for both positive 2        2        2        2        2 n
Spurious Trip Equation (Ref: EN-IC-S-007-R):      2 2 2 I M T T XNTSP Z  Where:      NTSP2 = Calculated Nominal Trip Setpoint, Upper  X T  = Limiting operating transient M  = standard deviation for the operating transient (equal to zero when the limiting operating transient is based on documented operating conditions).
and negative direction, I    = +TLU / m m     = 1.645 (for Loss of Voltage relay)
= 0    I  = standard deviation of the NTSP 2  = 2 2 2 2 2)()()()()(1 E M L L N P P D C A n The Total Loop Uncertainty is defined in EN
      = 2 (for Degraded Voltage Relay No-LOCA time delay)
-IC-S-007-R as: TLU = 2 2 2 2 2)()()()()(E M L L L P P D C A n m A L  = Total loop random uncertainty (provided in G13.18.2.3
I    = 5.51 / 1.645 V
-ENS*004 and G13.18.2.3
      = 3.35 V (for Loss of Voltage Relay)
-ENS*007 EC-27437) A N = The loop random uncertainty for normal conditions (i.e.
      = 5.51 / 1.645 s (for Degraded Voltage Relay No-LOCA time delay; used in Section 6.3.2.1)
A L determined for normal environmental conditions)
      = 3.35 s (for Degraded Voltage Relay No-LOCA time delay) 6.3.1.1    Degraded Voltage Relay No-LOCA time delay relay Spurious trip avoidance test for the time delay is bounded by the spurious trip avoidance for the Loss of Voltage relay dropout setpoint. The purpose the Loss of voltage relays is to ensure that the RBS safety related motors will not experience less than 70% terminal voltage.
A L  A N Since a higher value of  I reduces the spurious trip avoidance probability, it is conservative to assume that A N = A L for the equation for standard deviation.
The time delay ensures that, if such a condition occurs, the degraded voltage relay trips in less than 60 seconds. This condition is based on the analysis provided in calculation G13.18.3.6*016. There are no other conditions that are dependent upon the Time Delay function of the relay. However, a spurious trip avoidance test for the Loss of Voltage relays is required to ensure that the relays do not dropout during worst case LOCA transient conditions.
6.3.1.2    Loss of Voltage relay The Spurious Trip Analysis is performed to demonstrate the acceptability of the calculated Nominal Trip Setpoint. The Nominal Trip Setpoint should provide at least 95% probability that a spurious trip will not occur. The value calculated for Z should be = 1.645 to achieve the 95% criteria.
NTSP2         = Calculated Nominal Trip Setpoint
              = 90.24 V (Per Section 6.2)


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION G13.18.3.1
SETPOINT CALCULATION                               G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION                             PAGE 15 OF 21 XT            = Limiting operating transient
-005 Rev. 00 0 PAGE 14 OF 21    I  =  m TLU = 2 2 2 2 2)()()()()(1 E M L L L P P D C A n Since, TLU as provided in G13.18.6.2
                        = 95.75 V (Per Assumption 4.1)
-ENS*004 and G13.18.6.
M             = standard deviation for the operating transient (equal to zero when the limiting operating transient is based on documented operating conditions).
2-ENS*007, contains the same random component
                        =0 I             = +TLU / m m             = 1.645 I             = 5.51 / 1.645 V
, 2 2 2 2 2)()()()()(E M L L L P P D C A n m for both positive and negative direction,  I  = +TLU / m m = 1.645 (for Loss of Voltage relay)
                        = 3.35 V Spurious Trip Calculation:
  = 2 (for Degraded Voltage Relay No
ZT    = l90.24 - 95.75l
-LOCA time delay)
((0)2 + (3.35)2)1/2
I  = 5.51 / 1.645 V = 3.3 5 V (for Loss of Voltage Relay)
              = 1.645 The calculated value for ZT is approximately 1.645. Therefore the calculated Nominal Trip Setpoint is acceptable.
  = 5.51 / 1.645 s (for Degraded Voltage Relay No
-LOCA time delay; used in Section 6.3.2.1)  = 3.35 s (for Degraded Voltage Relay No
-LOCA time delay) 6.3.1.1 Degraded Voltage Relay No
-LOCA time delay relay Spurious trip avoidance test for the time delay is bounded by the spurious trip avoidance for the Loss of Voltage relay dropout setpoint. The purpose the Loss of voltage relays is to ensure that the RBS safety related motors will not experience less than 70% terminal voltage. The time delay ensures that
, if such a condition occurs
, the degraded voltage relay trips in less than 60 seconds. This condition is based on the analysis provided in calculation G13.18.3.6*016. There are no other conditions that are dependent upon the Time Delay function of the relay. However, a spurious trip avoidance test for the Loss of Voltage relays is required to ensure that the relays do not dropout during worst case LOCA transient conditions.
6.3.1.2 Loss of Voltage relay The Spurious Trip Analysis is performed to demonstrate the acceptability of the calculated Nominal Trip Setpoint. The Nominal Trip Setpoint should provide at least 95% probability that a spurious trip will not occur. The value calculated for Z should be
= 1.645 to achieve the 95% criteria.
NTSP 2  = Calculated Nominal Trip Setpoint
      = 90.24 V (Per Section 6.2)
SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION G13.18.3.1
-005  Rev. 00 0 PAGE 15 OF 21   X T  = Limiting operating transient = 95.75 V (Per Assumption 4.1)       M = standard deviation for the operating transient (equal to zero when the limiting operating transient is based on documented operating conditions).
= 0   I   = +TLU / m m = 1.645   I   = 5.51 / 1.645 V = 3.35 V     Spurious Trip Calculation:
Z T  =   l90.24 - 95.75l             ((0)2 + (3.3 5)2)1/2 =   1.645 The calculated value for Z T is approximately 1.645. The refore the calculated Nominal Trip Setpoint is acceptable.
6.3.2. LER Avoidance Analysis:
6.3.2. LER Avoidance Analysis:
LER avoidance analysis is performed to determine the acceptability of the margin between the calculated Nominal Trip Setpoint and the calculated Allowable Value. The margi n should provide at least a 90% probability the instrument channel's trip setpoint will not exceed the allowable value. The calculated value for ZLER should be  1.28. LER Avoidance Equation (Ref: EN-IC-S-007-R):     ILERNTSP AV Z 2 Where:     AV     = Allowable Value NTSP 2  = Calculated Nominal Trip Setpoint I = standard deviation of the NTSP
LER avoidance analysis is performed to determine the acceptability of the margin between the calculated Nominal Trip Setpoint and the calculated Allowable Value. The margin should provide at least a 90% probability the instrument channels trip setpoint will not exceed the allowable value. The calculated value for ZLER should be  1.28.
LER Avoidance Equation (Ref: EN-IC-S-007-R):
AV NTSP2 Z LER =
I Where:
AV       = Allowable Value NTSP2 = Calculated Nominal Trip Setpoint I       = standard deviation of the NTSP


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION G13.18.3.1
SETPOINT CALCULATION                             G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION                            PAGE 16 OF 21 6.3.2.1   Degraded Voltage Relay No-LOCA time delay relay ZLER = l50.34 -54.82l 3.35
-005 Rev. 00 0 PAGE 16 OF 21   6.3.2.1 Degraded Voltage Relay No
      = 1.337 6.3.2.2   Loss of Voltage relay ZLER = l 86.23 -90.24l 3.35
-LOCA time delay relay ZLER   l50.34 -54.8 2l 3.35 = 1.337 6.3.2.2 Loss of Voltage relay ZLER   l 86.23 -90.24l 3.35   1.20 The LER Avoidance value for ZLER for Degraded Voltage relay No
      = 1.20 The LER Avoidance value for ZLER for Degraded Voltage relay No-LOCA time delay is greater than 1.28 and is, therefore acceptable. However, the value of ZLER for the Loss of Voltage relay is 1.20 which yields a LER avoidance probability of 88.5%. This value is slightly below the 90% probability judged to be acceptable. However, because the values used in calculating device measurement uncertainties, particularly time related relay drift, are extremely conservative, the calculated 88.5% LER avoidance probability for the Loss of Voltage Relay is considered acceptable.
-LOCA time delay is greater than 1.28 and is, therefore acceptable
The calculated values for ZLER for both the timing relay and the Loss of Voltage Relay are deemed acceptable and demonstrate sufficient probability for LER avoidance
. However, the value of ZLER for the Loss of Volt age relay is 1.20 which yields a LER avoidance probability of 88.5%. This value is slightly below the 90% probability judged to be acceptable. However, because the values used in calculating device measurement uncertainties, particularly time related relay drift, are extremely conservative, the calculated 88.5% LER avoidance probability for the Loss of Voltage Relay is considered acceptable.
The calculated value s for ZLER for both the timing relay and the Loss of Voltage Relay are deemed acceptable and demonstrate sufficient probability for LER avoidance


SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION G13.18.3.1
SETPOINT CALCULATION                               G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION                              PAGE 17 OF 21 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.1                                                                     DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE Sheet 1 of 1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE ANO-1             ANO-2             IP-2                 IP-3               JAF                   PLP PNPS             VY                 GGNS                 RBS               W3                     NP Document No.             G13.18.3.1-005                    Revision No.
-005 Rev. 00 0 PAGE 17 OF 21 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE Sheet 1 of 1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE ANO-1 ANO-2 IP-2 IP-3 JAF PLP PNPS VY GGNS RBS W3 NP Document No.
Page 1 of 4 (EC40339)                            000 Title:   Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for E22-S004 Quality Related           Augmented Quality Related DV Method:               Design Review             Alternate Calculation             Qualification Testing VERIFICATION REQUIRED                     DISCIPLINE                       VERIFICATION COMPLETE AND COMMENTS RESOLVED (DV print, sign, and date)
G13.18.3.1-00 5  (EC40339) Revision No.
Electrical             Robin Smith / See AS for signature & date Mechanical Instrument and Control Civil/Structural Nuclear Originator:
00 0 Page 1 of 4 Title: Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for E22
Mary Coffaro / See AS for signature & date Print/Sign/Date After Comments Have Been Resolved
-S004   Quality Related Augmented Quality Related DV Method:
 
Design Review Alternate Calculation Qualification Testing VERIFICATION REQUIRED DISCIPLINE VERIFICATION COMPLETE AND COMMENTS RESOLVED (DV print, sign, and date)
SETPOINT CALCULATION                                   G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION                                  PAGE 18 OF 21 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6                                                                               DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 1 of 3 IDENTIFICATION:                                                                                   DISCIPLINE:
Electrical Robin Smith
Document Title:   Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for E22-S004                                       Civil/Structural Electrical Doc. No.:         G13.18.3.1-005 (EC40339)           Rev. 000              QA Cat. I I&C Robin Smith / See AS for signature & date Verifier:                        Print                     Sign                     Date             Mechanical Nuclear Manager authorization Other for supervisor performing Verification.
/ See AS for signature & date Mechanica l  Instrument and Control Civil/Structural Nuclear       Originator:
N/A Print                   Sign               Date METHOD OF VERIFICATION:
Mary Coffaro
Design Review                                               Alternate Calculations                   Qualification Test The following basic questions are addressed as applicable, during the performance of any design verification. These questions are based on the requirements of ANSI N45.2.11 - 1974.
/ See AS for signature & date Print/Sign/Date After Comments Have Been Resolved SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION G13.18.3.1
NOTE The reviewer can use the Comments/Continuation sheet at the end for entering any comment/resolution along with the appropriate question number. Additional items with new question numbers can also be entered.
-005 Rev. 00 0 PAGE 18 OF 21 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 1 of 3 IDENTIFICATION:
DISCIPLINE:
Civil/Structural Electrical I & C Mechanical Nuclear Other Document Title: Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for E22
-S004 Doc. No.: G13.18.3.1
-005 (EC40339) Rev. 00 0 QA Cat. I Verifier: Robin Smith
/ See AS for signature & date Print Sign Date Manager authorization for supervisor performing Verification. N/A         Print Sign Date METHOD OF VERIFICATION:
Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Test The following basic questions are addressed as applicable, during the performance of any design verification. These questions are based on the requirements of ANSI N45.2.11  
- 1974. NOTE The reviewer can use the "Comments/Continuation sheet" at the end for entering any comment/resolution along with the appropriate question number. Additional items with new question numbers can also be entered.
: 1. Design Inputs - Were the inputs correctly selected and incorporated into the design?
: 1. Design Inputs - Were the inputs correctly selected and incorporated into the design?
(Design inputs include design bases, plant operational conditions, performance requirements, regulatory requirements and commitments, codes, standards, field data, etc. All information used as design inputs should have been reviewed and approved by the responsible design organization, as applicable
(Design inputs include design bases, plant operational conditions, performance requirements, regulatory requirements and commitments, codes, standards, field data, etc. All information used as design inputs should have been reviewed and approved by the responsible design organization, as applicable.
. All inputs need to be retrievable or excerpts of documents used should be attached.
All inputs need to be retrievable or excerpts of documents used should be attached.
See site specific design input procedures for guidance in identifying inputs.)
See site specific design input procedures for guidance in identifying inputs.)
Yes No N/A   2. Assumptions  
Yes                 No                 N/A
- Are assumptions necessary to perform the design activity adequately described and reasonable? Where necessary, are assumptions identified for subsequent re
: 2. Assumptions - Are assumptions necessary to perform the design activity adequately described and reasonable? Where necessary, are assumptions identified for subsequent re-verification when the detailed activities are completed? Are the latest applicable revisions of design documents utilized?
-verification when the detailed activities are completed? Are the latest applicable revisions of design documents utilized?
Yes                 No                 N/A
Yes No N/A   3. Quality Assurance  
: 3. Quality Assurance - Are the appropriate quality and quality assurance requirements specified?
- Are the appropriate quality and quality assurance requirements specified?
Yes                 No                 N/A
Yes No N/A SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION G13.18.3.1
 
-005 Rev. 00 0 PAGE 19 OF 21 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 2 of 3 4. Codes, Standards and Regulatory Requirements  
SETPOINT CALCULATION                                 G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION                                PAGE 19 OF 21 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6                                                                         DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 2 of 3
- Are the applicable codes, standards and regulatory requirements, including issue and addenda properly identified and are their requirements for design met?
: 4. Codes, Standards and Regulatory Requirements - Are the applicable codes, standards and regulatory requirements, including issue and addenda properly identified and are their requirements for design met?
Yes No N/A   5. Construction and Operating Experience  
Yes               No               N/A
- Have applicable construction and operating experience been considered?
: 5. Construction and Operating Experience - Have applicable construction and operating experience been considered?
Yes No N/A   6. Interfaces  
Yes               No               N/A
- Have the design interface requirements been satisfied and documented?
: 6. Interfaces - Have the design interface requirements been satisfied and documented?
Yes No N/A   7. Methods - Was an appropriate design or analytical (for calculations) method used?
Yes               No               N/A
Yes No N/A
: 7. Methods - Was an appropriate design or analytical (for calculations) method used?
: 8. Design Outputs  
Yes               No               N/A
- Is the output reasonable compared to the inputs?
: 8. Design Outputs - Is the output reasonable compared to the inputs?
Yes No N/A
Yes               No               N/A
: 9. Parts, Equipment and Processes  
: 9. Parts, Equipment and Processes - Are the specified parts, equipment, and processes suitable for the required application?
- Are the specified parts, equipment, and processes suitable for the required application?
Yes               No               N/A
Yes No N/A   10. Materials Compatibility  
: 10. Materials Compatibility - Are the specified materials compatible with each other and the design environmental conditions to which the material will be exposed?
- Are the specified materials compatible with each other and the design environmental conditions to which the material will be exposed?
Yes               No               N/A
Yes No N/A
: 11. Maintenance requirements - Have adequate maintenance features and requirements been specified?
: 11. Maintenance requirements  
Yes               No               N/A
- Have adequate maintenance features and requirements been specified?
Yes No N/A
: 12. Accessibility for Maintenance - Are accessibility and other design provisions adequate for performance of needed maintenance and repair?
: 12. Accessibility for Maintenance - Are accessibility and other design provisions adequate for performance of needed maintenance and repair?
Yes No N/A   13. Accessibility for In
Yes               No               N/A
-service Inspection  
: 13. Accessibility for In-service Inspection - Has adequate accessibility been provided to perform the in-service inspection expected to be required during the plant life?
- Has adequate accessibility been provided to perform the in
Yes               No               N/A
-service inspection expected to be required during the plant life?
: 14. Radiation Exposure - Has the design properly considered radiation exposure to the public and plant personnel?
Yes No N/A   14. Radiation Exposure  
Yes               No               N/A
- Has the design properly considered radiation exposure to the public and plant personnel?
: 15. Acceptance Criteria - Are the acceptance criteria incorporated in the design documents sufficient to allow verification that design requirements have been satisfactorily accomplished?
Yes No N/A
Yes               No               N/A
: 15. Acceptance Criteria  
 
- Are the acceptance criteria incorporated in the design documents sufficient to allow verification that design requirements have been satisfactorily accomplished? Yes No N/A SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION G13.18.3.1
SETPOINT CALCULATION                                       G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION                                      PAGE 20 OF 21 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6                                                                                 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 3 of 3
-005 Rev. 00 0 PAGE 20 OF 21 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 3 of 3 16. Test Requirements  
: 16. Test Requirements - Have adequate pre-operational and subsequent periodic test requirements been appropriately specified?
- Have adequate pre
Yes                 No               N/A
-operational and subsequent periodic test requirements been appropriately specifie d? Yes No N/A   17. Handling, Storage, Cleaning and Shipping  
: 17. Handling, Storage, Cleaning and Shipping - Are adequate handling, storage, cleaning and shipping requirements specified?
- Are adequate handling, storage, cleaning and shipping requirements specified?
Yes                 No               N/A
Yes No N/A   18. Identification Requirements  
: 18. Identification Requirements - Are adequate identification requirements specified?
- Are adequate identification requirements specified?
Yes                 No               N/A
Yes No N/A
: 19. Records and Documentation - Are requirements for record preparation, review, approval, retention, etc., adequately specified? Are all documents prepared in a clear legible manner suitable for microfilming and/or other documentation storage method? Have all impacted documents been identified for update as necessary?
: 19. Records and Documentation  
Yes                 No               N/A
- Are requirements for record preparation, review, approval, retention, etc., adequately specified?
: 20. Software Quality Assurance- ENN sites: For a calculation that utilized software applications (e.g., GOTHIC, SYMCORD), was it properly verified and validated in accordance with EN- IT-104 or previous site SQA Program?
Are all documents prepared in a clear legible manner suitable for microfilming and/or other documentation storage method? Have all impacted documents been identified for update as necessary?
ENS sites: This is an EN-IT-104 task. However, per ENS-DC-126, for exempt software, was it verified in the calculation?
Yes No N/A
Yes                 No               N/A
: 20. Software Quality Assurance
- ENN sites: For a calculation that utilized software applications (e.g., GOTHIC, SYMCORD), was it properly verified and validated in accordance with EN
- IT-104 or previous site SQA Program?
ENS sites: This is an EN
-IT-104 task. However, per ENS
-DC-126, for exempt software, was it verified in the calculation?
Yes No N/A
: 21. Has adverse impact on peripheral components and systems, outside the boundary of the document being verified, been considered?
: 21. Has adverse impact on peripheral components and systems, outside the boundary of the document being verified, been considered?
Yes No N/A            
Yes                 No               N/A
 
SETPOINT CALCULATION ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT RIVER BEND STATION G13.18.3.1
-005  Rev. 00 0 PAGE 21 OF 21  ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.7  DESIGN VERIFICATION COMMENT SHEET Sheet 1 of 1        Comments / Continuation Sheet Question  #
Comments Resoluti on Initial/Date 1 Comments provided by markup Incorporated RS  10/13/12
 
95/95 Confidence Level The uncertainty and setpoint calculation revisions associated with the River Bend Station (RBS) loss of voltage and undervoltage time delay relays determine loop and total loop uncertainties constructed with 95/95 confidence. That is to say, there is at least a 95% probability that the limits provided contain at least 95% of the population of interest - the future actual setpoint values.


The inputs used to determine the uncertainties and setpoints were either
SETPOINT CALCULATION                        G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION                        PAGE 21 OF 21 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.7                                                      DESIGN VERIFICATION COMMENT SHEET Sheet 1 of 1 Comments / Continuation Sheet Question #                Comments                            Resolution                Initial/Date 1      Comments provided by markup          Incorporated                    RS 10/13/12
:  determined based on a 95/95 criterion or  are vendor provided inputs Drift values used to determine 95/95 Total Loop Uncertainties for the relays were derived from statistically significant populations of historical calibration data, including


as-found and as
95/95 Confidence Level The uncertainty and setpoint calculation revisions associated with the River Bend Station (RBS) loss of voltage and undervoltage time delay relays determine loop and total loop uncertainties constructed with 95/95 confidence. That is to say, there is at least a 95% probability that the limits provided contain at least 95% of the population of interest - the future actual setpoint values.
-left readings. Each drift value is applicable to specific instruments or models of instruments and w as calculated using statistical methods designed to provide a 95/95 tolerance interval.
The inputs used to determine the uncertainties and setpoints were either:
Where no as-found/as-left drift analysis is available, the setpoint calculations rely on vendor-provided drift specifications. Vendors typically do not provide information regarding the confidence level of their performance specifications (Rosemount being the prominent exception)
* determined based on a 95/95 criterion or
. In such cases, it is assumed that this best represents the limiting or bounding performance data and that the vendor specifications can conservatively be assumed to be equivalent to a 2-sigma (95.4%) tolerance interval
* are vendor provided inputs Drift values used to determine 95/95 Total Loop Uncertainties for the relays were derived from statistically significant populations of historical calibration data, including as-found and as-left readings. Each drift value is applicable to specific instruments or models of instruments and was calculated using statistical methods designed to provide a 95/95 tolerance interval.
. This assumption applies to drift as well as other vendor performance specifications, such as accuracy and temperature effect.
Where no as-found/as-left drift analysis is available, the setpoint calculations rely on vendor-provided drift specifications. Vendors typically do not provide information regarding the confidence level of their performance specifications (Rosemount being the prominent exception). In such cases, it is assumed that this best represents the limiting or bounding performance data and that the vendor specifications can conservatively be assumed to be equivalent to a 2-sigma (95.4%) tolerance interval. This assumption applies to drift as well as other vendor performance specifications, such as accuracy and temperature effect.


Determination of As-Left and As
Determination of As-Left and As-Found Tolerances The method used at RBS to incorporate as-left and as-found device and loop tolerances is as follows:
-Found Tolerances The method used at RBS to incorporate as-left and as-found device and loop tolerances is as follows:
Calculation of As-Left Device Tolerance (ALT):
Calculation of As
Device ALT is calculated using MTEL combined with device reference accuracy.
-Left Device Tolerance (ALT) : Device ALT is calculated using MTE L combined with device reference accuracy.
ALT = +/- SRSS (RA, MTEL)
ALT = +/- SRSS (RA, MTE L)
In cases where RA is greater than the device drift (DR), ALT will conservatively be set to a value arbitrarily smaller than DR to avoid having the AFT smaller than the ALT.
In cases where RA is greater than the device drift (DR), ALT will conservatively be set to a value arbitrarily smaller than DR to avoid having the AFT smaller than the ALT.
Calculation of As
Calculation of As-Found Device Tolerance (AFT):
-Found Device Tolerance (AFT): AFT= +/- SRSS (RA, DR, MTE 1, MTE 2, MTE 3,-MTE X) The device drift (DR) was determined using plant specific as
AFT= +/- SRSS (RA, DR, MTE1, MTE2, MTE3,MTEX)
-found/as-left calibration data and may be considered the combination of RA, MTE and drift. This is because there is no deterministic method to separate these individual components in the analysis of the as-found/as-left calibration data. Drift derived in this manner therefore includes both RA and MTE errors.
The device drift (DR) was determined using plant specific as-found/as-left calibration data and may be considered the combination of RA, MTE and drift. This is because there is no deterministic method to separate these individual components in the analysis of the as-found/as-left calibration data. Drift derived in this manner therefore includes both RA and MTE errors.
 
AFT can then be simplified to:
AFT can then be simplified to:
AFT= +/- DR Calculation of As-Left and As-Found Loop Tolerance For loops consisting of instruments A, B, C, X, the loop As-Left and As-Found Loop Tolerances are given by the following equations:
As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALTL) = +/- SRSS (ALTA, ALTB, ALTC, ALTX)
As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFTL) = +/- SRSS (AFTA, AFTB, AFTC, AFTX)
All the relays are in single device loops; therefore the device tolerance is the same as the loop tolerance and the equations become:
As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALTL) = +/- ALT As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFTL) = +/- AFT


AFT= +/- DR  Calculation of As-Left and As-Found Loop Tolerance For loops consisting of instruments A, B, C, -X, the loop As-Left and As
AFT and ALT Results from Uncertainty Calculations Calculation G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 determines the uncertainty associated with Division I and II, Safety-Related, 4.16 kV loss of voltage relays ENS-SWG1A-27-1A, ENS-SWG1A-27-1B, ENS-SWG1A-27-1C, ENS-SWG1B-27-1A, ENS-SWG1B-27-1B and ENS-SWG1B-27-1C. The AFT and ALT determined for these relays is:
-Found Loop Tolerances are given by the following equations:
Summary of Calibration Tolerances Relay ALT (ALTR)                                                  +/- 0.21 VAC Relay AFT (AFTR)                                                  +/- 0.392 VAC As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALTL)                                     +/- 0.21 VAC As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFTL)                                    +/- 0.392 VAC Calculation G13.18.6.2-ENS*004 determines the uncertainty associated with Division III, Safety-Related, 4.16 kV loss of voltage relays E22-S004-27N1 and E22-S004-27N2.
As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALT L) = +/- SRSS (ALT A, ALT B, ALT C ,- ALT X)
The AFT and ALT determined for these relays is:
As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFT L) = +/- SRSS (AFT A, AFT B, AFT C ,- AFT X)
Summary of Calibration Tolerances Relay ALT (ALTR)                                                  +/- 0.99 VAC Relay AFT (AFTR)                                                  +/- 5.82 VAC As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALTL)                                     +/- 0.99 VAC As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFTL)                                     +/- 5.82 VAC Calculation G13.18.6.2-ENS*006 determines the uncertainty associated with Division I and II, Safety-Related, 4.16 kV undervoltage time delay relays ENS-SWG1A-62-2 and ENS-SWG1B-62-2. The AFT and ALT determined for these relays is:
All the relays are in single device loops; therefore the device tolerance is the same as the loop tolerance and the equations become:
Summary of Calibration Tolerances Relay ALT (ALTRT)                                                +/- 0.51 seconds Relay AFT (AFTRT)                                                +/- 1.05 seconds As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALTL)                                    +/- 0.51 seconds As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFTL)                                  +/- 1.05 seconds


As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALT L) = +/- ALT As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFT L) = +/- AFT AFT and ALT Results from Uncertainty Calculations Calculation G13.18.6.2
Calculation G13.18.6.2-ENS*007 determines the uncertainty associated with Division III, Safety-Related, 4.16 kV undervoltage time delay relays E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 and E22-S004-ACB1-62S6. The AFT and ALT determined for these relays is:
-ENS*00 2 determine s the uncertainty associated with Division I and II, Safety-Related, 4.16 kV loss of voltage relays ENS
Summary of Calibration Tolerances Relay ALT (ALTRT2)                                                 +/- 1.35 seconds Relay AFT (AFTRT2)                                                 +/- 1.685 seconds As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALTL2)                                     +/- 1.35 seconds As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFTL2)                                   +/- 1.685 seconds}}
-SWG1A-27-1A, ENS-SWG1A-27-1B, ENS-SWG1A-27-1C, ENS-SWG1 B-27-1A, ENS-SWG1 B-27-1B and ENS-SWG1 B-27-1C. The AFT and ALT determined for these relays is:
Summary of Calibration Tolerances Relay ALT (ALT R) +/- 0.21 VAC Relay AFT (AFT R) +/- 0.39 2 VAC As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALT L) +/- 0.21 VAC As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFT L) +/- 0.39 2 VAC  Calculation G13.18.6.2
-ENS*00 4 determines the uncertainty associated with Division III, Safety-Related, 4.16 kV loss of voltage relays E22-S004-27N1 and E22
-S004-27N2. The AFT and ALT determined for these relays is:
Summary of Calibration Tolerances Relay ALT (ALT R) +/- 0.99 VAC Relay AFT (AFT R) +/- 5.82 VAC As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALT L) +/- 0.99 VAC As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFT L) +/- 5.82 VAC Calculation G13.18.6.2
-ENS*006 determine s the uncertainty associated with Division I and II, Safety
-Related, 4.16 kV undervoltage time delay relays ENS
-SWG1A-62-2 and ENS-SWG1B-62-2. The AFT and ALT determined for these relays is:
Summary of Calibration Tolerances Relay ALT (ALT R T) +/- 0.51 seconds Relay AFT (AFT R T) +/- 1.05 seconds As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALT L) +/- 0.51 seconds As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFT L) +/- 1.05 seconds Calculation G13.18.6.2
-ENS*00 7 determine s the uncertainty associated with Division III, Safety-Related, 4.16 kV undervoltage time delay relays E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 and E22-S004-ACB 1-62S 6. The AFT and ALT determined for these relays is:
Summary of Calibration Tolerances Relay ALT (ALT R T2) +/- 1.35 seconds Relay AFT (AFT R T2) +/- 1.685 seconds As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALT L 2) +/- 1.35 seconds As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFT L 2) +/- 1.685 seconds}}

Revision as of 22:14, 11 November 2019

Email, License Amendment Request for Degraded Voltage Surveillance Frequency Extension; Revised Calculations and White Paper Which Discusses Methodology Used for Revision
ML12291A763
Person / Time
Site: River Bend Entergy icon.png
Issue date: 10/16/2012
From: Williamson D
Entergy Operations
To: Wang A
Plant Licensing Branch IV
Wang A
References
TAC ME7767
Download: ML12291A763 (183)


Text

{{#Wiki_filter:From: WILLIAMSON, DANNY H To: Wang, Alan

Subject:

RBS DV/LOP calculations Date: Tuesday, October 16, 2012 5:18:50 PM Attachments: G13.18.6.2-ENS_007_EC40339.pdf G13.18.3.1-005_ EC40339.pdf G13.18.6.2-ENS_002_EC40339.pdf G13.18.6.2-ENS_004_EC40339.pdf G13.18.6.2-ENS_006_EC40339.pdf G13.18.3.1-004_EC40339.pdf RBS methodology.pdf Alan Attached are the revised calculations we discussed on September 24 regarding the RAI on LAR 2011-

05. These calculations contain no proprietary information.

Also attached is a "white paper" which discusses the methodology used in this revision. Please call if you have any questions. Danny

ANO-1 ANO-2 GGNS IP-2 IP-3 PLP JAF PNPS RBS VY W3 NP-GGNS-3 NP-RBS-3 CALCULATION (1) (2) EC # 40339 Page 1 of 32 COVER PAGE (3) (4) Design Basis Calc. YES NO CALCULATION EC Markup (5) (6) Calculation No: G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Revision: 003 (7) (8) Title: Instrument Loop Uncertainty/Setpoint Determination for the ABB Model Editorial 27H Undervoltage Relay YES NO (9) (10) System(s): 302 Review Org (Department): NSBE3 (I&C Design) (11) (12) Safety Class: Component/Equipment/Structure Type/Number: Safety / Quality Related ENS-SWG1A-27-1A, 1B, 1C ENS-SWG1B-27-1A, 1B, 1C Augmented Quality Program Non-Safety Related ENS-SWG1A-PT-BUS ENS-SWG1B-PT-BUS (13) Document Type: F43.02 (14) Keywords (Description/Topical Codes): relay, uncertainty, undervoltage REVIEWS (15) (16) (17) Name/Signature/Date Name/Signature/Date Name/Signature/Date Mary Coffaro / See AS Robin Smith / See AS Paul Matzke / See AS Responsible Engineer Supervisor/Approval Design Verifier Reviewer Comments Attached Comments Attached

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002, Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 2 OF 32 CALCULATION REFERENCE CALCULATION NO: G.13.18.6.2-ENS*002 SHEET REVISION: 003 I. EC Markups Incorporated (N/A to NP calculations): None II. Relationships: Sht Rev Input Output Impact Tracking No. Doc Doc Y/N

1. EN-DC-126 -- 004 N
2. EN-IC-S-007-R 0 000 N
3. 7224.300-000-001B 0 300 N
4. 201.130-186 0 000 N
5. 215.150 0 006 N
6. B455-0139 0 000 N
7. 3242.521-102-001A 0 300 N
8. F137-0100 0 000 N
9. 0242.521-102-133 0 300 N
10. EE-001K 0 019 N
11. EE-001L 0 015 N
12. ESK-08ENS01 001 008 N
13. ESK-08EGS09 001 013 N
14. ESK-08EGS10 001 012 N
15. ESK-08EGS13 001 011 N
16. ESK-08EGS14 001 010 N
17. ESK-08EGS15 001 010 N
18. ESK-08EGS16 001 007 N
19. STP-302-1600 -- 020 Y A/R 00154225
20. STP-302-1601 -- 020 Y A/R 00154227
21. G13.18.6.3-006 0 000 N
22. LSK-24-09.05A 001 015 N
23. EDP-AN-02 -- 301 N
24. STP-302-0102 -- 017 N
25. G13.18.3.1-004 0 000 Y EC40339

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002, Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 3 OF 32 III. CROSS

REFERENCES:

1. Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB)
2. Technical Specifications Section B3.3.8.1
3. ANSI Standards C57.13 (1993)
4. Multi-Amp Instruction Book EPOCH-10
5. USAR Figures 3.11-1 through 5 IV. SOFTWARE USED:

N/A Title: Version/Release: Disk/CD No. V. DISK/CDS INCLUDED: N/A Title: Version/Release Disk/CD No. VI. OTHER CHANGES: References removed from the calculation: G13.18.3.1*001

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 4 of 32 Revision Record of Revision Initial issue to support determination of undervoltage rely setpoints by Electrical 000 Engineering. Deleted Degraded Voltage Relay setpoints. With relay change per ER-RB-2001-0360-00, the 001 degraded voltage relay setpoints are moved to G13.18.3.6.2-ENS-005 Rev. 0. Revised procedural as-left band. 002 Incorporated new drift value and extended calibration period to 30 months per EC 11753. EC 40339: Incorporated new setpoints as determined in calculation G13.18.3.1-004 into this 003 calculation and added computation of ALT and AFT.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 5 of 32 TABLE OF CONTENTS COVER SHEET CALCULATION REFERENCES RECORD OF REVISION SECTION PAGE 1.0 Purpose and Description 6 2.0 Results/Conclusions 8 3.0 References 9 4.0 Design Inputs 11 5.0 Nomenclature 15 6.0 Calculation Methodology 16 7.0 Assumptions 17 8.0 Calculation 20 9.0 Simplified Block Diagram 28 Attachments: 1 Design Verification Form and Comments .......................................................................... 5 pages

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 6 of 32 1.0 Purpose and Description 1.1. Purpose The purpose of this calculation is to determine the uncertainty associated with the existing Safety-Related 4.16 kV Loss of Voltage relays for Divisions I & II. Nominal trip Set points and Allowable values will be determined by the Electrical Engineering group in calculation G13.18.3.1-004. 1.2. Loop Descriptions Each 4.16 kV emergency bus has its own independent Loss of Power (LOP) instrumentation and associated trip logic. The voltage for the Division I and II buses is monitored at two levels, which can be considered as two different undervoltage functions; loss of voltage and sustained degraded voltage. Each 4.16 kV bus monitored by three undervoltage relays whose outputs are arranged in a two-out-of-three logic configuration (Reference 3.12). The channels include electronic equipment (e.g., trip units) that compares measured input signals with pre-established setpoints. When the setpoint is exceeded, the channel output relay actuates, which then outputs a LOP trip signal to the trip logic. 1.3. Design Bases Event Per Technical Specification Bases B 3.3.8.1 (Reference 3.7.3), successful operation of the required safety functions of the Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS) is dependent upon the availability of adequate power sources for energizing the various components such as pump motors, motor operated valves, and the associated control components. The LOP instrumentation monitors the 4.16 kV emergency buses. Offsite power is the preferred source of power for the 4.16 kV emergency buses. If the monitors determine that insufficient power is available, the buses are disconnected from the offsite power sources and connected to the onsite diesel generator (DG) power sources. 1.4. Degree of Accuracy/Limits of Applicability The results of this calculation are based on the statistical methods of at least 95% probability of occurrence for a one sided probability distribution in accordance with General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology, (Reference 3.3) and EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations (Reference 3.2). One sided probability is used since the Loss of Voltage relay performs its safety function in the decreasing direction only. The results of this calculation are valid under the Assumptions stated in Section 7.0 of this calculation. The appropriate use of this calculation to support design or station activities, other than those specified in Section 1.1 of this calculation, is the responsibility of the user.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 7 of 32 1.5. Applicability A data analysis has been performed in order to determine which, if any, redundant instrument loops are bounded by the results of this calculation. This calculation is applicable to the Loops associated with the primary elements stated in Section 9.0. The results of this calculation are bounding for the applicable instrument loops, based on such factors as instrument manufacturer and model number, instrument location/environmental parameters, actual installation and use of the instrument in process measurements.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 8 of 32 2.0 Results/Conclusions 2.1. Results The Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty for the Loss of Voltage relays were calculated in Section 8.0. These values and other associated values such as loop drift are presented in Table 2.1-1. Table 2.1-1 Loss of Voltage Relay Maximum Loop Total Loop M&TE Loop Channel Drift Loop Loop Uncertainty Uncertainty Accuracy System(s) (DL) Setting Tol. Identification (LU) (TLU) Requirements VAC (ALTL) VAC VAC VAC VAC See +/- 0.9067 +/- 1.07 302 +/- 0.392 +/- 0.161 +/- 0.21 Section 9.0 +/- 54.97* +/- 64.87*

  • Uncertainty indexed to the primary (bus) voltage of the potential transformers.

2.2. Conclusions The calculated Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty presented in Table 2.1-1 are bounding for the relays and circuits listed in Section 9.0.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 9 of 32 3.0 References 3.1 EN-DC-126, Engineering Calculation Process 3.2 EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty and Setpoint Calculations 3.3 7224.300-000-001B, NEDC-31336P-A, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology 3.4 Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB) 3.5 201.130-186, Peak Spreading of ARS Curves for the Control Building 3.6 Environmental Design Criteria, Spec 215.150, including USAR figures 3.11-1 through 5 as outlined in EDP-AN-02 section 6.3.1 3.7 RBS Operating License 3.7.1 Not used 3.7.2 Not used 3.7.3 Technical Specifications Bases Sections B3.3.8.1 3.7.4 Not used 3.8 RBS USAR None 3.9 Vendor Manuals 3.9.1 B455-0139, Single-Phase Voltage Relays 3.9.2 3242.521-102-001A, Instruction Manual-STNBY 4.16 kV Switchgear 3.9.3 F137-0100, Fluke Dual Display Multimeter Users Manual 3.9.4 Multi-Amp Instruction Book for the EPOCH-10, Microprocessor-Enhanced Protective Relay Test Set, (maintained by the Standards Laboratory) 3.9.5 0242.521-102-133, Bill of Material 1ENS-SWG1A & 1B 3.10 Electrical Schematics 3.10.1 EE-001K, 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A 3.10.2 EE-001L, 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 10 of 32 3.10.3 ESK-08ENS01, AC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1A & 1B Protection & Metering 3.10.4 ESK-08EGS09, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A Under Voltage Protection 3.10.5 ESK-08EGS10, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B Under Voltage Protection 3.10.6 ESK-08EGS13, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A Under Voltage Protection 3.10.7 ESK-08EGS14, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B Under Voltage Protection 3.10.8 ESK-08EGS15, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A Under Voltage Protection & Load Sequence 3.10.9 ESK-08EGS16, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B Under Voltage Protection & Load Sequence 3.11 Surveillance Test Procedures: 3.11.1 Not used 3.11.2 Not used 3.11.3 Not used 3.11.4 Not used 3.11.5 STP-302-0102, Power Distribution System Operability Check 3.12 LSK-24-09.05A, Standby Diesel Generator Load Sequence, Logic Diagram 3.13 Standards 3.13.1 ANSI Standard C57.13, Requirements for Instrument Transformers 3.13.2 Not used 3.14 G13.18.6.3-006, ABB Model ITE-27H Relay Drift Analysis 3.15 G13.18.3.1-004, Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for ENS-SWG01A and ENS-SWG01B

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 11 of 32 4.0 Design Input The following are the design inputs used to determine uncertainty for the DIV I and II Loss of Voltage relays. 4.1 Loop Input 4.1.1 Loop Data: Form 1: Loop/Process Data Sheet Description Data Reference ENS-SWG1A-PT Loop Sensor(s) 3.10 ENS-SWG1B-PT ENS-SWG1A Location 3.4 ENS-SWG1B Output Range 0-120 VAC 3.10 Input Range 0-4200 VAC 3.10 4.1.2 Special Considerations: 4.1.2.1 Calibration shall be performed using the following instruments:

  • Multi-Amp EPOCH-10 relay tester set to Oscillator Mode (Reference 3.9.4)
  • Fluke Model 45 Digital Multimeter set to Medium Resolution (Reference 3.9.3) 4.1.2.2 A minimum of 1 hour warm up time at the calibration location shall be allowed for the Fluke Model 45 Multimeter.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 12 of 32 4.2 Loop Instrumentation Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 Description Data Reference Component Number(s) ENS-SWG1A-PT-BUS 3.4 ENS-SWG1B-PT-BUS Manufacturer Westinghouse 3.9.5 Model(s) VIY-60 3.9.5 Location(s) CB 98E1. /ENS-SWG1A 3.4 CB 98E1. /ENS-SWG1B Service Description Transformer 3.4 Instrument Range 0 - 4200 VAC 3.9.5 Output Range 0 - 120 VAC 3.9.5 Calibration Interval Evaluated N/A Note Device Setting Tolerance N/A Note Note: Potential transformers for instrument service cannot be calibrated or adjusted, therefore there is no device setting tolerance or calibration interval. Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 2 Description Data Reference Component Number(s) See Section 9.0 3.4, 3.10 Manufacturer Asea Brown Boveri 3.9.5, 3.9.1 Model 27H 3.9.5, 3.9.1 Location(s) CB 98EL/ENS-SWG1A 3.4 CB 98EL/ENS-SWG1B Service Description Relay 3.9.1, 3.10 Input Range 0 - 120 VAC 3.9.2 Output Contact Action 3.10, 3.12 30 Mo. Calibration Interval Evaluated 3.2 (24 Mo. + 25%)

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 13 of 32 4.3 Loop Device Data Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 Westinghouse VIY-60 Description Data Reference 0.3% of setting 3.9.2 Reference Accuracy (RAT) 2 7.1.2 Seismic Effects (SET) N/A 7.1.4 Temperature Effects (TET) N/A 7.1.12 Insulation Resistance Effects (IRT) N/A 7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TDT) N/A 7.1.13 Drift (DRT) N/A 7.1.14 Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Sheet Calc. Device Number 2 Asea Brown Boveri 27H Description Data Reference 3.9.1

                                             +/-0.25% of setting Reference Accuracy (RAR)                                                   7.1.2 2

7.1.15 Seismic Effects (SER) 0 7.1.4 0.5 VAC/(68oF - 104oF) 7.1.12 Temperature Effects (TER) 2 7.1.2 Insulation Resistance Effects (IRR) N/A 7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TDR) N/A 7.1.13

                                               +/-0.392 VAC                     3.14 Drift (DRR) 2                        7.1.2 3% of Setting                  3.9.1 Reset
                                                  +/-1.5%                       3.9.5

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 14 of 32 4.4 Environmental Information Form 4: Environmental Conditions Data Sheet Zone: CB-98-1 Description Data Reference Location Building/Elevation CB-98 3.4 Room/Area Switchgear Room 3.4 Normal Temperature Range, oF 40 - 104 3.6 Humidity Range, %RH 20 - 90 3.6 Radiation 40 Year Total Integrated 800 3.6 Dose, Rads Pressure Range Atmos 3.6 Accident (Loss of Offsite Power) Temperature Range, oF Same as Normal 3.6 Humidity Range, %RH Same as Normal 3.6 Radiation, Total Integrated Dose, Same as Normal 3.6 Rads Pressure Range Same as Normal 3.6 Seismic Accelerations, g <3 3.5

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 15 of 32 5.0 Nomenclature The terms and abbreviations that are not defined in this section are defined in Reference 3.3, Reference 3.2 or within the text of this calculation.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 16 of 32 6.0 Calculation Methodology This calculation is prepared in accordance with EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations (Reference 3.2), EN-DC-126, Engineering Calculation Process (Reference 3.1) and 7224.300-000-001B, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology (Reference 3.3).

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 17 of 32 7.0 Assumptions 7.1 Assumptions that do not require confirmation 7.1.1 Miscellaneous Allowance (ML) A miscellaneous allowance has not been applied to uncertainty of the device evaluated by this calculation. By assuming all vendor supplied data is a 2 value and with intermediate rounding of values in the conservative direction, sufficient conservatism has been introduced. 7.1.2 Vendor 2 Data For conservatism, all uncertainties given in vendor data specifications are assumed to be 2 unless otherwise specified. 7.1.3 Zero Effect (ZE) Not applicable 7.1.4 Seismic Effects (SE) Reference 3.9.1 states that the undervoltage relays have been tested to 6 g ZPA without damage or malfunction. Reference 3.5 defines the expected level of seismic activity for the 98 ft elevation of the control building as less than 3g. Therefore, seismic effects are assumed to be 0. Seismic effects are not applicable to potential transformers. 7.1.5 Radiation Effects (RE) & Radiation Drift Effect (RD) Radiation effects and radiation drift effects are not applicable to the relays and transformers evaluated by this calculation, as they are located in a mild environment (Reference 3.6). 7.1.6 Power Supply Effects (PS) Per Reference 3.9.1, control voltage variations may affect the setpoint of the relay by as much as +/- 0.2 volt for a 10 VDC change in the control voltage. This yields a possible variation of +/- 0.02 VAC/VDC of control voltage variation. Per Reference 3.11.5, the allowable voltage range is 130 to 140 VDC. Therefore, 15 VDC will conservatively be used to calculate the PS effects for the undervoltage relays in this calculation. Power supply effects are not applicable to transformers. 7.1.7 Process Measurement Uncertainty (PM) Not Applicable

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 18 of 32 7.1.8 Static Pressure Effects (SP) Not Applicable 7.1.9 Humidity Effects (HE) The relays were specified by the switchgear manufacturer and are assumed to be designed to withstand the environmental effects in the mounting location without introduction of additional uncertainty. Per Reference 3.6, the humidity range for environmental zone CB-98 is 20 to 90% RH. Therefore, it is assumed that Humidity effects are negligible. Humidity effects are not applicable to potential transformers. 7.1.10 Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) (IR) effects, which may result in degradation of circuit insulation, are not applicable to the devices and circuits addressed by this calculation. 7.1.11 Voltage Drop Voltage drop due to long wiring lengths between source and load are assumed to be negligible as the potential transformers and the undervoltage relays evaluated by this calculation are located in the same switch gear compartment. 7.1.12 Temperature Effects (TE) Per Reference 3.9.1, the temperature effect is 0.5 VAC over a span of 68o - 104oF (20oC

      - 40oC). Reference 3.6 states that the normal temperature range for this area is 40o -

104oF and that 1% of the calendar year (30 hours) the temperature could be 5oF higher. The temperature change 1% of the calendar year is considered negligible. The 0.5 VAC value will be used to determine relay temperature effects. See section 8.1.3 Temperature effects are not applicable to transformers. Temperatures above the rated value would tend to produce total failure of the transformer, rather than an error in output. 7.1.13 Temperature Drift Effects (TD) The drift analysis performed in Reference 3.14 is assumed to encompass all components of drift and drift effects except for temperature drift effects which are assumed to be included in the Reference Accuracy of the device. Temperature drift effects are not applicable to transformers. 7.1.14 Instrument Drift (DR) The drift analysis can be found in Reference 3.14. Drift is not applicable to transformers.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 19 of 32 7.1.15 Relay Reference Accuracy (RAR) The accuracy rating for the ABB model 27 undervoltage relay is dependent on M&TE accuracy and calibration methodology when following the calibration instruction in Reference 3.9.1. Per Reference 3.9.3, the reference accuracy for a Fluke Model 45 digital multimeter is 0.2% of setting + 10 mV (conservatively approximated as 0.01% of setting). This yields an approximate accuracy of 0.21%. For conservatism, a value of 0.25% of setting will be used for this calculation. 7.2 Assumptions that require confirmation None

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 20 of 32 8.0 Calculation This section includes the following subsections used in performance of this calculation: 8.1) Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.2) Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) 8.3) Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties 8.4) Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL) 8.5) Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 8.6) Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU) 8.7) Calculation of Loop Drift (DL) 8.8) Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) 8.9) Calculation of Reset Differential 8.10) As Left Tolerance (ALT) 8.11) As Found Tolerance (AFT) 8.12) Loop Tolerances 8.1 Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.1.1 Calculation of Transformer Burden and Determination of Reference Accuracy Per References 3.9.2 and 3.13.1, the Reference Accuracy for instrument class potential transformers is +/- 0.3% W, X, and Y, and +/- 1.2% Z. This relates to the burden placed upon the transformer by its connected loads. A load less than 75 VA will yield an accuracy of +/- 0.3% where a load greater than 75 VA will produce a transformer accuracy of +/- 1.2%. The loads for the metering transformer are: 6 Undervoltage Relays @ 1.2 VA each = 7.2 1 Synchronizing relay transformer @ 3 VA = 3.0 1 Model 60 Voltage Balance Relay @ 0.7 VA each = 0.7 2 Model 32 voltage Balance Relays @ 0.3 VA each = 0.6 1 Volt Meter, GE 180 @ 3.0 VA burden each = 3.0 1 Volt Transducer @ 3.0 VA burden = 3.0 Control Relays/Meters not listed, Assumed Value = 10.0 27.5 Therefore Transformer Accuracy = 0.3% of setting

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 21 of 32 8.1.2 Calculation of Under Voltage Relay Power Supply Effects (PSR) PSR = +/- 0.2 VAC per 10 VDC control power variation

                  = +/- 0.02 VAC x 15 VDC
                  = +/- 0.3 VAC                                                           (2 Value)

Assumed control power voltage variation is 15 VDC per Assumption 7.1.6. 8.1.3 Calculation of Relay Temperature Effects (TER) Per Assumption 7.1.12 and Reference 3.9.1, the relay may experience a temperature effect of +/- 0.5 VAC over a temperature range of 68oF - 104oF. Assuming linearity, this yields an effect of 0.014 VAC/oF. The relays are housed inside the DIV I and II switchgear which are assumed to maintain an internal temperature of 104oF to prevent condensation. However, the relay is calibrated in the electrical or relay shop which is assumed to be maintained at 70oF. Therefore: TER = +/- (104oF - 70oF) x 0.014 VAC/oF

                  = +/- 0.476 VAC                                                         (2 Value) 8.2 Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) 8.2.1   Transformer Reference Accuracy (RAT):

8.2.1.1 Transformer Reference Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (RATLV) Note: Relay setpoint is determined in Reference 3.15. RATLV = +/- 0.3% of Setpoint

                          = +/- 0.003
  • 51.23 VAC
                          = +/- 0.1537 VAC                                                (2 Value) 8.2.2   Undervoltage Relay Reference Accuracy (RAR):

8.2.2.1 Undervoltage Relay Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (RARLV) RARLV = +/- 0.25% of Setting

                          = +/- 0.0025
  • 51.23 VAC
                          = +/- 0.1281 VAC                                                (2 Value) 8.2.3   Calculation of Loop Reference Accuracy (RAL) 8.2.3.1    Loop Reference Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (RALLV)

RALLV = +/- [(RATLV)2 + (RARLV)2]1/2

                          = +/- [(0.1537)2 + (0.1281)2]1/2
                          = +/-0.2001 VAC                                                 (2 Value)

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 22 of 32 8.3 Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties (Reference 3.2, Section 8.2 and Section 8.1) 8.3.1 Transformer Uncertainty (AT) 8.3.1.1 Transformer Uncertainty Loss of Voltage (ATLV) ATLV = +/- [(RATLV)2]1/2

                       = +/- 0.1537 VAC                                                       (2 Value) 8.3.2   Undervoltage Relay Device Uncertainty (AR) 8.3.2.1   Undervoltage Relay Device Uncertainty for Loss of Voltage (ARLV)

ARLV = +/- [(RARLV)2 + (PSR)2 + (TER)2]1/2

                       = +/- [(0.1281)2 + (0.3)2 + (0.476)2]1/2
                       = +/- 0.5771 VAC                                                       (2 Value) 8.4   Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL)

CL = +/- [(MTEL)2 + (CTL)2]1/2 8.4.1 Calculating measuring and test equipment effects. (MTEL) Measurement & Test Equipment (MTEL) effects are defined from Reference 3.2 as: MTELV = [(MTERA)2 + (MTERI)2 + (MTETE)2 + (MTECS)2]1/2 Where: MTERA = Reference accuracy of the Fluke Model 45 Digital Multimeter (DMM) after a one hour stabilization period at the calibration location = 0.2% of setting + 10 mV. MTERALV = 0.113 VAC. MTETE = Effects of temperature changes on the Fluke Model 45 DMM between the calibration laboratory and the area where the M&TE is used. Assumed equal to the Reference Accuracy of the M&TE used. For the Loss of Voltage, setting MTETELV = 0.113 VAC. MTERI = Readability of the M&TE used, assumed to be 0 as all M&TE used are digital with at least 2 digital with at least 2 digits of resolution. (Reference 3.2) MTECS = The accuracy of the calibration standard used to calibrate the M&TE, assumed equal to 1/4 the Reference accuracy of the DMM. For the Loss of Voltage, setting MTECSLV = 0.029 VAC. 8.4.1.1 Calculation of loop M&TE Effects for Loss of Voltage (MTELLV) MTELLV = +/- [(MTERALV)2 + (MTERI)2 + (MTETELV)2 + (MTECSLV)2]1/2

                           = +/- [(0.113)2 + (0.0)2 + (0.113)2 + (0.029)2 +]1/2
                           = +/- 0.163 VAC                                                    (2 Value)

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 23 of 32 8.4.2 Calculation of Calibration Effects (CTL) Calibration Effects (CTL) are defined from Reference 3.2 as: CTL = Square Root Sum of the Squares (SRSS) of procedural inaccuracies such as procedural as left band and calibration procedural errors. 8.4.2.1 Calculation of Calibration Effects for Loss of Voltage (CTLLV) CTLLV = +/- 0.21 VAC (2 value) The ALTL value is 0.21 VAC from Section 8.12. 8.4.3 Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (CLLV) CLLV= +/- [(MTELLV)2 + (CTLLV)2]1/2

                 = +/- [(0.163)2 + (0.21)2]1/2
                 = 0.266 VAC                                                           (2 Value) 8.5   Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 0 per Assumption 7.1.10 8.6   Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU)

Reference 3.2 defines loop uncertainty as: LU = +/- (m/n)[(AT)2 + (AR)2 + (CL)2]1/2 Where: m = The number of standard deviations required to encompass 95% of the area under the curve for a normal distribution either one or two sided. 1.645 corresponds to a one sided confidence while 2.00 corresponds to a two sided confidence. n = The number of standard deviations used in specifying the individual components of uncertainty. 8.6.1 Loop Uncertainty for Loss of Voltage (LULV) LULV = +/- (m/n)[(ATLV)2 + (ARLV)2 + (CLLV)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)

                   = +/- (1.645/2)[( 0.1537)2 + (0.5771)2 + (0.266)2]1/2 +/- 0.3689
                   = +/- 0.9067 VAC When applied to the PT primary voltage (LUPLV)

LUPLV = +/- LULV x PT Ratio * (3)1/2 (Primary voltage/Secondary voltage)

                   = +/- 0.9067 x 35 x 1.73205
                   = +/- 54.97 VAC 8.7   Calculation of Loop Drift (DL) 8.7.1   Transformer Temperature Drift Effects (TDT) 0 per Assumption 7.1.13

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 24 of 32 8.7.2 Relay Temperature Drift Effects (TDR) 0 per assumption 7.1.13 8.7.3 Relay Drift (DRR): DRR = +/- 0.392 VAC per Reference 3.14 (2 Value) As there are no other components of drift to be considered, DL = DRR Indexed to the PT primary voltage

                = DRR x 35 x (3)1/2
                = +/- 0.392 VAC x 35 x (3)1/2
                = +/- 23.77 VAC 8.8   Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU)

Reference 3.2 defines loop uncertainty as: TLU = +/- (m/n)[(AT)2 + (AR)2 + (CL)2 + (DL)2]1/2 8.8.1 Total Loop Uncertainty - Loss of Voltage (TLULV) TLULV = +/- (m/n)[(ATLV)2 + (ARLV)2 + (CLLV)2 + (DL)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)

                   = +/- (1.645/2)[( 0.1537)2 + (0.5771)2 + (0. 266)2 + (0.392)2]1/2 +/- 0.4430
                   = +/- 1.07 VAC When applied to the PT primary voltage (TLUPLV)

TLUPLV = +/- TLULV x PT Ratio x (3)1/2 (Primary voltage/Secondary voltage)

                    = +/- 1.07 x 35 x 1.73205
                    = +/-64.87 VAC 8.9   Calculation of Reset Differential 8.9.1  Reset Differential for Loss of Voltage (RDLV)

(Reference 3.9.1 and 3.15) RDLV = + (3.0% of Setting) nominal

                   = + 0.03 x 51.23
                   = + 1.54 VAC nominal Indexed to the PT primary voltage
                = RDLV x 35 x (3)1/2
                = 93.36 VAC nominal RDLV     = + (3.0% + 1.5% of Setting) max
                   = + 0.045 x 51.23
                   = + 2.305 VAC max Indexed to the PT primary voltage
                   = RDLV x 35 x (3)1/2
                   = 139.73 VAC Max Calculated uncertainties (LU and TLU) are applicable to reset.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 25 of 32 Summary of Calculation Transformer Undervoltage Relay Terms Device 1 Device 2 Values Ref. Values Ref. Input Range 0 - 4200 - 3.9.5 0 - 120 - 3.9.2 Process Units VAC - 3.9.5 VAC - 3.9.2 7.1.15 Reference Accuracy (RA) +/-0.3% of Setting 2 3.9.2 +/-0.25% of Setting 2 7.1.12 Temperature Effect (TE) 0 - 7.1.12 +/-0.476 2 8.1.3 Seismic Effects (SE) N/A - 7.1.4 0 - 7.1.4 Radiation Effect (RE) N/A - 7.1.5 N/A - 7.1.5 Instrument Drift (DR) N/A - 7.1.14 +/-0.392 2 3.14, 7.1.14 Temperature Drift (TD) N/A - 7.1.13 N/A - 7.1.13 Radiation Drift Effect N/A - 7.1.5 N/A - 7.1.5 (RD) Power Supply Effect (PS) N/A - 7.1.6 +/- 0.3 2 7.1.6, 8.1.2 Static Pressure Effects (SP) N/A - 7.1.8 N/A - 7.1.8 Humidity Effects (HE) N/A - 7.1.9 N/A - 7.1.9 Process Measurement N/A - 7.1.7 N/A - 7.1.7 Effect (PM) Insulation Resistance N/A - 7.1.10 N/A - 7.1.10 Effect (IR) Zero Effect (ZE) N/A - 7.1.3 N/A - 7.1.3

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 26 of 32 8.10 As-Left Tolerance (ALT) Note: For the purposes of calculating ALT, the actual MTE value, MTE LLV is used. ALTR - Relay Calculation MTELLV = 0.163 VAC Section 8.4.1.1 ALTR = +/- SRSS (RARLV, MTELLV)

                                =   +/- SRSS (0.1281, 0.163) VAC
                                =   +/- 0.21 VAC 8.11 As-Found Tolerance (AFT)

AFTR- Relay Calculation Since drift (DRR) was determined using plant specific as-found/as-left calibration data: AFTR = DRR

                                  =   +/-0.392 VAC 8.12 Loop Tolerances ALTL - As-Left Loop Tolerance ALTL            =   +/- SRSS (ALTR)
                                  =   +/- SRSS (0.21) VAC
                                  =   +/- 0.21 VAC AFTL - As-Found Loop Tolerance AFTL            =   +/-SRSS (AFTR)
                                  =   +/-SRSS (0.392) VAC
                                  =   +/- 0.392 VAC Summary of Calibration Tolerances Relay As-Left Tolerance (ALTR)                                                    +/- 0.21 VAC Relay As-Found Tolerance (AFTR)                                                   +/- 0.392 VAC As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALTL)                                                     +/- 0.21 VAC As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFTL)                                                    +/- 0.392 VAC

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 27 of 32 9.0 Simplified Block Diagram Potential Transformer Undervoltage Relay Westinghouse ABB Model 27H Model VIY-60 4200/120 VAC Relay Mark Numbers Div. I Div II ENS-SWG1A-27-1A SWG1B-27-1A Loss of Voltage ENS-SWG1A-27-1B SWG1B-27-1B Loss of Voltage ENS-SWG1A-27-1C SWG1B-27-1C Loss of Voltage Transformer Mark Number ENS-SWG1A-PT-BUS ENS-SWG1B-PT-BUS

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 28 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE Sheet 1 of 1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE ANO-1 ANO-2 IP-2 IP-3 JAF PLP PNPS VY GGNS RBS W3 NP Revision No. Document No. G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Page 1 of 4 003 Title: Instrument Loop Uncertainty/Setpoint Determination for the ABB Model 27H Undervoltage Relay Quality Related Augmented Quality Related DV Method: Design Review Alternate Calculation Qualification Testing VERIFICATION REQUIRED DISCIPLINE VERIFICATION COMPLETE AND COMMENTS RESOLVED (DV print, sign, and date) Electrical Robin Smith / See AS for signature & date Mechanical Instrument and Control Civil/Structural Nuclear Originator: Mary Coffaro / See AS for signature & date Print/Sign/Date After Comments Have Been Resolved

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 29 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 1 of 3 IDENTIFICATION: DISCIPLINE: Document Title: Instrument Loop Uncertainty/Setpoint Determination for the ABB Model Civil/Structural 27H Undervoltage Relay Electrical Doc. No.: G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 QA Cat. I&C Robin Smith / See AS for signature & date Verifier: Print Sign Date Mechanical Nuclear Manager authorization Other for supervisor performing Verification. N/A Print Sign Date METHOD OF VERIFICATION: Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Test The following basic questions are addressed as applicable, during the performance of any design verification. These questions are based on the requirements of ANSI N45.2.11 - 1974. NOTE The reviewer can use the Comments/Continuation sheet at the end for entering any comment/resolution along with the appropriate question number. Additional items with new question numbers can also be entered.

1. Design Inputs - Were the inputs correctly selected and incorporated into the design?

(Design inputs include design bases, plant operational conditions, performance requirements, regulatory requirements and commitments, codes, standards, field data, etc. All information used as design inputs should have been reviewed and approved by the responsible design organization, as applicable. All inputs need to be retrievable or excerpts of documents used should be attached. See site specific design input procedures for guidance in identifying inputs.) Yes No N/A

2. Assumptions - Are assumptions necessary to perform the design activity adequately described and reasonable? Where necessary, are assumptions identified for subsequent re-verification when the detailed activities are completed? Are the latest applicable revisions of design documents utilized?

Yes No N/A

3. Quality Assurance - Are the appropriate quality and quality assurance requirements specified?

Yes No N/A

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 30 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 2 of 3

4. Codes, Standards and Regulatory Requirements - Are the applicable codes, standards and regulatory requirements, including issue and addenda properly identified and are their requirements for design met?

Yes No N/A

5. Construction and Operating Experience - Have applicable construction and operating experience been considered?

Yes No N/A

6. Interfaces - Have the design interface requirements been satisfied and documented?

Yes No N/A

7. Methods - Was an appropriate design or analytical (for calculations) method used?

Yes No N/A

8. Design Outputs - Is the output reasonable compared to the inputs?

Yes No N/A

9. Parts, Equipment and Processes - Are the specified parts, equipment, and processes suitable for the required application?

Yes No N/A

10. Materials Compatibility - Are the specified materials compatible with each other and the design environmental conditions to which the material will be exposed?

Yes No N/A

11. Maintenance requirements - Have adequate maintenance features and requirements been specified?

Yes No N/A

12. Accessibility for Maintenance - Are accessibility and other design provisions adequate for performance of needed maintenance and repair?

Yes No N/A

13. Accessibility for In-service Inspection - Has adequate accessibility been provided to perform the in-service inspection expected to be required during the plant life?

Yes No N/A

14. Radiation Exposure - Has the design properly considered radiation exposure to the public and plant personnel?

Yes No N/A

15. Acceptance Criteria - Are the acceptance criteria incorporated in the design documents sufficient to allow verification that design requirements have been satisfactorily accomplished?

Yes No N/A

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 31 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 3 of 3

16. Test Requirements - Have adequate pre-operational and subsequent periodic test requirements been appropriately specified?

Yes No N/A

17. Handling, Storage, Cleaning and Shipping - Are adequate handling, storage, cleaning and shipping requirements specified?

Yes No N/A

18. Identification Requirements - Are adequate identification requirements specified?

Yes No N/A

19. Records and Documentation - Are requirements for record preparation, review, approval, retention, etc.,

adequately specified? Are all documents prepared in a clear legible manner suitable for microfilming and/or other documentation storage method? Have all impacted documents been identified for update as necessary? Yes No N/A

20. Software Quality Assurance- ENN sites: For a calculation that utilized software applications (e.g.,

GOTHIC, SYMCORD), was it properly verified and validated in accordance with EN- IT-104 or previous site SQA Program? ENS sites: This is an EN-IT-104 task. However, per ENS-DC-126, for exempt software, was it verified in the calculation? Yes No N/A

21. Has adverse impact on peripheral components and systems, outside the boundary of the document being verified, been considered?

Yes No N/A

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 32 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.7 DESIGN VERIFICATION COMMENT SHEET Sheet 1 of 1 Comments / Continuation Sheet Question Comments Resolution Initial/Date

   #

1 Comments provided by markup. Comments incorporated. RS 10-11-12

ANO-1 ANO-2 GGNS IP-2 IP-3 PLP JAF PNPS RBS VY W3 NP-GGNS-3 NP-RBS-3 CALCULATION (1) (2) EC # 40339 Page 1 of 30 COVER PAGE (3) (4) Design Basis Calc. YES NO CALCULATION EC Markup (5) (6) Calculation No: G13.18.6.2-ENS*004 Revision: 002 (7) (8) Title: Loop Uncertainty Determination for DIV III Loss of Voltage Relays - Editorial GE Model NGV Undervoltage Relay YES NO (9) (10) System(s): 302 Review Org (Department): NSBE3 (I&C Design) (11) (12) Safety Class: Component/Equipment/Structure Type/Number: Safety / Quality Related E22-S004-27N1 E22-S004-27N2 Augmented Quality Program Non-Safety Related (13) Document Type: F43.02 (14) Keywords (Description/Topical Codes): uncertainty, calculation REVIEWS (15) (16) (17) Name/Signature/Date Name/Signature/Date Name/Signature/Date Mary Coffaro / See AS Robin Smith / See AS Paul Matzke / See AS Responsible Engineer Supervisor/Approval Design Verifier Reviewer Comments Attached Comments Attached

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 2 OF 30 CALCULATION REFERENCE CALCULATION NO: G.13.18.6.2-ENS*004 SHEET REVISION: 002 I. EC Markups Incorporated (N/A to NP calculations) None II. Relationships: Sht Rev Input Output Impact Tracking No. Doc Doc Y/N

1. EN-DC-126 -- 004 N
2. EN-IC-S-007-R 0 000 N
3. 7224.300-000-001B 0 300 N
4. 201.130-186 0 000 N
5. 215.150 0 006 N
6. G080-1344 0 000 N
7. 6221.418-000-001A 0 300 N
8. F137-0100 0 000 N
9. 0221.418-000-008 0 300 N
10. EE-001M 0 009 N
11. GE-828E537AA 003 028 N
12. GE-828E537AA 007 030 N
13. GE-828E537AA 008 028 N
14. GE-828E537AA 011 030 N
15. STP-302-1604 -- 021 Y A/R 00154228
16. GE-152D8167 005 004 N
17. G13.18.6.3-012 0 000 N
18. EDP-AN-02 -- 301 N
19. GE-152D8167 003 006 N
20. GE-152D8167 003A 006 N
21. GE-152D8167 004 007 N
22. BE-230D 0 011 N
23. 0221.418-000-049 0 300 N
25. G13.18.3.1-005 0 000 Y EC40339

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 3 OF 30 III. CROSS

REFERENCES:

1. Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB)
2. Technical Specifications section B3.3.8.1
3. ANSI Standards C57.13 (1993), C37.90 (1989)
4. Multi-Amp Instruction Book EPOCH-10
5. USAR Figures 3.11-1 through 5 IV. SOFTWARE USED: N/A Title: Version/Release: Disk/CD No.

V. DISK/CDS INCLUDED: N/A Title: Version/Release Disk/CD No. VI. OTHER CHANGES: References removed from calculation: G13.18.3.1*002

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 4 OF 30 Revision Record of Revision Initial issue to support determination of loss of voltage relay setpoints by Electrical 0 Engineering 1 Incorporated new drift value and extended calibration period to 30 months per EC 11753. EC 40339: Incorporated new setpoints as determined in calculation G13.18.3.1-005 into this 2 calculation and added computation of ALT and AFT.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 5 OF 30 TABLE OF CONTENTS COVER SHEET CALCULATION REFERENCES RECORD OF REVISION SECTION PAGE 1.0 Purpose and Description.................................................................................................................. 6 2.0 Results/Conclusion .......................................................................................................................... 7 3.0 References ....................................................................................................................................... 8 4.0 Design Input .................................................................................................................................. 10 5.0 Nomenclature ................................................................................................................................ 14 6.0 Calculation Methodology .............................................................................................................. 15 7.0 Assumptions .................................................................................................................................. 16 8.0 Calculation .................................................................................................................................... 18 9.0 Simplified Block Diagram ............................................................................................................ 24 Attachments: 1 E-mail message from General Electric Power Management to George Boles..................... 1 page 2 Design Verification Form and Comments ..........................................................................5 pages

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 6 OF 30 1.0 Purpose and Description 1.1. Purpose The purpose of this calculation is to determine the uncertainty associated with the existing Division III, Safety-Related, 4.16 kV Loss of Voltage relays E22-27N1 and 27N2. Nominal trip Setpoints and Allowable values will be determined by the Electrical Engineering group in calculation G13.18.3.1*002 and G13.18.3.1-005. 1.2. Loop Descriptions The DIV. III incoming Normal Supply power is monitored by two undervoltage relays (27N1 and 27N2) whose outputs are arranged in a one-out-of-two logic configuration (Reference 3.10.3). The channels include electronic equipment (e.g., trip units) that compare measured input signals with pre-established setpoints. When the setpoint is exceeded, the channel output relay actuates, opens the DIV III Normal Supply source breaker. The Division III 4.16 kV emergency bus has its own independent Loss of Voltage instrumentation and associated trip logic. The DIV III emergency bus is monitored by undervoltage relays 27S1 through 27S4) whose outputs are arranged in a one-out-of-two, twice logic configuration (Reference 3.10.3). 1.3. Design Bases/Design Bases Event Per Bases B 3.3.8.1, Reference 3.7.3, successful operation of the required safety functions of the Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS) is dependent upon the availability of adequate power sources for energizing the various components such as pump motors, motor operated valves, and the associated control components. The LOP instrumentation monitors the 4.16 kV emergency buses. Offsite power is the preferred source of power for the 4.16 kV emergency buses. If the monitors determine that insufficient power is available, the buses are disconnected from the offsite power sources and connected to the onsite diesel generator (DG) power sources. 1.4. Degree of Accuracy/Limits of Applicability The results of this calculation are based on the statistical methods of at least 95% probability of occurrence for a one sided probability of distribution in accordance with General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology, (Reference 3.3) and EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations, (Reference 3.2). The results of this calculation are valid under the Assumptions stated in Section 7.0 of this calculation. The appropriate use of this calculation to support design or station activities, other than those specified in Section 1.1 of this calculation, is the responsibility of the user. 1.5. Applicability A data analysis has been performed in order to determine which, if any, redundant instrument loops are bounded by the results of this calculation. This calculation is applicable to the Loops associated with the primary elements stated in Section 2.1. The results of this calculation are bounding for the applicable instrument loops, based on such factors as instrument manufacturer and model number, instrument location/environmental parameters, actual installation and use of the instrument in process measurements.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 7 OF 30 2.0 Results/Conclusion 2.1. Results The Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty for the Loss of Voltage and Loss of Voltage relays were calculated in Section 8.0. These values and other associated values such as loop drift are presented in table 2.1-1. Table 2.1-1 Model NGV Loss of Voltage Relay - Voltage Trip Maximum Loop Channel Total Loop M&TE Loop Loop Setting Uncertainty Drift Uncertainty Accuracy Loop Tol. System(s) (LU) (DL) (TLU) Requirements Identification (ALTL) (MTEL) VAC VAC VAC VAC VAC E22-S004-27N1 +/- 2.37 +/- 5. 51 302 +/- 5.823 +/- 0. 390 +/- 0.99 E22-S004-27N2 *+/- 82.95 *+/- 192.85

  • Value adjusted to reflect uncertainty applied to the primary of the potential transformer.

2.2. Conclusions The calculated Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty presented in Table 2.1-1 are bounding for the relays and circuits listed in Section 2.1.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 8 OF 30 3.0 References 3.1. EN-DC-126, Engineering Calculation Process 3.2. EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations 3.3. 7224.300-000-001B, NEDC-31336P-A, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology 3.4. Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB) 3.5. 201.130-186, Peak Spreading of ARS Curves for the Control Building 3.6. Environmental Design Criteria, Spec 215.150, Rev. 006, including USAR figures 3.11-1 through 5 as outlined in EDP-AN-02 section 6.3.1 3.7. RBS Operating License 3.7.1. Not used 3.7.2. Not used 3.7.3. Technical Specifications Bases Sections B3.3.8.1 3.8. RBS USAR None 3.9. Vendor Manuals/Documents 3.9.1. G080-1344, General Electric Instructions Undervoltage Relays 3.9.2. F137-0100, Fluke 45 Dual Display Multimeter Users Manual 3.9.3. Multi-Amp Instructions for the EPOCH-10, Microprocessor-Enhanced Protective Relay Test Set, (maintained by the Standards Laboratory) 3.9.4. 6221.418-000-001A, High Pressure Core Spray System Power Supply Unit, NEDO-10905 3.9.5. 0221.418-000-008, Purchase Specification Data Sheet 21A9300AU, High Pressure Core Spray System 3.10. Electrical Schematics 3.10.1. EE-001M, 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus E22-S004 3.10.2. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 003, Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System 3.10.3. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 007, Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System 3.10.4. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 008, Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 9 OF 30 3.10.5. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 011, Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System 3.11. Surveillance Test Procedures: 3.11.1. Not used 3.11.2. Not used 3.12. Logic Diagrams 3.12.1. GE-152D8167, Sheet 003, Functional Control Diagram, High Pressure Core Spray Power Supply 3.12.2. GE-152D8167, Sheet 003A, Functional Control Diagram, High Pressure Core Spray Power Supply 3.12.3. GE-152D8167, Sheet 004, Functional Control Diagram, High Pressure Core Spray Power Supply 3.12.4. GE-152D8167, Sheet 005, Functional Control Diagram, High Pressure Core Spray Power Supply 3.13. Standards 3.13.1. ANSI Standard C57.13, Requirements for Instrument Transformers 3.13.2. ANSI Standard C37.90, Relays and Relay Systems Associated with Electric Power Apparatus 3.14. E-mail message from General Electric Power Management to George Boles, Attachment 1 3.15. G13.18.6.3-012, General Electric Model NGV13B Relay Drift Analysis 3.16. BE-230D, 4.16kV Bus 1E22*S004 Relay Settings 3.17. 0221.418-000-049, 1E22-S004 Equipment Summary 3.18. G13.18.3.1-005, Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for E22-S004

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 10 OF 30 4.0 Design Input 4.1. Loop Input 4.1.1. Loop Data: Form 1: Loop/Process Data Sheet Description Data Reference Loop Sensor(s) E22-S004 PT-Line 3.10.4 Location E22-S004 3.10.4 Output Range 0 - 120 VAC 3.10.4 Input Range 0 - 4200 VAC 3.10.4 4.1.2. Special Considerations: 4.1.2.1. Calibration shall be performed using the following instruments:

  • Multi-Amp EPOCH-10 relay tester set to Oscillator mode (Reference 3.9.3)
  • Fluke Model 45 Digital Multimeter set to medium resolution (Reference 3.9.2) 4.1.2.2. A minimum of 1 hour warm up time at the location where the M&TE will be used shall be allowed for the Fluke Model 45 Multimeter.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 11 OF 30 4.2. Loop Instrumentation Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 Description Data Reference Component Number(s) E22-S004-PT-Bus 3.4 Manufacturer GE 3.17 Model(s) JVM 3.17 Location(s) CB. 116EL/E22-S004 3.4 Service Description Transformer 3.4 Instrument Range 0 - 4200 VAC 3.10.4 Instrument Span 120 VAC 3.10.4 Output Range 0 - 120 VAC 3.10.4 Calibration Interval Evaluated N/A Note Device Setting Tolerance N/A Note Note: Potential transformers for instrument service cannot be calibrated or adjusted. Therefore there is no device setting tolerance or calibration interval. Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 2 Description Data Reference E22-S004-27N1 Component Number(s) 3.4 E22-S004-27N2 Manufacturer General Electric 3.16 Model 12NGV 3.16 Location(s) CB. 116EL/E22-S004 3.4 Service Description Relay 3.4 Input Range 0 - 120 VAC 3.9.1 Output Contact Action 3.10, 3.12 30 Mo. Calibration Interval Evaluated 3.2 (24 Mo. + 25%)

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 12 OF 30 4.3. Loop Device Data Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 General Electric JVM Description Data Reference 0.3% of setting 3.9.4, 8.2.1 Reference Accuracy (RAT) 2 7.1.2 Seismic Effects (SET) N/A 7.1.4 Temperature Effects (TET) N/A 7.1.12 Insulation Resistance Effects (IRT) N/A 7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TDT) N/A 7.1.13 Drift (DRT) N/A 7.1.14 Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 2 General Electric NGV Description Data Reference

                                            +/- 1% of setting            3.14, Attachment 1 Reference Accuracy (RAR) 2                           7.1.2 Seismic Effects (SER)                              0                           7.1.4 2% of setting Temperature Effects (TER)                                                     7.1.12 (68oF - 104oF)

Insulation Resistance Effects (IRR) N/A 7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TDR) N/A 7.1.13

                                             +/- 5.823 VAC Drift (DRR)                                                                    3.15 2

Power Supply Effect (PSR) N/A 7.1.6 10% of Setting 3.9.1 Reset Differential 2 7.1.2

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 13 OF 30 4.4. Environmental Information Form 4: Environmental Conditions Data Sheet Zone: CB-116-2 Description Data Reference Location Building/Elevation CB-116 3.4 Room/Area Switchgear Room 3.4 Normal Temperature Range, oF 40 - 104 3.6, 7.1.12 Humidity Range, %RH 20 - 90 3.6, 7.1.9 Radiation 40 Year Total Integrated Dose, 800 3.6 Rads Pressure Range Atmos 3.6 Accident (Loss of Offsite Power) Temperature Range, oF Same as Normal 3.6 Humidity Range, %RH Same as Normal 3.6 Radiation, Total Integrated Dose, Rads Same as Normal 3.6 Pressure Range Same as Normal 3.6 Seismic Accelerations, g <3 3.5

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 14 OF 30 5.0 Nomenclature The terms and abbreviations that are not defined in this section are defined in Reference 3.3, Reference 3.2 or within the text of this calculation.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 15 OF 30 6.0 Calculation Methodology This calculation is prepared in accordance with the EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations (Reference 3.2), EN-DC-126, Engineering Calculation Process (Reference 3.1) and 7224.300-000-001B, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology (Reference 3.3).

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 16 OF 30 7.0 Assumptions 7.1. Assumptions that do not require confirmation 7.1.1. Miscellaneous Allowance (ML) A miscellaneous allowance has not been applied to the uncertainty of the devices evaluated by this calculation. By assuming all vendor supplied data is a 2 value and with intermediate rounding of values, sufficient conservatism has been introduced. 7.1.2. Vendor 2 Data For conservatism, all uncertainties given in vendor data specifications are assumed to be 2 unless otherwise specified. 7.1.3. Zero Effect Not applicable 7.1.4. Seismic Effects (SE) Seismic effects are assumed to be negligible for the NGV relay, per Reference 3.9.5. Seismic effects are not applicable to potential transformers. 7.1.5. Radiation Effects (RE) & Radiation Drift Effect (RD) Radiation effects and radiation drift effects are not applicable to the relays and transformers evaluated by this calculation, as they are located in a mild environment (Reference 3.6). 7.1.6. Power Supply Effects (PS) Power supply effects are not applicable to type NGV relays as the relay does not utilize a control power source separate from the sensed voltage. Power supply effects are not applicable to transformers. 7.1.7. Process Measurement Uncertainty (PM) Not Applicable 7.1.8. Static Pressure Effects (SP) Not Applicable 7.1.9. Humidity Effects (HE) The relays were specified by the HPCS manufacturer and are assumed to be designed to with stand the environmental effects in the mounting location. The HPCS Design Specification, Section 4.6.1 (reference 3.9.5) states that the design conditions for the switchgear and its sub-components are 20-90% Relative Humidity. Per Reference 3.6, the humidity range for environmental zone CB-116-2 is 20 to 90% RH. Reference 3.6 also

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 17 OF 30 identifies that 1% of the calendar year (30 hours) the humidity could be 5 % higher. This is considered negligible. Therefore, it is assumed that Humidity Effects are negligible. 7.1.10. Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) (IR) effects, which may result in degradation of circuit insulation, are not applicable to the devices and circuits addressed by this calculation. 7.1.11. Voltage Drop Voltage drop due to long wiring lengths between source and load are assumed to be negligible as the potential transformers and the under-voltage relays evaluated by this calculation are located in the same switch gear compartment. 7.1.12. Temperature Effects (TE) There is no temperature effect data available from the manufacturer for the Type NGV relay. Therefore for conservatism, temperature effects are assumed to be equal to the repeatability value (+/- 1% of setting) given in Attachment 1. Reference 3.6 also identifies that 1% of the calendar year (30 hours) the temperature could be 5oF higher. This is considered negligible. Temperature effects are not applicable to transformers. Temperatures above the rated value would tend to produce total failure of the transformer, rather than an error in output. 7.1.13. Temperature Drift Effects (TD) The drift analysis performed in Reference 3.15 is assumed to encompass all components of drift and drift effects except for temperature drift effects which are assumed to be included in the Reference Accuracy of the device. Temperature drift effects are not applicable to transformers. 7.1.14. Instrument Drift The drift analysis can be found in Reference 3.15. Drift is not applicable to transformers. 7.2. Assumptions that require confirmation None

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 18 OF 30 8.0 Calculation This section includes the following subsections used in performance of this calculation: 8.1) Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.2) Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) and Determination of Appropriate Device Uncertainty 8.3) Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties 8.4) Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL) 8.5) Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 8.6) Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU) 8.7) Calculation of the Loop Drift (DL) 8.8) Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) 8.9) Calculation of Reset Differential (RD) 8.10) As-Left Tolerance (ALT) 8.11) As-Found Tolerance (AFT) 8.12) Loop Tolerances 8.1. Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.1.1. Calculation of Transformer Burden and Determination of Reference Accuracy Per Reference 3.9.4, page 5-10, section 5.3, the Type JVM potential transformer has a 1.2% ratio error for a combined relaying and metering burden of greater than 75 VA. However, a burden below 75VA yields a transformer accuracy of +/- 0.3% of setting. As shown below, the devices fed by the PT Line transformer do not meet the 75 VA burden threshold. 2 Model NGV Undervoltage Relays @ 4.2 VA each = 8.4 2 Model 27N Undervoltage Relays @ 0.5 VA each = 1.0 1 Synchronizing Relay @ 2.0 VA = 2.0 2 Volt Meter, GE AB40 @ 0.32 VA each = 0.64 1 Synchronizing Scope @ 5.2 VA = 5.2 Control Relays/Meters not listed, Assumed Value = 10.0 27.24 VA Therefore, PT Reference Accuracy shall be 0.3% of setting (90.24 VAC per Ref. 3.18) or 0.261 VAC for this calculation.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 19 OF 30 8.1.2. Calculation of Relay Temperature Effects (TER) (Assumption 7.1.12) TER = +/- 1% Setting

                 = +/- 0.01 x 90.24 VAC
                 = +/- 0.903 VAC 8.2. Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) & Determination of Appropriate Device Uncertainty 8.2.1. Transformer Reference Accuracy (RAT)

RAT = +/- 0.3% of Setting

                 = +/- 0.003
  • 90.24 VAC
                 = +/- 0.271 VAC                                                       (2 Value) 8.2.2. Undervoltage Relay Reference Accuracy for Voltage Setting (RAR)

RAR = +/- 1% of Setting

                 = +/- 0.01
  • 90.24 VAC
                 = +/- 0.903 VAC                                                       (2 Value) 8.2.3. Loop Reference Accuracy (RAL)

(Reference 3.2) RAL = +/- [(RAT)2 + (RAR)2]1/2

                 = +/- [(0.271)2 + (0.903)2]1/2
                 = +/- 0.943 VAC                                                       (2 Value) 8.3. Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties (Reference 3.2) 8.3.1. Device Uncertainty Transformer (AT) (Sections 4.3 and 8.2.1)

AT = +/- [(RAT)2]1/2

                 = +/- [(0.271)2]1/2
                 = + 0.271 VAC                                                       (2 Value) 8.3.2. Device Uncertainty Relay Voltage Setting (AR)

AR = +/- [(RAR)2 + (PSR)2 + (TER)2]1/2

                 = +/- [(0.903)2 + (0)2 + (0.903)2]1/2
                 = +/- 1.278 VAC                                                       (2 Value) 8.4. Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL)

Per reference 3.2 and 3.3 Loop Calibration uncertainty (CL) is defined as: CL = +/- [(MTEL)2 + (CTL)2]1/2

           = +/- [0.3902 + 0.992]1/2 VAC                        Reference sections 8.4.1 and 8.4.2
           = +/- 1.07 VAC                                                              (2 Value)

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 20 OF 30 8.4.1. Measuring and Test Equipment Effects - Relay (MTEL) Measurement & Test Equipment (MTEL) effects are defined from Reference 3.2 as: MTEL = +/- [(MTERAT)2 + (MTERIT)2 + (MTETET)2 + (MTECST)2]1/2 Where: MTERAT = Reference accuracy of the M&TE used for calibration. Assumed equal to the Reference Accuracy of the primary element in the loop, 0.271 VAC (Reference 3.2). MTERIT = Readability of the M&TE used, assumed to be 0 as all M&TE used are digital with at least 2 digits of resolution. (Reference 3.2) MTETET = Effects of temperature changes on the M&TE between the calibration laboratory and the area where the M&TE is used. Assumed equal to the Reference accuracy of the primary element in the loop, 0.271 VAC (Reference 3.2). MTECST = The accuracy of the calibration standard used to calibrate the M&TE, assumed equal to 1/4 the Reference accuracy of the primary element in the loop, 0.068 VAC (Reference 3.2). MTEL = +/- [(MTERAT)2 + (MTERIT)2 + (MTETET)2 + (MTECST)2]1/2

                    =    +/- [(0.271)2 + (0)2 + (0.271)2 + (0.068)2]1/2
                    =    +/- 0.390 VAC                                                    (2 Value) 8.4.2. Calculation of Calibration Effects (CT)

Calibration Effects (CTL) are defined from Reference 3.2 as: CTL = Square Root Sum of the Squares (SRSS) of the calibration effects which are uncertainties due to as Left loop accuracy. Per section 8.12, the as left loop tolerance (ALTL) is 0.99 VAC. CTL = +/- 0.99 VAC (2 value) 8.5. Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 0 per Assumption 7.1.10 8.6. Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU) LU = +/- (m/n)[(AT)2 + (AR)2 + (CL)2]1/2 +/- M (margin)

           = +/- (1.645/2)[(0.271)2 + (1.278)2 + (1.07)2]1/2 +/- 0.981
           = +/- 2.37 VAC Adjusted to reflect primary voltage to the PT
           = +/- 2.37 x PT Ratio (Primary Voltage/Secondary Voltage)
           = +/- 2.37 x 35 VAC
           = +/- 82.95 VAC

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 21 OF 30 8.7. Calculation of Loop Drift (DL) 8.7.1. Transformer Temperature Drift Effects (TDT) 0 for per Assumption 7.1.13 8.7.2. Relay Temperature Drift Effects (TDR) 0 per assumption 7.1.13 8.7.3. Relay Drift (DRR): Assumption 7.1.14 DRR = +/- 5.823 VAC (2 Value) As the only component of loop drift is the relay drift determined in reference 3.15, Loop Drift (DRL) is equal to Relay Drift (DRR). DL = +/- 5.823 VAC (2 Value) 8.8. Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) Calculation: TLU = +/- (m/n)[(AT)2 + (AR)2 + (CL)2 + (DRL)2]1/2 +/- M (margin)

            = +/- (1.645/2)[(0.271)2 + (1.278)2 + (1.07) + (5.823)2]1/2 +/- 0.523
            = +/- 5.51VAC Adjusted to reflect primary voltage to the PT:
            = +/- 5.51 x PT Ratio (Primary Voltage/Secondary Voltage)
            = +/- 5.51 x 35 VAC
            = +/- 192.85 VAC 8.9. Calculation of Reset Differential The reset differential is applied to the voltage setting and is specified to be +/- 10% of setting per References 3.9.1. This value will be used in the calculation.

RR = +/- 0.1

  • setting VAC
          =   +/- 0.1*90.24
          =   +/- 9.02 VAC Adjusted to reflected primary (bus) voltage at the PT:
          =   RR x PT Ratio (primary voltage/secondary voltage)
          =   +/- 9.02 x 35 VAC
          =   +/- 315.7 VAC Calculated uncertainties are applicable to reset.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 22 OF 30 Summary of Calculation Data Transformer Undervoltage Relay Device 1 Device 2 Values Ref Values Ref Input Range 0 - 42 kV - 3.13 0 - 120 - 3.13 Process Units VAC - 3.13 VAC - 3.13 Reference Accuracy (RA) 0.3% of Setting 2 8.2.1 1% of Setting 2 8.2.2 Temperature Effect (TE) N/A - 7.1.12 +/- 0.903 2 7.1.12 Seismic Effects (SE) N/A - 7.1.4 N/A - 7.1.4 Radiation Effect (RE) N/A - 7.1.5 N/A - 7.1.5 Instrument Drift (DR) N/A - 7.1.14 +/- 5.823 2 3.15 Temperature Drift Effect (TD) N/A - 7.1.13 N/A - 7.1.13 Radiation Drift Effect (RD) N/A - 7.1.5 N/A - 7.1.5 Power Supply Effect (PS) N/A - 7.1.6 N/A - 7.1.6 Humidity Effects (HE) N/A - 7.1.9 N/A - 7.1.9 Static Pressure Effect (SP) N/A - 7.1.8 N/A - 7.1.8 Process Measurement Effect N/A - 7.1.7 N/A - 7.1.7 (PM) Insulation Resistance Effect (IR) N/A - 7.1.10 N/A - 7.1.10 Zero Effect (ZE) N/A - 7.1.3 N/A - 7.1.3

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 23 OF 30 8.10. As-Left Tolerance (ALT) Note: For the purposes of calculating ALT, the actual MTE value, MTE L is used. ALTR - Relay Calculation MTEL = 0.390 VAC Section 8.4.1 ALTR = +/- SRSS (RAR, MTEL)

                                 =   +/- SRSS (0.903, 0.390) VAC
                                 =   +/- 0.99 VAC 8.11. As-Found Tolerance (AFT)

AFTR- Relay Calculation Since drift (DRR) was determined using plant specific as-found/as-left calibration data: AFTR = DRR

                                 =   +/-5.82 VAC 8.12. Loop Tolerances ALTL - As-Left Loop Tolerance ALTL           =   +/- SRSS (ALTR)
                                   =   +/- SRSS (0.99) VAC
                                   =   +/- 0.99 VAC AFTL - As-Found Loop Tolerance AFTL           =   +/-SRSS (AFTR)
                                   =   +/-SRSS (5.82) VAC
                                   =   +/- 5.82 VAC Summary of Calibration Tolerances Relay As-Left Tolerance (ALTR)                                             +/- 0.99 VAC Relay As-Found Tolerance (AFTR)                                            +/- 5.82 VAC As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALTL)                                              +/- 0.99 VAC As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFTL)                                             +/- 5.82 VAC

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 24 OF 30 9.0 Simplified Block Diagram

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 25 OF 30 ATTACHMENT 1

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 26 OF 30 ATTACHMENT 2 ATTACHMENT 9.1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE Sheet 1 of 1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE ANO-1 ANO-2 IP-2 IP-3 JAF PLP PNPS VY GGNS RBS W3 NP Revision No. Document No. G13.18.6.2-ENS*004 Page 1 of 4 002 Title: Loop Uncertainty Determination for DIV III Loss of Voltage Relays - GE Model NGV Undervoltage Relay Quality Related Augmented Quality Related DV Method: Design Review Alternate Calculation Qualification Testing VERIFICATION REQUIRED DISCIPLINE VERIFICATION COMPLETE AND COMMENTS RESOLVED (DV print, sign, and date) Electrical Robin Smith / See AS for signature & date Mechanical Instrument and Control Civil/Structural Nuclear Originator: Mary Coffaro/ See AS for signature & date Print/Sign/Date After Comments Have Been Resolved

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 27 OF 30 ATTACHMENT 2 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 1 of 3 IDENTIFICATION: DISCIPLINE: Document Title: Loop Uncertainty Determination for DIV III Loss of Voltage Relays - Civil/Structural GE Model NGV Undervoltage Relay Electrical Doc. No.: G13.18.6.2-ENS*004 Rev. 002 QA Cat. I&C Robin Smith / See AS for signature & date Verifier: Mechanical Print Sign Date Nuclear Manager authorization Other for supervisor performing Verification. N/A Print Sign Date METHOD OF VERIFICATION: Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Test The following basic questions are addressed as applicable, during the performance of any design verification. These questions are based on the requirements of ANSI N45.2.11 - 1974. NOTE The reviewer can use the Comments/Continuation sheet at the end for entering any comment/resolution along with the appropriate question number. Additional items with new question numbers can also be entered.

1. Design Inputs - Were the inputs correctly selected and incorporated into the design?

(Design inputs include design bases, plant operational conditions, performance requirements, regulatory requirements and commitments, codes, standards, field data, etc. All information used as design inputs should have been reviewed and approved by the responsible design organization, as applicable. All inputs need to be retrievable or excerpts of documents used should be attached. See site specific design input procedures for guidance in identifying inputs.) Yes No N/A

2. Assumptions - Are assumptions necessary to perform the design activity adequately described and reasonable?

Where necessary, are assumptions identified for subsequent re-verification when the detailed activities are completed? Are the latest applicable revisions of design documents utilized? Yes No N/A

3. Quality Assurance - Are the appropriate quality and quality assurance requirements specified?

Yes No N/A

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 28 OF 30 ATTACHMENT 2 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 2 of 3

4. Codes, Standards and Regulatory Requirements - Are the applicable codes, standards and regulatory requirements, including issue and addenda properly identified and are their requirements for design met?

Yes No N/A

5. Construction and Operating Experience - Have applicable construction and operating experience been considered?

Yes No N/A

6. Interfaces - Have the design interface requirements been satisfied and documented?

Yes No N/A

7. Methods - Was an appropriate design or analytical (for calculations) method used?

Yes No N/A

8. Design Outputs - Is the output reasonable compared to the inputs?

Yes No N/A

9. Parts, Equipment and Processes - Are the specified parts, equipment, and processes suitable for the required application?

Yes No N/A

10. Materials Compatibility - Are the specified materials compatible with each other and the design environmental conditions to which the material will be exposed?

Yes No N/A

11. Maintenance requirements - Have adequate maintenance features and requirements been specified?

Yes No N/A

12. Accessibility for Maintenance - Are accessibility and other design provisions adequate for performance of needed maintenance and repair?

Yes No N/A

13. Accessibility for In-service Inspection - Has adequate accessibility been provided to perform the in-service inspection expected to be required during the plant life?

Yes No N/A

14. Radiation Exposure - Has the design properly considered radiation exposure to the public and plant personnel?

Yes No N/A

15. Acceptance Criteria - Are the acceptance criteria incorporated in the design documents sufficient to allow verification that design requirements have been satisfactorily accomplished?

Yes No N/A

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 29 OF 30 ATTACHMENT 2 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 3 of 3

16. Test Requirements - Have adequate pre-operational and subsequent periodic test requirements been appropriately specified?

Yes No N/A

17. Handling, Storage, Cleaning and Shipping - Are adequate handling, storage, cleaning and shipping requirements specified?

Yes No N/A

18. Identification Requirements - Are adequate identification requirements specified?

Yes No N/A

19. Records and Documentation - Are requirements for record preparation, review, approval, retention, etc.,

adequately specified? Are all documents prepared in a clear legible manner suitable for microfilming and/or other documentation storage method? Have all impacted documents been identified for update as necessary? Yes No N/A

20. Software Quality Assurance- ENN sites: For a calculation that utilized software applications (e.g., GOTHIC, SYMCORD), was it properly verified and validated in accordance with EN- IT-104 or previous site SQA Program?

ENS sites: This is an EN-IT-104 task. However, per ENS-DC-126, for exempt software, was it verified in the calculation? Yes No N/A

21. Has adverse impact on peripheral components and systems, outside the boundary of the document being verified, been considered?

Yes No N/A

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 30 OF 30 ATTACHMENT 2 ATTACHMENT 9.7 DESIGN VERIFICATION COMMENT SHEET Sheet 1 of 1 Comments / Continuation Sheet Question Comments Resolution Initial/Date

     #

1 Comments provided by markup All comments resolved. RS 10/12/12

ANO-1 ANO-2 GGNS IP-2 IP-3 PLP JAF PNPS RBS VY W3 NP-GGNS-3 NP-RBS-3 CALCULATION (1) (2) EC # 40339 Page 1 of 34 COVER PAGE (3) (4) Design Basis Calc. YES NO CALCULATION EC Markup (5) (6) Calculation No: G13.18.6.2-ENS*006 Revision: 002 (7) (8) Title: Loop Uncertainty Determination for Div I and II Under Voltage Time Editorial Delay Relays - ABB Model 62K and 62L Time Delay Relays YES NO (9) (10) System(s): 302 Review Org (Department): NSBE3 (I&C Design) (11) (12) Safety Class: Component/Equipment/Structure Type/Number: Safety / Quality Related ENS-SWG1A-62-1 ENS-SWG1B-62-1 Augmented Quality Program Non-Safety Related ENS-SWG1A-62-2 ENS-SWG1B-62-2 ENS-SWG1A-62-5 ENS-SWG1B-62-5 (13) Document Type: F43.02 ENS-SWG1A-62-6 ENS-SWG1B-62-6 (14) Keywords (Description/Topical Codes): uncertainty, time delay REVIEWS (15) (16) (17) Name/Signature/Date Name/Signature/Date Name/Signature/Date Mary Coffaro / See AS Robin Smith / See AS Paul Matzke / See AS Responsible Engineer Supervisor/Approval Design Verifier Reviewer Comments Attached Comments Attached

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 2 OF 34 CALCULATION REFERENCE SHEET I. EC Markups Incorporated (N/A to NP calculations): II. Relationships: Sht Rev Input Output Impact Tracking No. Doc Doc Y/N

1. EN-DC-126 -- 004 N
2. EN-IC-S-007-R 0 000 N
3. 7224.300-000-001B 0 300 N
4. 201.130-186 0 000 N
5. 215.150 0 006 N
6. B455-0147 0 000 N
7. 3242.521-102-001A 0 300 N
8. 0242.521-102-133 0 300 N
9. B455-0157 0 000 N
10. EE-001K 0 019 N
11. EE-001L 0 015 N
12. ESK-08ENS01 001 008 N
13. ESK-08EGS09 001 013 N
14. ESK-08EGS10 001 012 N
15. ESK-08EGS13 001 011 N
16. ESK-08EGS14 001 010 N
17. ESK-08EGS15 001 010 N
18. ESK-08EGS16 001 007 N
19. STP-302-1600 -- 020 N
20. STP-302-1601 -- 020 N
21. G13.18.6.3-009 0 000 N
22. LSK-24-09.05A 001 015 N
23. EDP-AN-02 -- 301 N
24. 0242.521-102-129 0 300 N
25. G13.18.3.1*001 0 003 Y EC37097
26. STP-302-1602 -- 023 Y A/R 00154232

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 3 OF 34 II. Relationships: Sht Rev Input Output Impact Tracking No. Doc Doc Y/N

27. STP-302-1603 -- 024 Y A/R 00154233
28. BE-230A 0 009 N
29. BE-230B 0 011 N
30. EE-420G 0 011 N
31. EE-420H 0 008 N
32. STP-302-0102 -- 017 N
33. G13.18.3.1-004 0 000 Y EC40339 III. CROSS

REFERENCES:

1. Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB)
2. Technical Specifications Section B3.3.8.1
3. Multi-Amp Instruction Book EPOCH-40
4. USAR Figures 3.11-1 through 5.
5. EQTAP IV. SOFTWARE USED:

Title: N/A Version/Release: Disk/CD No. V. DISK/CDS INCLUDED: Title: N/A Version/Release Disk/CD No. VI. OTHER CHANGES: References removed from calculation: G13.18.6.2-ENS*005, G13.18.3.1*002

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 4 OF 34 Revision Record of Revision Initial issue to support determination of degraded voltage relay setpoints and LAR by ER-RB-0 2001-0360-000. 1 Incorporated new drift value for 62K and 62L relay per EC 11753. EC40339: Revised to provide the Degraded Voltage Relay NO-LOCA time delay Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty based on the revised setpoint provided in calculation 2 G13.18.3.1-004. Added ALT and AFT (sections 8.9 through 8.11) for Time Delay Relay 62-2 as required by License Amendment Request (LAR) 2011-05.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 5 OF 34 TABLE OF CONTENTS COVER SHEET CALCULATION REFERENCES RECORD OF REVISION SECTION SHEET 1.0 PURPOSE AND DESCRIPTION 6 2.0 RESULTS/CONCLUSION 8

3.0 REFERENCES

9 4.0 DESIGN INPUT 12 5.0 NOMENCLATURE 15 6.0 CALCULATION METHODOLOGY 16 7.0 ASSUMPTIONS 17 8.0 CALCULATION 19 9.0 APPLICABLE MARK NUMBERS 29 Attachments: 1 Design Verification Record and Comments ....................................................................... 5 pages

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 6 OF 34 1.0 PURPOSE AND DESCRIPTION 1.1 Purpose The purpose of this calculation is to determine the uncertainty associated with the Division I

        & II, Safety-Related, 4.16 kV undervoltage time delay relays. Nominal trip Set points and Allowable values will be determined by the Electrical Engineering group in calculation G13.18.3.1*001 and G13.18.3.1-004.

1.2 Loop Descriptions Each 4.16 kV emergency bus has its own independent Loss Of Power (LOP) instrumentation and associated trip logic. The voltage for the Division I and II buses is monitored at two levels, which can be considered as two different undervoltage functions; loss of voltage and sustained degraded voltage. Each 4.16 kV bus is monitored by three degraded voltage relays whose outputs are arranged in a two-out-of-three logic configuration (Reference 3.12). The channels include electronic equipment (e.g., trip units) that compares measured input signals with pre-established setpoints. When the setpoint is exceeded, the channel output relay actuates a time delay relay, which then outputs a LOP trip signal to the trip logic. Two different time delays are applied depending on whether a LOCA signal is present at the time of the degraded voltage. The LOCA and Non-LOCA time delay is provided by the combination of the 27N relay and the 62K relays. 1.3 Design Bases/Design Bases Event Per Bases B 3.3.8.1, Reference 3.7.3, successful operation of the required safety functions of the Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS) is dependent upon the availability of adequate power sources for energizing the various components such as pump motors, motor operated valves, and the associated control components. The LOP instrumentation monitors the 4.16 kV emergency buses. Offsite power is the preferred source of power for the 4.16 kV emergency buses. If the monitors determine that insufficient power is available, the buses are disconnected from the offsite power sources and connected to the onsite diesel generator (DG) power sources. 1.4 Degree of Accuracy/Limits of Applicability The results of this calculation are based on the statistical methods of at least 95% probability of occurrence for a two sided probability distribution in accordance with 7224.300-100-001B, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology, (Reference 3.3) and EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations, (Reference 3.2). One-sided probability could be used since the time delay relay performs its safety function in the decreasing direction only. However a two sided probability is used for added conservatism.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 7 OF 34 The results of this calculation are valid under the Assumptions stated in Section 7.0 of this calculation. The appropriate use of this calculation to support design or station activities, other than those specified in Section 1.1 of this calculation, is the responsibility of the user. 1.5 Applicability A data analysis has been performed in order to determine which, if any, redundant instrument loops are bounded by the results of this calculation. This calculation is applicable to the Loops associated with the primary elements stated in Section 2.1. The results of this calculation are bounding for the applicable instrument loops, based on such factors as instrument manufacturer and model number, instrument location/environmental parameters, actual installation and use of the instrument in process measurements.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 8 OF 34 2.0 RESULTS/CONCLUSION 2.1 Results The Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty for the Time Delay Voltage relays were calculated in Section 8.0. These values and other associated values such as loop drift are presented in Table 2.1-1. Table 2.1-1 Model 62K and 62L Relay - Time Delay Function M&TE Loop Maximum Loop Channel Total Loop Accuracy Loop Loop Uncertainty Drift Uncertainty System Model Requirements Setting Tol. Identification (LU) (DL) (TLU) (MTEL) (CTL) Seconds Seconds Seconds Seconds Seconds ENS-SWG1A-62-1 302 62K +/-0.209 +/-0.07 +/-0.221 +/- 4.15x10-3 +/- 0.2 ENS-SWG1B-62-1 ENS-SWG1A-62-2 302 62K +/-2.915 +/-1.05 +/-3.438 +/- 4.15x10-3 +/- 0.51 ENS-SWG1B-62-2 ENS-SWG1A-62-5 302 62K +/-0.306 +/-0.07 +/-0.314 +/- 4.15x10-3 +/- 0.3 ENS-SWG1B-62-5 ENS-SWG1A-62-6 302 62L +/-0.313 +/-0.07 +/-0.321 +/- 4.15x10-3 +/- 0.3 ENS-SWG1B-62-6 2.2 Conclusions The calculated Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty are presented in Table 2.1-1. These values are bounding for the relays and circuits listed in Section 2.1.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 9 OF 34

3.0 REFERENCES

3.1 EN-DC-126, Engineering Calculation Process 3.2 EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculation 3.3 7224.300-000-001B, NEDC-31336P-A, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology 3.4 Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB) 3.5 201.130-186, Peak Spreading of ARS Curves for the Control Building 3.6 Environmental Design Criteria, Spec 215.150, including USAR figures 3.11-1 through 5 as outlined in EDP-AN-02 section 6.3.1 3.7 RBS Operating License 3.7.1 Not Used 3.7.2 Not Used 3.7.3 Technical Specification Bases Sections B3.3.8.1 3.7.4 Not Used 3.8 RBS USAR None 3.9 Vendor Manuals 3.9.1 B455-0147, ITE Solid-State Timing Relay Relays (62K) 3.9.2 B455-0157, ITE Solid-State Time Delay Relay ITE-62L 3.9.3 3242.521-102-001A, Instruction Manual-Stdby 4.16 kV Switchgear 3.9.4 Not Used 3.9.5 Multi-Amp Instruction Book for the EPOCH-40, Microprocessor-Enhanced Protective Relay Test Set, (maintained by the Standards Laboratory) 3.10 Electrical Schematics 3.10.1 EE-001K, 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A 3.10.2 EE-001L, 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 10 OF 34 3.10.3 ESK-08ENS01, AC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1A & 1B Protection & Metering 3.10.4 ESK-08EGS09, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS

  • SWG1A Under Voltage Protection 3.10.5 ESK-08EGS10, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS
  • SWG1B Under Voltage Protection 3.10.6 ESK-08EGS13, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS
  • SWG1A Under Voltage Protection 3.10.7 ESK-08EGS14, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS
  • SWG1B Under Voltage Protection 3.10.8 ESK-08EGS15, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS
  • SWG1A Under Voltage Protection & Load Sequence 3.10.9 ESK-08EGS16, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS
  • SWG1B Under Voltage Protection & Load Sequence 3.11 Surveillance Test Procedures:

3.11.1 STP-302-1600, ENS-SWG1A Loss of Voltage Channel Calibration and Logic System Functional Test 3.11.2 STP-302-1601, ENS-SWG1B Loss of Voltage Channel Calibration and Logic System Functional Test 3.11.3 STP-302-1602, ENS-SWG1A Degraded Voltage Channel Calibration and Logic System Functional Test 3.11.4 STP-302-1603, ENS-SWG1B Degraded Voltage Channel Calibration and Logic System Functional Test 3.11.5 STP-302-0102, Power Distribution System Operability Check 3.12 LSK-24-09.05A, Standby Diesel Generator Load Sequence, Logic Diagram 3.13 Standards None 3.14 Calculations: 3.14.1 Not Used 3.14.2 Not Used

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 11 OF 34 3.14.3 G13.18.6.3-009, ABB Model ITE-62 Relay Drift Analysis 3.14.4 G13.18.3.1-004, Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for ENS-SWG01A and ENS-SWG01B 3.15 Equipment Qualification Trending and Thermal Aging Program (EQTAP) 3.16 Relay Setting Drawings 3.16.1 BE-230A, 4kV Bus 1ENS*SWG1A Relay Settings 3.16.2 BE-230B, 4kV Bus 1ENS*SWG1B Relay Settings 3.17 0242.521-102-133, Bill of Material 1ENS*SWG1A, 1B 3.18 0242.521-102-129, Bill of Material 1ENS*SWG1A & 1B 3.19 EE-420G, Seismic Conduit Installation Plan EL 98 3.20 EE-420H, Seismic Conduit Installation Plan EL 98

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 12 OF 34 4.0 DESIGN INPUT The following are the design inputs used to determine the uncertainty for the Division I and Division II degraded voltage timing relays. 4.1 Loop Input 4.1.1 Loop Data: Form 1: Loop/Process Data Sheet Description Data Reference Loop Sensor(s) Relay contacts 3.10.4-9 ENS-SWG1A Location 3.4 ENS-SWG1B Output Contact Closure 3.10.4-9 4.1.2 Special Considerations: 4.1.2.1 Calibration shall be performed using the following instruments:

  • Multi-Amp EPOCH-40 DC/Timer Test set (References 3.9.5, 3.11) 4.2 Loop Instrumentation Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1& 2 Description Data Device 1 Reference Data Device 2 Reference Component Number(s) ENS-SWG1A ENS-SWG1A 62-1, 62-2, 62-5 3.4 62-6 3.4 ENS-SWG1B 3.10 ENS-SWG1B 3.10 62-1, 62-2, 62-5 62-6 Type(s) Relay 3.4 Relay 3.4 Manufacturer Asea Brown Boveri 3.17, 3.18 Asea Brown Boveri 3.18 Model 62K 3.17, 3.18 62L 3.18 Location(s) CB. 98 3.19, 3.20 CB. 98 3.19, 3.20 Service Description Relay 3.4 Relay 3.4 Quality Class Safety Related 3.4 Safety Related 3.4 Environmental N 3.4 N 3.4 Qualification Input Range 0.2-4 sec 3.10 1-30 sec. 3.10 0-100 sec Output Contact Action 3.10 Contact Action 3.10 Calibration Interval 30.0 Mo. 30.0 Mo.

3.2 3.2 Evaluated (24 Mo. + 25%) (24 Mo. + 25%)

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 13 OF 34 4.3 Loop Device Data Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 ITE 62K Data References Description Time Delay Reference Accuracy (RAR) +/-1% of Setting 3.9.1 Seismic Effects (SER) 0 7.1.4

                                      +/-6% of setting or +/-30 ms, which ever is greater 3.9.1 Temperature Effects (TER)                              (-15oC - 55oC) 7.1.12 2

Insulation Resistance Effects (IRR) N/A 7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TDR) N/A 7.1.13 Drift (DRR) +/-2.072% Setpoint 3.14.3

                                       +/-1% of setting or +/-5 ms, which ever is greater    3.9.1 Power Supply Effect (PSR) 2                           7.1.2 Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 2 ITE 62L Data                       References Description Time Delay
                                                 +/-2% of Setting or +/-5 ms, Reference Accuracy (RAR)                                                                  3.9.2 whichever is greater Seismic Effects (SER)                                         0                           7.1.4
                                                      +/-4% of setting                     3.9.2 Temperature Effects (TER)

(-20oC - 55oC) 7.1.12 Insulation Resistance Effects (IRR) N/A 7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TDR) N/A 7.1.13 Drift (DRR) +/-2.072% Setpoint 3.14.3

                                                 +/-2% of Setting or +/-5 ms,                3.9.2 Power Supply Effect (PSR) whichever is greater

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 14 OF 34 4.4 Environmental Information Form 4: Environmental Conditions Data Sheet Zone: CB-98-1 Description Data Reference Location Building/Elevation CB-98 3.4 Room/Area Switchgear Room 3.4 Normal Temperature Range, ºF 40 - 109 3.6 (68-96 act.) 3.15 Humidity Range, %RH 20-90 3.6 Radiation 40 Year Total Integrated Dose, 800 3.6 Rads Pressure Range Atmos 3.6 Accident (Loss of Offsite Power) Temperature Range, ºF Same as Normal 3.6 Humidity Range, % RH Same as Normal 3.6 Radiation, Total Integrated Dose, Rads Same as Normal 3.6 Pressure Range Same as Normal 3.6 Seismic Accelerations, g <3 3.5

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 15 OF 34 5.0 NOMENCLATURE The terms and abbreviations that are not defined in this section are defined in Reference 3.3, Reference 3.2 or within the text of this calculation.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 16 OF 34 6.0 CALCULATION METHODOLOGY This calculation is prepared in accordance with the EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations (Reference 3.2), EN-DC-126, Engineering Calculation Process (Reference 3.1) and 7224.300-000-001B, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology (Reference 3.3).

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 17 OF 34 7.0 ASSUMPTIONS 7.1 Assumptions that do not require confirmation 7.1.1 Miscellaneous Allowance (ML) A miscellaneous allowance has not been applied to the uncertainty of the devices evaluated by this calculation. By assuming all vendor supplied data is a 2 value and with intermediate rounding of values in the conservative direction, sufficient conservatism has been introduced. 7.1.2 Vendor 2 Data For conservatism, all uncertainties given in vendor data specifications are assumed to be 2 unless otherwise specified. 7.1.3 Zero Effect (ZE) Not applicable 7.1.4 Seismic Effects (SE) Reference 3.9.2 states that the undervoltage relays have been tested to 6 g ZPA without damage, malfunction or failure. Reference 3.5 defines the expected level of seismic activity for the 98 ft elevation of the control building as less than 3g. Therefore, seismic effects are assumed to be 0. 7.1.5 Radiation Effects (RE) & Radiation Drift Effect (RD) Radiation effects and radiation drift effects are not applicable to the relays and transformers evaluated by this calculation as they are located in a mild environment (Reference 3.6). 7.1.6 Power Supply Effects (PS) Per Reference 3.9.1, the model 62K relay has a power supply effect of +/- 1% over the allowable DC control power range of 100 to 137.5 VDC (-20,+10% variation). Per Reference 3.9.2, the model 62L1 relay has a power supply effect of +/- 2% over the allowable DC control power range of 100 to 137.5 VDC (-20,+10% variation). Per Reference 3.11.5, the allowable voltage range is 130 to 140 VDC (104 to 112%). Since the relay will only see an 8% voltage variation, +/-1% and +/-2% deviations will be used to calculate the PS effects for the respective time delay relays in this calculation. 7.1.7 Process Measurement Uncertainty (PM) Not applicable 7.1.8 Static Pressure Effects (SP) Not applicable

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 18 OF 34 7.1.9 Humidity Effects (HE) The relays were specified by the switchgear manufacturer and are assumed to be designed to withstand the environmental effects in the mounting location without effect. Per Reference 3.6, the humidity range for environmental zone CB-98 is 20 to 90% RH. Therefore, it is assumed that Humidity effects are negligible. 7.1.10 Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) (IR) effects, which may result in degradation of circuit insulation, are not applicable to the devices and circuits addressed by this calculation. The timers evaluated are not low-current DC devices affected by current leakage due to insulation resistance degradation. 7.1.11 Voltage Drop Voltage drop due to long wiring lengths between source and load are not applicable because the timing relays evaluated are located in the same switchgear as their power source. 7.1.12 Temperature Effects (TE) Per ABB Descriptive Bulletin IB 18.7.7-1G, Ref. 3.9.1, the temperature effect for an ITE 62K relay is 6% of setting over a span of 5o - 131ºF (-15oC - +55oC) or 0.0476% per ºF. This value will be used to determine relay temperature effects. Per ABB Descriptive Bulletin IB 18.7.7-4B, Ref. 3.9.2, the temperature effect for an ITE 62L relay is 4% of setting over a span of -4o - 131ºF (-20oC - +55oC) or 0.0296% per ºF. This value will be used to determine relay temperature effects. 7.1.13 Temperature Drift Effects (TD) The drift analysis performed in Reference 3.14.3 is assumed to encompass all components of drift and drift effects, including drift due to temperature variations. 7.1.14 Instrument Drift Timing relay drift analysis is located in Reference 3.14.3. Expected relay drift is listed in Section 4.3 of this calculation. 7.2 Assumptions that require confirmation None

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 19 OF 34 8.0 CALCULATION This section includes the following subsections used in performance of this calculation: 8.1) Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.2) Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) and Determination of Appropriate Device Uncertainty to Use 8.3) Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties 8.4) Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL) 8.5) Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 8.6) Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU) 8.7) Calculation of Loop Drift (DL) 8.8) Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) 8.9) As-Left Tolerance 8.10) As-Found Tolerance (AFT) 8.11) Loop Tolerances 8.1 Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.1.1 Calculation of Power Supply Effects on 62-1 Time delay setting (PSRT) (Reference 3.9.1, Assumption 7.1.6) PSRT = +/- 1% of Time Delay setting or +/- 5 ms

                           = +/- (0.010
  • 3.0) seconds (Reference 3.16.1, 3.16.2)
                           = +/- 0.03 seconds                                               (2 Value) 8.1.2    Calculation of Power Supply Effects on 62-2 Time delay setting (PSRT)

(Reference 3.9.1, Assumption 7.1.6) Note: Relay setpoint is determined in Reference 3.14.4. PSRT = +/- 1% of Time Delay setting or +/- 5 ms

                           = +/- (0.010 *50.50) seconds
                           = +/- 0.505 seconds                                              (2 Value) 8.1.3    Calculation of Power Supply Effects on 62-5 Time delay setting (PSRT)

(Reference 3.9.2, Assumption 7.1.6)

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 20 OF 34 PSRT = +/- 1% of Time Delay setting or +/- 5 ms

             = +/- (0.010
  • 3) seconds (Reference 3.16.1, 3.16.2)
             = +/- 0.03 seconds                                                 (2 Value) 8.1.4 Calculation of Power Supply Effects on 62-6 Time delay setting (PSRT)

(Reference 3.9.2, Assumption 7.1.6) PSRT = +/- 2% of Time Delay setting or +/- 5 ms

             = +/- (0.020
  • 3) seconds (Reference 3.16.1, 3.16.2)
             = +/- 0.06 seconds                                                 (2 Value) 8.1.5 Calculation of Relay 62-1 Temperature Effects (TER)

Per Assumption 7.1.12 and Reference 3.9.1, the relay may experience a temperature effect of +/-6% (or +/-30 ms which ever is greater) over a temperature range of -15oC - 55oC (5oF - 131oF). Assuming linearity, this yields an effect of 0.0476 %/ºF. The relays are housed inside the DIV I and II switchgear which are assumed to maintain an internal temperature of 104oF to prevent condensation. Reference 3.6 also states that for 1% of the calendar year (30 hours), the temperature could be 5oF higher. This is considered negligible. However, the relay is calibrated in the electrical or relay shop which is assumed to be maintained at 73oF. Therefore: TER = +/- (104oF - 73oF)/ x 0.0476% /ºF

  • 3.0 seconds
            = +/- 1.48%
  • 3.0 sec.
            = +/- 0.0444 sec 8.1.6 Calculation of Relay 62-2 Temperature Effects (TER)

TER = +/- (31oF) x 0.0476%/oF

  • 50.50 seconds
            = +/- 1.48%
  • 50.50 sec.
            = +/- 0.747 sec 8.1.7 Calculation of Relay 62-5 Temperature Effects (TER)

TER = +/- (31oF) x 0.0303%/oF

  • 3.0 seconds
            = +/- 1.48%
  • 3.0 sec.
            = +/- 0.0444 sec 8.1.8 Calculation of Relay 62-6 Temperature Effects (TER)

Per Assumption 7.1.12 and Reference 3.9.2, the relay may experience a temperature effect of +/-4% over a temperature range of -20oC - 55oC (-4oF - 131oF). Assuming linearity, this yields an effect of 0.0296%/oF. The relays are housed inside the DIV I and II switchgear which are assumed to maintain an internal temperature of 104oF to prevent condensation. Reference 3.6 also states that for 1% of the calendar year (30 hours), the temperature could be 5oF higher. This is considered negligible. However, the relay is calibrated in the electrical or relay shop which is assumed to be maintained at 73oF. Therefore:

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 21 OF 34 TER = +/- (31oF) x 0.0296% /ºF

  • 3.0 seconds
                 = +/- 0.919%
  • 3.0 sec.
                 = +/- 0.02757 sec 8.2 Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) & Determination of Appropriate Device Uncertainty 8.2.1  Time Delay Relay 62-1 Reference Accuracy for Time Delay Setting (RART)

RART = +/- 1% of Time Delay setting

                   = +/- 0.01
  • 3.0 seconds
                   = +/- 0.03 seconds                                          (2 Value) 8.2.2  Time Delay Relay 62-2 Reference Accuracy for Time Delay Setting (RART)

RART = +/- 1% of Time Delay setting

                   = +/- 0.01
  • 50.50 seconds
                   = +/- 0.505 seconds                                         (2 Value) 8.2.3  Time Delay Relay 62-5 Reference Accuracy for Time Delay Setting (RART)

RART = +/- 1% of Time Delay setting

                   = +/- 0.01
  • 3.0 seconds
                   = +/- 0.030 seconds                                         (2 Value) 8.2.4  Time Delay Relay 62-6 Reference Accuracy for Time Delay Setting (RART)

RART = +/- 2% of Time Delay setting

                   = +/- 0.02
  • 3.0 seconds
                   = +/- 0.06 seconds                                          (2 Value) 8.3 Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties (Reference 3.2) 8.3.1  Device Uncertainty Relay 62-1 Time Delay Setting (ART)

(Sections 8.2.3, 8.1.3, 8.1.5) ART = +/- [(RART)2 + (PSRT)2 + (TERT)2]1/2

                = +/- [(0.03)2 + (0.03)2 + (0.0444)2]1/2 seconds
                = +/- 0.0614 seconds                                            (2 value) 8.3.2  Device Uncertainty Relay 62-2 Time Delay Setting (ART)

(Sections 8.2.3, 8.1.3, 8.1.5) ART = +/- [(RART)2 + (PSRT)2 + (TERT)2]1/2

                = +/- [(0.505)2 + (0.505)2 + (0.747)2]1/2 seconds
                = +/- 1.033 seconds                                             (2 value)

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 22 OF 34 8.3.3 Device Uncertainty Relay 62-5 Time Delay Setting (ART) (Sections 8.2.3, 8.1.3, 8.1.5) ART = +/- [(RART)2 + (PSRT)2 + (TERT)2]1/2

                  = +/- [(0.03)2 + (0.03)2 + (0.0444)2]1/2 seconds
                  = +/- 0.0614 seconds                                                (2 value) 8.3.4   Device Uncertainty Relay 62-6 Time Delay Setting (ART)

(Sections 8.2.3, 8.1.3, 8.1.5) ART = +/- [(RART)2 + (PSRT)2 + (TERT)2]1/2

                  = +/- [(0.06)2 + (0.06)2 + (0.02757)2]1/2 seconds
                  = +/- 0.0892 seconds                                                (2 value) 8.4 Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL)

Per references 3.2 and 3.3, loop calibration effects are defined as: CL = +/- [(MTEL)2 + (CTL)2]1/2 The CTL for 62-2 Time Delay Setting is set to the loop as left tolerance (ALTL) in section 8.11.1 as required by License Amendment Request (LAR) 2011-05. For the remaining loops the CTL is set to the procedural as-left band (PALB). 8.4.1 Calculation of Loop Calibration Effects for the 62-1 Time Delay Setting (CLT) (Sections 3.9.2, 3.9.3, 8.4.1.1, 3.11.1, 3.11.2, 3.11.3, 3.11.4) CLT = +/- [(MTEL)2 + (CTL)2]1/2 CTL = PALB selected = 0.2

                 = +/- [(4.15 x 10-3)2 + 0.22]1/2 VAC
                 = +/- 0.2 seconds 8.4.1.1     Measuring and Test Equipment Effects - Relay Time Setting (MTEL)

Measurement & Test Equipment (MTEL) effects are defined from Reference 3.2 as: MTELV = +/- [(MTERAT)2 + (MTERIT)2 + (MTETET)2 + (MTECST)2]1/2 Where: MTERAT = The reference accuracy of the M&TE being utilized. Epoch 40 Aux. Timer and DC voltage/current unit has a timer accuracy of 0.005% or one digit on the min. 99.9999 range. Using 57.8 x 0.00005 =2.89x10-3 seconds. MTETET = Temperature effect on the M&TE being utilized. The Epoch 40 operating range is 0o to 50oC with no temperature coefficient given. The total timer accuracy of 0.005% is conservatively assumed or 2.89x10-3 seconds (Reference 3.2).

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 23 OF 34 MTERIT = Assumed to be 0 as all M&TE used are digital with at least 2 digits of resolution. (Reference 3.2) MTECST = Assumed equal to 1/4 the Reference Accuracy of the time delay function of the relay time delay function = 0.005%/4 seconds (per Reference 3.2). MTEL = +/- [(MTERART)2 + (MTERIRT)2 + (MTETERT)2 + (MTECSRT)2]1/2

                   = +/- [(2.89x10-3)2 + (0)2 + (2.89x10-3)2 + (7.23 x10-4)2]1/2
                   = +/- 4.15 x 10-3 seconds with worse case time delay,              (2 Value)

This value will be conservatively used for all the relays. 8.4.2 Calculation of Loop Calibration Effects for the 62-2 Time Delay Setting (CLT) CLT = +/- [(MTEL)2 + (CTL)2]1/2 CTL = ALTL = 0.51

                 = +/- [(4.15 x 10-3)2 + 0.512]1/2 seconds
                 = +/- 0.51 seconds 8.4.3   Calculation of Loop Calibration Effects for the 62-5 Time Delay Setting (CLT)

CLT = +/- [(MTEL)2 + (CTL)2]1/2 CTL = PALB = 0.3

                 = +/- [(4.15 x 10-3)2 + 0.32]1/2 seconds
                 = +/- 0.3 seconds 8.4.4   Calculation of Loop Calibration Effects for the 62-6 Time Delay Setting (CLT)

CLT = +/- [(MTEL)2 + (CTL)2]1/2 2 CTL = PALB = 0.3

                 = +/- [(4.15 x 10-3)2 + 0.32]1//2 seconds
                 = +/- 0.3 seconds 8.5 Calculation of insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 0 per Assumption 7.1.10 8.6 Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU) 8.6.1   Loop Uncertainty for Time Delay 62-1 Setting (LUT)

Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Loop Uncertainty is defined as: LUT = +/- (m/n)[(ART)2 + (CLT)2]1/2 Where: m = The number of standard deviations required to encompass 95% of the area under the curve for a normal distribution either one or two sided. 1.645 corresponds to a one sided confidence while 2.00 corresponds to a two sided confidence. n = The number of standard deviations used in specifying the individual components of uncertainty

                           =    +/- (2.0/2) [(0.06)2 + (0.2)2]1/2
                           =    +/- 0.209 seconds While a one sided distribution may be used, a two sided is used in this calculation for added conservatism.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 24 OF 34 8.6.2 Loop Uncertainty for Time Delay 62-2 Setting (LUT) Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Loop Uncertainty is defined as: LUT = +/- (m/n)[(ART)2 + (CLT)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)

                  = +/- (2.0/2)[(1.033)2 + (0.51)2]1/2 +/- 1.763
                  = +/- 2.915 seconds Note:    The transformer uncertainty is not applicable to the time delay function of the relay.

8.6.3 Loop Uncertainty for Time Delay 62-5 Setting (LUT) Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Loop Uncertainty is defined as: LUT = +/- (m/n)[(ART)2 + (CLT)2]1/2

                  = +/- (2.0/2)[(0.06)2 + (0.3)2]1/2
                  = +/- 0.306 seconds 8.6.4  Loop Uncertainty for Time Delay 62-6 Setting (LUT)

Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Loop Uncertainty is defined as: LUT = +/- (m/n)[(ART)2 + (CLT)2]1/2

                  = +/- (2.0/2)[(0.089)2 + (0.3)2]1/2
                  = +/- 0.313 seconds 8.7 Calculation of Loop Drift (DL) 8.7.1  Transformer Temperature Drift Effects (TDT) 0 for the time delay function.

8.7.2 Relay Temperature Drift Effects (TDR) 0 for the time delay function. 8.7.3 Relay Drift (DRRV) 8.7.3.1 Relay 62-1 Drift for Time Delay Setting (DRRT) (Assumption 7.1.14). DRRT = +/-2.072% Setpoint

                            = +/-2.072% (3.0 sec.)
                            = +/-0.07 seconds (+/-0.062 conservatively rounded up to +/-0.07)

As there are no other components of drift to be considered for the relay time delay setting, Loop drift for the time delay setting (DRLT) = DRRT. 8.7.3.2 Relay 62-2 Drift for Time Delay Setting (DRRT) (Assumption 7.1.14). DRRT = +/-2.072% Setpoint

                            = +/-2.072% (50.50 sec.)
                            = +/-1.05 seconds

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 25 OF 34 As there are no other components of drift to be considered for the relay time delay setting, Loop drift for the time delay setting (DRLT) = DRRT. 8.7.3.3 Relay 62-5 Drift for Time Delay Setting (DRRT) (Assumption 7.1.14). DRRT = +/-2.072% Setpoint

                          = +/-2.072% (3.0 sec.)
                          = +/-0.07 seconds (+/-0.062 conservatively rounded up to +/-0.07)

As there are no other components of drift to be considered for the relay time delay setting, Loop drift for the time delay setting (DRLT) = DRRT. 8.7.3.4 Relay 62-6 Drift for Time Delay Setting (DRRT) (Assumption 7.1.14). DRRT = +/-2.072% Setpoint

                          = +/-2.072% (3.0 sec.)
                          = +/-0.07 seconds (+/-0.062 conservatively rounded up to +/-0.07)

As there are no other components of drift to be considered for the relay time delay setting, Loop drift for the time delay setting (DRLT) = DRRT. 8.8 Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) 8.8.1 Total Loop Uncertainty 1 Time Delay Setting (TLUT) Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Total Loop Uncertainty is defined as: TLUT = +/- (m/n) [(ART)2 + (CLT)2 + (DRLT)2]1/2

                  = +/- (2.0/2) [(0.06)2 + (0.2)2+ (0.07)2]1/2
                  = +/- 0.221 seconds (+/-0.2202 conservatively rounded up to +/-0.221) 8.8.2  Total Loop Uncertainty 2 Time Delay Setting (TLUT)

Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Total Loop Uncertainty is defined as: TLUT = +/- (m/n) [(ART)2 + (CLT)2 + (DRLT)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)

                  = +/- (2.0/2) [(1.033)2 + (0.51)2+ (1.05)2]1/2 +/- 1.879
                  = +/- 3.438 seconds 8.8.3  Total Loop Uncertainty 5 Time Delay Setting (TLUT)

Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Total Loop Uncertainty is defined as: TLUT = +/- (m/n) [(ART)2 + (CLT)2 + (DRLT)2]1/2

                  = +/- (2.0/2) [(0.06)2 + (0.3)2+ (0.07)2]1/2
                  = +/- 0.314 seconds 8.8.4  Total Loop Uncertainty 6 Time Delay Setting (TLUT)

Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Total Loop Uncertainty is defined as: TLUT = +/- (m/n) [(ART)2 + (CLT)2 + (DRLT)2]1/2

                  = +/- (2.0/2) [(0.089)2 + (0.3)2+ (0.07)2]1/2
                  = +/- 0.321 seconds

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 26 OF 34 Note: The transformer uncertainty is not applicable to the time delay function of the undervoltage relay. Summary of Calculation Data Time Delay Time Delay Terms Device 1 Device 2 Values Ref Values Ref Model ITE 62K N/A ITE 62L N/A 3.10.6 0.2 to 4.0 sec 3.10.7 3.10.8 Input Range 1 to 30 sec - 0 to 100 sec 3.10.8 3.10.9 3.10.9 Process Units Seconds - N/A Seconds N/A Voltage Input Range -20% to +10% - 3.9.1 -20% to +10% - 3.9.2 Input Range N/A - N/A N/A - N/A Process Units Seconds - 3.9.1 Seconds - 3.9.2 Reference Accuracy (RA) +/-1% of Setting. - 3.9.1 +/- 2% of Setting. 2 3.9.2 Greater of +/- 6% of Temperature Effect (TE) 2 3.9.1 +/- 4% of Setting 2 3.9.2 Setting or +/- 30ms. Seismic Effects (SE) N/A 2 7.1.4 N/A - 7.1.4 Radiation Effect (RE) N/A - 7.1.5 N/A - 7.1.5

                                            +/-0.07                   8.7.3.1 Timing Relay Drift (DR)                                        2                       +/-0.07         2
                                            +/-1.05                   8.7.3.2                             8.7.3.4 Temperature Drift Effect (TD)                 N/A              2     7.1.13             N/A          -   7.1.13 Radiation Drift Effect (RD)                   N/A              -      7.1.5             N/A          -    7.1.5
                                                                              +/ Greater of +/-2%
                                    +/ Greater of +/-1% of Power Supply Effect (PS)                                       -      3.9.1      of Setting or +/-   2    3.9.2 Setting or +/- 5ms.

5ms. Humidity Effects (HE) N/A 2 7.1.9 N/A - 7.1.9 Static Pressure Effect (SP) N/A - 7.1.8 N/A - 7.1.8 Process Measurement Effect N/A - 7.1.7 N/A - 7.1.7 (PM) Insulation Resistance Effect (IR) N/A - 7.1.10 N/A - 7.1.10 Zero Effect (ZE) N/A - 7.1.3 N/A - 7.1.3

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 27 OF 34 8.9 As-Left Tolerance Note: For the purposes of calculating ALT, the actual MTE value, MTE L is used. ALTRT - Time Delay Relay Calculation 8.9.1 Time Delay Relay 62-2 As Left Tolerance for Time Delay Setting (ALTRT) MTEL = +/- 4.15 x 10-3 seconds ALTRT = +/- SRSS (RART, MTEL)

                    = +/- SRSS (0.505, 0. 00415) seconds
                    = +/- 0.51 seconds 8.10 As-Found Tolerance (AFT)

AFTRT- Time Delay Relay Calculation For calculating AFTR, the actual MTE value is used: 8.10.1 Time Delay Relay 62-2 As Found Tolerance for Time Delay Setting (AFTRT) Since drift (DRRT) was determined using plant specific as-found/as-left calibration data: AFTRT = DRRT

                    =   +/-1.05 seconds 8.11 Loop Tolerances 8.11.1 Time Delay Relay 62-2 Loop Tolerance for Time Delay Setting ALTL - As-Left Loop Tolerance ALTL             =   +/- SRSS (ALTRT)
                            =   +/- SRSS (0.51) seconds
                            =   +/- 0.51 seconds AFTL - As-Found Loop Tolerance AFTL             =   +/-SRSS (AFTRT)
                            =   +/-SRSS (1.05) seconds
                            =   +/- 1.05 seconds

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 28 OF 34 Summary of Calibration Tolerances Time Delay Relay 62-2 As Left Tolerance (ALTRT) +/- 0.51 seconds Time Delay Relay 62-2 As Found Tolerance (AFTRT) +/- 1.05 seconds Time Delay Relay 62-2 As Left Loop Tolerance (ALTL) +/- 0.51 seconds Time Delay Relay 62-2 As Found Loop Tolerance (AFTL) +/- 1.05 seconds

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 29 OF 34 9.0 APPLICABLE MARK NUMBERS Model Relay Mark Numbers Div. I Div. II ITE 62K ENS-SWG1A-62-1 ENS-SWG1B-62-1 Sustained Undervoltage Short Time Delay ITE 62K ENS-SWG1A-62-2 ENS-SWG1B-62-2 Degraded Voltage Long Time Delay ITE 62K ENS-SWG1A-62-5 ENS-SWG1B-62-5 LOCA 3 second Time Retention ITE 62L ENS-SWG1A-62-6 ENS-SWG1B-62-6 Degraded Undervoltage Short Time Delay

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 30 OF 34 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE Sheet 1 of 1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE ANO-1 ANO-2 IP-2 IP-3 JAF PLP PNPS VY GGNS RBS W3 NP Revision No. Document No. G13.18.6.2-ENS*006 Page 1 of 4 002 Title: Loop Uncertainty Determination for Div I and II Under Voltage Time Delay Relays - ABB Model 62K and 62L Time Delay Relays Quality Related Augmented Quality Related DV Method: Design Review Alternate Calculation Qualification Testing VERIFICATION REQUIRED DISCIPLINE VERIFICATION COMPLETE AND COMMENTS RESOLVED (DV print, sign, and date) Electrical Robin Smith / See AS for signature & date Mechanical Instrument and Control Civil/Structural Nuclear Originator: Mary Coffaro / See AS for signature & date Print/Sign/Date After Comments Have Been Resolved

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 31 OF 34 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 1 of 3 IDENTIFICATION: DISCIPLINE: Document Title: Loop Uncertainty Determination for Div I and II Under Voltage Time Civil/Structural Delay Relays - ABB Model 62K and 62L Time Delay Relays Electrical Doc. No.: G13.18.6.2-ENS*006 Rev. 002 QA Cat. Robin Smith / See AS for signature & date I&C Verifier: Print Sign Date Mechanical Manager authorization Nuclear for supervisor Other performing Verification. N/A Print Sign Date METHOD OF VERIFICATION: Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Test The following basic questions are addressed as applicable, during the performance of any design verification. These questions are based on the requirements of ANSI N45.2.11 - 1974. NOTE The reviewer can use the Comments/Continuation sheet at the end for entering any comment/resolution along with the appropriate question number. Additional items with new question numbers can also be entered.

1. Design Inputs - Were the inputs correctly selected and incorporated into the design?

(Design inputs include design bases, plant operational conditions, performance requirements, regulatory requirements and commitments, codes, standards, field data, etc. All information used as design inputs should have been reviewed and approved by the responsible design organization, as applicable. All inputs need to be retrievable or excerpts of documents used should be attached. See site specific design input procedures for guidance in identifying inputs.) Yes No N/A

2. Assumptions - Are assumptions necessary to perform the design activity adequately described and reasonable?

Where necessary, are assumptions identified for subsequent re-verification when the detailed activities are completed? Are the latest applicable revisions of design documents utilized? Yes No N/A

3. Quality Assurance - Are the appropriate quality and quality assurance requirements specified?

Yes No N/A

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 32 OF 34 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 2 of 3

4. Codes, Standards and Regulatory Requirements - Are the applicable codes, standards and regulatory requirements, including issue and addenda properly identified and are their requirements for design met?

Yes No N/A

5. Construction and Operating Experience - Have applicable construction and operating experience been considered?

Yes No N/A

6. Interfaces - Have the design interface requirements been satisfied and documented?

Yes No N/A

7. Methods - Was an appropriate design or analytical (for calculations) method used?

Yes No N/A

8. Design Outputs - Is the output reasonable compared to the inputs?

Yes No N/A

9. Parts, Equipment and Processes - Are the specified parts, equipment, and processes suitable for the required application?

Yes No N/A

10. Materials Compatibility - Are the specified materials compatible with each other and the design environmental conditions to which the material will be exposed?

Yes No N/A

11. Maintenance requirements - Have adequate maintenance features and requirements been specified?

Yes No N/A

12. Accessibility for Maintenance - Are accessibility and other design provisions adequate for performance of needed maintenance and repair?

Yes No N/A

13. Accessibility for In-service Inspection - Has adequate accessibility been provided to perform the in-service inspection expected to be required during the plant life?

Yes No N/A

14. Radiation Exposure - Has the design properly considered radiation exposure to the public and plant personnel?

Yes No N/A

15. Acceptance Criteria - Are the acceptance criteria incorporated in the design documents sufficient to allow verification that design requirements have been satisfactorily accomplished?

Yes No N/A

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 33 OF 34 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 3 of 3

16. Test Requirements - Have adequate pre-operational and subsequent periodic test requirements been appropriately specified?

Yes No N/A

17. Handling, Storage, Cleaning and Shipping - Are adequate handling, storage, cleaning and shipping requirements specified?

Yes No N/A

18. Identification Requirements - Are adequate identification requirements specified?

Yes No N/A

19. Records and Documentation - Are requirements for record preparation, review, approval, retention, etc.,

adequately specified? Are all documents prepared in a clear legible manner suitable for microfilming and/or other documentation storage method? Have all impacted documents been identified for update as necessary? Yes No N/A

20. Software Quality Assurance- ENN sites: For a calculation that utilized software applications (e.g., GOTHIC, SYMCORD), was it properly verified and validated in accordance with EN- IT-104 or previous site SQA Program?

ENS sites: This is an EN-IT-104 task. However, per ENS-DC-126, for exempt software, was it verified in the calculation? Yes No N/A

21. Has adverse impact on peripheral components and systems, outside the boundary of the document being verified, been considered?

Yes No N/A

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*006, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 34 OF 34 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.7 DESIGN VERIFICATION COMMENT SHEET Sheet 1 of 1 Comments / Continuation Sheet Question Comments Resolution Initial/Date

    #

1 Comments provided by markup Comments addressed RS 10-11-12

ANO-1 ANO-2 GGNS IP-2 IP-3 PLP JAF PNPS RBS VY W3 NP-GGNS-3 NP-RBS-3 CALCULATION (1) (2) EC # 40339 Page 1 of 29 COVER PAGE (3) (4) Design Basis Calc. YES NO CALCULATION EC Markup (5) (6) Calculation No: G13.18.6.2-ENS*007 Revision: 002 (7) (8) Title: Loop Uncertainty Determination for DIV III Undervoltage Time Delays - Editorial Agastat ETR14 Time Delay Relay YES NO (9) (10) System(s): 302 Review Org (Department): NSBE3 (I&C Design) (11) (12) Safety Class: Component/Equipment/Structure Type/Number: Safety / Quality Related E22-S004-ACB4-62S3 E22-S004-ACB1-62S4 Augmented Quality Program Non-Safety Related E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 E22-S004-ACB1-62S6 (13) Document Type: F43.02 (14) Keywords (Description/Topical Codes): uncertainty, calculation, relay, time delay REVIEWS (15) (16) (17) Name/Signature/Date Name/Signature/Date Name/Signature/Date Mary Coffaro / See AS Robin Smith / See AS Paul Matzke / See AS Responsible Engineer Supervisor/Approval Design Verifier Reviewer Comments Attached Comments Attached

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 2 OF 29 CALCULATION REFERENCE CALCULATION NO: G.13.18.6.2-ENS*007 SHEET REVISION: 002 I. EC Markups Incorporated (N/A to NP calculations) None II. Relationships: Sht Rev Input Output Impact Tracking No. Doc Doc Y/N

1. EN-DC-126 -- 004 N
2. EN-IC-S-007-R 0 000 N
3. 7224.300-000-001B 0 300 N
4. 201.130-186 0 000 N
5. 215.150 0 006 N
6. A348-0116 0 000 N
7. 6221.418-000-001A 0 300 N
8. GE-DL828E537AA 0 018 N
9. 0221.418-000-008 0 300 N
10. EE-001M 0 009 N
11. A348-0111 0 000 N
12. GE-828E537AA 003 028 N
13. GE-828E537AA 007 030 N
14. GE-828E537AA 008 028 N
15. GE-828E537AA 011 030 N
16. STP-302-1604 -- 021 N
17. BE-230D 0 011 N
18. G13.18.6.3-014 0 000 N
19. EDP-AN-02 -- 301 N
20. STP-302-1605 -- 025 Y A/R00154234
21. G13.18.3.1-005 0 000 Y EC40339 III. CROSS

REFERENCES:

1. Indus Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB)
2. Technical Specifications section B3.3.8.1
3. USAR Figures 3.11-1 through 5
4. EQTAP

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 3 OF 29 IV. SOFTWARE USED: N/A Title: Version/Release: Disk/CD No. V. DISK/CDS INCLUDED: N/A Title: Version/Release Disk/CD No. VI. OTHER CHANGES: References that have been removed from this calculation: G13.18.3.1*002

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 4 OF 29 Revision Record of Revision Initial issue to support determination of degraded voltage relay setpoints by Electrical Engineering 0 1 Incorporated new drift value and extended calibration period to 30 months per EC 11753. EC40339: Revised to provide the Degraded Voltage Relay NO-LOCA time delay Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty for relays E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 and E22-S004-2 ACB1-62S6 based on the revised setpoint provided in calculation G13.18.3.1-005. Added ALT and AFT (sections 8.9 through 8.11) for relays E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 and E22-S004-ACB1-62S6 as required by License Amendment Request (LAR) 2011-05.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 5 OF 29 TABLE OF CONTENTS COVER SHEET CALCULATION REFERENCES RECORD OF REVISION SECTION PAGE 1.0 Purpose and Description ............................................................................................................... 6 2.0 Results/Conclusions ...................................................................................................................... 8 3.0 References ..................................................................................................................................... 9 4.0 Design Input ................................................................................................................................ 11 5.0 Nomenclature .............................................................................................................................. 13 6.0 Calculation Methodology............................................................................................................ 14 7.0 Assumptions................................................................................................................................ 15 8.0 Calculation .................................................................................................................................. 17 Attachments: 1 Design Verification Form and Comments .......................................................................... 5 pages

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 6 OF 29 1.0 Purpose and Description 1.1. Purpose The purpose of this calculation is to determine the uncertainty associated with the existing Division III, Safety-Related, 4.16 kV undervoltage time delay relays. Nominal trip Set point and Allowable values will be determined by the Electrical Engineering group in calculation G13.18.3.1*002 and G13.18.3.1-005. 1.2. Loop Descriptions The Division III 4.16 kV emergency bus has its own independent sustained Degraded Voltage instrumentation and associated trip logic. The Division III bus is monitored by two undervoltage relays whose outputs are arranged in a two-out-of-two logic configuration (Reference 3.10.3). The channels include electronic equipment (e.g., trip units) that compare measured input signals with pre-established setpoints. When the setpoint is exceeded, the channel output relay actuates, which starts the time delay relays to open the DIV III Normal Supply source breaker and illuminates a Main Control Room annunciator alarm. Two different time delays are applied depending on whether a LOCA signal is present at the time of the degraded voltage. The LOCA time delay is provided by the 27N relay. The Non-LOCA time delay is provided by the combination of the 27N relay and the ETR14 relays. 1.3. Design Bases/Design Bases Event Per Bases B 3.3.8.1, Reference 3.7.3, successful operation of the required safety functions of the Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS) is dependent upon the availability of adequate power sources for energizing the various components such as pump motors, motor operated valves, and the associated control components. The LOP instrumentation monitors the 4.16 kV emergency buses. Offsite power is the preferred source of power for the 4.16 kV emergency buses. If the monitors determine that insufficient power is available, the buses are disconnected from the offsite power sources and connected to the onsite diesel generator (DG) power sources. The Time Delay Allowable Values are long enough to provide time for the offsite power supply to recover to normal voltages, but short enough to ensure that power is available to the required equipment. 1.4. Degree of Accuracy/Limits of Applicability The results of this calculation are based on the statistical methods of at least 95% probability of occurrence for a one sided probability distribution in accordance with 7224.300-100-001B, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology, (Reference 3.3) and EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations, (Reference 3.2). One-sided probability is used since the time delay relay performs its safety function in the decreasing direction only. The results of this calculation are valid under the Assumptions stated in Section 7.0 of this calculation. The appropriate use of this calculation to support design or station activities, other than those specified in Section 1.1 of this calculation, is the responsibility of the user.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 7 OF 29 1.5. Applicability A data analysis has been performed in order to determine which, if any, redundant instrument loops are bounded by the results of this calculation. This calculation is applicable to the Loops associated with the devices stated in Section 2.1. The results of this calculation are bounding for the applicable instrument loops, based on such factors as instrument manufacturer and model number, instrument location/environmental parameters, actual installation and use of the instrument in process measurements.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 8 OF 29 2.0 Results/Conclusions 2.1. Results The Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty for the Agastat time delay relays were calculated in Section 8.0. These values and other associated values such as loop drift are presented in Table 2.1-1. Table 2.1-1 Model ETR14 Time Delay Relay M&TE Loop Maximum Loop Channel Total Loop Accuracy Loop Loop Uncertainty Drift Uncertainty Systems Requirements Setting Identification (LU) (DL) (TLU) (MTEL) Tol. (CTL) Seconds Seconds Seconds Seconds Seconds E22-S004-ACB4-62S3 203/302 +/- 0.316 +/- 0.112 +/- 0.322 +/- 1.55 x10-4 +/- 0.18 E22-S004-ACB1-62S4 E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 203/302 +/- 5.148 +/- 1.685 +/- 5.480 +/-2.33 x10-3 +/-1.35 E22-S004-ACB1-62S6 2.2. Conclusions The calculated Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty are presented in Table 2.1-1. These values apply to the relays and circuits listed in Section 2.1.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 9 OF 29 3.0 References 3.1. EN-DC-126, Engineering Calculation Process 3.2. EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations 3.3. 7224.300-000-001B, NEDC-31336P-A, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology 3.4. Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB) 3.5. 201.130-186, Peak Spreading of ARS Curves for the Control Building 3.6. Environmental Design Criteria, Spec 215.150, including USAR figures 3.11-1 through 5 as outlined in EDP-AN-02 section 6.3.1 3.7. RBS Operating License 3.7.1. Not used 3.7.2. Not used 3.7.3. Technical Specifications Bases Sections B3.3.8.1 3.8. RBS USAR None 3.9. Vendor Manuals/Documents 3.9.1. A348-0116, Amerace - Agastat Nuclear Qualified Control Relays 3.9.2. Not used 3.9.3. Not used 3.9.4. 6221.418-000-001A, High Pressure Core Spray System Power Supply Unit, NEDO10905 3.9.5. 0221.418-000-008, Purchase Specification Data Sheet 21A9300AU, High Pressure Core Spray System 3.9.6. A348-0111, Amerace Electronic Components Catalog - Agastat Electromechanical Relays 3.10. Electrical Schematics 3.10.1. EE-001M, 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus E22-S004 3.10.2. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 003, Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 10 OF 29 3.10.3. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 007, Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System 3.10.4. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 008, Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System 3.10.5. GE-828E537AA, Sheet 011, Elementary Diagram HPCS Power Supply System 3.11. Surveillance Test Procedures: 3.11.1. STP-302-1605, HPCS Degraded Voltage Channel Calibration and Logic System Functional Test 3.11.2. STP-302-1604, HPCS Loss of Voltage Channel Calibration and Logic System Functional Test 3.11.3. Not used 3.12. Logic Diagrams None 3.13. Standards None 3.14. Equipment Qualification Trending and Thermal Aging Program (EQTAP) 3.15. BE-230D, 4.16 Kv Bus E22*S004 Relay Settings 3.16. Calculations 3.16.1. G13.18.3.1-005, Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for E22-S004 3.16.2. Not Used 3.16.3. G13.18.6.3-014, Drift Study for Agastat ETR Series Time Delay Relays 3.17 GE-DL828E537AA, Elementary Diagram-Device List

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 11 OF 29 4.0 Design Input The following are the design inputs used to determine the uncertainty for the Division III Agastat time delay relays. 4.1. Loop Input 4.1.1. Loop Data: Form 1: Loop/Process Data Sheet Description Data Reference Loop Sensor(s) Auxiliary Relays 3.10.4 Location E22-S004 3.10.4 Output Contact closure 3.10.4 4.1.2. Special Considerations: 4.1.2.1 Calibration shall be performed using the following instruments:

  • Multi-Amp EPOCH-40 DC/Timer Test set.

4.2. Loop Instrumentation Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 Description Data Reference Component Number(s) E22-S004-ACB4-62S3 3.4 E22-S004-ACB1-62S4 3.10 E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 E22-S004-ACB1-62S6 Manufacturer Amerace/Agastat 3.17 Model ETR14 3.17 Location(s) CB.116/E33-S004 3.4 Service Description Relay 3.4 Quality Class Safety Related 3.4 Environmental Qualification N 3.4 Input Range 0-125 VDC 3.10 Output Contact Action 3.10 Calibration Interval Evaluated 30 Mo (24 Mo. + 25%). 3.2

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 12 OF 29 4.3. Loop Device Data Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 Agastat ETR14 Data References Description Time Delay Reference Accuracy (RAR) 10% of Setting (2) 3.9.1 5% of Setting (TR) (2) 3.9.6 Seismic Effects (SER) 0 7.1.4 Temperature Effects (TER) 3.9.6 5% of setting 3.14 (40oF - 122oF) 2 7.1.12 Insulation Resistance Effects (IRR) N/A 7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TDR) N/A 7.1.13 Drift (DRR) 3.725% Setpoint 3.16.3 2 Power Supply Effect (PSR) 5% of setting (includes TER) 3.9.6 2 3.14 4.4. Environmental Information Form 4: Environmental Conditions Data Sheet Zone: CB-116-2 Description Data Reference Location Building/Elevation CB-116 3.4 Room/Area Switchgear Room 3.4 Normal Temperature Range, oF 40 - 109 3.6 (68oF to 83oF act.) 3.14 Humidity Range, %RH 20-95 3.6 Radiation 40 Year Total Integrated 800 3.6 Dose, Rads Pressure Range Atmos 3.6 Accident (Loss of Offsite Power) Temperature Range, oF Same as Normal 3.6 Humidity Range, %RH Same as Normal 3.6 Radiation, Total Integrated Dose, Rads Same as Normal 3.6 Pressure Range Same as Normal 3.6 Seismic Accelerations, g <3 3.5

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 13 OF 29 5.0 Nomenclature The terms and abbreviations that are not defined in this section are defined in Reference 3.3, Reference 3.2 or within the text of this calculation.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 14 OF 29 6.0 Calculation Methodology This calculation is prepared in accordance with the EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty

   & Setpoint Calculations (Reference 3.2), EN-DC-126, Engineering Calculation Process (Reference 3.1) and 7224.300-000-001B, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology (Reference 3.3).

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 15 OF 29 7.0 Assumptions 7.1. Assumptions that do not require confirmation 7.1.1. Miscellaneous Allowance (ML) A miscellaneous allowance has not been applied to the uncertainty of the devices evaluated by this calculation. By assuming all vendor supplied data is a 2 value and with intermediate rounding of values in the conservative direction, sufficient conservatism has been introduced. 7.1.2. Vendor 2 Data For conservatism, all uncertainties given in vendor data specifications are assumed to be 2 unless otherwise specified. 7.1.3. Zero Effect (ZE) Not applicable 7.1.4. Seismic Effects (SE) Reference 3.9.1 states that the timing delays have been tested to 6 g ZPA without damage, malfunction or failure. Reference 3.5 defines the expected level of seismic activity for the 116 ft elevation of the control building as less than 3g. Therefore, seismic effects are assumed to be 0. 7.1.5. Radiation Effects (RE) & Radiation Drift Effect (RD) Radiation effects and radiation drift effects are not applicable to the relays evaluated by this calculation as they are located in a mild environment (Reference 3.6). 7.1.6. Power Supply Effects (PS) Per reference 3.9.6, Power Supply Effects for the model TR time delay function is assumed to be well under 5% of setting under all control voltage conditions. Therefore, for conservatism the power supply effects on the time delay function will be assumed to equal +/-5% of setting. 7.1.7. Process Measurement Uncertainty (PM) Not Applicable 7.1.8. Static Pressure Effects (SP) Not Applicable

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 16 OF 29 7.1.9. Humidity Effects (HE) The relays were specified by the HPCS manufacturer and are assumed to be designed to withstand the environmental effects in the mounting location. The HPCS Design Specification, Section 4.6.1 (reference 3.9.5) states that the design conditions for the switchgear and its sub-components are 20 to 90% relative Humidity. Per Reference 3.6, the humidity range for environmental zone CB-116-2 is 20 to 90% RH. Reference 3.6 also identifies that 1% of the days/calendar year (30 hours) the humidity could be 5 % higher. This is considered negligible. Therefore, it is assumed that Humidity effects are negligible. 7.1.10. Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) (IR) effects, which may result from degradation of circuit insulation, are not applicable to the devices and circuits addressed by this calculation. The timers evaluated are not low-current DC devices affected by current leakage due to insulation resistance degradation. 7.1.11. Voltage Drop Voltage drop due to long wiring lengths between source and load are assumed to be negligible as the timing relays evaluated by this calculation are located in the same switchgear compartment. The voltage effects are included in the temperature effects per Ref. 3.9.1 and 3.9.6. 7.1.12. Temperature Effects (TE) Per Reference 3.9.1, the temperature effect for the ETR relay is 10% of setting over a span of 40o - 156oF. Per Reference 3.9.6, the temperature effect for the TR relay is 5% of setting over a span of 32o - 122oF (the non-safety version of the same relay). Since the historical temperature in the area only varies 14oF the 5% value is assumed. The non-safety relay is built to the same specifications but substitute material may be used. This value will be used to determine relay temperature effect. The 5% tolerance is combined with voltage effects in Ref. 3.9.6 but will be conservatively used as an independent effect. 7.1.13. Temperature Drift Effects (TD) The drift analysis performed in Reference 3.16.3 is assumed to encompass all components of drift and drift effects except for temperature drift effects which are assumed to be included in the Reference Accuracy of the device. Temperature drift effects are not applicable to transformers. 7.1.14. Instrument Drift Deleted 7.2. Assumptions that require confirmation None

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 17 OF 29 8.0 Calculation This section includes the following subsections used in performance of this calculation: 8.1) Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.2) Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) and Determination of Appropriate Device Uncertainty to Use 8.3) Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties 8.4) Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL) 8.5) Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 8.6) Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU) 8.7) Calculation of Loop Drift (DL) 8.8) Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) 8.9) As-Left Tolerance 8.10) As-Found Tolerance 8.11) Loop Tolerances 8.1. Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.1.1. Calculation of Power Supply Effects on 62S3 and 62S4 Time delay setting (PSRT) (Reference 3.9.1, Assumption 7.1.6) PSRT1 = +/- 5% of Time Delay setting, Setting is 3.0 seconds from Ref. 3.15

                        = +/- (0.050*3.0) seconds
                        = +/- 0.15 seconds                                                   (2 value) 8.1.2. Calculation of Power Supply Effects on 62S5 and 62S6 Time delay setting (PSRT)

(Reference 3.9.1, Assumption 7.1.6) Reference Accuracy, Power Supply Effects and Temperature Effects as well as M&TE Reference Accuracy are specified as a percentage of time delay setting. The setting of relays 62S5 and 62S6 is specified in Reference 3.16.1 as 45.24 seconds. PSRT2 = +/- 5% of Time Delay setting,

                        = +/- (0.050
  • 45.24) seconds
                        = +/- 2.262 seconds                                                  (2 value) 8.1.3. Calculation of Temperature Effects on 62S3 and 62S4 Relay Time Delay Settings (TERT)

(Reference 3.9.1, Assumption 7.1.12) TERT1 = +/- 5% of Time Delay setting under Adverse Conditions

                        = +/- (0.05 x 3) seconds
                        = +/- 0.15 seconds                                                   (2 value)

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 18 OF 29 8.1.4. Calculation of Temperature Effects on 62S5 and 62S6 Relay Time Delay Settings (TERT) (Reference 3.9.1, Assumption 7.1.12) TERT2 = +/- 5% of Time Delay setting under Adverse Conditions

                    = +/- (0.05 x 45.24) seconds
                    = +/- 2.262 seconds                                                 (2 value) 8.2. Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) & Determination of Appropriate Device Uncertainty 8.2.1. Undervoltage Relay 62S3 and 62S4 Reference Accuracy for Time Delay Setting (RART)

RART1 = +/- 5% of Setting, Setting is 3.0 seconds per Ref. 3.15

                    = +/- 0.05
  • 3.0 seconds
                    = +/- 0.15 seconds                                                  (2 value) 8.2.2. Undervoltage Relay 62S5 and 62S6 Reference Accuracy for Time Delay Setting (RART)

RART2 = +/- 0.5% of Setting

                    = +/- 0.05
  • 45.24 seconds
                    = +/- 2.262 seconds                                                (2 Value) 8.3. Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties (Reference 3.2) 8.3.1. Device Uncertainty Relay 62S3 and 62S4 Time Delay Setting (ART)

(Sections 8.2.1, 8.1.3, 8.1.1) ART1 = +/- [(RART)2 + (PSRT)2 + (TERT)2]1/2

                    = +/- [(0.15)2 + (0.15)2 + (0.15)2]1/2 seconds
                    = +/- 0.2598 seconds                                                (2 value)

This is conservative because the impacts of RART, PSRT and TERT are all combined in the manufacturers specified RART. 8.3.2. Device Uncertainty Relay 62S5 and 62S6 Time Delay Setting (ART) (Sections 8.2.2, 8.1.2, 8.1.4) ART2 = +/- [(RART)2 + (PSRT)2 + (TERT)2]1/2

                    = +/- [(2.262)2 + (2.262)2 + (2.262)2]1/2 seconds
                    = +/- 3.918 seconds 8.4. Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL)

Per references 3.2 and 3.3, loop calibration effects are defined as: CL = +/- [(MTEL)2 + (CTL)2]1/2

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 19 OF 29 The CTL for 62S5 and 62S6 Time Delay Settings are set to the loop as left tolerance (ALTL) in section 8.11.1 as required by License Amendment Request (LAR) 2011-05. For the remaining loops the CTL is set to the procedural as-left band (PALB), reference 3.11.2. 8.4.1. Calculation of Loop Calibration Effects for the Time Delay Setting (CLT) CLT1 = +/- [(MTELT1)2 + (CTLT1)2]1/2

                    = +/- [(1.55 x 10-4)2 + (0.18)2]1/2 seconds
                    = +/- 0.18 seconds CLT2     = +/- [(MTELT2)2 + (CTLT2)2]1/2
                    = +/- [(2.33 x 10-3)2 + (1.35)2]1/2 seconds
                    = +/- 1.35 seconds 8.4.1.1 Measurement & Test Equipment (MTEL) effects are defined from Reference 3.2 as:

MTELV = +/- [(MTERAT)2 + (MTERIT)2 + (MTETET)2 + (MTECST)2]1/2 Where: MTERAT = The reference accuracy of the M&TE being utilized. Epoch 40 Aux. Timer and DC voltage/current unit has a timer accuracy of 0.005% or one digit on the min. 99.9999 range. Using 3.0 x 0.00005 = 1.5 x 10-4 seconds or using 45.24 x 0.00005 = 2.262 x 10-3 seconds. MTETET = Temperature effect on the M&TE being utilized. Zero is assumed since the Epoch 40 operating range is 0o to 50oC with no temperature coefficient given. (Reference 3.9.4). MTERIT = Assumed to be 0 as all M&TE used are digital with at least 2 digits of resolution. (Reference 3.2) MTECST = Assumed equal to 1/4 the Reference Accuracy of the test equipment being utilized = 0.005%/4 seconds (per Reference 3.2). MTEL1 = +/- [(MTERART1)2 + (MTERIRT1)2 + (MTETERT1)2 + (MTECSRT1)2]1/2

                             = +/- [(1.5 X 10-4)2 + (0)2 + (0)2 + (3.75 X 10-5)2]1/2
                             = +/- 1.55 X 10-4 seconds.                                 (2 Value)

MTEL2 = +/- [(MTERART2)2 + (MTERIRT2)2 + (MTETERT2)2 + (MTECSRT2)2]1/2

                             = +/- [(2.262x10-3)2 + (0)2 + (0)2 + (5.655 x 10-4)2]1/2
                             = +/- 2.33 x10-3 seconds.                                  (2 Value) 8.5. Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 0 per Assumption 7.1.10

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 20 OF 29 8.6. Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU) 8.6.1. Loop Uncertainty for Time Delay Setting (LUT) Per references 3.2 and 3.3, Loop Uncertainty is defined as: LUT1 = +/- (m/n)[(ART1)2 + (CLT1)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin) Where: m = The number of standard deviations required to encompass 95% of the area under the curve for a normal distribution either one or two sided. 1.645 corresponds to a one sided confidence while 2.00 corresponds to a two sided confidence. N = The number of standard deviations used in specifying the individual components of uncertainty. M (Margin) = Margin is added for additional conservatism.

                            =   +/- (1.645/2)[(0.2598)2 + (0.18)2]1/2 +/- 0.056
                            =   +/- 0.316 seconds 8.6.2. Loop Uncertainty for Time Delay Setting (LUT)

Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Loop Uncertainty is defined as: LUT2 = +/- (m/n)[(ART2)2 + (CLT2)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)

                    = +/- (1.645/2)[(3.918)2 + (1.35)2]1/2 +/- 1.740
                    = +/- 5.148 seconds 8.7. Calculation of Loop Drift (DL) 8.7.1. Transformer Temperature Drift Effects (TDT)

N/A for both the voltage and time delay function per Assumption 7.1.13 8.7.2. Relay Temperature Drift Effects (TDR) N/A for both the voltage and time delay function per assumption 7.1.13 8.7.3. Relay Drift (DRRV) 8.7.3.1 Relay Drift for Time Delay Setting (DRRT) (Assumption 7.1.14) DRRT1 = +/- 3.725% Setpoint

                      = +/- (0.03725 x 3) seconds
                      = +/- 0.112 seconds                                                 (2 Value)

As there are no other components of drift to be considered for the relay time delay setting, Loop drift for the time delay setting (DRLT) = DRRT 8.7.3.2 Relay Drift for Time Delay Setting (DRRT) (Assumption 7.1.14)

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 21 OF 29 DRRT2 = +/- 3.725% Setpoint

                     = +/- (0.03725 x 45.24) seconds
                     = +/- 1.685 seconds                                                 (2 Value)

As there are no other components of drift to be considered for the relay time delay setting, Loop drift for the time delay setting (DRLT) = DRRT 8.8. Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) 8.8.1. Total Loop Uncertainty - Time Delay Setting (TLUT) Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Total Loop Uncertainty is defined as: TLUT1 = +/- (m/n) [(ART1)2 + (CLT1)2 + (DRLT1)2]1/2 +/- M (margin)

                   = +/- (1.645/2)[[(0.2598)2 + (0.18)2 + (0.112)2]1/2 +/- 0.046
                   = +/- 0.322 seconds 8.8.2. Total Loop Uncertainty - Time Delay Setting (TLUT)

Per references 3.2 and 3.3 Total Loop Uncertainty is defined as: TLUT2 = +/- (m/n) [(ART2)2 + (CLT2)2 + (DRTL2)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)

                   = +/- (1.645/2)[[3.918)2 + (1.35)2 + (1.685)2]1/2 +/- 1.801
                   = +/- 5.480 seconds.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 22 OF 29 Summary of Calculation Data Time Delay Relay Device 1 Time Delay Normal Conditions Time Delay Adverse Conditions (TR data) (ETR data) Terms Values Ref Values Ref Input Range 62S3, 62S4 .55 to 15 .55 to 15 _ 3.9.6 _ 3.9.1 62S5, 62S6 4 to 120 4 to 120 Process Units Seconds - 3.9.6 Seconds - 3.9.1 Voltage Range 85-110%V 3.9.6 80% Min V. 3.9.1 Humidity 40-60% 3.9.6 10-95% 3.9.1 Temperature Range oF 70-104 - 3.9.6 40-145 - 3.9.1

                                                                         +/- 10% of Reference Accuracy (RA)             5% of Setting      2      3.9.6                        2    3.9.1 Setting 7.1.12 7.1.12 Temperature Effect (TE)            Included in RA      2               Included in RA      2    8.1.3 8.1.4 8.1.4 Seismic Effects (SE)               Included in RA      -      7.1.4    Included in RA      -    7.1.4 Radiation Effect (RE)              Included in RA      -      7.1.5    Included in RA      -    7.1.5
                                    +/- 0.112 sec.      2     7.1.14      +/- 0.112 sec.      2   7.1.14 Instrument Drift (DR)
                                    +/- 1.685 sec.      2      8.7.3      +/- 1.685 sec.      2    8.7.3 Temperature Drift Effect (TD)            N/A           -     7.1.13          N/A           -   7.1.13 Radiation Drift Effect (RD)              N/A           -      7.1.5          N/A           -    7.1.5 7.1.6                             7.1.6 Power Supply Effect (PS)           Included in RA      2               Included in RA      2 8.1.1                             8.1.2 Humidity Effects (HE)              Included in RA      -      7.1.9    Included in RA      -    7.1.9 Static Pressure Effect (SP)              N/A           -      7.1.8          N/A           -    7.1.8 Process Measurement Effect               N/A           -      7.1.7          N/A           -    7.1.7 (PM)

Insulation Resistance Effect (IR) N/A - 7.1.10 N/A - 7.1.10 Zero Effect (ZE) N/A - 7.1.3 N/A - 7.1.3

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 23 OF 29 8.9. As-Left Tolerance (ALT) Note: For the purposes of calculating ALT, the actual MTE value, MTE L is used. ALTRT - Time Delay Relay Calculation 8.9.1. Time Delay Relay 62S5/62S6 As Left Tolerance for Time Delay Setting (ALTRT2) MTEL2 = +/- 2.33 x 10-3 seconds ALTRT2 = +/- SRSS (RART2, MTEL2)

                              = +/- SRSS (2.262, 0.00233) seconds
                              = +/- 2.26 seconds Because ALTRT2 is greater than the AFTRT2 value calculated in section 8.10.1, ALTRT2 will be set to 80% of AFTRT2, therefore:

ALTRT2 = +/- 80%* AFTRT2

                              = +/- 0.80
  • 1.685 seconds
                              = +/- 1.35 seconds 8.10. As-Found Tolerance (AFT)

AFTRT- Time Delay Relay Calculation For calculating AFTRT, the actual MTE value is used: 8.10.1. Time Delay Relay 62S5/62S6 As Found Tolerance for Time Delay Setting (AFTRT2) Since drift (DRRT2) was determined using plant specific as-found/as-left calibration data: AFTRT2 = DRRT2

                          = +/-1.685 seconds 8.11. Loop Tolerances 8.11.1. Time Delay Relay 62S5/62S6 Loop Tolerance for Time Delay Setting ALTL2 - As-Left Loop Tolerance ALTL2       =     +/- SRSS (ALTRT2)
                                =     +/- SRSS (1.35) seconds
                                =     +/- 1.35 seconds AFTL2 - As-Found Loop Tolerance AFTL2       =     +/-SRSS (AFTRT2)
                                =     +/-SRSS (1.685) seconds
                                =     +/- 1.685 seconds

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 24 OF 29 Summary of Calibration Tolerances Time Delay Relay 62S5/62S6 As Left Tolerance (ALTRT2) +/- 1.35 seconds Time Delay Relay 62S5/62S6 As Found Tolerance (AFTRT2) +/- 1.685 seconds Time Delay Relay 62S5/62S6 As Left Loop Tolerance (ALTL2) +/- 1.35 seconds Time Delay Relay 62S5/62S6 As Found Loop Tolerance (AFTL2) +/- 1.685 seconds

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 25 OF 29 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE Sheet 1 of 1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE ANO-1 ANO-2 IP-2 IP-3 JAF PLP PNPS VY GGNS RBS W3 NP Revision No. Document No. G13.18.6.2-ENS*007 Page 1 of 4 002 Title: Loop Uncertainty Determination for DIV III Undervoltage Time Delays - Agastat ETR14 Time Delay Relay Quality Related Augmented Quality Related DV Method: Design Review Alternate Calculation Qualification Testing VERIFICATION REQUIRED DISCIPLINE VERIFICATION COMPLETE AND COMMENTS RESOLVED (DV print, sign, and date) Electrical Robin Smith/ See AS for signature & date Mechanical Instrument and Control Civil/Structural Nuclear Originator: Mary Coffaro / See AS for signature & date Print/Sign/Date After Comments Have Been Resolved

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 26 OF 29 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 1 of 3 IDENTIFICATION: DISCIPLINE: Document Title: Loop Uncertainty Determination for DIV III Undervoltage Time Delays - Civil/Structural Agastat ETR14 Time Delay Relay Electrical Doc. No.: G13.18.6.2-ENS*007 Rev. 002 QA Cat. I I&C Robin Smith / See AS for signature & date Mechanical Verifier: Print Sign Date Nuclear Manager authorization for Other supervisor performing Verification. N/A Print Sign Date METHOD OF VERIFICATION: Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Test The following basic questions are addressed as applicable, during the performance of any design verification. These questions are based on the requirements of ANSI N45.2.11 - 1974. NOTE The reviewer can use the Comments/Continuation sheet at the end for entering any comment/resolution along with the appropriate question number. Additional items with new question numbers can also be entered.

1. Design Inputs - Were the inputs correctly selected and incorporated into the design?

(Design inputs include design bases, plant operational conditions, performance requirements, regulatory requirements and commitments, codes, standards, field data, etc. All information used as design inputs should have been reviewed and approved by the responsible design organization, as applicable. All inputs need to be retrievable or excerpts of documents used should be attached. See site specific design input procedures for guidance in identifying inputs.) Yes No N/A

2. Assumptions - Are assumptions necessary to perform the design activity adequately described and reasonable?

Where necessary, are assumptions identified for subsequent re-verification when the detailed activities are completed? Are the latest applicable revisions of design documents utilized? Yes No N/A

3. Quality Assurance - Are the appropriate quality and quality assurance requirements specified?

Yes No N/A

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 27 OF 29 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 2 of 3

4. Codes, Standards and Regulatory Requirements - Are the applicable codes, standards and regulatory requirements, including issue and addenda properly identified and are their requirements for design met?

Yes No N/A

5. Construction and Operating Experience - Have applicable construction and operating experience been considered?

Yes No N/A

6. Interfaces - Have the design interface requirements been satisfied and documented?

Yes No N/A

7. Methods - Was an appropriate design or analytical (for calculations) method used?

Yes No N/A

8. Design Outputs - Is the output reasonable compared to the inputs?

Yes No N/A

9. Parts, Equipment and Processes - Are the specified parts, equipment, and processes suitable for the required application?

Yes No N/A

10. Materials Compatibility - Are the specified materials compatible with each other and the design environmental conditions to which the material will be exposed?

Yes No N/A

11. Maintenance requirements - Have adequate maintenance features and requirements been specified?

Yes No N/A

12. Accessibility for Maintenance - Are accessibility and other design provisions adequate for performance of needed maintenance and repair?

Yes No N/A

13. Accessibility for In-service Inspection - Has adequate accessibility been provided to perform the in-service inspection expected to be required during the plant life?

Yes No N/A

14. Radiation Exposure - Has the design properly considered radiation exposure to the public and plant personnel?

Yes No N/A

15. Acceptance Criteria - Are the acceptance criteria incorporated in the design documents sufficient to allow verification that design requirements have been satisfactorily accomplished?

Yes No N/A

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 28 OF 29 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 3 of 3

16. Test Requirements - Have adequate pre-operational and subsequent periodic test requirements been appropriately specified?

Yes No N/A

17. Handling, Storage, Cleaning and Shipping - Are adequate handling, storage, cleaning and shipping requirements specified?

Yes No N/A

18. Identification Requirements - Are adequate identification requirements specified?

Yes No N/A

19. Records and Documentation - Are requirements for record preparation, review, approval, retention, etc.,

adequately specified? Are all documents prepared in a clear legible manner suitable for microfilming and/or other documentation storage method? Have all impacted documents been identified for update as necessary? Yes No N/A

20. Software Quality Assurance- ENN sites: For a calculation that utilized software applications (e.g., GOTHIC, SYMCORD), was it properly verified and validated in accordance with EN- IT-104 or previous site SQA Program?

ENS sites: This is an EN-IT-104 task. However, per ENS-DC-126, for exempt software, was it verified in the calculation? Yes No N/A

21. Has adverse impact on peripheral components and systems, outside the boundary of the document being verified, been considered?

Yes No N/A

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, Rev. 002 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 29 OF 29 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.7 DESIGN VERIFICATION COMMENT SHEET Sheet 1 of 1 Comments / Continuation Sheet Question # Comments Resolution Initial/Date 1 Comments provided by markup Incorporated RS 10/13/12

ANO-1 ANO-2 GGNS IP-2 IP-3 PLP JAF PNPS RBS VY W3 NP-GGNS-3 NP-RBS-3 CALCULATION (1) (2) EC # 40339 Page 1 of 32 COVER PAGE (3) (4) Design Basis Calc. YES NO CALCULATION EC Markup (5) (6) Calculation No: G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Revision: 003 (7) (8) Title: Instrument Loop Uncertainty/Setpoint Determination for the ABB Model Editorial 27H Undervoltage Relay YES NO (9) (10) System(s): 302 Review Org (Department): NSBE3 (I&C Design) (11) (12) Safety Class: Component/Equipment/Structure Type/Number: Safety / Quality Related ENS-SWG1A-27-1A, 1B, 1C ENS-SWG1B-27-1A, 1B, 1C Augmented Quality Program Non-Safety Related ENS-SWG1A-PT-BUS ENS-SWG1B-PT-BUS (13) Document Type: F43.02 (14) Keywords (Description/Topical Codes): relay, uncertainty, undervoltage REVIEWS (15) (16) (17) Name/Signature/Date Name/Signature/Date Name/Signature/Date Mary Coffaro / See AS Robin Smith / See AS Paul Matzke / See AS Responsible Engineer Supervisor/Approval Design Verifier Reviewer Comments Attached Comments Attached

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002, Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 2 OF 32 CALCULATION REFERENCE CALCULATION NO: G.13.18.6.2-ENS*002 SHEET REVISION: 003 I. EC Markups Incorporated (N/A to NP calculations): None II. Relationships: Sht Rev Input Output Impact Tracking No. Doc Doc Y/N

1. EN-DC-126 -- 004 N
2. EN-IC-S-007-R 0 000 N
3. 7224.300-000-001B 0 300 N
4. 201.130-186 0 000 N
5. 215.150 0 006 N
6. B455-0139 0 000 N
7. 3242.521-102-001A 0 300 N
8. F137-0100 0 000 N
9. 0242.521-102-133 0 300 N
10. EE-001K 0 019 N
11. EE-001L 0 015 N
12. ESK-08ENS01 001 008 N
13. ESK-08EGS09 001 013 N
14. ESK-08EGS10 001 012 N
15. ESK-08EGS13 001 011 N
16. ESK-08EGS14 001 010 N
17. ESK-08EGS15 001 010 N
18. ESK-08EGS16 001 007 N
19. STP-302-1600 -- 020 Y A/R 00154225
20. STP-302-1601 -- 020 Y A/R 00154227
21. G13.18.6.3-006 0 000 N
22. LSK-24-09.05A 001 015 N
23. EDP-AN-02 -- 301 N
24. STP-302-0102 -- 017 N
25. G13.18.3.1-004 0 000 Y EC40339

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002, Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 3 OF 32 III. CROSS

REFERENCES:

1. Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB)
2. Technical Specifications Section B3.3.8.1
3. ANSI Standards C57.13 (1993)
4. Multi-Amp Instruction Book EPOCH-10
5. USAR Figures 3.11-1 through 5 IV. SOFTWARE USED:

N/A Title: Version/Release: Disk/CD No. V. DISK/CDS INCLUDED: N/A Title: Version/Release Disk/CD No. VI. OTHER CHANGES: References removed from the calculation: G13.18.3.1*001

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 4 of 32 Revision Record of Revision Initial issue to support determination of undervoltage rely setpoints by Electrical 000 Engineering. Deleted Degraded Voltage Relay setpoints. With relay change per ER-RB-2001-0360-00, the 001 degraded voltage relay setpoints are moved to G13.18.3.6.2-ENS-005 Rev. 0. Revised procedural as-left band. 002 Incorporated new drift value and extended calibration period to 30 months per EC 11753. EC 40339: Incorporated new setpoints as determined in calculation G13.18.3.1-004 into this 003 calculation and added computation of ALT and AFT.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 5 of 32 TABLE OF CONTENTS COVER SHEET CALCULATION REFERENCES RECORD OF REVISION SECTION PAGE 1.0 Purpose and Description 6 2.0 Results/Conclusions 8 3.0 References 9 4.0 Design Inputs 11 5.0 Nomenclature 15 6.0 Calculation Methodology 16 7.0 Assumptions 17 8.0 Calculation 20 9.0 Simplified Block Diagram 28 Attachments: 1 Design Verification Form and Comments .......................................................................... 5 pages

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 6 of 32 1.0 Purpose and Description 1.1. Purpose The purpose of this calculation is to determine the uncertainty associated with the existing Safety-Related 4.16 kV Loss of Voltage relays for Divisions I & II. Nominal trip Set points and Allowable values will be determined by the Electrical Engineering group in calculation G13.18.3.1-004. 1.2. Loop Descriptions Each 4.16 kV emergency bus has its own independent Loss of Power (LOP) instrumentation and associated trip logic. The voltage for the Division I and II buses is monitored at two levels, which can be considered as two different undervoltage functions; loss of voltage and sustained degraded voltage. Each 4.16 kV bus monitored by three undervoltage relays whose outputs are arranged in a two-out-of-three logic configuration (Reference 3.12). The channels include electronic equipment (e.g., trip units) that compares measured input signals with pre-established setpoints. When the setpoint is exceeded, the channel output relay actuates, which then outputs a LOP trip signal to the trip logic. 1.3. Design Bases Event Per Technical Specification Bases B 3.3.8.1 (Reference 3.7.3), successful operation of the required safety functions of the Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS) is dependent upon the availability of adequate power sources for energizing the various components such as pump motors, motor operated valves, and the associated control components. The LOP instrumentation monitors the 4.16 kV emergency buses. Offsite power is the preferred source of power for the 4.16 kV emergency buses. If the monitors determine that insufficient power is available, the buses are disconnected from the offsite power sources and connected to the onsite diesel generator (DG) power sources. 1.4. Degree of Accuracy/Limits of Applicability The results of this calculation are based on the statistical methods of at least 95% probability of occurrence for a one sided probability distribution in accordance with General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology, (Reference 3.3) and EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations (Reference 3.2). One sided probability is used since the Loss of Voltage relay performs its safety function in the decreasing direction only. The results of this calculation are valid under the Assumptions stated in Section 7.0 of this calculation. The appropriate use of this calculation to support design or station activities, other than those specified in Section 1.1 of this calculation, is the responsibility of the user.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 7 of 32 1.5. Applicability A data analysis has been performed in order to determine which, if any, redundant instrument loops are bounded by the results of this calculation. This calculation is applicable to the Loops associated with the primary elements stated in Section 9.0. The results of this calculation are bounding for the applicable instrument loops, based on such factors as instrument manufacturer and model number, instrument location/environmental parameters, actual installation and use of the instrument in process measurements.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 8 of 32 2.0 Results/Conclusions 2.1. Results The Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty for the Loss of Voltage relays were calculated in Section 8.0. These values and other associated values such as loop drift are presented in Table 2.1-1. Table 2.1-1 Loss of Voltage Relay Maximum Loop Total Loop M&TE Loop Channel Drift Loop Loop Uncertainty Uncertainty Accuracy System(s) (DL) Setting Tol. Identification (LU) (TLU) Requirements VAC (ALTL) VAC VAC VAC VAC See +/- 0.9067 +/- 1.07 302 +/- 0.392 +/- 0.161 +/- 0.21 Section 9.0 +/- 54.97* +/- 64.87*

  • Uncertainty indexed to the primary (bus) voltage of the potential transformers.

2.2. Conclusions The calculated Loop Uncertainty and Total Loop Uncertainty presented in Table 2.1-1 are bounding for the relays and circuits listed in Section 9.0.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 9 of 32 3.0 References 3.1 EN-DC-126, Engineering Calculation Process 3.2 EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty and Setpoint Calculations 3.3 7224.300-000-001B, NEDC-31336P-A, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology 3.4 Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB) 3.5 201.130-186, Peak Spreading of ARS Curves for the Control Building 3.6 Environmental Design Criteria, Spec 215.150, including USAR figures 3.11-1 through 5 as outlined in EDP-AN-02 section 6.3.1 3.7 RBS Operating License 3.7.1 Not used 3.7.2 Not used 3.7.3 Technical Specifications Bases Sections B3.3.8.1 3.7.4 Not used 3.8 RBS USAR None 3.9 Vendor Manuals 3.9.1 B455-0139, Single-Phase Voltage Relays 3.9.2 3242.521-102-001A, Instruction Manual-STNBY 4.16 kV Switchgear 3.9.3 F137-0100, Fluke Dual Display Multimeter Users Manual 3.9.4 Multi-Amp Instruction Book for the EPOCH-10, Microprocessor-Enhanced Protective Relay Test Set, (maintained by the Standards Laboratory) 3.9.5 0242.521-102-133, Bill of Material 1ENS-SWG1A & 1B 3.10 Electrical Schematics 3.10.1 EE-001K, 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A 3.10.2 EE-001L, 4160V One Line Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 10 of 32 3.10.3 ESK-08ENS01, AC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1A & 1B Protection & Metering 3.10.4 ESK-08EGS09, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A Under Voltage Protection 3.10.5 ESK-08EGS10, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B Under Voltage Protection 3.10.6 ESK-08EGS13, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A Under Voltage Protection 3.10.7 ESK-08EGS14, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B Under Voltage Protection 3.10.8 ESK-08EGS15, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1A Under Voltage Protection & Load Sequence 3.10.9 ESK-08EGS16, DC Elementary Diagram Standby Bus 1ENS*SWG1B Under Voltage Protection & Load Sequence 3.11 Surveillance Test Procedures: 3.11.1 Not used 3.11.2 Not used 3.11.3 Not used 3.11.4 Not used 3.11.5 STP-302-0102, Power Distribution System Operability Check 3.12 LSK-24-09.05A, Standby Diesel Generator Load Sequence, Logic Diagram 3.13 Standards 3.13.1 ANSI Standard C57.13, Requirements for Instrument Transformers 3.13.2 Not used 3.14 G13.18.6.3-006, ABB Model ITE-27H Relay Drift Analysis 3.15 G13.18.3.1-004, Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for ENS-SWG01A and ENS-SWG01B

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 11 of 32 4.0 Design Input The following are the design inputs used to determine uncertainty for the DIV I and II Loss of Voltage relays. 4.1 Loop Input 4.1.1 Loop Data: Form 1: Loop/Process Data Sheet Description Data Reference ENS-SWG1A-PT Loop Sensor(s) 3.10 ENS-SWG1B-PT ENS-SWG1A Location 3.4 ENS-SWG1B Output Range 0-120 VAC 3.10 Input Range 0-4200 VAC 3.10 4.1.2 Special Considerations: 4.1.2.1 Calibration shall be performed using the following instruments:

  • Multi-Amp EPOCH-10 relay tester set to Oscillator Mode (Reference 3.9.4)
  • Fluke Model 45 Digital Multimeter set to Medium Resolution (Reference 3.9.3) 4.1.2.2 A minimum of 1 hour warm up time at the calibration location shall be allowed for the Fluke Model 45 Multimeter.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 12 of 32 4.2 Loop Instrumentation Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 Description Data Reference Component Number(s) ENS-SWG1A-PT-BUS 3.4 ENS-SWG1B-PT-BUS Manufacturer Westinghouse 3.9.5 Model(s) VIY-60 3.9.5 Location(s) CB 98E1. /ENS-SWG1A 3.4 CB 98E1. /ENS-SWG1B Service Description Transformer 3.4 Instrument Range 0 - 4200 VAC 3.9.5 Output Range 0 - 120 VAC 3.9.5 Calibration Interval Evaluated N/A Note Device Setting Tolerance N/A Note Note: Potential transformers for instrument service cannot be calibrated or adjusted, therefore there is no device setting tolerance or calibration interval. Form 2: Instrument Data Sheet Calc. Device Number 2 Description Data Reference Component Number(s) See Section 9.0 3.4, 3.10 Manufacturer Asea Brown Boveri 3.9.5, 3.9.1 Model 27H 3.9.5, 3.9.1 Location(s) CB 98EL/ENS-SWG1A 3.4 CB 98EL/ENS-SWG1B Service Description Relay 3.9.1, 3.10 Input Range 0 - 120 VAC 3.9.2 Output Contact Action 3.10, 3.12 30 Mo. Calibration Interval Evaluated 3.2 (24 Mo. + 25%)

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 13 of 32 4.3 Loop Device Data Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Sheet Calc. Device Number 1 Westinghouse VIY-60 Description Data Reference 0.3% of setting 3.9.2 Reference Accuracy (RAT) 2 7.1.2 Seismic Effects (SET) N/A 7.1.4 Temperature Effects (TET) N/A 7.1.12 Insulation Resistance Effects (IRT) N/A 7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TDT) N/A 7.1.13 Drift (DRT) N/A 7.1.14 Form 3: Instrument Accuracy Sheet Calc. Device Number 2 Asea Brown Boveri 27H Description Data Reference 3.9.1

                                             +/-0.25% of setting Reference Accuracy (RAR)                                                   7.1.2 2

7.1.15 Seismic Effects (SER) 0 7.1.4 0.5 VAC/(68oF - 104oF) 7.1.12 Temperature Effects (TER) 2 7.1.2 Insulation Resistance Effects (IRR) N/A 7.1.10 Temperature Drift Effect (TDR) N/A 7.1.13

                                               +/-0.392 VAC                     3.14 Drift (DRR) 2                        7.1.2 3% of Setting                  3.9.1 Reset
                                                  +/-1.5%                       3.9.5

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 14 of 32 4.4 Environmental Information Form 4: Environmental Conditions Data Sheet Zone: CB-98-1 Description Data Reference Location Building/Elevation CB-98 3.4 Room/Area Switchgear Room 3.4 Normal Temperature Range, oF 40 - 104 3.6 Humidity Range, %RH 20 - 90 3.6 Radiation 40 Year Total Integrated 800 3.6 Dose, Rads Pressure Range Atmos 3.6 Accident (Loss of Offsite Power) Temperature Range, oF Same as Normal 3.6 Humidity Range, %RH Same as Normal 3.6 Radiation, Total Integrated Dose, Same as Normal 3.6 Rads Pressure Range Same as Normal 3.6 Seismic Accelerations, g <3 3.5

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 15 of 32 5.0 Nomenclature The terms and abbreviations that are not defined in this section are defined in Reference 3.3, Reference 3.2 or within the text of this calculation.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 16 of 32 6.0 Calculation Methodology This calculation is prepared in accordance with EN-IC-S-007-R, Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations (Reference 3.2), EN-DC-126, Engineering Calculation Process (Reference 3.1) and 7224.300-000-001B, General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology (Reference 3.3).

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 17 of 32 7.0 Assumptions 7.1 Assumptions that do not require confirmation 7.1.1 Miscellaneous Allowance (ML) A miscellaneous allowance has not been applied to uncertainty of the device evaluated by this calculation. By assuming all vendor supplied data is a 2 value and with intermediate rounding of values in the conservative direction, sufficient conservatism has been introduced. 7.1.2 Vendor 2 Data For conservatism, all uncertainties given in vendor data specifications are assumed to be 2 unless otherwise specified. 7.1.3 Zero Effect (ZE) Not applicable 7.1.4 Seismic Effects (SE) Reference 3.9.1 states that the undervoltage relays have been tested to 6 g ZPA without damage or malfunction. Reference 3.5 defines the expected level of seismic activity for the 98 ft elevation of the control building as less than 3g. Therefore, seismic effects are assumed to be 0. Seismic effects are not applicable to potential transformers. 7.1.5 Radiation Effects (RE) & Radiation Drift Effect (RD) Radiation effects and radiation drift effects are not applicable to the relays and transformers evaluated by this calculation, as they are located in a mild environment (Reference 3.6). 7.1.6 Power Supply Effects (PS) Per Reference 3.9.1, control voltage variations may affect the setpoint of the relay by as much as +/- 0.2 volt for a 10 VDC change in the control voltage. This yields a possible variation of +/- 0.02 VAC/VDC of control voltage variation. Per Reference 3.11.5, the allowable voltage range is 130 to 140 VDC. Therefore, 15 VDC will conservatively be used to calculate the PS effects for the undervoltage relays in this calculation. Power supply effects are not applicable to transformers. 7.1.7 Process Measurement Uncertainty (PM) Not Applicable

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 18 of 32 7.1.8 Static Pressure Effects (SP) Not Applicable 7.1.9 Humidity Effects (HE) The relays were specified by the switchgear manufacturer and are assumed to be designed to withstand the environmental effects in the mounting location without introduction of additional uncertainty. Per Reference 3.6, the humidity range for environmental zone CB-98 is 20 to 90% RH. Therefore, it is assumed that Humidity effects are negligible. Humidity effects are not applicable to potential transformers. 7.1.10 Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) (IR) effects, which may result in degradation of circuit insulation, are not applicable to the devices and circuits addressed by this calculation. 7.1.11 Voltage Drop Voltage drop due to long wiring lengths between source and load are assumed to be negligible as the potential transformers and the undervoltage relays evaluated by this calculation are located in the same switch gear compartment. 7.1.12 Temperature Effects (TE) Per Reference 3.9.1, the temperature effect is 0.5 VAC over a span of 68o - 104oF (20oC

      - 40oC). Reference 3.6 states that the normal temperature range for this area is 40o -

104oF and that 1% of the calendar year (30 hours) the temperature could be 5oF higher. The temperature change 1% of the calendar year is considered negligible. The 0.5 VAC value will be used to determine relay temperature effects. See section 8.1.3 Temperature effects are not applicable to transformers. Temperatures above the rated value would tend to produce total failure of the transformer, rather than an error in output. 7.1.13 Temperature Drift Effects (TD) The drift analysis performed in Reference 3.14 is assumed to encompass all components of drift and drift effects except for temperature drift effects which are assumed to be included in the Reference Accuracy of the device. Temperature drift effects are not applicable to transformers. 7.1.14 Instrument Drift (DR) The drift analysis can be found in Reference 3.14. Drift is not applicable to transformers.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 19 of 32 7.1.15 Relay Reference Accuracy (RAR) The accuracy rating for the ABB model 27 undervoltage relay is dependent on M&TE accuracy and calibration methodology when following the calibration instruction in Reference 3.9.1. Per Reference 3.9.3, the reference accuracy for a Fluke Model 45 digital multimeter is 0.2% of setting + 10 mV (conservatively approximated as 0.01% of setting). This yields an approximate accuracy of 0.21%. For conservatism, a value of 0.25% of setting will be used for this calculation. 7.2 Assumptions that require confirmation None

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 20 of 32 8.0 Calculation This section includes the following subsections used in performance of this calculation: 8.1) Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.2) Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) 8.3) Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties 8.4) Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL) 8.5) Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 8.6) Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU) 8.7) Calculation of Loop Drift (DL) 8.8) Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) 8.9) Calculation of Reset Differential 8.10) As Left Tolerance (ALT) 8.11) As Found Tolerance (AFT) 8.12) Loop Tolerances 8.1 Calculation of Miscellaneous Uncertainties 8.1.1 Calculation of Transformer Burden and Determination of Reference Accuracy Per References 3.9.2 and 3.13.1, the Reference Accuracy for instrument class potential transformers is +/- 0.3% W, X, and Y, and +/- 1.2% Z. This relates to the burden placed upon the transformer by its connected loads. A load less than 75 VA will yield an accuracy of +/- 0.3% where a load greater than 75 VA will produce a transformer accuracy of +/- 1.2%. The loads for the metering transformer are: 6 Undervoltage Relays @ 1.2 VA each = 7.2 1 Synchronizing relay transformer @ 3 VA = 3.0 1 Model 60 Voltage Balance Relay @ 0.7 VA each = 0.7 2 Model 32 voltage Balance Relays @ 0.3 VA each = 0.6 1 Volt Meter, GE 180 @ 3.0 VA burden each = 3.0 1 Volt Transducer @ 3.0 VA burden = 3.0 Control Relays/Meters not listed, Assumed Value = 10.0 27.5 Therefore Transformer Accuracy = 0.3% of setting

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 21 of 32 8.1.2 Calculation of Under Voltage Relay Power Supply Effects (PSR) PSR = +/- 0.2 VAC per 10 VDC control power variation

                  = +/- 0.02 VAC x 15 VDC
                  = +/- 0.3 VAC                                                           (2 Value)

Assumed control power voltage variation is 15 VDC per Assumption 7.1.6. 8.1.3 Calculation of Relay Temperature Effects (TER) Per Assumption 7.1.12 and Reference 3.9.1, the relay may experience a temperature effect of +/- 0.5 VAC over a temperature range of 68oF - 104oF. Assuming linearity, this yields an effect of 0.014 VAC/oF. The relays are housed inside the DIV I and II switchgear which are assumed to maintain an internal temperature of 104oF to prevent condensation. However, the relay is calibrated in the electrical or relay shop which is assumed to be maintained at 70oF. Therefore: TER = +/- (104oF - 70oF) x 0.014 VAC/oF

                  = +/- 0.476 VAC                                                         (2 Value) 8.2 Calculation of Individual Device Reference Accuracy (RA) 8.2.1   Transformer Reference Accuracy (RAT):

8.2.1.1 Transformer Reference Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (RATLV) Note: Relay setpoint is determined in Reference 3.15. RATLV = +/- 0.3% of Setpoint

                          = +/- 0.003
  • 51.23 VAC
                          = +/- 0.1537 VAC                                                (2 Value) 8.2.2   Undervoltage Relay Reference Accuracy (RAR):

8.2.2.1 Undervoltage Relay Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (RARLV) RARLV = +/- 0.25% of Setting

                          = +/- 0.0025
  • 51.23 VAC
                          = +/- 0.1281 VAC                                                (2 Value) 8.2.3   Calculation of Loop Reference Accuracy (RAL) 8.2.3.1    Loop Reference Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (RALLV)

RALLV = +/- [(RATLV)2 + (RARLV)2]1/2

                          = +/- [(0.1537)2 + (0.1281)2]1/2
                          = +/-0.2001 VAC                                                 (2 Value)

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 22 of 32 8.3 Calculation of Individual Device Uncertainties (Reference 3.2, Section 8.2 and Section 8.1) 8.3.1 Transformer Uncertainty (AT) 8.3.1.1 Transformer Uncertainty Loss of Voltage (ATLV) ATLV = +/- [(RATLV)2]1/2

                       = +/- 0.1537 VAC                                                       (2 Value) 8.3.2   Undervoltage Relay Device Uncertainty (AR) 8.3.2.1   Undervoltage Relay Device Uncertainty for Loss of Voltage (ARLV)

ARLV = +/- [(RARLV)2 + (PSR)2 + (TER)2]1/2

                       = +/- [(0.1281)2 + (0.3)2 + (0.476)2]1/2
                       = +/- 0.5771 VAC                                                       (2 Value) 8.4   Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy (CL)

CL = +/- [(MTEL)2 + (CTL)2]1/2 8.4.1 Calculating measuring and test equipment effects. (MTEL) Measurement & Test Equipment (MTEL) effects are defined from Reference 3.2 as: MTELV = [(MTERA)2 + (MTERI)2 + (MTETE)2 + (MTECS)2]1/2 Where: MTERA = Reference accuracy of the Fluke Model 45 Digital Multimeter (DMM) after a one hour stabilization period at the calibration location = 0.2% of setting + 10 mV. MTERALV = 0.113 VAC. MTETE = Effects of temperature changes on the Fluke Model 45 DMM between the calibration laboratory and the area where the M&TE is used. Assumed equal to the Reference Accuracy of the M&TE used. For the Loss of Voltage, setting MTETELV = 0.113 VAC. MTERI = Readability of the M&TE used, assumed to be 0 as all M&TE used are digital with at least 2 digital with at least 2 digits of resolution. (Reference 3.2) MTECS = The accuracy of the calibration standard used to calibrate the M&TE, assumed equal to 1/4 the Reference accuracy of the DMM. For the Loss of Voltage, setting MTECSLV = 0.029 VAC. 8.4.1.1 Calculation of loop M&TE Effects for Loss of Voltage (MTELLV) MTELLV = +/- [(MTERALV)2 + (MTERI)2 + (MTETELV)2 + (MTECSLV)2]1/2

                           = +/- [(0.113)2 + (0.0)2 + (0.113)2 + (0.029)2 +]1/2
                           = +/- 0.163 VAC                                                    (2 Value)

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 23 of 32 8.4.2 Calculation of Calibration Effects (CTL) Calibration Effects (CTL) are defined from Reference 3.2 as: CTL = Square Root Sum of the Squares (SRSS) of procedural inaccuracies such as procedural as left band and calibration procedural errors. 8.4.2.1 Calculation of Calibration Effects for Loss of Voltage (CTLLV) CTLLV = +/- 0.21 VAC (2 value) The ALTL value is 0.21 VAC from Section 8.12. 8.4.3 Calculation of Loop Calibration Accuracy for Loss of Voltage (CLLV) CLLV= +/- [(MTELLV)2 + (CTLLV)2]1/2

                 = +/- [(0.163)2 + (0.21)2]1/2
                 = 0.266 VAC                                                           (2 Value) 8.5   Calculation of Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) 0 per Assumption 7.1.10 8.6   Calculation of Loop Uncertainty (LU)

Reference 3.2 defines loop uncertainty as: LU = +/- (m/n)[(AT)2 + (AR)2 + (CL)2]1/2 Where: m = The number of standard deviations required to encompass 95% of the area under the curve for a normal distribution either one or two sided. 1.645 corresponds to a one sided confidence while 2.00 corresponds to a two sided confidence. n = The number of standard deviations used in specifying the individual components of uncertainty. 8.6.1 Loop Uncertainty for Loss of Voltage (LULV) LULV = +/- (m/n)[(ATLV)2 + (ARLV)2 + (CLLV)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)

                   = +/- (1.645/2)[( 0.1537)2 + (0.5771)2 + (0.266)2]1/2 +/- 0.3689
                   = +/- 0.9067 VAC When applied to the PT primary voltage (LUPLV)

LUPLV = +/- LULV x PT Ratio * (3)1/2 (Primary voltage/Secondary voltage)

                   = +/- 0.9067 x 35 x 1.73205
                   = +/- 54.97 VAC 8.7   Calculation of Loop Drift (DL) 8.7.1   Transformer Temperature Drift Effects (TDT) 0 per Assumption 7.1.13

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 24 of 32 8.7.2 Relay Temperature Drift Effects (TDR) 0 per assumption 7.1.13 8.7.3 Relay Drift (DRR): DRR = +/- 0.392 VAC per Reference 3.14 (2 Value) As there are no other components of drift to be considered, DL = DRR Indexed to the PT primary voltage

                = DRR x 35 x (3)1/2
                = +/- 0.392 VAC x 35 x (3)1/2
                = +/- 23.77 VAC 8.8   Calculation of Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU)

Reference 3.2 defines loop uncertainty as: TLU = +/- (m/n)[(AT)2 + (AR)2 + (CL)2 + (DL)2]1/2 8.8.1 Total Loop Uncertainty - Loss of Voltage (TLULV) TLULV = +/- (m/n)[(ATLV)2 + (ARLV)2 + (CLLV)2 + (DL)2]1/2 +/- M (Margin)

                   = +/- (1.645/2)[( 0.1537)2 + (0.5771)2 + (0. 266)2 + (0.392)2]1/2 +/- 0.4430
                   = +/- 1.07 VAC When applied to the PT primary voltage (TLUPLV)

TLUPLV = +/- TLULV x PT Ratio x (3)1/2 (Primary voltage/Secondary voltage)

                    = +/- 1.07 x 35 x 1.73205
                    = +/-64.87 VAC 8.9   Calculation of Reset Differential 8.9.1  Reset Differential for Loss of Voltage (RDLV)

(Reference 3.9.1 and 3.15) RDLV = + (3.0% of Setting) nominal

                   = + 0.03 x 51.23
                   = + 1.54 VAC nominal Indexed to the PT primary voltage
                = RDLV x 35 x (3)1/2
                = 93.36 VAC nominal RDLV     = + (3.0% + 1.5% of Setting) max
                   = + 0.045 x 51.23
                   = + 2.305 VAC max Indexed to the PT primary voltage
                   = RDLV x 35 x (3)1/2
                   = 139.73 VAC Max Calculated uncertainties (LU and TLU) are applicable to reset.

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 25 of 32 Summary of Calculation Transformer Undervoltage Relay Terms Device 1 Device 2 Values Ref. Values Ref. Input Range 0 - 4200 - 3.9.5 0 - 120 - 3.9.2 Process Units VAC - 3.9.5 VAC - 3.9.2 7.1.15 Reference Accuracy (RA) +/-0.3% of Setting 2 3.9.2 +/-0.25% of Setting 2 7.1.12 Temperature Effect (TE) 0 - 7.1.12 +/-0.476 2 8.1.3 Seismic Effects (SE) N/A - 7.1.4 0 - 7.1.4 Radiation Effect (RE) N/A - 7.1.5 N/A - 7.1.5 Instrument Drift (DR) N/A - 7.1.14 +/-0.392 2 3.14, 7.1.14 Temperature Drift (TD) N/A - 7.1.13 N/A - 7.1.13 Radiation Drift Effect N/A - 7.1.5 N/A - 7.1.5 (RD) Power Supply Effect (PS) N/A - 7.1.6 +/- 0.3 2 7.1.6, 8.1.2 Static Pressure Effects (SP) N/A - 7.1.8 N/A - 7.1.8 Humidity Effects (HE) N/A - 7.1.9 N/A - 7.1.9 Process Measurement N/A - 7.1.7 N/A - 7.1.7 Effect (PM) Insulation Resistance N/A - 7.1.10 N/A - 7.1.10 Effect (IR) Zero Effect (ZE) N/A - 7.1.3 N/A - 7.1.3

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 26 of 32 8.10 As-Left Tolerance (ALT) Note: For the purposes of calculating ALT, the actual MTE value, MTE LLV is used. ALTR - Relay Calculation MTELLV = 0.163 VAC Section 8.4.1.1 ALTR = +/- SRSS (RARLV, MTELLV)

                                =   +/- SRSS (0.1281, 0.163) VAC
                                =   +/- 0.21 VAC 8.11 As-Found Tolerance (AFT)

AFTR- Relay Calculation Since drift (DRR) was determined using plant specific as-found/as-left calibration data: AFTR = DRR

                                  =   +/-0.392 VAC 8.12 Loop Tolerances ALTL - As-Left Loop Tolerance ALTL            =   +/- SRSS (ALTR)
                                  =   +/- SRSS (0.21) VAC
                                  =   +/- 0.21 VAC AFTL - As-Found Loop Tolerance AFTL            =   +/-SRSS (AFTR)
                                  =   +/-SRSS (0.392) VAC
                                  =   +/- 0.392 VAC Summary of Calibration Tolerances Relay As-Left Tolerance (ALTR)                                                    +/- 0.21 VAC Relay As-Found Tolerance (AFTR)                                                   +/- 0.392 VAC As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALTL)                                                     +/- 0.21 VAC As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFTL)                                                    +/- 0.392 VAC

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 27 of 32 9.0 Simplified Block Diagram Potential Transformer Undervoltage Relay Westinghouse ABB Model 27H Model VIY-60 4200/120 VAC Relay Mark Numbers Div. I Div II ENS-SWG1A-27-1A SWG1B-27-1A Loss of Voltage ENS-SWG1A-27-1B SWG1B-27-1B Loss of Voltage ENS-SWG1A-27-1C SWG1B-27-1C Loss of Voltage Transformer Mark Number ENS-SWG1A-PT-BUS ENS-SWG1B-PT-BUS

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 28 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE Sheet 1 of 1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE ANO-1 ANO-2 IP-2 IP-3 JAF PLP PNPS VY GGNS RBS W3 NP Revision No. Document No. G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Page 1 of 4 003 Title: Instrument Loop Uncertainty/Setpoint Determination for the ABB Model 27H Undervoltage Relay Quality Related Augmented Quality Related DV Method: Design Review Alternate Calculation Qualification Testing VERIFICATION REQUIRED DISCIPLINE VERIFICATION COMPLETE AND COMMENTS RESOLVED (DV print, sign, and date) Electrical Robin Smith / See AS for signature & date Mechanical Instrument and Control Civil/Structural Nuclear Originator: Mary Coffaro / See AS for signature & date Print/Sign/Date After Comments Have Been Resolved

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 29 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 1 of 3 IDENTIFICATION: DISCIPLINE: Document Title: Instrument Loop Uncertainty/Setpoint Determination for the ABB Model Civil/Structural 27H Undervoltage Relay Electrical Doc. No.: G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 QA Cat. I&C Robin Smith / See AS for signature & date Verifier: Print Sign Date Mechanical Nuclear Manager authorization Other for supervisor performing Verification. N/A Print Sign Date METHOD OF VERIFICATION: Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Test The following basic questions are addressed as applicable, during the performance of any design verification. These questions are based on the requirements of ANSI N45.2.11 - 1974. NOTE The reviewer can use the Comments/Continuation sheet at the end for entering any comment/resolution along with the appropriate question number. Additional items with new question numbers can also be entered.

1. Design Inputs - Were the inputs correctly selected and incorporated into the design?

(Design inputs include design bases, plant operational conditions, performance requirements, regulatory requirements and commitments, codes, standards, field data, etc. All information used as design inputs should have been reviewed and approved by the responsible design organization, as applicable. All inputs need to be retrievable or excerpts of documents used should be attached. See site specific design input procedures for guidance in identifying inputs.) Yes No N/A

2. Assumptions - Are assumptions necessary to perform the design activity adequately described and reasonable? Where necessary, are assumptions identified for subsequent re-verification when the detailed activities are completed? Are the latest applicable revisions of design documents utilized?

Yes No N/A

3. Quality Assurance - Are the appropriate quality and quality assurance requirements specified?

Yes No N/A

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 30 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 2 of 3

4. Codes, Standards and Regulatory Requirements - Are the applicable codes, standards and regulatory requirements, including issue and addenda properly identified and are their requirements for design met?

Yes No N/A

5. Construction and Operating Experience - Have applicable construction and operating experience been considered?

Yes No N/A

6. Interfaces - Have the design interface requirements been satisfied and documented?

Yes No N/A

7. Methods - Was an appropriate design or analytical (for calculations) method used?

Yes No N/A

8. Design Outputs - Is the output reasonable compared to the inputs?

Yes No N/A

9. Parts, Equipment and Processes - Are the specified parts, equipment, and processes suitable for the required application?

Yes No N/A

10. Materials Compatibility - Are the specified materials compatible with each other and the design environmental conditions to which the material will be exposed?

Yes No N/A

11. Maintenance requirements - Have adequate maintenance features and requirements been specified?

Yes No N/A

12. Accessibility for Maintenance - Are accessibility and other design provisions adequate for performance of needed maintenance and repair?

Yes No N/A

13. Accessibility for In-service Inspection - Has adequate accessibility been provided to perform the in-service inspection expected to be required during the plant life?

Yes No N/A

14. Radiation Exposure - Has the design properly considered radiation exposure to the public and plant personnel?

Yes No N/A

15. Acceptance Criteria - Are the acceptance criteria incorporated in the design documents sufficient to allow verification that design requirements have been satisfactorily accomplished?

Yes No N/A

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 31 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 3 of 3

16. Test Requirements - Have adequate pre-operational and subsequent periodic test requirements been appropriately specified?

Yes No N/A

17. Handling, Storage, Cleaning and Shipping - Are adequate handling, storage, cleaning and shipping requirements specified?

Yes No N/A

18. Identification Requirements - Are adequate identification requirements specified?

Yes No N/A

19. Records and Documentation - Are requirements for record preparation, review, approval, retention, etc.,

adequately specified? Are all documents prepared in a clear legible manner suitable for microfilming and/or other documentation storage method? Have all impacted documents been identified for update as necessary? Yes No N/A

20. Software Quality Assurance- ENN sites: For a calculation that utilized software applications (e.g.,

GOTHIC, SYMCORD), was it properly verified and validated in accordance with EN- IT-104 or previous site SQA Program? ENS sites: This is an EN-IT-104 task. However, per ENS-DC-126, for exempt software, was it verified in the calculation? Yes No N/A

21. Has adverse impact on peripheral components and systems, outside the boundary of the document being verified, been considered?

Yes No N/A

SETPOINT CALCULATION CALC. NO. - REV. ADDENDUM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 Rev. 003 RIVER BEND STATION Page 32 of 32 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.7 DESIGN VERIFICATION COMMENT SHEET Sheet 1 of 1 Comments / Continuation Sheet Question Comments Resolution Initial/Date

   #

1 Comments provided by markup. Comments incorporated. RS 10-11-12

ANO-1 ANO-2 GGNS IP-2 IP-3 PLP JAF PNPS RBS VY W3 NP-GGNS-3 NP-RBS-3 (1) (2) CALCULATION EC # 40339 Page 1 of 21 COVER PAGE (3) Design Basis Calc. YES NO (4) CALCULATION EC Markup (5 ) (6) Calculation No: G13.18.3.1-005 Revision: 000 (7 ) (8) Title: Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for E22-S004 Editorial YES NO (9) (10) System(s): 302 Review Org (Department): NSBE3 (Electrical Design) (11) (12) Safety Class: Component/Equipment/Structure Type/Number: Safety / Quality Related Augmented Quality Program E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 E22-S004-ACB1-62S6 Non-Safety Related E22-S004-27N1 E22-S004-27N2 (13) Document Type: F43.02 (14) Keywords (Description/Topical Codes): degraded voltage relay, setpoint, GE setpoint methodology REVIEWS (15) (16) (17) Name/Signature/Date Name/Signature/Date Name/Signature/Date Mary Coffaro / See AS Robin Smith / See AS Paul Matzke / See AS Responsible Engineer Design Verifier Supervisor/Approval Reviewer Comments Attached Comments Attached

SETPOINT CALCULATION G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 2 OF 21 CALCULATION REFERENCE CALCULATION NO: G13.18.3.1-005 SHEET REVISION: 000 I. EC Markups Incorporated (N/A to NP calculations)

1. None II. Relationships: Sht Rev Input Output Impact Tracking No.

Doc Doc Y/N

1. STP-302-1604 -- 21 N
2. STP-302-1605 -- 25 N
3. G13.18.6.2-ENS*004 0 001 N EC-40339
4. G13.18.6.2-ENS*007 0 001 N EC-40339 III. CROSS

REFERENCES:

N/A IV. SOFTWARE USED: N/A Title: Version/Release: Disk/CD No. V. DISK/CDS INCLUDED: N/A Title: Version/Release Disk/CD No. VI. OTHER CHANGES: N/A

SETPOINT CALCULATION G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 3 OF 21 Revision Record of Revision Initial issue. 0 This EC-37097 engineering change markup has been issued to provide revised Technical EC 37097 Specification and TRM setpoint limits for the Degraded Voltage Relay NO-LOCA time delay and Loss of Voltage Relay dropout setpoints. Revision bars have not been included MARK-UP since the changes made by this EC markup are extensive such that revision bars would be of limited value. EC-40339 (markup) incorporates the as left loop tolerances calculated in calculations EC-40339 G13.18.6.2-ENS*004 and G13.18.6.2-ENS*007 into the EC-37097 markup and corrects the markup 62S6 relay equipment ID in Section 3.1. This markup affects pages 5, 7, 8, 9, 10 and 11 of the EC-37097 markup.

SETPOINT CALCULATION G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 4 OF 21 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 PURPOSE ......................................................................................................................................................................5

2.0 CONCLUSION

S ............................................................................................................................................................5 3.0 INPUT AND DESIGN CRITERIA ..............................................................................................................................5 4.0 ASSUMPTIONS ............................................................................................................................................................7 5.0 CALCULATION METHODOLOGY .........................................................................................................................7 6.0 CALCULATION ...........................................................................................................................................................8 ATTACHMENTS 1 DESIGN VERIFICATION ............................................................................................................ 5 PAGES

SETPOINT CALCULATION G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 5 OF 21 1.0 Purpose Calculation markup EC-37097 provided the Degraded Voltage Relay NO-LOCA time delay and Loss of Voltage Relay dropout voltage setpoints, and Technical Specification and TRM limits. The purpose of this calculation markup (EC-40339) is to incorporate the as left loop tolerances calculated in calculations G13.18.6.2-ENS*004 and G13.18.6.2-ENS*007 into calculation G13.18.3.1-005. This change is being implemented by incorporating the necessary changes into the EC-37097 markup. 2.0 Conclusions The following table shows the new revised Technical Specification limits. Specification Existing Values Revised Values T.S. 3.3.8.1-1 2a 2831 V and 3259 V 3019 V and 3325 V T.S. 3.3.8.1-1 2d 53.4 s and 66.6 s 44.7 s and 54.82 s TRM 3.3.8.1-1 2a 2892 V and 3198 V 3036 V and 3313 V TRM 3.3.8.1-1 2d 53.4 s and 66.6 s 45.04 s and 54.49 s 3.0 Input and Design Criteria 3.1. Div 3 Degraded Voltage Relays Relay: E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 E22-S004-ACB1-62S6 E22-S004-27/62-1 E22-S004-27/62-2 E22-S004-27N1 E22-S004-27N2 Relay Input Total Loop Max. Loop Setting Tol. Current Setpoint Loop Uncertainty (LU) Uncertainty (TLU) (CTL) E22-S004-ACB4-62S5

                             +/- 5.148 s                  +/- 5.480 s        +/- 1.35 s                  54.9 s E22-S004-ACB1-62S6 E22-S004-27/62-1
                             +/- 0.469 s                  +/- 0.47 s         +/- 0.4 s                   5.1 s E22-S004-27/62-2 E22-S004-27N1
                             +/- 2.37 V                   +/- 5.51 V         +/- 0.99 V                  87 V E22-S004-27N2 G13.18.6.2-ENS*007 G13.18.6.2-ENS*007         G13.18.6.2-ENS*007 Reference Document       G13.18.6.2-ENS*003 G13.18.6.2-ENS*003         G13.18.6.2-ENS*003         BE-230D G13.18.6.2-ENS*004 G13.18.6.2-ENS*004         G13.18.6.2-ENS*004

SETPOINT CALCULATION G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 6 OF 21 3.2. Analytical Limits For the combination of timing functions of E22-S004-27/62-1 & E22-S004-27/62-2 and E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 & E22-S004-ACB1-62S6, Analytical Limit = 60 s (Ref: G13.18.3.6*016) For E22-S004-27N1 and E22-S004-27N2 Analytical Limit = 2935 VAC (Ref: G13.18.3.6*016) Maximum dropout for the Loss of Voltage Relays = 3351 VAC. 3.3. Bus to Relay Voltage Conversion The Division 3 Degraded Voltage bus (4160 kV) to relay input voltage conversion factor is (35) (Ref: G13.18.6.2-ENS*004 and G13.18.6.2-ENS*007). 3.4.Output Documents (Any Changes to the data, analyses, or conclusions of calculation G13.18.3.1-005 may impact the following RBS documents) 3.4.1. RBS Technical Specification and Technical Requirements Manual 3.4.1.1 TS 3.3.8.1, Loss of Power (LOP) Instrumentation. 3.4.1.2 TR 3.3.8.1, Loss of Power (LOP) Instrumentation. 3.4.2. Procedures 3.4.2.1 STP-302-1605, HPCS DEGRADED VOLTAGE CHANNEL CALIBRATION AND LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST. 3.4.2.2 STP-302-1604, HPCS LOSS OF VOLTAGE CHANNEL CALIBRATION AND LOGICSYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST. 3.5. Operating Experience CR-RBS-2011-04838: CR-RBS-2011-04838 documented non-conservative Technical Specification for Degraded Voltage Relay NO-LOCA time delay and Loss of Voltage Relay dropout setpoints. The condition report documented that the existing limits do not protect the RBS motors against sustained degraded voltage conditions for a long period of time. Disposition: This engineering change markup has been issued to provide revised Technical Specification and TRM setpoint limits for the Degraded Voltage Relay NO-LOCA time delay and Loss of Voltage Relay dropout setpoints. The new setpoint limits provided within this markup will ensure that the RBS motors are protected against sustained undervoltage and degraded voltage conditions.

SETPOINT CALCULATION G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 7 OF 21 4.0 Assumptions 4.1. The Limiting Operating Transient Variation (XT) is assumed to be equal to the minimum voltage observed on the associated bus during a LOCA transient at the Lower Analytical Limit for the Degraded Voltage Relays (See calculation G13.18.3.6*016). Thus, the setpoint should be such that the Loss of Voltage relays do not dropout during a degraded grid LOCA transient. The Limiting Operating Transient Variation (XT) is given by the following equations (Ref: EN-IC-S-007-R): The minimum voltage during a transient is observed for Division 3 bus. This voltage is 3351 VAC (Section 3.2). Therefore, XT = 3351 /(35) = 95.75 VAC (Ref: Section 3.3 for bus to relay voltage conversion). 4.2. The LU, TLU and reset differential, derived in calculation G13.18.6.2-ENS*004 and G13.18.6.2-ENS*007 are calculated using instrument uncertainties that are based on % setting (% setpoint). 5.0 Calculation Methodology The methodology used in this calculation is in accordance with Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations (Ref: EN-IC-S-007-R) and General Electric Instrument Setpoint Methodology (Ref: 7224.300-000-001B). The Allowable Values (AV) and Nominal Trip Setpoints (NTSP2) for the setpoints considered in this calculation have both upper and lower limits. The Lower Limit (AV MIN) is calculated for the Degraded Voltage Relay NO-LOCA time delay by subtracting the difference between the AV MAX and the NTSP2 from the NTSP2. Then an additional margin of 2.5% is applied to give the final value of AV MIN. The Upper Limit (AV MAX) is calculated for the Loss of Voltage Relay Dropout by adding the difference between the NTSP2 and AV MIN to the NTSP2. An additional margin of 2.5% is applied to give the final value of AV MAX. Spurious trip avoidance analysis will ensure, with a greater than 95% certainty, that these relays will not experience a spurious trip under postulated transient conditions. The upper AV for the Degraded Voltage Relay NO-LOCA time delay (AV MAX) must be below the upper Analytical Limit (AL) minus the absolute value of the positive Loop Uncertainty (LU). The lower AV for the Loss of Voltage Relay Dropout (AV MIN) must be above the lower AL plus the absolute value of the negative LU. Upper AV Upper AL - +LU Lower AV Lower AL + -LU

SETPOINT CALCULATION G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 8 OF 21 The NTSP2 for the Degraded Voltage Relay NO-LOCA time delay must be below the upper AL minus the absolute value of the positive Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU). The NTSP2 for the Loss of Voltage Relay Dropout must be above the lower AL plus the absolute value of the negative TLU. Time Delay Relay NTSP2 Upper AL - +TLU Loss of Voltage Relay NTSP2 Lower AL + -TLU The Loop Uncertainties and Total Loop Uncertainties used as input to this calculation are developed in the Loop Uncertainty Determination calculations (Ref: G13.18.6.2-ENS*004 and G13.18.6.2-ENS*007) using the methodologies provided in EN-IC-S-007-R and 7224.300-000-001B. The Maximum Loop Setting Tolerance (CTLV) provides the tolerance for the desired setpoint of the relay. This tolerance is irrespective of the setpoint chosen and is, therefore, the same for the dropout and the reset values. The minimum and maximum setting values for the TRM setpoint is calculated as follows: Desired Max. = TRM Trip Value + CTLV Desired Min. = TRM Trip Value - CTLV 6.0 Calculation 6.1. Degraded Voltage Relay No-LOCA time delay relay The setpoint for the relays is calculated iteratively as the LU and TLU are proportional to the setpoint. The final TRM setpoint calculated iteratively is 50.49 s. This value includes both the time delay associated with relays 62S5 & 62S6 and relays 27/62-1 & 27/62-2. The time delays associated with each of these two sets of relays add to comprise the 50.49 s TRM setpoint (Ref. EE-001M, Rev. 009). The following analysis provides the calculated STP setting limits, Allowable Values and Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP2) for relays 62S5 & 62S6. The STP setting limits, Allowable Values and Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP2) for relays 27/62-1 & 27/62-2 are established in calculation G13.18.3.1*002. A margin of 4.15 s is used in this calculation for LER Avoidance. The STP setting limits, Allowable Values and Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP) of relays 27/62-1 & 27/62-2 are specified in calculation G13.18.3.1*002 and STP-302-1605 as: NTSP Tech Spec TRM STP STP TRM Tech Spec Allowable Allowable Minimum Maximum Allowable Allowable Minimum Minimum Maximum Maximum (sec) (sec) (sec) (sec) (sec) (sec) (sec) 5.10 4.50 4.63 4.70 5.50 5.57 5.70

SETPOINT CALCULATION G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 9 OF 21 Loop Uncertainty (LU) and Total Loop Uncertainty (TLU) will first be calculated for the total time delay (including both sets of relays) for use in establishing the TRM setpoint and the Allowable Values to be specified in Table 3.3.8.1-1, Function 2d of the RBS TRM and Table 3.3.8.1-1, Function 2d of the RBS Tech Specs. LU, for this analysis, is established by combining the LU from calculations G13.18.6.2-ENS*003 for relays 27/62-1 & 27/62-2 and G13.18.6.2-ENS*007 for relays 62S5 & 62S6 using a square root sum of squares (SRSS) methodology. LU = +/- [(LU62S5/62S6 - Margin)2 + (LU27/62-1 & 27/62-2)2]1/2 +/- Margin

   = +/- [(5.148 - 1.740)2 + (0.469)2] 1/2 +/- 1.740 s LU = +/- 5.18 s TLU values for both sets of relays are similarly combined.

TLU = +/- [(TLU62S5/62S6 - Margin)2 + (TLU27/62-1 & 27/62-2)2]1/2 +/- Margin

     = +/- [(5.480 - 1.801)2 + (0.470)2] 1/2 +/- 1.801 s TLU = +/- 5.51 s AV MAX  Upper AL - +LU = 60 - 5.18 = 54.82 s AV MIN  (NTSP - (AV MAX - NTSP)) x 0.975 = (50.34 - (54.82 - 50.34)) x 0.975 = 44.7 s (rounded down)

NTSP (TRM) Upper AL - +TLU - LER Avoidance Margin = 60 - 5.51 - 4.15 = 50.34 s TRM MAX Upper AL - +TLU = 60 - 5.51 = 54.49 s TRM MIN (NTSP - (TRM MAX - NTSP)) x 0.975 = (50.34 - (54.49 - 50.34)) x 0.975 = 45.04 s (rounded down) The STP setting limits, Allowable Values and Nominal Trip Setpoint for relays 62S5 & 62S6 are calculated as follows: AV MAX62S5/62S6 AV MAX - AV MAX27/62-1 & 27/62-2 AV MAX62S5/62S6 = 54.82 s - 5.70 s

                  = 49.12 s AV MIN62S5/62S6  AV MIN - AV MIN27/62-1 & 27/62-2

SETPOINT CALCULATION G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 10 OF 21 AV MIN62S5/62S6 = 44.7 s - 4.5 s

                        = 40.2 s TRM MAX62S5/62S6  TRM MAX - TRM MAX27/62-1 & 27/62-2 TRM MAX62S5/62S6 = 54.49 s - 5.57 s
                         = 48.92 s TRM MIN62S5/62S6  TRM MIN - TRM MIN27/62-1 & 27/62-2 TRM MIN62S5/62S6 = 45.04 s - 4.63 s
      = 40.41 s NTSP62S5/62S6 = NTSP - NTSP27/62-1 & 27/62-2
                    = 50.34 s - 5.10 s
                    = 45.24 s STP MIN = NTSP2 - lCTLl = 45.24 - 1.35 = 43.89 s STP MAX = NTSP2 + lCTLl = 45.24 + 1.35 = 46.59 s To summarize, the STP setting limits, Allowable Values and Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP) of relays 62S5 & 62S6 are:

NTSP Tech Spec TRM STP STP TRM Tech Spec Allowable Allowable Minimum Maximum Allowable Allowable Minimum Minimum Maximum Maximum (sec) (sec) (sec) (sec) (sec) (sec) (sec) 45.24 40.2 40.41 43.89 46.59 48.92 49.12 6.2. Loss of Voltage Relay The setpoint for the relays is calculated iteratively as the LU and TLU are proportional to the setpoint. The final Nominal setpoint (NTSP2) calculated iteratively is 90.24 VAC. The following calculations provide the calculated STP setting limits, Allowable Value and Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP2). A margin of 0.865 V is used for LER Avoidance. For LU, Calculation LU = 2.37 VAC

SETPOINT CALCULATION G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 11 OF 21 TLU = 5.51 VAC AV MIN Lower AL + +LU = 2935 / (35) + 2.37 = 83.86 + 2.37 = 86.23 VAC (rounded up) AV MAX (NTSP2 + (NTSP2 - AV MIN)) x 1.03 = (90.24 + (90.24 - 86.23)) x 1.03 = 97.08 VAC 97.08 VAC x 35 = 3397.8 VAC Since AV MAX is calculated to be 3397.8 VAC, which is not within the Limiting Operating Transient Variation (assumption 8.1) for the Loss of Voltage Relays (3351 VAC), AV MAX will be chosen to be 3325 VAC (3325 VAC x 35 = 95.00 VAC) to provide adequate margin to the Limiting Operating Transient Variation for the Loss of Voltage Relays. TRM MIN Lower AL + +LU + Margin = 83.86 + 2.37 + 0.5 = 86.73 VAC 86.73 VAC x 35 = 3036 VAC TRM MAX (NTSP2 + (NTSP2 - TRM MIN)) x 1.01 = (90.24 + (90.24 - 86.73)) x 1.01

                                                         = 94.68 VAC 94.68 VAC x 35 = 3313 VAC (3313.8 VAC rounded down to 3313 VAC for conservatism)

NTSP2 (TRM) Lower AL + +TLU + LER Avoidance Margin = 83.86 + 5.51 + 0.865 = 90.24 VAC (Rounded Up) STP MIN = NTSP2 - lCTLl = 90.24 - 0.99 = 89.25 VAC STP MAX = NTSP2 + lCTLl = 90.24 + 0.99 = 91.23 VAC To summarize, the STP setting limits, Allowable Values and Nominal Trip Setpoint (NTSP) of loss of voltage relays 27N1 & 27N2 are: NTSP Tech Spec TRM STP STP TRM Tech Spec Allowable Allowable Minimum Maximum Allowable Allowable Minimum Minimum Maximum Maximum (VAC) (VAC) (VAC) (VAC) (VAC) (VAC) (VAC) 90.24 86.23 86.73 89.25 91.23 94.68 95.00 STP as-left pick up (reset) values are determined as follows: Reset differential is equal to 10% of relay setting (Ref. G13.18.6.2-ENS*004, Rev. 1). Reset differential (deadband) = NTSP2 x 10%

SETPOINT CALCULATION G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 12 OF 21

                             = 90.24 VAC x 0.10
                             = 9.02 VAC Minimum as left reset = STP MIN trip value + deadband
                      = 87.63 VAC + 9.02 VAC
                      = 96.65 VAC Maximum as left reset = STP MAX trip value + deadband
                      = 92.85 VAC + 9.02 VAC
                      = 101.87 VAC

SETPOINT CALCULATION G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 13 OF 21 6.3. Margin Checks: 6.3.1. Spurious Trip Avoidance Test The Spurious Trip Analysis is performed to demonstrate the acceptability of the calculated Nominal Trip Setpoint. The Nominal Trip Setpoint should provide at least 95% probability that a spurious trip will not occur. The value calculated for Z should be = 1.645 to achieve the 95% criteria. Spurious Trip Equation (Ref: EN-IC-S-007-R): NTSP2 X T ZT = ( M )2 + ( )2 I Where: NTSP2 = Calculated Nominal Trip Setpoint, Upper XT = Limiting operating transient M = standard deviation for the operating transient (equal to zero when the limiting operating transient is based on documented operating conditions).

                            =0 I            = standard deviation of the NTSP2 1
                            =   ( AN ) 2 + (C L ) 2 + ( DL ) 2 + ( PM ) 2 + ( PE ) 2 n

The Total Loop Uncertainty is defined in EN-IC-S-007-R as: m TLU = +/- ( AL ) + (C L ) + ( DL ) + ( PM ) + ( PE ) 2 2 2 2 2 n AL = Total loop random uncertainty (provided in G13.18.2.3-ENS*004 and G13.18.2.3-ENS*007 EC-27437) AN = The loop random uncertainty for normal conditions (i.e. AL determined for normal environmental conditions) AL AN Since a higher value of I reduces the spurious trip avoidance probability, it is conservative to assume that AN = AL for the equation for standard deviation.

SETPOINT CALCULATION G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 14 OF 21

        +/- TLU   1 I    =           =   ( AL ) + (C L ) + ( DL ) + ( PM ) + ( PE )

2 2 2 2 2 m n Since, TLU as provided in G13.18.6.2-ENS*004 and G13.18.6.2-ENS*007, contains the m same random component, ( AL ) + (C L ) + ( DL ) + ( PM ) + ( PE ) for both positive 2 2 2 2 2 n and negative direction, I = +TLU / m m = 1.645 (for Loss of Voltage relay)

     = 2 (for Degraded Voltage Relay No-LOCA time delay)

I = 5.51 / 1.645 V

     = 3.35 V (for Loss of Voltage Relay)
     = 5.51 / 1.645 s (for Degraded Voltage Relay No-LOCA time delay; used in Section 6.3.2.1)
     = 3.35 s (for Degraded Voltage Relay No-LOCA time delay) 6.3.1.1    Degraded Voltage Relay No-LOCA time delay relay Spurious trip avoidance test for the time delay is bounded by the spurious trip avoidance for the Loss of Voltage relay dropout setpoint. The purpose the Loss of voltage relays is to ensure that the RBS safety related motors will not experience less than 70% terminal voltage.

The time delay ensures that, if such a condition occurs, the degraded voltage relay trips in less than 60 seconds. This condition is based on the analysis provided in calculation G13.18.3.6*016. There are no other conditions that are dependent upon the Time Delay function of the relay. However, a spurious trip avoidance test for the Loss of Voltage relays is required to ensure that the relays do not dropout during worst case LOCA transient conditions. 6.3.1.2 Loss of Voltage relay The Spurious Trip Analysis is performed to demonstrate the acceptability of the calculated Nominal Trip Setpoint. The Nominal Trip Setpoint should provide at least 95% probability that a spurious trip will not occur. The value calculated for Z should be = 1.645 to achieve the 95% criteria. NTSP2 = Calculated Nominal Trip Setpoint

              = 90.24 V (Per Section 6.2)

SETPOINT CALCULATION G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 15 OF 21 XT = Limiting operating transient

                       = 95.75 V (Per Assumption 4.1)

M = standard deviation for the operating transient (equal to zero when the limiting operating transient is based on documented operating conditions).

                       =0 I             = +TLU / m m              = 1.645 I             = 5.51 / 1.645 V
                       = 3.35 V Spurious Trip Calculation:

ZT = l90.24 - 95.75l ((0)2 + (3.35)2)1/2

              = 1.645 The calculated value for ZT is approximately 1.645. Therefore the calculated Nominal Trip Setpoint is acceptable.

6.3.2. LER Avoidance Analysis: LER avoidance analysis is performed to determine the acceptability of the margin between the calculated Nominal Trip Setpoint and the calculated Allowable Value. The margin should provide at least a 90% probability the instrument channels trip setpoint will not exceed the allowable value. The calculated value for ZLER should be 1.28. LER Avoidance Equation (Ref: EN-IC-S-007-R): AV NTSP2 Z LER = I Where: AV = Allowable Value NTSP2 = Calculated Nominal Trip Setpoint I = standard deviation of the NTSP

SETPOINT CALCULATION G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 16 OF 21 6.3.2.1 Degraded Voltage Relay No-LOCA time delay relay ZLER = l50.34 -54.82l 3.35

     = 1.337 6.3.2.2    Loss of Voltage relay ZLER = l 86.23 -90.24l 3.35
     = 1.20 The LER Avoidance value for ZLER for Degraded Voltage relay No-LOCA time delay is greater than 1.28 and is, therefore acceptable. However, the value of ZLER for the Loss of Voltage relay is 1.20 which yields a LER avoidance probability of 88.5%. This value is slightly below the 90% probability judged to be acceptable. However, because the values used in calculating device measurement uncertainties, particularly time related relay drift, are extremely conservative, the calculated 88.5% LER avoidance probability for the Loss of Voltage Relay is considered acceptable.

The calculated values for ZLER for both the timing relay and the Loss of Voltage Relay are deemed acceptable and demonstrate sufficient probability for LER avoidance

SETPOINT CALCULATION G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 17 OF 21 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE Sheet 1 of 1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE ANO-1 ANO-2 IP-2 IP-3 JAF PLP PNPS VY GGNS RBS W3 NP Document No. G13.18.3.1-005 Revision No. Page 1 of 4 (EC40339) 000 Title: Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for E22-S004 Quality Related Augmented Quality Related DV Method: Design Review Alternate Calculation Qualification Testing VERIFICATION REQUIRED DISCIPLINE VERIFICATION COMPLETE AND COMMENTS RESOLVED (DV print, sign, and date) Electrical Robin Smith / See AS for signature & date Mechanical Instrument and Control Civil/Structural Nuclear Originator: Mary Coffaro / See AS for signature & date Print/Sign/Date After Comments Have Been Resolved

SETPOINT CALCULATION G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 18 OF 21 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 1 of 3 IDENTIFICATION: DISCIPLINE: Document Title: Degraded Voltage Relay Setpoints for E22-S004 Civil/Structural Electrical Doc. No.: G13.18.3.1-005 (EC40339) Rev. 000 QA Cat. I I&C Robin Smith / See AS for signature & date Verifier: Print Sign Date Mechanical Nuclear Manager authorization Other for supervisor performing Verification. N/A Print Sign Date METHOD OF VERIFICATION: Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Test The following basic questions are addressed as applicable, during the performance of any design verification. These questions are based on the requirements of ANSI N45.2.11 - 1974. NOTE The reviewer can use the Comments/Continuation sheet at the end for entering any comment/resolution along with the appropriate question number. Additional items with new question numbers can also be entered.

1. Design Inputs - Were the inputs correctly selected and incorporated into the design?

(Design inputs include design bases, plant operational conditions, performance requirements, regulatory requirements and commitments, codes, standards, field data, etc. All information used as design inputs should have been reviewed and approved by the responsible design organization, as applicable. All inputs need to be retrievable or excerpts of documents used should be attached. See site specific design input procedures for guidance in identifying inputs.) Yes No N/A

2. Assumptions - Are assumptions necessary to perform the design activity adequately described and reasonable? Where necessary, are assumptions identified for subsequent re-verification when the detailed activities are completed? Are the latest applicable revisions of design documents utilized?

Yes No N/A

3. Quality Assurance - Are the appropriate quality and quality assurance requirements specified?

Yes No N/A

SETPOINT CALCULATION G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 19 OF 21 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 2 of 3

4. Codes, Standards and Regulatory Requirements - Are the applicable codes, standards and regulatory requirements, including issue and addenda properly identified and are their requirements for design met?

Yes No N/A

5. Construction and Operating Experience - Have applicable construction and operating experience been considered?

Yes No N/A

6. Interfaces - Have the design interface requirements been satisfied and documented?

Yes No N/A

7. Methods - Was an appropriate design or analytical (for calculations) method used?

Yes No N/A

8. Design Outputs - Is the output reasonable compared to the inputs?

Yes No N/A

9. Parts, Equipment and Processes - Are the specified parts, equipment, and processes suitable for the required application?

Yes No N/A

10. Materials Compatibility - Are the specified materials compatible with each other and the design environmental conditions to which the material will be exposed?

Yes No N/A

11. Maintenance requirements - Have adequate maintenance features and requirements been specified?

Yes No N/A

12. Accessibility for Maintenance - Are accessibility and other design provisions adequate for performance of needed maintenance and repair?

Yes No N/A

13. Accessibility for In-service Inspection - Has adequate accessibility been provided to perform the in-service inspection expected to be required during the plant life?

Yes No N/A

14. Radiation Exposure - Has the design properly considered radiation exposure to the public and plant personnel?

Yes No N/A

15. Acceptance Criteria - Are the acceptance criteria incorporated in the design documents sufficient to allow verification that design requirements have been satisfactorily accomplished?

Yes No N/A

SETPOINT CALCULATION G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 20 OF 21 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.6 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 3 of 3

16. Test Requirements - Have adequate pre-operational and subsequent periodic test requirements been appropriately specified?

Yes No N/A

17. Handling, Storage, Cleaning and Shipping - Are adequate handling, storage, cleaning and shipping requirements specified?

Yes No N/A

18. Identification Requirements - Are adequate identification requirements specified?

Yes No N/A

19. Records and Documentation - Are requirements for record preparation, review, approval, retention, etc., adequately specified? Are all documents prepared in a clear legible manner suitable for microfilming and/or other documentation storage method? Have all impacted documents been identified for update as necessary?

Yes No N/A

20. Software Quality Assurance- ENN sites: For a calculation that utilized software applications (e.g., GOTHIC, SYMCORD), was it properly verified and validated in accordance with EN- IT-104 or previous site SQA Program?

ENS sites: This is an EN-IT-104 task. However, per ENS-DC-126, for exempt software, was it verified in the calculation? Yes No N/A

21. Has adverse impact on peripheral components and systems, outside the boundary of the document being verified, been considered?

Yes No N/A

SETPOINT CALCULATION G13.18.3.1-005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Rev. 000 RIVER BEND STATION PAGE 21 OF 21 ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 9.7 DESIGN VERIFICATION COMMENT SHEET Sheet 1 of 1 Comments / Continuation Sheet Question # Comments Resolution Initial/Date 1 Comments provided by markup Incorporated RS 10/13/12

95/95 Confidence Level The uncertainty and setpoint calculation revisions associated with the River Bend Station (RBS) loss of voltage and undervoltage time delay relays determine loop and total loop uncertainties constructed with 95/95 confidence. That is to say, there is at least a 95% probability that the limits provided contain at least 95% of the population of interest - the future actual setpoint values. The inputs used to determine the uncertainties and setpoints were either:

  • determined based on a 95/95 criterion or
  • are vendor provided inputs Drift values used to determine 95/95 Total Loop Uncertainties for the relays were derived from statistically significant populations of historical calibration data, including as-found and as-left readings. Each drift value is applicable to specific instruments or models of instruments and was calculated using statistical methods designed to provide a 95/95 tolerance interval.

Where no as-found/as-left drift analysis is available, the setpoint calculations rely on vendor-provided drift specifications. Vendors typically do not provide information regarding the confidence level of their performance specifications (Rosemount being the prominent exception). In such cases, it is assumed that this best represents the limiting or bounding performance data and that the vendor specifications can conservatively be assumed to be equivalent to a 2-sigma (95.4%) tolerance interval. This assumption applies to drift as well as other vendor performance specifications, such as accuracy and temperature effect.

Determination of As-Left and As-Found Tolerances The method used at RBS to incorporate as-left and as-found device and loop tolerances is as follows: Calculation of As-Left Device Tolerance (ALT): Device ALT is calculated using MTEL combined with device reference accuracy. ALT = +/- SRSS (RA, MTEL) In cases where RA is greater than the device drift (DR), ALT will conservatively be set to a value arbitrarily smaller than DR to avoid having the AFT smaller than the ALT. Calculation of As-Found Device Tolerance (AFT): AFT= +/- SRSS (RA, DR, MTE1, MTE2, MTE3,MTEX) The device drift (DR) was determined using plant specific as-found/as-left calibration data and may be considered the combination of RA, MTE and drift. This is because there is no deterministic method to separate these individual components in the analysis of the as-found/as-left calibration data. Drift derived in this manner therefore includes both RA and MTE errors. AFT can then be simplified to: AFT= +/- DR Calculation of As-Left and As-Found Loop Tolerance For loops consisting of instruments A, B, C, X, the loop As-Left and As-Found Loop Tolerances are given by the following equations: As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALTL) = +/- SRSS (ALTA, ALTB, ALTC, ALTX) As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFTL) = +/- SRSS (AFTA, AFTB, AFTC, AFTX) All the relays are in single device loops; therefore the device tolerance is the same as the loop tolerance and the equations become: As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALTL) = +/- ALT As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFTL) = +/- AFT

AFT and ALT Results from Uncertainty Calculations Calculation G13.18.6.2-ENS*002 determines the uncertainty associated with Division I and II, Safety-Related, 4.16 kV loss of voltage relays ENS-SWG1A-27-1A, ENS-SWG1A-27-1B, ENS-SWG1A-27-1C, ENS-SWG1B-27-1A, ENS-SWG1B-27-1B and ENS-SWG1B-27-1C. The AFT and ALT determined for these relays is: Summary of Calibration Tolerances Relay ALT (ALTR) +/- 0.21 VAC Relay AFT (AFTR) +/- 0.392 VAC As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALTL) +/- 0.21 VAC As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFTL) +/- 0.392 VAC Calculation G13.18.6.2-ENS*004 determines the uncertainty associated with Division III, Safety-Related, 4.16 kV loss of voltage relays E22-S004-27N1 and E22-S004-27N2. The AFT and ALT determined for these relays is: Summary of Calibration Tolerances Relay ALT (ALTR) +/- 0.99 VAC Relay AFT (AFTR) +/- 5.82 VAC As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALTL) +/- 0.99 VAC As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFTL) +/- 5.82 VAC Calculation G13.18.6.2-ENS*006 determines the uncertainty associated with Division I and II, Safety-Related, 4.16 kV undervoltage time delay relays ENS-SWG1A-62-2 and ENS-SWG1B-62-2. The AFT and ALT determined for these relays is: Summary of Calibration Tolerances Relay ALT (ALTRT) +/- 0.51 seconds Relay AFT (AFTRT) +/- 1.05 seconds As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALTL) +/- 0.51 seconds As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFTL) +/- 1.05 seconds

Calculation G13.18.6.2-ENS*007 determines the uncertainty associated with Division III, Safety-Related, 4.16 kV undervoltage time delay relays E22-S004-ACB4-62S5 and E22-S004-ACB1-62S6. The AFT and ALT determined for these relays is: Summary of Calibration Tolerances Relay ALT (ALTRT2) +/- 1.35 seconds Relay AFT (AFTRT2) +/- 1.685 seconds As-Left Loop Tolerance (ALTL2) +/- 1.35 seconds As-Found Loop Tolerance (AFTL2) +/- 1.685 seconds}}